. : tS + 4°45" spre 
pebebeoeaear) ’ eres eit 
yaa be peagh ro 7) ai 4° a ; other hts 

4 1tie j 4 . Pye trate 
4 "i? + i vert i 
: ~ 4d ‘ [ i OO err rare 
APE Cot ‘ : : ere UL ern ot 
7 : 7 é PRP AARNE 
aiicealttintteprnntnitanaaninn tannins Ramana E NN 
ay ia : see yt eye fy a] weed 
eee + : 
} - ; ; ae 
‘ = — ; is +33 
z *; i * ; cot ot 
ee ee i satel a 
Steeles , : : ee, i 


is fs o eee 
: j : ; ’ 7 44 It) 
it é a3 bere bred sad i'bs 

ee ' + 44° brhreiers ; Derr Hits 
Srhat on oot he) . aj 58 448 : , tts Pe oe) Sot ot bebe) 
Ort oe oe oe: Cots ; CSU Pt bene rt be bt be be ear ast 
OS, aig a i" : 5 j +3 . Hae aa)4 ties 
isis 


< 


+ : “i + 
agetas ete : tie 
. ai : : oy yy : wis “i 
+3 : ‘ if ory ‘ ve + ber aye ede me 
; a4 . 43058 4 


oo sri 
444 e ot he | 
+4") + 
G58 roe 


, 

+ 

i 

: ié : 
Mi 

‘ 


4 48 
as ht aeiery 

“1 N s 
apes 
me) 


‘ 
a4) 


4 


a 
ee 
* 


‘ 
of 
i 
a8 


+ 
4 e 


+ « 
a 
e &- 4 


44 

uy i 
53 ay 
3b bey 
‘ a “ + 
‘ 


St ts 
~~ * 
~~ 
ene 


e+ 


h h@2TSoOoO TOEO O 


MMA A 


1IOHM/198W 


Commonwealth of Australia. 


DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND CUSTOMS. 


Heel colteltenka tele: 


Reo 


Zoological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried out 
by F.I.S. “Endeavour” 1909-10 under H. C. DanNnevie, 


Commonwealth Director of Fisheries. 


VOLUME-T 


PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF THE MINISTERS FOR TRADE AND 
Customs, Hon. FRANK GWYNNE TUDOR AND 


Hon. LITTLETON E. GRoOomM. 


SYDNEY, 1911-1914. 


& 
Tv - 
r 
« 
« 
os 
= a = . 
4 ew 
‘ 
4 
= . i 
i 


CONTENTS. 


PART I.—PusuiisuEp 22ND Dxecemeper, 1911. 


Page Plates 


Report on the Fishes obtained by the F.I.8. ‘‘ Endeav- 
our’’ on the Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, 
South Australia, and Tasmania. Partl. By Allan 


R. McCulloch ... ae oe 5s 385 ie 1 L.-XVI. 
Report on the Mollusca obtained by the F. I. 8. ‘‘En- 
deavour’’ chiefly off Cape Wiles, South Australia. 
Part 1. By Charles Hedley ... bs st wis 90 XVII.- 
, XX. 
PART IJ.—PuBuisHEep 9TH JuLy, 1912. 
Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.1I. 8. ‘*En- 
deavour’’ on the Coasts of New South Wales, 
Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, and Tas- 
mania. Partl. By. E.F.Hallmann _... sso AUN DO 
PART IIJ.—PusuisHep 29TH Aucust, 1912. 


A new Species of Asymmetron from the Great Austra- 
lian Bight, South Australia. By Janet W. Raff... 304 XXXVII. 


Report on a sample of Globigerina Ooze from 1122 
fathoms, East of Tasmania. By F.Chapman ... 309 


PART IV.—PusuisHEep 47TH Juty, 1914. 


Title Page, Contents, and Index. 


EIST SOR SHE CONTRIBUTORS: 


With References and Catalogue Numbers. 


Chapman, F.— 59.512 (26.5: 94.6). 


Report on a Sample of Globigerina Ooze from 1122 fathoms, East 
of Tasmania. 
Zool. Res. End., i., 3, 1912. 


Hallmann, E. F.— 59.54 (26.5: 94.2-5). 


Report on the Sponges obtained by the F. I. 8. ‘‘ Endeavour’’ on 
the Coasts of New South Wales, South Australia, Queensland, 
and 'l'asmania. Part 1. 

Zool. Res. End. 1., 2, 1912, 


Hedley, Charles— 59.4 (26.5: 94.2). 


teport on the Mollusca obtained by the F. I. S. ‘* Endeavour’’ 
chiefly off Cape Wiles, South Australia. Part 1. 


Zool. Res. End. i., 1, 1911. 


McCulloch, Allan R.— 59.7 (26.5: 94.2-6). 


Report on the Fishes obtained by the F. I. 8. ‘‘ Endeavour’’ on the 
Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and 
Tasmania. Part 1. 

Zool. Res. End., v., 1, 1911, 


Raff, Janet W.— 59.71 (26.5: 94.2), 
A New Species of Asymmetron from the Great Australian Bight. 


Zool. Res. End., 1., 3, 1912. 


‘snoumuolp—, ATWO[ ol, pod URID0 Atoyy UT 
dodf OYZ PUL BULTPLS oy} oto LOY] 
‘Ajoy guq ‘poydeuun yods VW 
ROS UOT ‘OUOT 944 UO ST o1OTLY, ,. 


Sn Memoriam 


“Had I been any god of power, I would 
Have sunk the sea within the earth or ere 
It should the good ship so have swallowd and 


The fraughting souls within her.”—The Tempest. 


H. C. DANNEVIG, DIREcTOoR ; 
G. W. C. PIM, Masrsr ; 
C. T. HARRISSON, Browoeist ; 


And eighteen others, comprising the crew of the 
F.LS. ‘‘ Endeavour,’ who were lost at sea 
December, 1914. 


The pages of this Part are numbered in Roman numerals to 
enable the reader to insert the letterpress in any position 
in Vol. ILI. he may think fit. 


HARALD CHRISTIAN DANNEVIG, 


DIRECTOR, 
and the Work and Loss of the BsS. 7 Endeavour.” 


“There dwells a wife by the Northern Gate, 
And a wealthy wife is she ; 
She breeds a breed 0’ rovin’ men 
And casts them oversea.”—Kipling. 


On 20th November, 1914, the Fisheries Investigation ship 
left Hobart for Macquarie Island. She arrived there on Ist 
December, and, after a delay of two days occasioned by bad 
weather. fulfilled her mission of relieving an operator at the 
Wireless Station. She started on her return journey on 3rd 
December. 


A brief view by the solitary officers stationed at the island 
of the staunch little ship as she disappeared into the sea mists, 
a terrific gale two days later, and that, perhaps, is all we 
shall ever know of the end of our friend, Harald Dannevig, 
who, in his knowledge of the mysteries of the sea knew no 
superior ; of Captain Pim, a capable navigator, whose pre- 
vious career in tropical seas knew every resource of defence 
from storm or danger; and of a good and true ship’s 
company. The sea has taken toll, and the ** Endeavour’s ”’ 
work is finished. 


In years to come that work will be appreciated at its 
proper value. No more capable man could have been chosen 
to direct it than Harald Christian Dannevig, who combined 
a knowledge of the habits and of the life of fish, acquired 
from childhood, with the enthusiasm of one who loved his 
profession and lived almost solely for it. Out in all weather, 
in storm and sunshine, when he could have readily directed 
the work from a comfortable office on shore, his one thought 
and ambition was to succeed in bringing home to the many 
doubting minds in Australia that there is a rich reserve of 
food supply in the fisheries of our coast, simply waiting to 
be harvested. 


From the coast of Queensland to those of Western Australia 
a great portion of the sea-bed has been explored, and extensive 
areas suitable for trawling and rich in food fishes have been 
surveyed and charted. There is no monopoly of the sea- 
bed; there are no fences. It waits for enterprise and 
industry ; and with care and reasonably good management 
must yield profit to the harvester and, what is of greater 


Iv. 


concern to our people, a certain and abundant cheap supply 
of fish food. That was the objective of the *‘ Endeavour’s ” 
work during the brief period of her existence—less than six 
years—and the foundations have been laid for what in time 
will prove to be a flourishing and permanent industry. 


Harald Christian Dannevig was born at ‘‘ Flodevig Hiso,”’ 
an island owned by his father, on one of the fiords of Norway, 
near Arendal. His father, Gunnar Mathias Dannevig, was 
the first to introduce fish culture into Norway, and the 
Norwegian Government established the first fish hatchery 
on his island. Harald Dannevig was thirteen years old at 
the time, and he thus became familiar with the work from 
childhood. He studied at the Christiania University under 
the eminent Professor G. O. Sars, and chose those subjects 
most likely to be of practical value in the work of fish culture 
and acclimatisation. In 1894 he was selected by the Fisheries 
Board of Scotland to supervise the completion of the Marine 
Hatcheries at Dunbar, and later on he selected the new site 
at Aberdeen, designed the new plant, and constructed the 
tidal spawning pond. In 1895 he was consulted by the 
Lancashire Fisheries Board, and again designed the necessary 
plant, and in the same year visited Italy for a similar purpose 
at the invitation of the authorities. 


Still engaged in the service of the Fisheries Board of 
Scotland, he spent a considerable portion of his time at sea 
on fishing vessels and trawlers, investigating the various 
methods of capture and the habits of fish life. In 1902 the 
Agent-General for New South Wales was requested to consult 
the best authorities and obtain, as far as possible, the most 
competent fisheries expert available. Harald Dannevig was 
recommended and appointed. 


On his journey to Australia Mr. Dannevig conducted, with 
unqualified success, an experiment which until then was 
unexampled. He fitted in the between decks of an Orient 
mail steamer two tanks in which he succeeded in bringing 
to Sydney from England several hundred live adult plaice, 
turbot, and other fish. Hesecured sufficient fish food before 
leaving, which he kept in the freezing room ofthe ship. Sleeping 
alongside the tanks he regulated, as far as practicable, the 
temperature, and kept his charges under continual obser- 
vation. On arrival in Sydney the fish ponds provided were 
found to be ill-constructed and unsuitable; a heat wave 
occurred soon afterwards, and it became necessary to release 
the fish in the deeper and freer waters of the sea. That 
incident was characteristic of the man—patient and thorough, 
with only one thought, his work, 


V. 


He designed and constructed the Fish Hatchery at Gunna- 
matta Bay, Port Hacking, New South Wales. In 1906 he 
sueceeded in transferring from Hobart to the Hatchery 
2.000 adult flounders, from which he hatched and liberated 
20,000,000 fry. He conducted a later similar experiment 
with greater results. 


Amongst the more important original works which, in 
addition to his work on the ‘“ Endeavour,” will prove 
an enduring record of his valuable services, may be mentioned 
investigation in regard to the reproduction of food fishes ; 
where fish eggs are deposited; the natural dangers and 
troubles of fish life ; periodicity in the abundance of fish 
and its causes (a paper on which he read before the Royal 
Society) ; fresh water fish culture in New South Wales ; 
the habits and migrations of the Mullet ; the life history of 
the Cray Fish, together with many Bther interesting a 
useful features associated with the history of fish life. 


Harald Dannevig was an interesting man personally, as 
well as in regard to his particular work. Kind hearted, of 
splendid physique, he will be sadly missed by those who 
knew him. To the Government he has rendered good 
service. There was no necessity for him to visit Macquarie 
Island. The vessel was engaged in work apart from her 
ordinary responsibilities. He was, however, above all, a 
courageous man. Scenting danger, he thought his proper 
place was with his crew on board the ship. He went and 
died in what he conceived to be the performance of his duty. 
He leaves, mourning, a widow, a daughter of sixteen, and 
a son of five years of age. 


Captain George Pim was in command of the “ Endeavour ” 
from 9th October, 1911, and she never had a more capable 
master. He had held a command since he was 22 years of 
age without an accident of any kind. He had considerable 
experience of the Pearl Shell and Beche-de-mer Fisheries in 
Torres Straits and Northern Australia, and for some time 
had sole charge of a number of vessels engaged in the pearling 
industry. He was a member of the Scientific Expedition to 
New Guinea in 1905 of Major Cooke Daniels, who wrote :— 
““T count myself lucky to have found so good a skipper. 
Your loyalty to my interests, which were those of the whole 
expedition, and your enthusiasm of helpfulness, earned the 
reward of a very great deal of work. ‘Topography, Hydro- 
graphy, Technology and general Ethnography, you did them 
all more than well. So on the side of actual work you did 
not only all you ought to have done as the master of the 
“ Kori,” but all you could do as a man of many capabilities 


vi. 


in many directions.’’ High but deserved praise for a quiet, 
modest, capable man; and it is comforting to know, what- 
ever happened to the “‘ Endeavour ” two good men were in 
charge, and no accident which could possibly have been 
avoided by those on board contributed to the disaster. Some 
unforeseen disaster overwhelmed the ship and her crew. 


Captain Pim has left a widow to mourn her sad loss. 


There are sorrowing hearts for others who were on board 
the “‘ Endeavour,” and these equally claim our sympathy for 
their loss, and a kindly memory for those for whom they 
orieve. 


The names of those on board were :— 


Director of Fisheries... .. Harald Christian Dannevig 
Master .. ve — .. George William Charles Pim 
Mate - .. wt a .. Joseph Reynoldson Burkitt 
Biologist H ie .. Charles Turnbull Harrisson 
Second Mate & Chief Fisherman Alfred Ackers 
Fisherman ve a .. Herbert A. Farrant 

ss aw: Fi .. L. Olsen 

My ae oi .. George Cooper 

43 sae Harold E. Samson 
Chief Hngineer a .. Angus Ross Mackay 
Second *) a .. Stanley Ditcham 
Third 55 gh .. Richard Charles Hoe 
Fireman Pe Bu .. Alfred Holmes 


Nils Rasmussen 


) 


+ att a .. J. Byrne 
Ordinary Seaman oe .. Thomas Rice 
-; Yi is wat eo W.., Jackson: 
Chief Cook and Steward .. A. Wythe 
Assistant Cook a .. Harry Kitching 
Messroom Boy st .. Thomas Scott 
Clerk, Meteorological Bureau Harold Power. 


They now rest in the depths of the sea, the mysteries of 
which they had been seeking to understand. 


May they rest in peace ! 
N. LOCKYER. 


GEORGE WILLIAM CHARLES PIM, 


MASTER MARINER. 


* And now the storm-blast came, and he 
Was tyrannous and. strong : 
He struck with his o’er taking wings, 
And chased us south along.’ °—Coleridge. 


CapTraiIn G. W. C. Prov was born at Gloucester, England, on 
9th March, 1866, the son of Mr. John Robert Pim, a gentle- 
man of means. He came of a well-known nautical family, 
the eldest son in every instance having been in the Royal 
Navy, a practice extending backwards for upwards of two 
hundred years. The subject of this notice was the first who, 
although he had been entered as a Naval cadet. was in conse- 
quence of unforeseen causes unable to continue a naval 
career. 

The family of Pim, or Pym, as originally written, has left 
its mark in British history. There is reason to believe that 
Captain Pim is a lineally descended kinsman of the celebrated 
English parliamentarian, John Pym, who, with John 
Hampden, equally eminent in the same direction, was one 
of the ‘five members ” impeached by Charles I. in 1642. 
The name appears to have originally been Pym, but in the 
reign of James I. some of the younger and gayer members, 
it is said, became courtiers, but this step not meeting with 
the approbation of the older Quakers, the latter expressed 
their resentment by changing the family name to Pim. 


The name is well known in naval history. From 1798 to 
1810 one Lieutenant Samuel Pym (subsequently Captain and 
finally Admiral Sir Samuel Pym) did great service in the 
Anglo-French naval fights in the West Indies. His most 
important commands appear to have been the 74-gun ship 
** Atlas,” and the frigate ‘“‘ Sirius.”’ In recent years the best 
known naval member of the family was Admiral Bedford 
Clapperton Pim (grand-uncle to Captain Pim), who was born 
at Bideford in Devonshire in 1826. He took part, amongst 
other achievements, in the Franklin Search Expedition to 
the Arctic regions under Sir EK. Belcher, in 1852. 


After severing his connection with the naval training ship, 
George Pim, to use a colloquial phrase, “went to sea ”’ about 
1881, serving in various capacities in at least three sea-going 
vessels agi 1886, when, being then in Queensland, he ente1 ed 
the Lighthouse service and was attached to the Proudtoot 
Lightship on the Proudfoot Shoal, Torres Strait. After some 


vill. 


months of this monotonous life Pim transferred to the 
Moreton Bay Pilot service. Henceforth tired of subordinate 
positions, he struck out for himself, and either alone or in 
partnership occupied himself for some years in “‘ sandalwood 
getting’ on the Queensland coast; then migrating to 
Thursday Island he entered the ‘‘ beche-de-mer ”’ trade, and 
to some slight extent that of ‘pearl shelling’ also. He 
successively owned, or part owned (it is uncertain which), and 
commanded, when not more than twenty-three years of age, 
in 1888 the ‘“ Violet,’ a cutter of nine tons; in 1889, the 
* Alice ” and the “ P.C.E.” respectively, a lugger of ten and 
a cutter of nineteen tons ; and finally the ‘‘ Whaup,” a ketch 
of thirty-four tons. In this last venture Captain Pim was in 
partnership with a Mr. Luff, of Thursday Island. 

In these several voyages the subject of our notice made 
money, which was spent in scientific research in New Guinea 
and North Queensland. Towards the end of 1903 Mr. Pim 
was in Sydney with the view of obtaining a certificate ; he 
passed as “‘only mate” for fore-and-aft vessels on 11th 
February, 1904. 

Towards the end of 1903 there arrived in Sydney Major 
W. Cooke Daniels, of the United States Army, who had been 
Adjutant-General of Division in the Cuban campaign, accom- 
panied by certain scientific friends. It was his purpose to 
rarry out anthropological and ethnological researches in South- 
east New Guinea. For this purpose a schooner-yacht of 67 
tons, called the “ Kori,” with auxiliary steam power and a 
sea-going steam launch was brought from England. Mr. Pim 
was appointed master, and the expedition left Sydney in 
April, 1904. During the cruise he did excellent work by 
surveying and charting Tokunu, or Alcester Island, in the 
Trobriand Group, and Gawa Island, in the Marshall Bennett 
Group. He also furnished a description of Kwaiawata 
Island, in the same group, and this, with the above charts, 
appeared in the “* Geographical Journal ” for April, 1906, as 
portion of a paper by Drs.C. G. Saligmann and W. M. Strong, 
members of the expedition, the former of whom expressed 
his thanks to Captain Pim for the latter’s excellent services. 

After navigating the “Kori” to Singapore on the 
break up of the expedition Mr. Pim, in 1906, became con- 
nected for a time with the Celebes Trading Company at the 
Aru Islands. 

Mr. Pim was appointed master of the ‘* Endeavour ”’ on 
the 9th October, 1911, and so remained until disaster brought 
about the untimely death of himself and companions, some- 
where between Macquarie Island and either New Zealand or 
Tasmania. 


rb 


He is described as an indefatigable worker, a careful navi- 
gator, and ever on the watch for trouble when the “Endea- 
vour ’ was at work. The nature of her investigations called 
for much marine surveying and hydrographic work for the 
charting of rocks and other irregularities ; these duties had 
often to be carried out by Captain Pim under the most trying 
circumstances. The investigation of new areas called for 
unremitting care and attention, and he was to be seen in 
all parts of the ship watching the trawl-warps and controlling 
the soundings, etc., whilst at the same time keeping a sharp 
eye on the navigation. When Mr. Dannevig was not on 
board the whole responsibility of the trawling operations 
and scientific work fell wpon Captain Pim’s shoulders. The 
difficulties of working with comparatively so small a vessel 
in exposed areas made his task a very difficult one. He was 
a keen collector, with a sharp eye for anything unusual, and 
many interesting and new organisms in the “ Endeavour’s * 
collections were personally secured and preserved by him. 
Whilst master of the ‘“‘ Endeavour ” Captain Pim, in 1913, 
conveyed Captain Brewis, R.N., who was engaged in re- 
porting upon the lighthouses around Australia, from Fre- 
mantle to Busselton in Western Australia. 


Captain Pim was a man of indomitable resolution, keen 
and persevering in his professional duties, quiet and rather 
reserved in demeanour, but, beneath all, of a kind and sym- 
pathetic nature. His end, and those of his companions, was, 
alas, only another exemplification of the fate of many “ that 
go down to the sea in ships—that do business in great 
waters.” 

R. ETHERIDGE. 


CHARLES TURNBULL HARRISSON, 


BIOLOGIST. 


“We bring no store of ingots, 
Of spice or precious stones, 
But that we have we gathered 
With sweat and aching bones.’’—Kipling. 


THE zoological knowledge of Charles T. Harrisson was 
gathered not in a laboratory nor from lectures, but under 
the open sky, from beach, mountain and forest. This type 
of pioneer, to whom Biology owes so much, seems more 
and more rarely bred under modern conditions. Yet there 
is work to be done on the frontiers of science that none 
do so well as that self-taught, self-reliant, keen free-lance 
the field naturalist. 

He belonged to a family long settled in Tasmania, which, 
like the Atkinsons and the Hulls, were mostly naturalists, 
and to whom such scientific leaders of the last generation as 
Tate and Tenison Woods expressed their indebtedness. 

Charles was the eldest son of Frank Harrisson, who had 
an extensive orchard on the Brown River Road, south of 
Hobart, and for some years was a near neighbour of Lieut. 
C. EK. Beddome, the well-known Conchologist. The second 
son, Ernest Harrisson, was also a keen and successful collector. 
The brothers were smart yachtsmen, and explored with 
the dredge a wide area of the Derwent Estuary and 
D’Entrecasteaux Channel. As far back as 1882, Beddome 
dedicated Cemort harrissoni and Alexia harrissoni to 
Mr. Charles Harrisson “‘ one of my fellow workers.” 

Ornithology was one of the first subjects to interest him, 
and he formed a large collection of Tasmanian birds and their 
eggs. 

On the death of the parents, the home broke up, and 
Harrisson tried various occupations without much success. 
For a time he had a dairy farm at Long Bay. Then he set 
up a studio in Melbourne, but though a clever artist, with 
especial ability in landscapes, he failed to obtain sufficient 
recognition. 

A small post in the Government service at Hobart was 
then offered him, in which position he lived pleasantly for 
several years, and during the tenure of which he married 
and had ason. The local Scientific Society found in him a 
zealous and active member. With success he entered on 
the study of Tasmanian Crustacea. So that when Sir Douglas 


Xl. 


Mawson required a good all-round collector for his Antarctic 
expedition, the services of Mr. Harrisson were recommended, 
and he was enrolled. 


The position of Naturalist to the Western Party, under 
Mr. F. Wild, was allotted to him. Opportunities for 
zoological collecting were scarce, but what could be done was 
done. Ever cheerful, ever helpful, he was a comrade whose 
energy and good temper were proof against starvation and 
such miseries as Antarctic explorers endure. In the ‘““ Home 
of the Blizzard,’ Wild writes, “‘ many of the gusts must have 
exceeded one hundred miles per hour, since one of them 
lifted Harrisson, who was standing beside me, clean over my 
head and threw him nearly twenty feet.” A number of 
Harrisson’s coloured drawings of Antarctic scenery embellish 
Mawson’s book. 


A shipmate on the “ Aurora ” (Mr. J. H. Collinson Close) 
has supplied the following information :—‘‘ Mr. C. T. Har- 
risson was deeply respected and liked by us all. He impressed. 
one, on my first acquaintance, as being one whom the Ex- 
pedition Leader and we, his comrades, would ill have afforded 
to dispense with. Usually preoccupied in thought, and of 
earnest, serious manner, his slow, deliberate conversation was 
listened to attentively by the most thoughtful among us. 
Whether it was heaving on the ‘ Noah’s Ark ’ windlass to 
weigh anchor, turning out in the ‘wee sma’ hours of a dirty 
morning to haul—in_ bitter icy gale—on frozen topsail- 
halliards and weather braces, or taking a trick at the wheel, 
manning a boat in a ‘jobbly’ sea or ‘shovelling coal in the 
stoke-hole, Harrisson was ever to the fore. Harrisson’s 
sledging exploits around the ‘ Second Base ’ of the Expedition 
need no comment here, beyond remarking that he did as 
much—if not more—sledging than anybody else in the party, 
or indeed in the Expedition, with the exception of our 
courageous leader, Sir D. Mawson, and his own Base-leader, 
Mr. Frank Wild. 


“*His artistic work with brush, crayon and pastel excited 
universal admiration. The first icebergs we encountered, 
steaming south, he transferred to canvas, sketching with 
remarkable fidelity and rapidity the various shaded azure 
tints of the crevassed ice, and snow mantles of virgin white 
enshrouding the bergs. Harrisson was always ready to 
impart useful information from knowledge born of his years 
of practical training and experience, to any caring to avail 
themselves of the opportunity. In view of his many admir- 
able talents, and the circumstances that he was, in all things, 
a shining example to younger men, his presence on such an 


Xl. 


expedition was invaluable. The news of his loss with the 
ill-fated ‘ Endeavour’ throws an indescribable sadness over 
his comrades of other days, and it is safe to say the hearts of 
all beat with the deepest sympathy for his dear ones left to 
mourn his loss.” 


On his return from the Antarctic he was appointed by the 
Federal Government Biologist to the Fisheries Bureau. In 
this capacity his work was admirable, large collections were 
sorted out, and despatched with a skill and neatness much 
appreciated by those whose duty it was to deal with them at 
a later stage. As an expression of this appreciation a new 
shark has been callel by Mr. McCulloch Centrophorus 
harrissoni. In the interests of Australian Marine Biology it 
was hoped that he would long continue such excellent work. 
When he embarked on the last cruise of the “‘ Endeavour ” 
he had reached the age of forty-seven. 


Mr. W. L. May, a life-long neighbour, writes :—“‘ He was 
a man of most courteous and pleasant manner, and his loss 
will be deplored by a large circle of friends, of whom I am one.” 


C. HEDLEY. 


INTRODUCTORY NO BE: 


The Reports comprised in the ‘‘Zoological Results of the 
Fishing Experiments carried out by the F.I.S. ‘Endeavour’ ”’ 
have been prepared at the Australian Museum, Sydney, under 
the authority of the Trustees, and at the request of the Hon. 


The Minister for Trade and Customs. 


The material for investigation is sent direct from the 
- “‘Endeavour’’ by the Director of Fisheries (Mr. H. C. Dan- 
nevig) to the Australian Museum, and, after elaboration, is 


b) 


distributed as follows :—-All ‘‘types’’ are held in reserve for the 
Fisheries Branch of the Department of Trade and Customs ; 
a set of ‘‘co-types’’ are retained by the Trustees; the 
remainder of the specimens are distributed to the other Aus- 
tralasian State Museums in the name of the Minister for 


Trade and Customs. 


The Reports deal with the Fishes collected on the coasts 
of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and Tas- 
mania. The Asteroidea and Sponges are from the same waters 
with the addition of those of the Queensland coast. The 
Mollusca are a more specialised series, chiefly obtained off 
Cape Wiles, South Australia. The new Asymmetron comes 
from the Great Australian Bight, and a sample of Globigerina 


Ooze was obtained to the east of Tasmania. 


my a 


a 
ik. Sa ; Ot | i bit | 


i" li 


P be iP i we om Ais aly Mi we el s i as Ais ili " 
‘on be , “d Be - a 


A 24/3. 


I. Report on the Fishes obtained by the F.I.S. ‘* Endeavour,’ 
on the Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South 
Australia and Tasmania. 


BY 


ALLAN R. McCULLOCH, Zoo_ocist, 


Australian Museum 
Sydney. 


Plates 1-xvI.; Text figs. 1-20. 


. ~~ 
u : 
Ce 
’ ‘ d 4 
| ype pet al | ‘a. 3a 
j 
Dit rity ist: / | 
{ o 


L—REPORI: ON SHE BISHES: 
PART Ele 
I.—INTRODUCTION. 


The collections dealt with in this Report were obtained 
by the Federal Fisheries Investigation Ship ‘‘Endeavour,’’ 
under the direction of Mr. H. C. Dannevig. They were 
obtained at many localities along the New South Wales, 
Victorian, Tasmanian and South Australian coasts at various 
depths down to ninety fathoms. The present part deals with 
the greater number of the fishes forwarded for examination to 
the Australian Museum from this area, but the Scleroparei 
and Jugulares of the Acanthopterygii and the Pediculati and 
Plectognathi are reserved for a second part. 

In all about 1070 specimens, representing 94 species, have 
been critically examined, which, in conjunction with the large 
collections in the Australian Museum, have afforded excellent 
material for a detailed study of variation in many hitherto little 
known species. With a series of forty or fifty specimens from 
wide-spread localities before one, it is often a simple matter to 
recognise the identity of fishes which have been regarded as 
distinct when isolated examples afford no clue. In the follow- 
ing pages I have endeavoured to clear up the synonymy of 
species of Coelorhynchus, Physiculus, Seriolella, Callanthias, 
Ce@sioperca, etc., while figures are given showing the remark- 
able variation of Zanclistius, Macrorhamphosus, Centriscops, 
Beryx and others. Many of the more striking variations were 
specially selected by Mr. Dannevig on board the ship, and it 
is largely due to his discrimination in this direction that so 
many extreme forms are here dealt with. When individuals 
were lacking to complete a series he has gone to considerable 
trouble to obtain them, and in the case of fishes in which the 
colours were of importance, he has sent me fresh material 
packed in ice. For this and other valuable help I owe him 
my best thanks. 

I have also to acknowledge the kindness of the Com- 
mittee of the Macleay Museum who have allowed me to 
borrow some of Sir William Macleay’s type specimens for 
examination and comparison with the ‘‘Endeavour’’ collec- 
tions. 

Ten species are described as new, and four others and two 
genera are recorded from Australia for the first time. Thirty- 
three are figured, and I have to acknowledge the very willing 
assistance of Mr. Dene Fry, of the Australian Museum, in 
the preparation of the plates. 


2 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
IIl.—DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES. 
Famiry HEXANCHID. 

GenuS HEPTRANCHIAS, Rafinesque. 
HEPTRANCHIAS PERLO, Bonnaterre. 
Seven-gilled Shark. 

(Plate 13pfie. 1-) 


Squalus perlo, Bonnaterre, Encycl. Meth., Ichth., 1788, p. ro. 

Squalus cinereus, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., 1789, p. 1497. 

Heptanchus cinereus, Muller & Henle, Plagiost., 1839, p. 81, 
play. 

Notidanus cinereus, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., vii, 
1870, p. 398. 

The collection includes seven examples which I am unable 
to separate from the European H. perlo, Bonnaterre. ‘Their 
teeth agree exactly with Muller and Henle’s figure, and they 
also fit the description fairly well. I forwarded a photograph 
of one of the specimens, together with some notes, to Mr. C. 
Tate Regan for his opinion, and he has favoured me with the 
following reply :—‘‘So far as I can judge from your photo- 
graph the shark is H. cinereus.” 

These specimens are readily distinguished from H. indicus, 
Agassiz, the only other Australian species, by the following 
characters :— 

Head broad, snout broadly rounded; a single median tooth 
in the upper jaw; colour greyish with darker spots :—indicus. 

Head narrow, snout pointed; no single median tooth in the 
upper jaw; colour uniform grey :— perlo. 

All the specimens were taken in the one haul in 60-70 
fathoms, sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria. 


Famiry HETERODONTID. 


Genus HETERODONTUS, Blainville. 
HETERODONTUS PHILIPPI, Bloch and Schneider. 


Port Jackson Shark, Bullhead Shark, Oyster Crusher. 


Squalus philippi, Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, 
PP: 737- 

Cestracion phillipi, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8)p2 4-5 
1908, p. 495- 


FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. 3 


Specimens of this common species were preserved from the 
following localities :— 

Between Newcastle and Port Stephens, New South Wales, 
22-60 tathoms. 

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 

Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20 
fathoms. 

Fifty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia, 75 
fathoms. 

Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 70 fathoms. 


GENUS GYROPLEURODUS, Gill. 
GYROPLEURODUS GALEATUS, Giinther. 
Crested Port Jackson Shark. 
Cestracion galeatus, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii., 
1870, p. 416. 
Gyropleurodus galeatus, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1., 
1908, p. 495. 
Two specimens from 43 fathoms, six miles off Port 
Stephens, New South Wales. 


Famiry SCYLIORHINID/-. 
GENUS SCYLIORHINUS, Blainville. 
SCYLIORHINUS ANALIS, Ogilby. 
Spotted Dog-fiskh, Spotted Cat-shark. 


Scyllium anale, Ogilby, Proc. Linn: Soc. N.S. Wales, x., 
1885, Pp. 445. 
Scyliorhinus analis, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1., 
1908, pp. 455 and 460. 
Scyllium maculatum, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
v., 1880, p. 97; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 
. (1883), p. 138 (nec. S. maculatum, Bl. Schn.). 

The collection includes two males, one from Shoalhaven 
Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms, and the other from 
off Babel Island, Bass Strait. Ogilby! has suggested that the 
specimen doubtfully recorded from Tasmania by R. M. John- 
ston as Scyllium maculatum is really this species, and this 
view is confirmed by the second ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimen. 


The size of the anal tin is variable in different specimens of 
this species and therefore cannot be relied upon as has been 
done by Regan in his key to the species of Scyliorhinus. 


1 Ogilby—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), iv., 1889, p. 180. 


4 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
SCYLIORHINUS VINCENTI, Zietsz. 
(Plate 11., fig. 3, and fig. 1.) 


Scyllium vincenti, Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, 
XXxXI., 1908, p. 287. 


Through the kindness of Professor E. C. Stirling, Director 
of the South Australian Museum, I have been able to compare 
one of Mr. Zietz’s specimens with another taken by the ‘‘En- 
deavour’’ in 20 tathoms off the mouth of the Murray River, 
South Australia. They differ slightly in the relative positions 
of the fins which, however, I find to be equally variable in 
allied species. 


According to Zietz, the origin of the first dorsal is behind 
the middle of the total length. In both I have examined it 
is a little nearer the tip of the snout than the extremity of the 
tail. In the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimen the base of the anal is 
shorter than that of the co-type and terminates below the 
anterior portion of the second dorsal instead of nearer the 
middle of that fin. ~The end of the bases of the ventrals is in 
advance of the origin of the dorsal, not below it, as described 
by Zietz, though in his specimen the flesh is shrunken around 
the base of the dorsal, making it appear farther forward than 
it really is. Finally, the colour in the better preserved 
example is a dark chocolate brown above, with numerous 
creamy-white spots all over the body and fins, except on the 
front half of the head. The dark cross-bands are ill-defined, 
and there appears to be a series of darker blotches on the 
sides. The belly is creamy-white in colour. 


The following is a description of the ‘‘Endeavour’’ speci- 
men :—Head to last gill-opening 5.3 in the length, its width 
1.5 in its length; eye 6.5 in the head and about equal to half 
the length of the snout which is 3.1 in the head. The inter- 
orbital space is greater than the length of the snout. Preoral 
portion of the head 1.5 in the width of the mouth which is 
2.4 in the head and greater than the snout. 


Body elongate, slightly compressed. Head depressed, flat 
above; snout rounded, blunt in profile, its width before the 
eyes one-third greater than its length. Eyes lateral, with 
the inferior fold well marked. Spiracle large, oval, and 
placed just behind the eye. Gill-slits decreasing in size back- 
wards, the last being about half as wide as the first and placed 
over the base of the pectoral. Nasal valves produced as lobes 
directed outwards and backwards, with emarginate posterior 
borders; they are separated from each other and from the 
mouth, the space between them being rather more than the 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 5 


width of one lobe. No cirrus. A well-marked labial fold 
extends round the angle of the mouth, its anterior limb rather 
shorter than its posterior which extends less than half way 
towards the middle of the lower jaw. ‘Teeth similar in both 
jaws, arranged in several rows, tricuspid, with the median 
point longer than thg lateral ones. 


FIG, 1. 


First dorsal originating a little behind the posterior base of 
the ventrals and slightly in advance of the middle of the total 
length. The length of its base is much greater than its 
height ; its anterior margin is very oblique, and the posterior 
nearly vertical, and the lower angle is pointed. The second 
dorsal is a trifle higher than the first, and is of similar form, 
though the posterior angle 1s slightly produced; its origin is 
over the posterior portion of the anal, and the hinder angle 
is midway between the posterior insertion of the first dorsal 
and the tip of the caudal. The anal is considerably larger 
than either of the dorsals, and its base is longer than its dis- 
tance from the caudal; the posterior angle acute. Greatest 
breadth of the caudal a little less than one-third of its length. 
Posterior angles of the ventrals acute and the margins united 
in the male. 


Scales quadrilateral and keeled on the head, becoming tri- 
angular and acutely pointed dorsally and tricuspid on the 
sides. 


Colour.—Chocolate brown above, with ill-defined darker 
cross-bars. ‘There are indications of some dark blotches on 
the sides, and the hinder half of the head, body, tail and fins 
bear many creamy-white spots which tend to form rings. 


Total length of adult male 414 mm. 


6 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
The tollowing key will serve to distinguish the four species 
of Scyliorhinus hitherto recorded from Australia :— 


a. Nasal valves separated from each other and from the 
mouth. 


b. Labial fold extending along the lower jaw half or less 
than half the distance to the symphysis. 


c. Body lighter with brown spots and sometimes cross- 
bands. Ventral fins of males not directly in con- 
tact behind the claspers but with an intermediate 
integument :— analis. 


cc. Body darker, with white spots and obscure cross- 
bands. Ventral fins of males in contact behind the 
* claspers :-—— vincentt. 


bb. Labial fold extending along the lower jaw nearly to the 
symphysis. 


d. Body with scattered darker spots:— maculatum. 
aa. Nasal valves overlapping the edge of the upper lip. 


e. Body with darker spots, sometimes confluent 
into cross bands or ocelli :— marmoratus- 


GENUS CEPHALOSCYLLIUM, Gill. 
CEPHALOSCYLLIUM ISABELLA, Bonnaterre. 
Swell Shark, Carpet Shark. 
L’ Isabelle, Broussonet, Mem. Acad. Sci. Paris, 1780, p. 648 
(non binomial). 


Squalus isabella, Bonnaterre, Encycl. Meth., Ichth., 1788, 
p: 6: 

Squalus (i)sabella, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., 1789, p. 1489, 

Scyllium laticeps, Dumeril, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 84, 
Pl. Ciil:.,. HB). 2% 

Cephaloscyllium laticeps, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., 1., No- 
2, 1900,)p:! 6., ipl. xiv., fig igmand pl sexi.d thie: aie 

Cephaloscyllium sabella, Waite, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xli., 
1910, p. 384. 


A small example is in the collection which was trawled off 
the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 7 


Famity ORECTOLOBIDZ:. 
GENUS PARASCYLLIUM, Gill. 
PARASCYLLIUM VARIOLATUM, Dumeril. 
(Plate ii., fig. 1.) 


Hemiscylliium variolatum, Dumeril, Rev. et. Mag. Zool., 
1853, Pol2h, plo tiene. 12 
Parascyllium variolatum, Ogilby and McCulloch, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. N.S.Wales, xlii., 1908, p.260. 
Two fine female examples were taken off Port Phillip Heads 
in November, 1909. 


PARASCYLLIUM COLLARE, Kamsay and Odgtlby. 
Collared Cat Shark. 


Parascylium collare, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soe. 
Nes Wales (2), -1., 1886s. p= 1310; 1d., “Ogilby and 
McCulloch, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlii., 1908, 
p. 267. 

Three males from Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 

15-45 fathoms. 


PARASCYLLIUM FERRUGINEUM, Sp. nov. 
(Plate 11., fig. 2, and fig. 2.) 


Head to last gill-opening, 5.8 in the length, its width 1% in 
its length. Eye g in the head, 2.8 in the snout which is 3.2 
in the head. Interorbital space almost equal to the snout. 
Preoral portion of head equal to half the width of the mouth 
which is 1.3 in the snout. 

Body elongate, somewhat depressed anteriorly, cylindrical 
posteriorly. Head much depressed with its upper surface 
flat; snout broadly rounded, obtusely conical in profile and 
increasing in width backwards. Eyes lateral with a prominent 
fold below. Spiracle minute and situated half an eye-diameter 
from the infero-posterior angle of the eye. Gill-openings in- 
creasing regularly in size from the first to the fourth, the 
last very large, 3% the width of the first and more than half 
as long as the snout; the last two are placed over the base of 
the pectoral. Nasal cirrus short and thick, just reaching to 
the lips; exterior nasal fold with two or three small lobes 
posteriorly, the outer the longest and pointed. Lower labial 
fold extending about half way towards the middle of the jaw 
and continued round the angle of the mouth. Teeth similar in 


8 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


both jaws, small, flattened, triangular and acute, with rounded 
projections on each side basally but not tricuspid. 


First dorsal fin originating well behind the ventrals, but a 
little nearer the tip of the snout than the end of the tail; its 
posterior margin nearly vertical and forming a right angle 


with the lower margin. Second dorsal subequal to the first 
and of similar form, its hinder angle about midway between 
the posterior insertion of the first and the tip of the caudal. 
Anal fin low with its outer border oblique and terminating 
below the anterior part of the second dorsal; the length of its 
base about 14 in its distance from the caudal. Greatest 
breadth of the caudal a little less than one-fourth its length. 
Pectorals longer than broad, with the angles rounded. Ven- 
trals quadrilateral, 1% as long as broad. 


Colour.—Greyish brown above with indistinct darker cross- 
bands; the first narrow and extending between the eyes, the 
next broader and covering the space between the gill-openings. 
There are two more before the first dorsal and one in front of 
the second dorsal. Entire body with evenly spaced large 
brown spots which are darkest on the cross-bars and become 
elongate on the caudal. Three similar spots on each side of 
the nuchal band. Fins also with spots which are most 
numerous on the dorsal. 


Type.—A female, 730 mm. long, taken outside Port Phillip 
Heads, Victoria, in November, 1909. 


Of the two described species of Parascyllium this is 
nearest allied to P. collare, Rams. and Ogil., but it may be at 
once distinguished by its much broader head, more rounded 
snout, larger fins and different colouration. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 9 


Famity CARCHARIID. 
GENus GALEUS, Rafinesque. 
GALEUS AUSTRALIS, Macleay. 
School Shark. 
Galeus australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 
1881, p. 354. 
Six small examples, each about 110 mm. long, were 
obtained in Oyster Bay, Tasmania. 


GENUS) PRIONACE, Cantor. 
PRIONACE GLAUCA, Linneus. 
Blue Shark. 


y 
| 


Squalus glaucus, Linneus, Syst. Nat., roth ed., 1758, p. 235. 


A number of specimens of this widely distributed species 
were caught with hand-lines off the South Australian coast. 


Famiry SPHYRNIDAE. 
GENUS SPHYRNA, Rafinesque. 
SPHYRNA LEWINI, Lord. 
Hammer-headed Shark. 
Zygena lewini, Lord in Griffith, Anim. Kingd., x., 1834, 
p- 640. 
One small male from the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass 


Strait. 
Famity SQUALID. 


GENUS SQUALUS, Linn@us. 
SQUALUS MEGALOPS, Macleay. 
Dog-fish. 
Acanthias megalops, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
Vie LOOT, 0. 307. 
Numerous examples of this species were preserved from off 
Babel and Flinders Islands, Bass Strait. 


Famiry PRISTIOPHORID-. 
GENUS PRISTIOPHORUS, Miiller and Henle. 
PRISTIOPHORUS CIRRATUS, Latham. 
Saw Shark. 
Pristis cirratus, Latham, Trans. Linn. Soc., i1., 1794, p. 281, 
pl. xxvi., fig. 5, and pl. xxvii. 

Numerous foetal specimens and several young of this species 
are in the collection from Shoalhaven Bight, New South 
Wales, 15-45 fathoms, and north of Goose Island, Bass 
Strait. 


Io “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PRISTIOPHORUS NUDIPINNIS, Giinther. 
Saw Shark. 
(Plate 1., fig. 2.) 

Pristiophorus nudipinnis, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 
vili., 1870, p. 432; 1d., McCoy, Prodr. Zool: Vict.; 1881, 
pl. Ivi., fig. 2; id., Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), i1., 
1908, p. 57. : 

The collection includes several foetal and young specimens 
from off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20 
fathoms, and from Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South 
Australia, 37 fathoms. 

Plate 1., fig. 2, represents a young example, 445 mm. long, 
from the latter locality. 

Famity SQUATINID. 
GENUS SQUATINA, Dumeril. 
SQUATINA SQUATINA, Linneus. 
Angel Shark. 

Squalus squatina, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., 10 ed., 1758, p. 233- 

Rhina squatina, McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., Dec. iv., 1879, 
pl. xacxiv. 

Young and foetal examples were preserved from the follow- 
ing localities :— 

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 

North-west of Greenly Island, South Australia, 44 fathoms. 

Forty-two miles south of St. Francis Island, South Aus- 
tralia, 35 fathoms. 

Famity RAJID AE. 
GeENus Raja, Linne@us. 
RAJA AUSTRALIS, Macleay. 


Skate. 
Raia australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, viii., 
1884, p. 461. 
Raja australis, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 40, 
pl. iv. 


Two large males were preserved from the Shoalhaven 
Bight, N.S. Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 


Raja nitipa, Giinther. 
(Fig. 3-) 
Raja nitida, Gunther, ‘‘Challenger’’ Rept., Zool. i., 1880, 
Po 27 Pi ive fie: a. 
This species has hitherto been known only from a small 
male, five inches wide, from off Twofold Bay, New South 
Wales, 120 fathoms. The ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection includes 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 11 


three females and one male from seven and a half to eight 
inches wide, which present considerable differences from 
Ginther’s figure, but, in view of their larger size and the fact 
that they come from deep water, 90 fathoms, only one to two 
hundred miles from Twofold Bay, I have no hesitation in 
identifying them with this species. 


The most striking difference lies in the teeth which are 
described as ‘‘with very small points, almost obtuse.’’ This 
description fits those of my female specimens which are 
almost pavement-like with blunt points, but in the male they 
are long and acute. The development of spines on the head 
and body, pectorals and tail, is much greater in the larger 
specimens, though less in the female than the male. None of 
my specimens have quite the same outward form as the young 
one figured, but this is variable in the different speci- 
mens and does not afford a specific character. Finally, the 
dark blotches shown in the figure are wanting in my four, 
though the clusters of white spots are similarly distributed. 


The following description is drawn up from the four **En- 
deavour’’ specimens :— 

Snout to anterior nostrils 3.3 in the head to the last gill-slit. 
Interorbital space less than two-thirds of the eye, which is 4.7 
in the head. Width of the mouth about 3.5 in the head. 


Disk very broad, its width greater than the length from the 
tip of the snout to its hinder margin; its anterior margin more 
or less undulated, the border of the pectoral either forming an 
unbroken line or distinct angle with the sides of the head ; 
hinder margin rounded and somewhat angular posteriorly- 
Snout with a small median papilla. The distance between the 
outer borders of the eyes is greater than that between the 
latter and the edge of the disk. Preoral length of the head 
equal to the width between the outer edges of the spiracles. 
Nasal lobes produced backwards and outwards, the space 
between them less than half the preoral length. Inner margin 
of the nostrils with two interior and one exterior lobe when 
folded, all of which form a broad-mouthed tube when ex- 
panded. Gill-slits decreasing in size backwards, much smaller 
than the spiracle which is-about half the length of the eye. 
Teeth small, with expanded though not confluent bases in the 
male, and long median points directed backwards. In the 
female they are rounded, flattened and juxtaposed, the median 
point being reduced to a small prominence only. 


Entire upper surface covered with minute prickles directed 
backwards. ‘There are two large curved spines before each 
eye and three or four behind them. One to three are present 
on the mid-line behind the head, which may be surrounded by 


12 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


several smaller ones also. Behind these are several irregular 
rows of thorns which range themselves in one median row and 
two lateral ones on the tail and extend to the first dorsal fin. 


—_— 

ae Ne 
SS 

ne —— 

a ~~ 


FIG. 3. 


Sides of the pectoral without larger thorns in the female, but 
these are well developed in the male, the innermost ones being 
the largest. Entire lower surface perfectly smooth. 


Dorsal fins subequal, the space between them half or less 
than half the length of their bases. In some the interval 
between the second dorsal and the caudal is equal to that 
between the two dorsals, in others the two fins are almost 
united. A skinny flap, which is widest posteriorly, extends 

varying distances along the sides of the tail, sometimes reach- 
ing as far as the ventrals. 

Colour.—Light brown above with very indistinct darker 
marblings. Clusters of white spots are scattered over the 
body, the most prominent of which is on the mid-line behind 
the head, two pairs on each side of it, and one near the middle 
of each pectoral fin. 

Total length 350 mm. 

Trawled in go fathoms, east Si East Sister Island, Bass 
Strait, and elsewhere off the Victorian Coast. 

RAJA WAITH, sp. nov. 
(Plate iii., and fig. 4.) 

Space between the nostrils equal to their distance from the 
tip of the snout. Greatest width of the mouth 2.5 in the head 
to the last gill-slit. Interorbital width 5 in the same, and a 
little greater than the length of the eye. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. rege 


Disk broad and rounded, ‘its length 1.1 In its breadth. 
Snout broadly rounded, with a median rounded papilla, and 
confluent with the anterior margins of the pectorals which are 
almost straight. The lateral margins of the pectorals are 
rounded, as is the angle between them and the posterior 
border. The distance between the outer margins of the eyes 
is greater than that of the latter from the edge of the disk. 
Preoral length much less than the distance between the outer 
margins of the spiracles and 2.7 in the head to the last gill- 
opening. Width of the spiracles one-third the preoral length. 


>— 


FIG. 4, 


Nasal lobes produced backwards and outwards, the exterior 
margins truncate, the posterior sinuate; the distance between 
them near the mouth about two-thirds of that between the 
nostrils. Nostrils with a raised tubular margin which forms a 
lobe posteriorly. Gill-slits decreasing in size backwards, the 


14 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


first rather more than half the width of the spiracle. Teeth 

small and rounded, scarcely juxtaposed, each with a small 

median point. 

Upper surface of disk quite smooth except for two pairs of 
spines above the anterior part of the eyes and four over the 
posterior portions. Several minute spines are also present on 
the upper eye-lid. ‘Tail with several rows of spines which are 
largest anteriorly but most numerous posteriorly. Both dorsal 
fins are also covered with minute spines. 

Dorsal fins subequal, the space between them equal to half 
the length of their bases. Caudal absent. A broad skinny 
flap extends along each side of the tail as far as the end of 
the ventrals. Anterior lobes of the ventrals greatly produced, 
the gaps between them and the posterior lobes each with four 
small triangular lobes. On the upper surface, where the fins 
are covered by the disk, there is a pair of large fatty glands. 

Colour.—Pale brown above with lighter patches which are 
covered with small brown dots. Body, fins and tail with 
numerous small bluish spots which are absent only on the 
lighter patches on the disk; in places they are confluent and 
form reticulate patterns. Lower surfaces slate-coloured. 

Length of specimen 454 mm. 

A single female specimen was trawled in 44 fathoms, north- 
west of Greenly Island, South Australia. 

This species is at once distinguished from all other Aus- 
tralian species of Raja by its rounded and perfectly smooth 
body. Famity NARCOBATIDA. 

GENUS NARCINE, Henle. 
NARCINE TASMANIENSIS, Richardson. 
Tasmanian Numb-fish. 

Narcine tasmaniensts, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1841, 
p:-22, and Trans. Zool. gSoe.,, 1i.,-0849, «ps 176, pl xt., 
heats 

ae ent were preserved from the east coast of Flinders 
Island, Bass Strait. 

amity DASYBATID/E. 
Genus UroLopnuus, Miiller and Henle. 
UROLOPHUS CRUCIATUS, Lacépede. 
Banded Stingaree. 

Raja cruciatus, Lacépéde, Ann. Mus., iv., 1804, pp. 201 and 
210, lesan oo.) 2. 

Urolophus cruciatus, Richardson, Zool. Erebus and Terror, 
Fishes, 1844, p. 35, pl. xxiv. 

Two specimens from 4o fathoms off the east coast of 
Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. 15 


Famity AETOBATID. 
Genus AEtTOBATUS, Blainville. 
AETOBATUS AUSTRALIS, Macleay. 
Eagle Ray. 


Myliobatis aquila, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., viii., 1870, 
p- 489; id., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 1., 1872, 
p. 225 (nec Raja aquila, Linn.). 

Myliobatis nieuhofii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 1., 
1872, p. 226, and ii., 1873, p. 58 (nec Raja nieuhofi, Bl. 
Schn. ). 

Myliobatis australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
vi., 1881, p. 380; id., McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict., pl. Ixiil., 
1882. 

A young specimen is preserved from the Shoalhaven Bight, 

New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 


Gunther identified some very young Myliobatis from Sydney 
with M. aquila, Linneus, though he noted certain characters 
in their teeth which did not agree with those of that species. 
Castelnau (1873) suggested that this identification was in- 
correct and considered that they were probably the young of 
M. nieuhofi, Bl. Schn. Waite regarded them as M. australis, 
Macleay, as is evident from the fact that he omitted aquila 
from his list of the fishes of New South Wales.! In another 
paper? he expressed the opinion that WM. nieuhofi and M. aus- 
tvalis were identical, but it would seem that they differ in 
the forms of their snouts, it being somewhat produced in the 
former, and blunt and short in the latter. 


McCoy showed that M. australis occurred in Port Phillip, 
and under the circumstances I have little doubt that Castel- 
nau’s specimens were really that species and not M. nieuhofi. 
I therefore arrange the synonymy as above. 


Famity CHIMAERIDE. 
GENUS CHIM&RA, Linn@us. 
CHIMERA OGILBYI, Waite. 
Ghost Shark. 
Chimera ogilbyi, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., pt. 1., 1899, 
p. 48, pl. vi. ; id., Shigeho Tanaka, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. 
Wniv. Vokio, xxau., Art: 7, pote: 


1 Waite—Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club., ii., i904. 
2Waite-—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 47. 


16 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Two males are in the collection which were trawled in 40 
fathoms off the East Coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 
Waite’s specimens were all females, but the males have been 
well described by Shigeho Tanaka from Japan. 

Famity CALLORHYNCHID-. 
GENUS CALLORHYNCHUS, Cuvier. 
CALLORHYNCHUS CALLORYNCHUS, Linn@us. 
Elephant-fish. 


Callorhynchus callorynchus, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., 
Nor 2)-1900,, p. 23, pl. sau, figs 2. 

A small specimen is preserved taken off the east coast of 

Flinders Island, Bass Strait, and six others from the Victorian 


coast: Famity CLUPEID. 
GENUS CLUPEA, Linneus. 
CLUPEA (POMOLOBUS) BASSENSIS, sp. nov. 


Australian Sprat. 
(Plate iv., fig. 2.) 
Clupea sprattus, Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 672 (nec 
’. sprattus, Linnzeus). 
DP 185, Av 18-207 0P. 17>) Vanes © 1914 Scales) a4eore: 


Body elongate, its greatest breadth less than half its height, 
which is 4.4 to 4.8 in the length from the snout to the hypural. 
Belly somewhat rounded, the scutes small, twenty-one between 
the head and the ventrals, and eleven more to the vent. 
Scales large, cycloid, commencing above the preopercle and 
extending onto the base of the tail. 


Head 3.5 to 4 in the length, and either very little or con- 
siderably longer than the body is deep. Eye 3.1 to 3.6 in the 
head, with a narrow adipose lid before and behind. Inter- 
orbital space flat, equal to about two-thirds of the eye. 
Maxillary very large, its greatest width one-third its length, 
reaching to below the anterior third or almost to the middle of 
the eye; supplemental bone very large. Upper posterior 
border of the operculum emarginate; hindermost portion 
formed of a skinny flap. Cheeks and upper portion of oper- 
culum covered with translucent flesh, the rest of the head 
naked. Lower margin ,of the maxillary microscopically 
denticulate. A few microscopic teeth are placed at widely- 
spaced intervals on the anterior part of the jaws.! 

Origin of the dorsal well in advance of the middle of the 
total length and just behind the vertical of the ventral fins ; 


1 Gunther stated that he found palatine teeth in his specimens “as well 
developed as in Cl. sprattus.’’ I have failed to find any in either species, 
but this character is generally admitted to be inconstant. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 7 
the length of its base is just about equal to the distance from 
the tip of the snout to the hinder margin of the eye and longer 
than the anterior rays. Anal low, its length much greater than 
that of the dorsal. Ventrals as long as half their distance 
from the vent. 

Colour.—Silvery, the upper third of the body dark blue. 
Scattered darker specks are found on the jaws and preorbitals 
and on the caudal peduncle. Rays of the dorsal, caudal and 
pectoral fins also dark spotted. 


Length of largest specimen 117 mm. Described from two 
specimens from off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass 
Strait. Others are from the entrance to Storm Bay, Tas- 
mania. 

It is only after a detailed comparison of these specimens 
with many others of C. sprattus from the London markets that 
I venture to regard them as distinct. They appear to differ by 
their more elongate form, my deepest specimen, the one 
figured, having the depth of the body less than the length of 
the head, whereas in C. sprattus it is considerably deeper. 
That species further seems invariably to have but seven rays 
in the ventral fin without counting the imperfect short one in 
front. All of C. bassensis have eight. C. antipodum, Hector, 
is a very distinct species with a much shorter body, well 
developed abdominal scutes, and with the ventral placed 
below instead of just in advance of the anterior portion of the 
dorsal. From C. sajax, Jenyns, the new species is at once 
distinguished by the position of its ventral fin. 


In 1867 a note from Mr. J. E. Calder was published! in 
which he recorded an immense shoal of these Herrings being 
driven ashore in Simmons’ Cove, Bruni Island, Tasmania, by 
Barracouta, Kingfish and others. He considered there 
were about one hundred tons of them on the shore and fully 
two hundred more at the bottom of the water, all dead. Carts 
and boats were used to take them away for manure, yet they 
were scarcely lessened in quantity. Mr. Allport also noted 
that a similar shoal had been observed in 1844, and numbers of 
the fish had passed far up into the Derwent River. 


CLUPEA (CLUPANODON) NEOPILCHARDUS, Steindachner. 
Pilchard. 
Clupanodon neopilchardus, Steindachner, Denk. K. Akad. 
Wass. Wien xii: 1970; p. iz: 
Three specimens from 26-30 fathoms, eight miles off 
Wooded Bluff, Clarence River, New South Wales, are of 


1 Calder—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1867, p. 5. 


18 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


interest as showing how far north this species extends on our 
coast. It extends around southern Australia and up to Hout- 
man’s Abrolhos on the west coast, and is also known from 
Vasmania and New Zealand. 


Famity ARGENTINIDZ. 
GENUS ARGENTINA, Linn@us. 
ARGENTINA ELONGATA, Hutton. 

Argentina elongata, Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), iii., 
LO7Owpeiseu td-, VWaitemwec, Cantb.sMins:5 45, moninep: 
TOL ple xiv. 

Thirteen examples of this species, 65-125 mm. long, differ 
from a larger one from New Zealand only in the colour-mark- 
ings. All have a dark band above the silvery lateral line on 
which are arranged six to nine blackish spots. Near the tail 
there is a second series on the lateral line and more or less 
alternate to those above them. There is also a dark mark 
on the side of the snout. Though they can be traced, these 
markings are very indistinct in the larger specimen. 

They were taken at the following localities :— 

Entrance to Oyster Bay, Tasmania. 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 30 
fathoms. 

Fifteen miles off Norah Head, New South Wales, 45-58 
fathoms. 


No species of this genus has been previously recorded from 
Australian waters. 


Famity SYMBRANCHID&. 
GENUS CHEILOBRANCHUS, Richardson. 
CHEILOBRANCHUS RUFUS, Macleay. 
Red-banded Shore Eel. 

Chilobranchus rufus, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 

Wiss OOL spy 200, 
Cheilobranchus rufus, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., Vi1., 1906, 

Dros asplimexxivicy fies om 

Numerous specimens were obtained in Oyster Bay, Tas- 

mania. 


Famity LEPTOCEPHALID@. 
GENUS CONGERMUR-ENA, Kaup. 
CONGERMUR-ENA HABENATA, Richardson. 
Little Conger Eel. 
Congrus habenatus, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. & Terr., Fishes, 


[846; P- "209, plod, Gea ey. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 19 
Congromurena longicauda, Ramsay & Ogilby, Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S. Wales (2), ii., 1888) p. 1o22. 

A single specimen from Port Arthur, Tasmania, belongs to 
the long-tailed form of this species. Comparison with five 
other Australian specimens and one from New Zealand shows 
that the lengths of the body and tail are variable and have no 
specific value. As this is the only character which can be 
relied upon to distinguish C. longicauda from C. habenata, the 
former name can no longer stand. 


Famity MYRID. 
GENUS MuR-ENICHTHYS, Bleeker. 
MuUR-ENICHTHYS TASMANIENSIS, sp. nov. 
(Fig. 5.) 

Body worm-like, the depth 3.3 in the head. Head 12.8 in 
the total length, and 4.3 in the space between the gill opening 
and the vent. Eve 3.2 in the snout, which is long and obtusely 
pointed, and 4.8 in the head. Cleft of mouth extending far 
behind the eye, and 2.7 in the head; a longitudinal fold below 
the end of the mouth. Tube of anterior nostril with a minute 
exterior lobe; flap covering the posterior nostril overhanging 
the lip and placed below the anterior portion of the eye. 
Teeth in single rows on the jaws and palate; three or four 
larger ones on either side of the vomer. Rows of widely- 
spaced pores extend along each jaw, on the upper surface of 
the snout and behind the eyes. Gill-opening narrow, about as 
wide as the eye. The lateral line appears to be almost straight 
anteriorly, but the sides of the head between the gill-opening 
and the preoperculum are considerably damaged and render 
this character uncertain. Vent well in advance of the middle 
of the length, its distance from the tip of the snout 1.4 in the 
tail. Dorsal and anal fins very low, almost rudimentary. 
Origin of the dorsal a trifle nearer the tip of the snout than 
the tail, its distance from the vent equal to the length of the 
head. 


+SEE = reer 5 

fe a Nn rar er ae Si a a A ne OSes 

3) - ae oS y] SS 
< Se 


FIG. 5. 


Colour.—Pale green in formalin, the upper portion 
speckled with minute brown dots which are of uniform size. 
Anteriorly they are confined to the upper half of the body, 
but posteriorly they approach the lower surface. On the 
head they extend onto the sides and the lower jaw. 

Length 170 mm. One specimen from the entrance to Oyster 
‘Bay, Tasmania. 


36 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


This species differs from the specimen I have identified as 
M. breviceps, Gunther, in the position of the origin of the 
dorsal which is behind instead of far in advance of the vent. 
It has also a much longer and sharper snout, smaller eye, and 
more rudimentary fins; the colour-marking is different, the 
spots on the back being similar to those on the sides, and 
they extend onto the sides of the head and the lower jaw. 

It is very closely allied to, and possibly identical with M. 
australis, Macleay, but differs from the five specimens I have 
examined of that species in having the origin of the dorsal far 
instead of only slightly behind that of the anal. The snout is 
also somewhat longer, being 4.8 in the head instead of 5.3. 


MuR2&NICHTHYS AUSTRALIS, Macleay. 
(Fig. 6.) 
?Murenichthys gymnotus ?, Gunther, Chall. Rept., Zool., 1., 
1880, p. 30 (nec Bleeker). 
Murenichthys australis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 272. 

Body terete and vermiform, its depth behind the gill open- 
ing 3.3, behind the vent 3.9 in the head. Head 13 in the total 
length, and 4.5 in the trunk. Eye very small, nearly 3 in the 
snout, which is obtusely pointed and 5.3 in the head. Cleft of 
mouth extending far behind the eye, its length from the tip 
of the snout 2.7 in the head; a longitudinal fold below the end 
of the mouth. Tube of anterior nostril with a minute exterior 
lobe; flap covering the posterior nostril overhanging the lip 
and placed below the anterior margin of the eye. Teeth in 
single rows on the jaws and palate; three or four larger ones 
on either side of the vomer. Rows of widely-spaced pores 
extend along each jaw, on the upper surface of the snout, 
behind the eye and up towards the origin of the lateral line. 
Gill opening as wide as the eye. Lateral line a little arched 
over the branchial sac. Vent wel! in advance of the middle of 
the length, its distance from the end of the snout 1.35 in the 
tail. Dorsal and anal fins very low except near the end of the 
tail where they are a little broadened out and extend around 
the point. The origin of the dorsal is a little behind that of the 
anal, not over the vent as stated by Macleay. 


——— ] 


FIG. 6. 


Colour.—After long preservation, uniform brown, with 
minute darker specks above the lateral line and on the head 
where they extend onto the sides and lower jaw. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 21 

Described from the type, 248 mm. long, from Lane Cove, 

Port Jackson. Two other specimens are in the Macleay 

Museum without data, and two in the Australian Museum 
from Port Jackson. 


I am indebted to Professors W. A. Haswell and T. W. E. 
David for the opportunity of redescribing and figuring 
Macleay’s original specimen. 

It is very probable that the specimen from Port Jackson 
which Gunther doubtfully identified as M. gymnotus, Bleeker, 
is not that species but is M. australis. The two may be easily 
distinguished, the latter having but a single row of maxillary 
teeth instead of several, and its mouth extending not slightly 
but far behind the eye. 


Ogilby has proposed the genus Scolecenchelys! for this 
species, and in a letter he informs me that it ‘‘differs from 
Murenichthys in the much more slender and elongate body 
and the origin and dev elopment of the dorsal fin (as comparing 
australis with breviceps).’’ I regard these as specific rather 
than generic characters. 


MUR4ENICHTHYS BREVICEPS, Giinther. 
(Fig. 7-) 
?Murenichthys macropterus, lunzinger, Arch. Nat., 
XXXViil., i., 1872, p. 43 (nec Bleeker). 


Murenchthys breviceps, Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), 
XVile 1970, AO 


A nam specimen, 195 mm. long, from South Auceraka, is 
possibly the young of this species. As will be seen by the 
figure, its proportions do not quite agree with those of the 
type, which is twenty inches long, but the differences may 
perhaps be accounted for by its small size. The following is 
a description of the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimen :— 


Body worm-like, the depth 4 in the head. Head 10.8 in the 
total length and 2.7 in the trunk. Eye 2.6 in the snout, which 
is 44 in the head. Cleft of the mouth extending far behind the 
eye and 2.7 in the head; a longitudinal fold below the end of 
the mouth. ‘Tube of the anterior nostril very large, with a 
minute external lobe; flap covering the posterior nostril over- 
hanging the lip and placed just before the eye. Rows of large 
widely-spaced pores extend along each jaw, on the upper sur- 
face of the head and behind the eye. Lateral line arched above 
the branchial sac. Dorsal and anal fins very low, extending 


1 Ogilby—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii., i897, p. 240. 


22 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
around the end of the tail. Origin of the dorsal a trifle nearer 
the tip of the snout than the vent, its distance from the gill 


opening 2.3 in that from the vent. 


—= oe 


FIG. 7. 


Colour.—Pale green in formalin, speckled with minute 
brown dots which are very small and crowded on the upper 
surface, and larger near the lateral line; anteriorly they 
scarcely extend below the middle of the body, but posteriorly 
they approach the ventral surface. Extreme end of the dorsal 
and caudal darker, the fins otherwise colourless. 

Trawled in 35 fathoms, south of St. Francis Island, South 
Australia. 

The specimens identified as Murenichthys macropterus, 
Bleeker, from Port Phillip and the Murray River, are probably 
not that species, but are M. breviceps, which is said by its 
author to differ from the former by its comparatively shorter 
head and longer snout. 


Famity AULOPID/E. 
GENUS AULOPUS, Cuvier. 
AULOPUS PURPURISSATUS, Richardson. 
Sergeant Baker. 
Aulopus purpurissatus, Richardson, Icones Piscium, 1843, p- 
Wie ipl iis ihe. 3. 

Already known from western and eastern Australia, this 
species is now recorded from South Australia, a specimen 


having been trawled in 75 fathoms, fifty miles south of Cape 
Wiles. 
Famity SUDID/Z. 

GENUS CHLOROPHTHALMUS, Bonaparte. 
CHLOROPHTHALMUS NIGRIPINNIS, Giinther. 
Cucumber Fish. 

Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis, Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(5) il 1878, p. 182, ande@nall. Rept.) Zool) scxiit, ap: 
193, opls lt whic. “a; id. VWeate,, Proc. "NoZ. inst. woTo; 
p. 25) and Rec. Cantb. Mais 1.) 1911, p: 164, "plo xxv. 

This species exhibits considerable variation in its markings 
according to age, young specimens of about five inches long 
having the sides blotched and spotted with bluish-grey, 
whereas others of eleven inches are immaculate. The mark- 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 2 


H 


ings on the fins also differ in intensity in a large series of 
specimens. 

C. nigripinnis was, until recently, known only from the 
deeper waters of New South Wales. Waite has recorded it 
from New Zealand, however, and it must now be added to 
the Victorian and Tasmanian lists, about one hundred and 
fifty specimens having been preserved from the following 
localities :— 

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms. 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 
fathoms. 

Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 
22-60 fathoms. 


Famity MACRORHAMPHOSIDE. 
Genus MACRORHAMPHOSUS, Lacépede. 
MACRORHAMPHOSUS ELEVATUS, Waite. 
Bellows Fish. 
(Figgs83) 
Macrorhamphosus scolopax, var. elevatus, Waite, Mem. 
AUIStE MUS. piv sLO90, Pa SOmple Vile, 2. Ti 
Macrorhamphosus gallinago, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., 
Mexia) LOGS. ips 10: 

In the Report of the ‘‘Thetis’’” Expedition, Waite noted 
certain characters in which his specimens differed from the 
published descriptions of M. scolopax, but in consideration of 
the variations to which members of this genus are subject, he 
regarded the Australian representative as but a variety of 
that species. Having compared specimens of each, I 
am able to point out that there are well marked specific 
differences between them. Examples of M. elevatus of the 
same size as others of M. scolopax are much deeper and have 
shorter and thicker snouts. The variations in the lengths of 
the spines in different specimens of M. scolopax have been 
tabulated by Gunther,! and I find similar though less striking 
variations in the Australian species, but it is always longer 
and usually much longer than the snout in M. elevatus, 
whereas it appears to be usually if not always shorter in M. 
scolopax. 

The large series of specimens available to me shows that 
the relative depth of the body increases considerably with 
age, but it is also clear that the exact form of the body differs 
even in specimens of the same length. Under these circum- 
stances I have no hesitation in “regarding M. gallinago, 
Ogilby, as identical with M. elevatus, especially as there are 
‘“Thetis’’ specimens which only differ from Ogilby’s descrip- 


1 Gunther—Brit. Mus. Oat. Fish., iji., 1861, p. 519. ; 


24 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


tion in having eighteen instead of sixteen anal rays.1 The 
last dorsal spine is minute and often rudimentary, while the 
position of the base of the second spine is altered by the 
development or otherwise of the hump on the back. 


In order to show the change with growth more clearly I 
give a figure of the smallest specimen of the series for com- 
parison with Waite’s figure of the adult. It is 66 mm. long 
and was trawled off Cape Three Points, New South Wales, 
in 32-40 fathoms. 

As Centriscus scolopax, this species has been recorded from 
Tasmania by Johnston,? and there is a specimen in the Aus- 
tralian Museum collection from Ulverstone. The ‘‘Endea- 
vour’’ trawled it at the following stations :— 

Twenty miles off Babel Island, Bass Strait, 68 mene 

Off the east coast of Bide Island, Bass Strait, 60 
fathoms. 

Disaster Bay, New South Wales, 45 fathoms. 

Between Port Stephens and Sydney, New South Wales, 
22-65 fathoms. 

Ogilby’s specimen of M. gallinago came from the Tweed 
River Heads at the northern boundary of New South Wales. 


GENUS CENTRISCOPS, Gill. 
CENTRISCOPS HUMEROSUS, Richardson. 
(Plate v., and! fig.-9.) 
Centriscus humerosus, Richardson, Voy. ‘‘Erebus’’ and 
= error, | Fishes, 1846, pegs6, pl xxxiv., figs. 5-0; d-- 
Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., ii1., 1861, p. 522. 


1 Mr. J. D. Ogilby has very kindly compared “Thetis” specimens with 
his type and he informs me that he considers them to be identical. He 
further notes that the latter has eighteen and not sixteen anal rays as 
described, a mistake due to a printer’s error. 

2 Johnston—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 123. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 25 

As Richardson’s description and figure of this species 
were prepared from a dried specimen which had apparently 
shrunk considerably, they are very inaccurate. Certain errors 
were corrected by Gunther in his later description of the same 
specimen, so that it only remains to give reliable figures to 
place the species on a sound basis. 


My specimens differ from the original description in the 
following details. None show the mesial row of small scutes 
before the dorsal spine, while those on the sides and around 
the vent are so differently arranged that they must have been 
considerably distorted in the type. The ‘‘acute curved teeth 
at the base in front’’ of the dorsal spine really represent a 
small detached spine anteriorly, and a pair of lateral ones, 
the latter being only occasionally developed. Finally, the 
skin is not nearly so rough as figured, but is covered with 
closely-set microscopic spines which give a veivety feel to 
the touch. 


te 
> 


LO IG. 9. 


The form of the body changes greatly with growth, the 
body becoming much deeper and the snout longer, while the 
dorsal spines are greatly reduced. The eye is comparatively 
larger in young specimens. Full grown specimens develop a 
peculiar patch of bristles on the dorsal line just before the 
hump of the back. They are also very beautifully coloured in 
life, though the only tints remaining in my specimens are 
delicate rose-pink areas on the breast and upper portion of the 
sides which bear numerous large silvery spots and bars. A 
silvery pink bar is present on the snout below and before the 
eye. A broad oblique dark bar extends from behind the 


26 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


pectorals to the origin of the anal, behind which is a similar 
lighter band, and both are bordered with silvery streaks. 

The smallest and largest specimens in the collection are the 
two selected for illustration, and measure 70 mm. and 265 
mm. respectively. Mr. Dannevig says this species is exceed- 
ingly abundant in the deeper waters of southern Australia, 
and one hundred and seventy-eight specimens were preserved 
from the following localities :— 

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms. 

Off Storm Bay, Tasmania. 

Babel Island, near Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 68 fathoms. 

East from E. Sister Island, Bass Strait, go fathoms. 

Sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria, 60-70 fathoms. 


Famiry SYNGNATHID. 
GENUS CORYTHROICHTHYS, Kaup. 
CORYTHROICHTHYS PHILLIPI, Lucas. 
(Fig. 10.) 
Syngnathus phillipi, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (n. ser.), 
ill. LEOISnps kes 

Four specimens of this species were obtained in Oyster 
Bay, Tasmania. They differ from Lucas’ excellent descrip- 
tion only in having the osseus rings and fin rays rather more 
numerous which brings the formula up to the following :— 
D. 25-28, osseus rings 18-19 + 44-48. 

This species is very closely allied to the more northern C. 
margaritifer, Peters, but is distinguished by having a larger 
number of tail rings, the dorsal fin placed a little farther back 
in relation to the vent, and by the greater development of the 
ridges of the head and body, particularly the ventral keel. 


FIG. 10. 


| Corythroichthys intestinalis, Ramsay. 

Having had occasion to compare the above-mentioned 
specimens with Syngnathus intestinalis, Ramsay,! I dis- 
covered that the types of that species were not Australian, as 
has been generally supposed, but came from Bougainville 
Island in the Solomon Group. Ramsay gave no locality, but 
merely stated that they were taken from the intestinal cavity 


1 Ramsay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 494. 


FISHES.—MCOULLOCH. 27 
of Holothuria. Duncker! considers this species to be syn- 
onymous with C. cons picillatus, Jenyns,?2 together with several 
other species described by Jordan and his colleagues. Having 
examined all the material available to me, I am sure that 
C. intestinalis and C. waitei, Jord. & Seale,3 are identical, 
and, as I have recorded? the latter from Cooktown, Queens- 
land, Ramsay’s species is rightly included in Australian 
literature. | 


GENUS SOLEGNATHUS, Swainson. 
SOLEGNATHUS SPINOSISSIMUS, Giinther. 
Spiny Sea-Horse. 


Solenognathus spinosissimus, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish. 
Vili, LOZO,)p: 195); 74-, Waites Proc) Linn: Soc. iN:S. 
Wales, ix. (2), 1894, p. 222, pl. xvii., figs. 5 and 8. 

Sixteen specimens of this species were preserved. They 


were obtained in 15-45 fathoms in Shoalhaven Bight, New 
South Wales. 


SOLEGNATHUS FASCIATUS, Giinther. 


Solenognathus fasciatus, Ginther, Chall. Rep., Zool., i., 
Teco, p. 20, pl xiv., fie. Bo; 1dyy Waite, Proc. Linn. ‘Soc: 
N.S. Wales, ix. (2), 1894, pp. ‘220 and 227. 

Duncker® considers this species to be identical with the pre- 
ceding. I have carefully compared the thirteen specimens 
obtained with those of S. spinosissimus and have endeavoured 
to find some more definite character than the form of the 
scutes to distinguish the two. They are, however, identical 
in every other respect, and though this one difference holds 
good in a large number of specimens, yet the species cannot 
but be considered to be based on a very uncertain footing. 
The scutes are well shown by Waite in the figures quoted. 


Though several specimens have the pseudo-marsupium in 
such a condition that it is evident that they were carrying eggs 
when obtained, only two have them still attached. The most 
perfect of these bears forty-five eggs, and it would seem that 
only a very few are missing. ‘They are very similar to those 
of S. spinosissimus as described by Waite, but are in a less 
advanced stage of development, and are arranged in about 
five very irregular rows commencing directly behind the vent 


1 Duncker—Faun. Sudwest-Austr., ii., 1909, p. 237. 

2 Jenyns—Zool. Beagle, iii., 1842, p. 147, pl. xxvii., fig. 4. 

3 Jordan and Seale—Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., xxv., 1905 (1906), p. 212, fig. 17.. 
4 McCulloch—Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxv., 1910, p. 432. 

5 Duncker—Faun. Sudwest-Austr., ii., 1909, p. 235. 


28 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


and occupying thirteen tail-rings. “They were collected in 
the latter part of November, 1909. 

The specimens are from the following localities :— 

South-east from Babel Island, off Flinders Island, Bass 
Strait. 

Disaster Bay, southern New South Wales. 


SOLEGNATHUS ROBUSTUS, sp. nov. 
(Platesec, tice 725) 

D. 34, P. 24-25. Body rings, 26 + 50. 

Head 6'4 in the length and 3°7 in the trunk. Length of tail 
a little less than the distance between the vent and the pec- 
torals, its depth behind the dorsal 3'2 in the base of that fin. 
Snout 1°7 in the head, its depth nearly 5 in its length, and 
less than the diameter of the eye which is 4°1 in the snout. 
Narrowest interorbital width a little less than half the diameter 
of the eye. Dorsal fin occupying ten body rings, the length 
of its base almost equal to the distance between the tip of 
the snout and the posterior border of the eye. The lateral 
row of scutes is not continued along the side of the tail as in 
S. hardwickii, but passes upwards and merges into the 
supero-lateral row, though, owing to the upper surface being 
very convex, this is less conspicuous than in S. spinosissimus 
and S. fasciatus. Scutes of the body with radiating lines of 
well-developed spines, and each with a stronger flattened one 
in the centre. On the anterior portion of the body and sides 
these central spines are higher than broad and_ widely 
separated, but before the dorsal on the mid-line they become 
broader ; on the tail, especially along the median superior and 
inferior lines, they are much broader than high, and are 
arranged so closely together as to form an almost continuous 
keel. The whole head and space before the pectorals is 
covered with uniform upstanding spines which are arranged 
in radiating lines on the opercles. The last thirty tail rings 
are prehensile and are provided with fleshy excrescences on 
their inferior surfaces. 

Total length, 300 mm. One specimen from 37 fathoms off 
Flinders Island, South Australia, August 30th, 1909. 


This species is easily distinguished from the others by its 
broad snout and very thick tail, and also by the form of the 
scutes. The following is a key to the Australian species :-— 


a. Lateral row of scutes extending along the sides of the 
tail, not merging into the upper row. 


b. Scutes rugose but with scarcely any spines :— 
hardwicki. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. ; 20 


aa. Lateral row of scutes merging into those on the upper 
edge of the tail behind the dorsal fin. 

c. Depth of the tail behind the dorsal 4 or more in the 
base of that fin. Depth of snout 6 or more in its 
length. 

d. Scutes intensely spiny and convex :—spinosissimus. 
dd. Scutes rugose with one spine and flatter :— 

fasciatus. 

cc. Depth of the tail behind the dorsal about 3 in the base 
of that fin. Depth of snout 5 in its length. 


e. Scutes with rows of spines and little convex :— 
robustus. 
GENus Hippocampus, Rafinesque. 
HippocAMPUS ABDOMINALIS, Lesson. 
(Plate vi., figemu) 


Hippocampus abdominalis, Lesson in Ferussac, Bull. Sci. 
Nati xl. erO2 7 pe et27; td. Gunehers Brit.) Mus. Cat: 
Fish., viii., 1870, p. 199; id., Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. 
Wiss. Wien., Ixxx., i., p. 420; 1d., Johnston, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 135; id-, Waite, Rec. Cantb. 
Nisa Noy skoo7,.p. 16sntdemloc. cit. TOM. ps 175. 
pl. xxviii. ; id.. Duncker, Faun. Siidwest-Austr. ii., 1909, 
P24 7- 

The specimen figured is a very large one from Merimbula, 
near Twofold Bay, New South Wales, where this species is. 
said to be common. It is recorded from New Zealand, Tas- 
mania and Victoria, while Gunther records a specimen in the 
British Museum from Sydney which was presented by Sir 
John Richardson. If this specimen really came from Port 
Jackson the species must be very rare here, as it has not been 
included in any of the catalogues of New South Wales fishes, 
nor have any local specimens come under my notice. 


HIPPOCAMPUS GRACILIFORMIS, Sp. nov. 
(Plate-vi., figemen} 

Din 27 coke LO INI Ss h2) =} 452 

Body slender, its greatest depth being only 1°5 the width 
behind the pectorals. Tail nearly twice as long as the dis- 
tance between the tip of the coronet and the vent. Snout 
very short and thick, as long as the postorbital portion of the 
head. Eye 12 in the snout. Supra-orbital spines low and 
triangular, converging before the eyes where they form a 
prominent keel on the proximal portion of the snout. Behind 
the eyes the profile extends obliquely upwards to just before 


30 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 

the coronet where it is notched. The coronet is quadrangular 
with very indistinct tubercles and ridges. Tubercles of the 
body almost uniformly obtuse, the lateral row a little more 
developed than the others; below the dorsal fin those of the 
back are somewhat enlarged. On the tail the fifth, ninth and 
twelfth are prominent. None of the tubercles bear filaments. 
The dorsal fin stands on four body and three tail rings; its- 
anterior portion is damaged but it appears to have had 
twenty-seven rays. 

Colour.—Light brown, the tail with nine darker cross- 
bands. The head has large scattered dark spots arranged 
around the eye and on the snout, and there are others on the 
sides and under surfaces of the anterior portion of the body. 


Total length 87 mm. 
One specimen taken somewhere near Bass Strait, but the 
exact locality is unknown. 


The large number of rays in the dorsal fin distinguishes this 
from all other Australian species except H. abdominalis, 
Lesson. From that species it is easily separated by its slender 
body, the form of the supraocular spines and coronet, and the 
poor development of the tubercles. 


Famity SCOMBRESOCID. 
GENUS SCOMBRESOX, Lacepede. 
SCOMBRESOX FORSTERI, Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
Scombresox forsteri, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. 
Poiss., xvili., 1846, p. 481. 
A single specimen was taken in a landing net at night, 


one hundred and twenty miles south-south-west of St. Francis 
Island, South Australia. 


Famity EXOCCETIDAS. 

GeNuS Exonautes, Jordan and Evermann. 
EXONAUTES SPECULIGER, Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
Flying Fish. 

Exoceetus speculiger, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. 

Poissa. XIx.,, 1526, (p: 194k 
Cypsilurus speculiger, Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. 
Hisht, xxv.,.1905 (1906)*ipa zoo, fig. 13" 
A single specimen agreeing perfectly with the descriptions 


and figure quoted was obtained between Port Stephens and 
Newcastle, New South Wales. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 31 


Famity ATHERINIDA. 
GENUS ATHERINA, Linneus. 
ATHERINA DANNEVIGI, sp. nov. 
(Plate xvi., fig. 2.) 
Dee vintsine i en Ae i: 
Seales 173-75: 


<2=03. Meet o=TA cat Ni 1.) Ge edie 


Body very elongate, the depth 6’5 to 7°3 in the length to 
the hypural. Head 4 to 4°3. Eye 3 to 3% in the head, equal 
to or longer than the snout. 

Mouth oblique, not very large, the gape reaching almost 
to the anterior orbital rim; maxillary continued backwards to 
below the anterior third of the eye. The teeth are exceedingly 
minute and appear to be present on the jaws, vomer and 
palatines. Gill-rakers slender, equal to about half the length 
of the eve, sixteen on the lower limb of the first arch. Upper 
surface of the head flat, the interorbital width equal to the 
diameter of the eye. Muciferous system well developed, with 
large open pores. A row of about nine commences on the 
snout and extends over the eye, then downwards and along 
the upper margin of the opercles. Nine more are arranged 
from behind the eye, around the angle of the preoperculum to 
the mouth, where they join another row running along the 
margin of the preorbital. Five more pores are found along 
each ramus of the lower jaw. 

Scales extending forwards on the back as far as the hinder 
portion of the eye, and there are about thirty-nine along the 
mid-line of the back to the first dorsal, and twenty-four 
between the two dorsals. Those on the sides of the body are 
rounded but for a small median lobe which gives them an 
angular appearance. ‘There are three rows on the cheeks and 
about seven on the operculum. They also extend well onto 
the base of the caudal fin. 

Origin of the first dorsal behind the ventrals but well before 
the middle of the distance between the tip of the snout and the 
base of the tail; second spine longest, equal to two-thirds or 
more of the space between the tip of the snout and the hinder 
orbital margin. Soft dorsal commencing over the first third of 
the anal, its third ray a trifle shorter than the longest spines. 
Anal similar to the soft dorsal but with a longer base. Origin 
of ventrals almost midway between the snout and the end of 
the anal, or a little nearer the latter. Pectorals reaching to 
above the base of the ventrals. Vent between the ventrals 
and rather nearer their tips than their bases. 


Colour.—Sandy yellow (in formalin), each scale of the 
back margined with a row of minute brown dots. A silver 


32 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 


band, which is rather wider than the row of scales it covers, 
is uniformly dotted with minute brown specks, and may or 
may not be defined by a black line above. Occiput darker. 


Described from three specimens 75 to 85 mm. long from two 
stations—Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms, and 
the entrance to Oyster Bay, Tasmania. Selected type 75 mm. 
long from the latter locality. 


This is distinguished from all other Australian species by 
its very small scales. It is apparently nearest to A. hep- 
setoides, Richardson,! but the description of that species 1s 
so imperfect I am unable to compare it satisfactorily. 
Richardson, however, compared his species with A. hepsetus, 
Linn., to which, as his name denotes, he considered it very 
similar. The ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens are so very different 
in appearance from the latter that I have little doubt they 
are distinct from Richardson’s species also, and this, together 
with the fact that they come from somewhat deep water 
induces me to describe them as new. 


GENUS TA:NIOMEMBRAS, Ogilby. 


T@niomembras, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxiii. 
1898, p. 41. 

Ogilby has erected this genus for Atherina microstoma, 
Gunther, considering that it differs from Atherina by (1) its 
more elongate body, (2) pointed snout, (3) small mouth, (4) 
stronger dentition, (5) shorter, stouter and fewer gill-rakers. 
I regard 1, 2 and q as being of specific value only, but 3 and 
5 may perhaps be conveniently used to split up the large 
number of Australian species of Atherina. Notwithstanding 
Ginther’s statement, ‘‘teeth conspicuous in the jaws and on 
the vomer,’’ Ogilby describes the latter as smooth, while he 
finds a single row on the palatines. These are lacking in the 
specimens described below, but the vomerine teeth are well 
developed. 


‘TENIOMEMBRAS MICROSTOMA, Giinther. 
(Plate xe. 2.) 


Atherina microstoma, Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., ii.,. 
1861, p. 401; id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
Vi.; Loot, p. 395 2d., Johnston, Proc. Roy. /Soc.)iasm., 
1882 (1883), p. 122, and 1890 (1891), p. 34. 
Br. (627.5 (D-ewi.-vil. 10-DT seaeeti-12 5 P. raotae Wie Bi oe 
C207; sc. lat 38-40; Sc. trae: 


1 Richardson—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xi. (1), 1843, p. 178. 


SE ee Ee ay 23 

Height of the body 52-7, length of the head 4-44 in the 
length to the hypural. Eye 3, a little wider than the inter- 
orbital space, snout 44 in the head. Depth of the caudal 
peduncle a little less than the width of the eye. 

Body moderately elongate, somewhat compressed, its 
breadth equal to about two-thirds of its height. Head flat 
above with a series of very large pores extending from the 
snout, over the eye, to a canal above the operculum. A 
second series crosses the snout in front of the eye and follows 
the preorbital, joining another which extends around the 
margins of the preoperculum. There is a series on each 
ramus of the lower jaw, and a single pore behind the eye. A 
few large scales on the upper surface of the head extending 
forward to the eyes, snout and preorbital region bare. A 
single row of large scales on the cheek, and three rows on the 
operculum; a single row on the sub- and interoperculum. 
Mouth small, the maxillary not reaching the anterior margin 
of the eye; jaws subequal. Teeth minute but distinct, in 
several rows on the anterior parts of both jaws, none on the 
sides; a well-developed patch on the vomer, palatines tooth- 
less. Gill-rakers short and stout, the longest less than a third 
the length of the eye; about fifteen on the first arch. 


Scales of the body large, cycloid and concentrically striated. 
There are thirty-eight to forty on the silvery lateral band from 
behind the base of the pectoral to the hypural, and eight in a 
transverse series not counting the median ones on the back 
and belly. There are fourteen to fifteen between the nape and 
the first dorsal fin. 

Origin of the dorsal a little behind that of the ventrals, and 
a little nearer the end of the snout than the hypural. The 
spines are very weak and flexible, the second and third the 
longest, subequal, and about half as long again as the eye. 
The distance between the first spines of the two dorsals 
equals that between the end of the second and the hypural. 
Anal originating well in advance of the second dorsal, the 
length of its base once and a half in its distance from the 
hypural. Margins of the pectorals rounded, the second and 
third upper rays the longest, not quite reaching the vertical 
of the ventrals. Ventrals reaching back a little more than 
half their distance from the anal, the vent placed between their 
tips. 

Colour.—Whitish in formalin with a broad dark silvery 
lateral band along the fourth row of scales. The upper parts 
of the head and back are densely spotted with minute olive 
green dots, which also border the scales of the body above the 
lateral band and sometimes those below it as well. All the 
fins with more or less numerous scattered dots on the rays. 


34 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Described from five specimens, about 63 mm. long, taken 
in the estuary of the Derwent River, Tasmania, by Mr. E. 
F. Lovett, who presented them to the Australian Museum. 
Two other very battered specimens are in the ‘‘Endeavour”’ 
collection from Storm Bay, Tasmania. They differ from 
Gunther’s description only in being rather more slender, in 
having one ray less in the anal fin, and in the position of the 
silvery lateral band, but I do not regard any of these as being 
of much importance. 


Famity STROMATEIDA. 


GENUS SERIOLELLA, Guichenot. 
SERIOLELLA BRAMA, Giinther. 
Snotgall Trevally, Trevalla. 

(Plate 1x yiies 1.) 


Neptonemus brama, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., ii., 1860, 
p:! 390;)7¢d-5) Johnston, (Proce Roy. Soc, asm.) s1s82 
(1883), pp. 85 and 120. 

Neptonemus? travale, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 
LO72 5p los 

Seriolella brama, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), x., 1902, 
Pp. 1295102, Waite, Ree!?Cantb, Muss,/1-. 1911.) 9.82295 
pls: 

Notwithstanding the numerous differences appearing in the 
two descriptions of S. brama and S. trevale, | agree with Regan 
that they represent but one species. I think there can be no 
doubt that my specimens are correctly identified with S. 
brama, while the fact that they were recognised as the 
common trevalla or trevally of the Melbourne markets by Mr. 
Dannevig bears out their association with S. trevale which 
was originally obtained from that source. 

I have examined over a dozen specimens from various 
localities extending from Tasmania to Port Jackson and find 
the variation in the number of fin-rays and spines to be con- 
siderable, as the following selected examples will show :— 
(i) Der wais, oi.) 30';A., ii., se2nmbered-.) (2) 1) avi iigyesia rine 
Hines set.) (3) Di vil. ue eoreA- Pil. 2p 5 Ps eon (Aaa 
ii. 32; A. ill. 23; P. 20. The lengths of the spines before the 
second dorsal are very variable, and the second may be 
replaced by a jointed ray. The disagreement in the propor- 
tions of the head and body, as given by the two authors, is 
doubtless accounted for by a different system of measuring 
adopted by each. The depth in my specimens is about 2°6 in 
the length to the hypural and 3°4 in that to the tip of the 
tail. The only other important difference is in the armature of 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 35 
the preoperculum, as described by Castelnau, but I find this 
to be a very unreliable character, some specimens having the 
ridges and denticulations distinctly, though feebly, developed, 
while in others there is no trace of them. 


The following description is drawn up from all the material 
available to me :— 

DO Vi=Vily i.-t. 820-3300 0A. lil. vemeass Bs 20-27) Vi t5 5 
C. 17; 1. lat. about 90. Depth 2°6, head 34 to 34, pectoral 
3 to 3°4, base of dorsal 1°7, base of anal 3 to 3°2 in length 
to the hypural. Caudal peduncle 3'5. Eye-opening 4 to 4°5. 
Vertical diameter of orbit 3°4 to 4 in the head. 

Body compressed, rather deep, its dorsal and ventral pro- 
files almost equally arched, covered with moderate cycloid 
scales, those of the lateral line somewhat smaller than the 
others. Caudal peduncle narrow. Whole upper surface and 
sides of the head covered with a thick fleshy skin which largely 
hides the scales and other characters beneath it. Snout tumid, 
the nostrils placed close together and nearer the end of the 
snout than the eye, the anterior the largest and rounded, the 
posterior slit-like. Mouth oblique, maxillary small and weak, 
and reaching to or a little beyond the vertical of the anterior 
margin of the eye. Preorbital narrow, its margin smooth or 
crenulated. Eye large, placed in the middle line of the head. 
Bones of the head very weak, their margins either feebly 
denticulated or smooth; posterior margin of the preoperculum 
emarginate, the angle produced and broadly rounded. Oper- 
culum terminating in a very thin flat point margined with 
skin. Teeth extremely fine and small, arranged in a single 
row on each jaw; vomer, palatines and tongue toothless. 


Dorsal fin commencing a little before, over, or behind the 
base of the pectoral; the spinous portion is low and the middle 
spines the longest. If present, the second spine of the second 
dorsal is generally higher than any of those of the first; the 
second and third rays are the longest and about as long as 
the distance between the tip of the snout and the hinder 
margin of the eye. The two first spines of the anal are short 
and thick and somewhat detached from the rest of the fin; 
third spine longer and weaker and adpressed to the first ray. 
Soft portion of the fin similar to, but lower than, the second 
dorsal. Pectoral falcate reaching to or beyond the vertical of 
the first anal ray. Ventrals rather small, placed below the 
posterior base of the pectorals, and reaching about two-thirds 
of the distance between their insertion and the vent. Caudal 
deeply forked. 


Colour.—Body with large somewhat irregular blotches dis- 
tributed over its upper half, of which the most conspicuous is a 


36 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


dark rounded one at the origin of the lateral line. Two large 
and less distinct marks descend from the origin and middle of 
the second dorsal to below the lateral line, and besides these 
there are numerous smaller markings scattered over the body. 
These markings have not been noted by Castelnau, whose 
description was prepared from fresh specimens, and as all 
mine have lost most of their scales it may be that they are 
not shown or are indistinct in perfect examples. A dark bar 
extends vertically across the eye which is otherwise golden. 
Dorsal, anal, pectorals and ventrals dusky, especially towards 
their margins. 


Fifteen specimens were preserved from the following 
localities :— 


Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms. 
Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms. 


Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 
fathoms. 


Oyster Bay, Tasmania. 


SERIOLELLA PUNCTATA, Forster. 
(Plate: x. teat. ) 


Gasterosteus punctatus, Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, 
Syst. [chthe. reo, ‘p. 36: 


Neptonemus bilineatus, Hutton, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., v., 
RO7Z2— (P- e20leupla Vall. 
Seriolella bilineata, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), x., 
1902, .P-, 120: 
Seriolella punctata, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., i., 1911, p. 231, 
pl. li. 
Di ivi--vils 34-39; A. ii. 22-24 eee 2o0-22— Vou. 55°C. 17: 
Depth 3°3 to 4, head 3°4 to 3°6, pectoral about 4, base of 
dorsal 1°7, and base of anal 3°8 in the length to the hypural. 


Caudal peduncle 4 to 4°5, eye-opening 4°8 to 55, vertical 
diameter of the orbit 3°4 to 3°8 in the head. 


Body compressed, elongate, the dorsal and ventral profiles 
evenly arched, upper parts covered with large pores. Caudal 
peduncle narrow. Upper surface and sides of the head 
covered with a thick fleshy porous skin which hides the scales 
and other characters beneath it. Snout somewhat fleshy and 
rounded. Nostrils close together, nearer the tip of the snout 
than the eye; the posterior longer than the anterior which is 
round. Mouth oblique; maxillary rather narrow and weak, 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 27, 


extending to or beyond the vertical of the anterior margin of 
the eye. Preorbital narrow. Eye moderate, placed a little 
above the mid-line of the head. Opercular bones very weak, 
and with smooth margins in all my specimens, but they are 
doubtless subject to the same variation as in S. brama. 
Posterior margin of the preoperculum oblique and usually a 
little emarginate, the angle produced and broadly rounded; 
operculum terminating in a very thin flat point margined with 
skin. 


Dorsal fin commencing a little behind the vertical of the 
base of the pectoral; the spinous portion is low and the middle 
spines are the longest. The third or fourth rays are the 
longest, but are shorter than the distance between the tip of 
the snout and the hinder margin of the eye. The two first 
spines of the anal are very small and more or less hidden in 
the skin; the third is longer and adpressed to the first ray. 
Soft portion of the fin similar to, but lower than that of the 
dorsal. Pectoral falcate not nearly reaching the vertical of 
the vent. Ventrals small, inserted just behind the pectorals 
and reaching one-third or more of the distance between them 
and the anal. Caudal forked. 


Colour.—Body with numerous small round spots along the 
middle line, and a large dark mark behind the head, near the 
base of the lateral line, which is deeper than broad. A dark 
vertical bar across the eye. Pectorals, dorsal and anal fins 
dusky, especially towards their margins. Ventrals and caudal 
lighter. 


Longest specimen 280 mm. 


Seriolella porosa, Guichenot,! is said to differ from S. 
punctata in being more slender, the depth being 4 to 44 in the 
length as against 33 to 33. The original figure of that species, 
however, agrees very well in this respett with my specimens 
of S. punctata. Regan* considers the Tasmanian S. dobula, 
Gunther, to be synonymous with S. porosa, and I think it 
possible that both will prove to be merely variations of 
Forster’s species, though I have seen no specimens in which 
the depth is 44 in the length as described by Gunther. 


Two specimens were preserved which were taken between 
Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 22-60 
fathoms, and seven others from the Victorian coast and from 
Oyster Bay, Tasmania. 


1 Guichenot in Gay—Fauna Ohilena, Pisces, 1847, p. 238; Atlas ii., Ichth. 
pistvil-; Le) 2: 
2 Regan—Ann. Mag. Nat Hist. (7), x., 1902, p. 128. 


38 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Famity GADIDA. 
GeENnuS PuysIcuLus, Kaup. 
PHYSICULUS BARBATUS, Giinther. 
Rock Cod, Cape Cod, Red Cod. 


Pseudophycis barbatus, Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), 
XI, 1663, p. 116; id., Gastelnau, Proc. Zool.-Acclim. 
SoCs Vict, 1872, p.mio2;-id.. (McCoys Jerodry Zool: 
Vict ppl xx.)31578; tdee|ohnston, Proc: Royse soc: 
Tasm., 1882 (1883), pp. 88 and 126. 


Physiculus palmatus, Klunzinger, Arch. fur. Naturg., 
XK ielo7e. Pp. 3o: 

Lotella grandis, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v 
1881, p. 462. 

Physiculus barbatus, Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, 
1904, p. 24. 

Only one specimen of this common southern species was 
preserved. It is fifteen inches long and was obtained off Cape 
Everard, Victoria, in 70 fathoms. 

There seems to ine little doubt that P. pialmoalns Klunzinger, 
from Hobson’s Bay, Port Phillip, is identical with the common 
Victorian Rock Cod since the description agrees perfectly with 
that given by McCoy of the latter species. The fact that 
Klunzinger compared his fish with P. breviusculus, Richard- 
son, only, indicates that he was unaware of Gunther’s species. 


wt i 


Famity MACROURID. 
GENUS CGLORHYNCHUS, Guiorna. 
Cc:LORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS, Richardson. 


Lepidoleprus australis, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., ae 
p. 100, and Trans. Zool. Soc., m., 1849, p. 151, pl. Vill. 
ree ae ; 

Macrurus australis, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 1862, 
Pp: 301; 1d.4 Johnston, Proce, Roy. Soc, Lasm., 1982 
(1883), p. 127; id., Giinther, Chall. Rept., Zool., xxii., 
1807. Pp. '27. 

Celorhynchus mortoni, Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1896 
(1897), p- 83. ; 

Ceelorhynchus australis, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., 1., 1911, 
Boul] Zane ys pl. XXUKS neal 

When recording Optonurus denticulatus from New South 

Wales I noted! that several specimens lacked the ends-of their 


1 McCulloch—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1907, p. 346. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 39 


tails, and that in one the dorsal and anal fins had grown 
together around the injured portion, thereby giving it the 
appearance of being perfect. Many examples of C. australis 
in the ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection exhibit this same peculiarity, 
some having the tail so truncated and the anal rays so com- 
plete around it that they almost seem to have heterocercal 
instead of leptocercal tails. Dissection shows that the injured 
vertebra spreads out into a cartilaginous fan somewhat 
resembling a true hypural bone, to which the rays are movably 
articulated. 

A large series of specimens, seventy-five in number, con- 
clusively proves that C. mortoni, Ogilby (the type specimen 
of which is lost), is identical with Richardson’s species, and 
that the differences noted between the two are nearly all due 
to the one having a more perfect and therefore longer tail 
than the other. The only character that cannot be so 
explained lies in the armature of the scales, Ogilby counting 
18 to 23 ridges in C. mortoni, while C. australis is said to have 
12 to 18 only. I find that the number varies according to the 
size of the specimens, my smallest having only six ridges, 
whereas a large scale in a big example has twenty-two. 

When fresh, the specimens were greyish with darker bands 
extending along the body and occupying the overlapping por- 
tions of each row of scales. There is a more or less distinct 
dark band between the eyes, and the operculum is blackish. 
Upper half of the first dorsal black with a lighter margin. 
Anal dark with a white border. Pectorals and ventrals dusky 
with lighter edges. 

Specimens were preserved from off Storm Bay, Tasmania, 
60 fathoms, and from Oyster Bay, Tasmania. 


FaMiLty BERYCIDA:. 
GENUS AUSTROBERYX, gen. nov. 


Body rather deep, compressed, covered with moderately 
large, ctenoid scales which are regularly arranged. Abdomen 
trenchant, with a row of slightly enlarged, keeled scales. 
Head large, with thin bones and high ridges which have deep 
muciferous cavities between them; the exposed bones rough 
with raised striz. Snout short, mouth oblique, the chin 
prominent. Eye large. Jaws, vomer and palatines with 
villiform teeth. Opercles serrated ; operculm with two spines, 
preoperculum with more or less strongly developed spines on 
its inner border. Dorsal with six or seven spines which in- 
crease regularly in height, and eleven to fourteen soft rays. 
Anal with four spines and twelve to fourteen rays, its base 
shorter than that of the dorsal. Ventrals with one spine and 
seven rays. 


40 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 


Type Beryx affinis, Gunther. B. gerrardi, Gunther, and 
B_ lineatus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, also belong to this 
genus. They are distinguished from Beryx, Cuvier (type B. 
decadactylus, Cuv. and Val.), by having the anal shorter than 
the dorsal and composed of only 12-14 rays instead of 26-30. 
The bones of the head also appear to be more strongly armed, 
and the suborbitals are broader. 

Regan! has placed Beryx affinis, Gunther, and its allies in 
the genus Hoplopteryx, Agassiz?, of which most of the species 
are Cretaceous fossils. Judging from Woodward's restoration 
of H. lewesiensis,3 Mantell, however, the recent forms seem to 
differ in having the opercular bones more strongly armed and 
in having much smaller scales. 


Note on the genera Trachichthys, Shaw and Nodder, and 
Hoplostethus, Cuvier and Valenciennes.—It would seem that 
Trachichthys (type T. australis, Shaw & Nodder) is a mono- 
typic genus characterised by having three dorsal and two anal 
spines which are placed close together, and, like the rays, are 
entirely covered with minute asperities. Minute tuberculiform 
teeth are crowded on the jaws, vomer and palatines. 

Gunther‘ counted three spines and twelve rays in the dorsal, 
and two spines and ten rays in the anal of the type specimen 
Obi. vadstvalis: McCoy® describes iv./11 and iii./g (10) 
respectively, but has mistaken the anterior rays for spines, 
while Waite® expressly states that there are three and not two 
anal spines in Trachichthys. I have counted nine specimens 
of T. australis, and find the number of spines and rays to be as 
stated by Gunther. 

Boulenger’ has united Hoplostethus with Trachichthys, re- 
garding some Australian and New Zealand species (T. inter- 
medius, Hector, and T. elongatus, Gunther) as intermediate 
between the two. Both these fishes, however, bear little 
resemblance to T. australis, haying four and six dorsal spines 
and three anal spines which are well separated, and which, 
together with the rays, are not covered with minute asperities. 
They are much nearer to Hoplostethus (type H. mediter- 
vaneus, Cuv. & Val.), but both differ from that genus, as 


2 Agassiz—Poiss. Foss., iv., 1838, p. 4. 

3 Woodward—Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Fish., iv., 1901, p. 398, fig. 31. 
4 Gunther—Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., i., 1859, p. 10. 

5 McCoy—Prodr. Zool. Vict., 1886, pl. cxiv. 

6 Waite—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 66. 

7 Boulenger—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), ix., 1902, p. 202. 

8 Jordan & Fowler—Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxvi., 1902, p. 7. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 41 


vomerine teeth, while T. elongatus also has only four instead 
of six dorsal spines. In all other respects, however, they 
agree with Hoplostethus, T. intermedius indeed being very 
closely allied to H. mediterraneus, so that I think it better to 
expand the limits of that genus to include them rather than 
form an unnatural group by uniting Hoplostethus and Tra- 
chichthys. 
AUSTROBERYX GERRARDI. Giinther. 
(Plate viii.). 
Beryx "Gerrardt, (Gunther, Ann. Mage Nat. THuist:) (5), xx, 
1887, p. 238, fig. 

BEmocw OY Viena nA. ive, 12-1 Jemeaeiar Ws 15. 7s. Gs 
l. lat. 36-39; 1. tr. 6 + 11. Height 118-2, head 24-22 in 
the length to the hypural. Eye 24 in the head. Interorbital 
width slightly less than % of the eye, and equal to the length 
of the snout. Base of the anal 2 that of the dorsal which 
equals the length of the head. Caudal peduncle # of the eye 
and almost equal to the post-orbital portion of the head. 


Body short and deep. Upper profile very convex from the 
snout to the first dorsal spine which marks its highest point. 
The curve from the snout to the ventral fin is much less than 
that of the back; the line between the ventrals and the anal 
is straight and bears 9-11 keeled scales which decrease in 
size backwards. 

Maxillary reaching to below the posterior third of the eye, 
stiliform anteriorly but very broad behind; there is a small 
rough patch of spines on the narrow portion which is in con- 
tact with the supplemental bone, but the rest is smooth. 
Supplemental bone with numerous ridges each ending in 
spines. Turbinal bones bilobed and margined with sharp 
spines. Preorbital denticulated, without a curved spine but 
with a slight notch at its upper end to receive a blunt spine 
projecting from the maxillary. Bones of the infraorbital arch 
spine-like and roughened. Interorbital space narrowest above 
the middle of the eye, becoming a little wider forwards, then 
narrowing again towards the nostrils. Supraciliary edges 
finely denticulated, terminating anteriorly above the nostrils; 
between these are two curved, slightly roughened ridges 
which approach each other at either end and enclose a some- 
what elliptical area, with truncate ends, which is 34-4 times as 
long as broad. Above the first third of the eye these ridges 
each give off a branch which again divides and passes back- 
wards ending in some rather strong spines some distance 
before the suprascapular. 

Preoperculum with two parallel margins, the hinder borders 
of which are serrated ; the angle of the inner margin is formed 


42 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


of two flattened, denticulated spines, while that of the outer 
is armed with smaller simple spines. Both lower borders. 
finely denticulated. Operculum narrow, its anterior half 
covered with scales, the posterior portion with coarse striz 
ending in marginal points; two strong spines on the upper 
portion of the bone. Subopercle with one or two small spines 
at its lowest point. Interoperculum with a broad notch near 
its junction with the subopercle, its angle and lower border 
striated and finely denticulated. Margin of the suprascapular 
denticulated, its lower portion with an oblique ridge terminat- 
ing in some enlarged spines. 


Nostrils more widely separated than in A. affinis, the hinder 
ones being very close to the orbital margins. First bran- 
chiostegals very slender, second to fifth broad and denti- 
culated below, the others smooth. Gill-rakers very long and 
slender posteriorly, about half as long as the eye; twenty-two 
on the lower limb of the first arch. Exceedingly fine villiform 
teeth on the jaws without larger ones near the middle. A 
small triangular patch on the vomer and a long cuneiform 
band on each palatine bone. 


With the exception of the form of the ridges on top of the 
head, the position of the nostrils and the absence of enlarged 
teeth, all the characters of the head are almost exactly similar 
to those of young A. affints. 


Dorsal spines gradually increasing in length, the last 14-14 
as long as the eye and 2 the length of the second ray; all are 
more or less angular and striated. Second ray the longest, 
about 24 as long as the last. The first anal spine is placed 
below the third dorsal ray, the fourth equals the fifth dorsal 
spine in length and is about # as long as the second ray; the 
last ray is placed far behind that of the dorsal. Pectoral not 
quite ? in the head and reaching to above the base of the 
anterior anal rays. Ventrals with strong, flattened, striated 
spines, 3 as long as the rays which extend to the base of the 
fourth anal spine. Caudal deeply forked, the lobes somewhat 
pointed and about equal to the head in length. 


All the scales rather coarsely denticulated, the external half 
of their exposed surfaces with smooth ridges ending in mar- 
ginal teeth. Bases of the dorsal and anal fins protected by 
sheaths formed of several rows of scales, the outermost of 
which is the largest. A small patch of scales on the cheeks. 
A large angular scale at the axil of the ventral fin. Lateral 
line straight, each scale with a median excavation. 


Colourless in formalin. 
Described from twelve specimens, 150-200 mm. in length. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 43 


This species is distinguished from A. affinis and A. 
lineatus by its small number of scales on the lateral line, 
different fin formulz and by its short and deep form. 

Trawled in 37 fathoms off Flinders Island, Investigator 
Group, South Australia. 


AUSTROBERYX AFFINIS, Giinther. 
Nanny gai. 
(Bites oa 1.) 


Beryx affinis, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i., 1859, p. 13; 
and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xx., 1887, p. 238, fig. ; 
id., Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1893, p. 60, pl. xxi. ; 
id., Stead, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 48, pl. xvii. 

Hoplopteryx affinis, Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), vii., 
Piss el): 

This species is extremely variable with age, the young 
being short bodied and round, and the depth only 22 in the 
total length, while large specimens are much more elongate 
with the depth 34. The form and armature of the bones of the 
head is essentially the same in both, but those of the young 
have much more spinate edges, and their surfaces are smooth 
and with but few ridges. The same remarks apply to the 


ms 


a7 iG 4 


OBB "SRE. 


FIG. 11. 


scales which have very coarsely denticulated edges and almost 
smooth surfaces; in the adult the denticulations are much 
finer and they are continued back as ridges almost half way 
across the exposed portions of the scales. The accompanying 
figure represents my smallest specimen (7o mm. long). 


44 “ENDEAVOUR” SOIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Constant characters appear to be afforded by the number of 
spines and rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and the number 
of perforated scales along the lateral line. In nine examples 
23-16 inches long, I find them to be as follows :—D. vii./11-12, 
A. iv./12, lateral line 42-44. 


Gunther has stated that the length of the head equals the 
height of the body. As this character has been used in com- 
parison with other species, it is worth noting that it is con- 
siderably shorter in all the specimens I have seen, and is 
shown to be so in all the figures published. 


Only three specimens were preserved in the ‘‘Endeavour”’ 
collection which came from the east coast of Flinders Island, 
Bass Strait, and sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Victoria, 
60-70 fathoms. 


GENUS PARATRACHICHTHYS, Waite. 


PARATRACHICHTHYS TRAILLI, Hutton.. 


Paratrachichthys trailli, Hutton—Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., 
iv., 1899, p. 65. 

Waite noted that the number and form of the abdominal 
scutes of his single specimen differed slightly from the des- 
criptions and figure of Tvachichthys macleayi, Johnston, and 
T. trailli, Hutton. In the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens I find 
from twelve to sixteen scutes, and the first either divided or 
single, and with one median or two lateral spines. This, 
therefore, proves the identity of T. macleay: with Hutton’s 
species. 

Referring to the vomerine teeth, Waite states that the patch 
could be covered by a pin’s head. This agrees well with most 
of my specimens, but in others they are entirely wanting. 

The collection includes seventeen specimens from off the 
east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms, and 
Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms. 


Famity MONOCENTRID/. 
GENUS Monocentris, Bloch and Schneider. 
MONOCENTRIS GLORIA-MARIS, de Vis. 
Knight Fish. 

Monocentris gloria-maris (de Vis.)—Waite, Mem. Austr. 
Mus., iv., 1899, p. 67, pl. vili., figs. 1-2, and Rec. Austr. 
Mims: Vi... 1905,,p. GO: 

Two specimens were obtained fifteen miles off Saddle Hill, 

New South Wales, in 35 fathoms. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 


FaMILy PEMPHERID. 
GENUS PEMPHERIS, Cuvier. 
PEMPHERIS MULTIRADIATA, Klunzinger. 


Pempheris multiradiatus, Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. 
VER px. Iw rOZO. p.. 3S1. 
Pempheris macrolepis, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, v., 1881, p. 516; id., Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., 
IV LOGO, Ps 735. Plax 
Pempheris lineatus, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x., 
1886, p. 447. 
Having carefully examined all the material at my disposal, 
I have no doubt that P. multiradiata is identical with P. 
macrolepis, as has been suggested by Macleay.1 Klunzinger’s 
description agrees exactly with my specimens which come 
from various localities between the Bellinger River, New 
South Wales, and Kingston, South Australia. In twelve 
examples I find the following number of fin-rays and scales :-— 
D. v./11-13, A. i1./32-38, lateral line to the hypural 46-so. 
Waite (loc. cit.) has suggested that P. multiradiata is 
identical with P. compressa, Shaw, but I can see no reason 
for this conclusion. The former has most of its scales cycloid, 
only those on the anterior and lower portion of the head, 
breast, and on the back before the dorsal fin being ctenoid. 
In P. compressa all are very distinctly ctenoid, and they are 
much smaller, there being 62-64 along the lateral line instead 
of only 46-50. 
The *‘Endeavour’’ specimens were taken at the following 
stations :— 
Off Bellengen, New South Wales, 40-52 fathoms. 
Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 
22-60 fathoms. 
Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 
Off the east coast of Flinders Island and north of Goose 
Island, Bass Strait. 
Forty miles off Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms. 


PEMPHERIS AFFINIS, sp. nov. 
(Plate vii., Fig. 1.) 

De yepplO-Lin Aamo; P. 16a 62 °C. rei lat: 
60-62; |. tr. 7 + 19. Depth 23-23, head 33-34 in the length 
to the hypural. Eye 2-2} in the head; interorbital width 14- 
1} in the eye and about twice as wide as the snout is long. 
Depth of caudal peduncle # of the eye. 


1 Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884. p. 21 


46 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Body rather deep; the profile arched to the first dorsal, 
thence straight to the tail. Lower profile forming an even 
curve to the origin of the anal, the base of which is very 
oblique. Interorbital space convex. Maxilla reaching to 
slightly behind the middle of the eye, and covered with large, 
rough ctenoid scales. Preoperculum with a very strong spine 
at the angle and one or two weaker ones on each border. 
Operculum with two very small flat points separated by a 
broad excavation ; above and close to the upper one are several 
small points which may be indistinct. Whole head, with the 
exception of the tip of the snout and the lips, covered with 
moderately large scales which are mostly cycloid, only those 
of the preorbital and lower portion of the head being ctenoid. 
Upper jaw with an outer row of large canines which increase 
in size as they approach the median toothless excavation; 
anteriorly there is an inner row of smaller teeth behind them. 
Lower jaw with a few large teeth directed outwards anteriorly, 
and two rows of smaller teeth along the sides which become 
united into one about half way back. A row of small conical 
teeth is present on each side of the vomer, and still smaller 
ones form bands on the palatines. Posterior gill-rakers long 
and slender, more than one-third the length of the eye; there 
are twenty-three on the lower limb of the first arch. 


On the back, in front of the dorsal fin, and also on the 
ventral surface, except on the bases of and between the ven- 
trals, the scales are extremely rough and ctenoid; their edges 
are turned obliquely outwards from the body, and they are 
firm and adherent. The rest of the body is covered with large, 
flat, cycloid scales which are only marked with very fine con- 
centric striz, and are very deciduous. ‘The lateral line is 
continued to the end of the middle caudal rays, and has 60-62 
scales as far as the hypural and fifteen more to the end. The 
exposed portion of each scale is smooth and smaller than those 
on either side of it, and the edges are broken both above and 
below the canal by small rounded indentations. 


Origin of the dorsal well behind the vertical of the ventral 
spine; the distance between it and the end of the snout is 
slightly less than half that between the same point and the 
end of the middle caudal rays. ‘The fifth spine is more than 
two-thirds the length of the second ray, which is equal to 
three-fourths or more of the length of the head. The base of 
the anal is 24 that of the dorsal, and its anterior rays are as 
long as the last dorsal spine; the first spine is placed below the 
last dorsal ray. Third pectoral ray the longest, reaching to 
above the fourth anal ray. Ventrals placed beneath the 
pectorals and reaching backwards to the vent. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 47 
Colour.—Body everywhere closely speckled with minute red- 
‘dish-brown dots which are more crowded on the back and head. 
Dorsal, caudal and ventrals tipped with black, while the anal 
also has a narrow black border. With the exception of these 
markings and some crowded dots on the anterior portion of 
the dorsal and on the caudal lobes, the fins are colourless. 

Described from four specimens 96-135 mm. long. 

Length of type (B. 7332) 135 mm. 

This species is very closely allied to P. multiradiata, but 
may be at once distinguished by its much smaller scales. It 
has also a somewhat different number of rays in the dorsal 
and anal fins, and the tail portion of the body is longer, while 
a good recognition character lies in the black tips to the fins. 

Three small specimens were taken by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ in 
thirteen fathoms off Nobby’s Head, Newcastle, New South 
Wales. A larger and somewhat better preserved example is 
in the Australian Museum collection from Port Jackson, and 
has been selected as the type. 


PEMPHERIS KLUNZINGERI, nom. nov. 
Pempheris miilleri, Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 
Xxx O79, p. 1360, pl. vin (Mec smullert, Poey. 1860). 
Both Macleay! and Waite? have suggested that this species 
is identical with P. compressa, Shaw, but it appears to be 
distinguished by its much more elongate form, somewhat 
larger number of anal rays and smaller scales. I have 
counted eight specimens of P. compressa and find the number 
of fin-rays and scales to be as follows:—-D. vi./9-10, A. iii./ 
35-38, lateral line to the hypural, 62-64. Klunzinger gives for 
the same in his species :—D. v./10, A. iii./39-40, lateral line 
75. he different forms of the two species may be seen by 
comparing Klunzinger’s figure with that of Stead of P. com- 
pressa.4 
The type came from King George’s Sound. It was not 
obtained by the ‘‘Endeavour,’’ nor have I seen any specimens. 


PEMPHERIS ELONGATA, Sp. nov. 
(Plate iv., Fig. 1.) 

De ive-Ven 10-82 Ami: 24-27) eel Ve tee S 5 Co 178 
i. lat. 68-71; 1. tr. 8-9 + 18-20. Height 3:1 to 2°7 in the 
length to the hypural. Profile slightly arched to the dorsal 
fin, thence straight to the tail; lower profile considerably 
more curved than the upper one. Caudal peduncle narrow, 
ied inthe eye: 


1 daciode Pree Linn. soe. N.S. ae ee 1884, p. ‘a. 
2 Waite—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, 

3 Shaw in White—Voy. N.S. Wales, fan a4 267, fig. 2a 
4 Stead—Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 49, pl. xviii. 


48 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Head 2°8 to 311 in the length. Orbit 2°4 in the head, much 
greater than the interorbital width which is rather more than 
one-fourth of the head, convex, and one-third longer than the 
snout. Operculum with two very weak spines which are 
almost hidden by scales. With the exception of the snout and 
lips the whole head is covered with small scales set in a fleshy 
skin, beneath which are numerous muciferous canals with 
small pores opening onto the surface. Teeth minute, in a 
single row on the jaws and in very narrow bands or almost 
single rows on the vomer and palatines. 


Median portion of the scales of the body more or less pro- 
duced and usually with several microscopic points which are 
variable both in number and degree of development. There 
are from sixty-eight to seventy-one scales along the lateral 
line to the hypural and about ten more extend onto the base 
of the caudal; they are enlarged, those of the anterior portion 
being almost twice as broad as long, and have either truncate 
or excavate spiny margins. Below the lateral line the scales 
are arranged in oblique rows which descend backwards 
towards the lower surface of the body. 


The distance between the origin of the dorsal and the end of 
the snout is usually somewhat less, sometimes rather more 
than half that between it and the tip of the caudal. The first 
spine may be either well developed, small or absent ; the others 
increase regularly in height, the last being about two-thirds 
the length of the first ray. The latter is simple and a little 
longer than the space between the end of the snout to the 
hinder orbital margin. The length of the base of the anal 
is 1°5 to 1°7 that of the dorsal; its anterior rays are much 
higher than the posterior ones, but are only two-thirds, or 
less, the length of the first dorsal ray. The first spine is placed 
either below the hindermost portion of the dorsal or entirely 
behind that fin and is often minute and hidden in the scales. 
Third upper ray of the pectoral the longest, reaching almost 
to or a little beyond the vertical of the anal. Ventrals placed 
below the pectorals and not reaching so far back as the vent. 


Colour.—Upper surface of the head, back and upper portion 
of the sides closely speckled with microscopic brown dots 
' which give them a greyish colour. Breast, lower jaw and lips 
more or less similarly dotted, and the specks also-extend onto 
the dorsal and caudal rays. Otherwise colourless in preserved 
examples. 

Described from sixteen specimens go to 132 mm. long, the 
longest of which is selected as the type. 

This species is allied to P. unwini, Ogilby, but is at once 
distinguished by its much less spiny and more numerous 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 49 


scales. The dorsal and anal fins also have several more rays 
each, but otherwise the two are very similar. 
The specimens were trawled off Flinders Island, Bass 
Strait, in 4o fathoms, and off Wilson’s Promontory, Victoria. 
The following key will serve to distinguish the Australian 
species of Pempheris :— 
a. Anal fin with more than 30 rays; body rather deep. 
b. Scales mostly cycloid, ctenoid anteriorly, deciduous. 
c. Seales large, 46-50 on lateral line (to the hypural) :— 


multivadiata. 

cc. Seales smaller, 60-62 on the lateral line:— — affinis. 
bb. Scales ctenoid, adherent. 

d. 62-64 scales on the lateral line :— compressa. 

dd. 75 scales on the lateral line :— klunzingert. 


-aa. Anal fin with less than 30 rays, body rather elongate. 


e. Edges of the scales with minute, irregular points, 
though scarcely ctenoid :— elongata. 


FaMILy SERRANIDZ.. 
GENUS EPINEPHELUS, Bloch. 
EPINEPHELUS SEPTEMFASCIATUS, Thunberg. 
Grey-banded Rock Cod. 
Plectropoma susuki, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 100. 
Epinephelus septemfasciatus, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. 
Fish., 1., 1895, p- 226; :d., Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., tv., 
1899, p. 75; id., Jordan & Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. 
Mus., XxXxXvii., 1910, p. 458. 

Jordan and Richardson have recently expressed the opinion 
that the Australian records of this species are probably in- 
correct. I have compared the specimen taken by the 
‘“Thetis,’? another of unknown origin, and two in the ‘‘En- 
deavour’’ collection with the description given by these 
authors of Japanese specimens, and find that they differ in 
two small details only. None show the small patch of very 
fine scales near the tip of the maxillary, nor in any is the sixth 
band divided as described. Gunther stated, however, that the 
colouration of his Port Jackson specimens was as in that 
figured by Schlegel, so that, though I think it possible that 
the Australian fish represents a distinct subspecies, it is best 
to leave the matter open until examples from both localities 
can be compared. 


Two specimens trawled off the Clarence River, New South 
‘Wales, in 26-30 fathoms. 


50 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


GENUS HYPOPLECTRODES, Gill. 
HYPOPLECTRODES SEMICINCTA, Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
Half-banded Sea Perch. 

Gilbertia semicincta, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd 

diner OOK, Ps, 3075 
A single specimen was preserved from six miles off Port 
Stephens, New South Wales, 43 fathoms. 


Genus Anrtuias, Bloch. 
Anthias, Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd ed., i., 1895, 
paegZo: 

A careful examination of fourteen specimens of A. pulchel- 
lus, Waite, shows that the differences between this genus and 
Cesioperca are very slight. Comparing the definitions of the 
two, as given by Boulenger (loc. cit., pp. 311 and 320), it 
appears that the only reliable differences between them are 
as follows :— 

Scales rough on the border, denticulated; tubes of the 
lateral line bifurcate, short. Dorsal with 19-23 rays. Anal 
with 9-10 rays :— Ce@sioperca.. 

Scales ciliated, smooth. ‘Tubes straight or with an ascend- 
ing tubule and) extending along nearly the entire scales. 
Dorsal with 14-18 rays. Anal with 6-8 rays :-— Anthias. 

In A. pulchellus I find the number of fin rays agrees with 
Anthias, while the characters of the scales are distinctly those: 
of Cesioperca. In the fourteen specimens the number of fin- 
rays and scales is as follows:—D. x./16-17; A. ui./8; P. 
15-16; 1. lat. 41-45. 

My colleague, Mr. E. F. Hallmann, very kindly pre- 
pared microscopical mounts for me of the scales of Anthias 
pleurotenia, Bleeker, A. pulchellus, Waite, C@sioperca rasor, 
Rich., and C. lepidoplera, Forster. In the first-named only 
are they smooth with ciliated edges. Those of the other 
three have their borders roughened for varying distances 


FIG. 12. 


within the ciliated edges. In none do I find the tubes of the 
lateral line bifurcate, as stated by Boulenger, though they 
extend further across the scales in A. pleurotenia than in the: 
others. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 51 


It follows, therefore, that if A. pulchellus be admitted as a 
true Anthias, the differences in the number of fin-rays alone 
can be used to distinguish C@sioperca from that genus. 


ANTHIAS PULCHELLUS, Waite. 
(Fig. 12.) 
Anthias pulchellus, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, 
Pi-7775) Dla xt 

Of eleven specimens preserved only three bear the black 
spot on the dorsal fin. They were obtained off Norah Head, 
New South Wales, in 65 fathoms, and 60 miles south of Cape 
Everard, Victoria, 60-70 fathoms. 


GENUS CALLANTHIAS, Lowe. 
CALLANTHIAS ALLPORTI, Giinther. 
Allport’s Perch. 


Callanthias allporti, Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvil., 
1876, p. 390; id., Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd 
Cdr in mroOs ep. 335) pl. xvid Waite, Prelam. Rept. 
ppihetis; Exped’) 1898, p:331., pl: 

Callanthias platei, Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), iii, 
1899, p- 346; id.. Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, 
p2co;td.. ibid. Rec: Austr. Mus.,w2; 1903, p. 56 (nec C. 
platei, Steindachner). 

Callanthias platei australis, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales; xxiv... 1899,°p: 173. 

In 1898 Waite (Prelim. Rept. ‘‘Thetis’’) recorded six speci- 
mens from the New South Wales coast as C. allporti, 
Gunther, but noted that they did not wholly agree with the 
published descriptions of that species. Boulenger (Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist.), with Gunther’s type before him, considered that 
Waite’s figure represented a distinct species and identified it 
with C. platei, Steindachner,! which had just been described 
from Juan Fernandez. Later, Ogilby (Proc: Linn Soc. 
N.S.W.), noting certain differences between Steindachner’s 
figure and the Australian fish, proposed to separate the latter 
under the varietal name australis, but this name was not 
adopted by Waite, who referred to it simply as C. platet 
(Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., and Rec. Austr. Mus., v.). 

With twenty-three specimens taken by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ 
and four others in the museum collection before me, I find 
that the ‘‘Thetis’’ specimens were correctly identified as C. 
allporti, and that C. platei australis is merely the young form 


1 pond ennen nana Chilensis, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl., iv., 2, 1898, p. 284, 
plo xv: 


52 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 


of that species. C. allporti varies greatly with age both in the 
depth of the body and height of the vertical fins, so that 
Waite’s figure represents the half-grown fish about 200 mm. 
long, while that in the British Museum Catalogue is the figure 
of an adult specimen. 


Though closely approaching the figure of C. platei in its 
younger stages, C. allporti nevertheless appears to be dis- 
tinguished by its larger eye and higher vertical fins. The 
other characters used by Ogilby to differentiate the variety 
australis are dealt with below. 


My series includes specimens from less than five inches to 
others over eleven inches long, and they show that the body 
is much more slender in young individuals than in adults. 
The greatest depth in the smallest specimen is 3°21 in the 
length from the snout to the hypural, and it regularly increases 
with age until in the largest it is 2°66 in the same. 


The height of the vertical fins also varies with age, as well 
as individually. In the smallest specimen the longest anal 
rays are 7°3 in the above length, while a large example has 
them 5°04 in the same. In none are they so short as in the 
figure of C. platei which shows them to be about 8°3 in that 
length. 


The length of the head varies from 3°88 (young) to 4°61 
(adult) in the length from the snout to the hypural. In his 
comparison of C. platei with C. p. australis, Ogilby’s figures 
show the head to be much smaller in the first-named. My 
specimens, however, and a comparison of Steindachner’s and 
Waite’s illustrations show that this difference is not so great 
as is indicated. 

The eye of the young is larger than that of the adult, being 
2°77 as against 3 in. the leagtajot ‘the. head=a@heveve oteC: 
platei is proportionately smaller. The maxillary generally 
extends to below the anterior margin of the pupil, but in one 
specimen reaches almost to the middle of the eye. Ogilby’s 
counting of the fins and scales agrees with mine. 


Ogilby has erected the genus Anogramma for C. allporti 
regarding the strength of the vomerine teeth to be of generic 
importance. I have large specimens agreeing in every other 
way with the figure of C. allporti in which these are either 
small or absent, while others of the australis form have them 
well developed. Anogramma is therefore unnecessary. 


’ 


The ‘‘Endeavour”’ collection includes forty-three specimens, 
most of which come from off Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 
Six were preserved from eleven miles east of Rarrenjoey 
Head, New South Wales, 40 fathoms. 


: FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 53 


GENUS C4:SIOPERCA, Castelnau. 
C4ESIOPERCA RASOR, Richardson. 
Red Perch. 


Serranus rasor, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1839, p- 95, 
and Trans. Zool: Soe:;\1i.; 1849; p2'73), pl: iv., fig. 1. 
Anthias rasor, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i., 1859, p. 93; 

td-> Macleay Proc. ‘Linn. ‘Soc NtS: Wales, v.; 1881, 
Po oitwid.. johnston, -Broc. GRoys soc. Pasm:, 1882 
(1883), p. Se ii. Lucas,’ Proc: ixoya soc: Vict., 2 ser. 
-, 1890, p. 
ee vasOYr, espinal Proc. Zooalksoc) Vict-, 1., 1872 
p-. 49; 7d., Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd ed., 
1895, P- 313- 
Anthias rasor var. extensus, Klunzinger, Arch. fur. Nat., 
WV is, O72, Pp. 17. 
ais Lo SSEG, ee , sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx 
, P- 339, pl. 1 
epee: es Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 2nd 
Cdr pa LoO sos 213. 

The ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens show that the colour markings 
of this species are subject to great variation. The black mark 
on the side may be large or only moderately developed, or 
altogether absent. One specimen shows a large black spot 
on one side and none on the other, while in a second example 
it covers fifteen scales on the left side and two on the right. 
The blue bands around the eye and on the body are well 
developed in some and wanting in others. Having counted 
fifteen specimens I find the number of scales and fin-rays to 
be as follows:—D. x.-x1./19-22; A. ui./g-10; P. 14-15; V. 
Ser LS salvlat, 4o-s6. 

In separating his Anthias extensus from A. rasor, Klunzinger 
considered that it had a, more slender body, longer pectorals, 
smooth preorbital, and lacked the characteristic markings of 
Richardson’s species. The above notes prove that the latter 
character has no specific value, while Boulenger shows that 
the length of the pectorals does not differ in the two. Castel- 
nau described the preorbital as strongly ciliated, but in all 
my specimens it is either entire or somewhat crenulate, and 
therefore agrees with both Klunzinger’s and Richardson’s 
figures. I find that the depth of the body varies from 2°75 to 
30 in the length to the hypural, so that but one character, 
the smaller scales, is left to distinguish extensus. Klunzinger 
counted 62-63 scales on the lateral line, but it seems that he 
included some unperforated ones on the base of the tail, as 
his figure, which is by that most accurate artist, Konopicky, 
shows only 58. 


54 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Having disposed of these apparent differences I have ne 
hesitation in following Macleay! in uniting the two species. 

The ‘‘Endeavour”’ collection includes fifteen specimens from 
the following stations :— 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 
fathoms. 

Oyster Bay, Tasmania. 

Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms. 

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 
fathoms. 

Five others are in the Australian Museum from Tasmania 
and South Australia. 


C4:SIOPERCA LEPIDOPTERA, Forster. 
Bastard Longfin. 


Cesioperca lepidoptera (Forster), Boulenger, Brit. Mus. Cat. 
Bish endieds, 1.) 1805s pghe5 1d., Viale. brelim- swept. 
Uhetisqebxpeds, 1SQS, payer. ple. 

Though a large black spot on each side below the lateral 
line is characteristic of this species, yet some specimens in the 
collection show that it may occasionally be absent. Others 
also are marked with many small greenish spots which some- 
times form short, irregular lines, and may be so crowded on 
the upper parts as to darken them considerably, while still 
others show three yellow longitudinal bands along the sides 
below the lateral line. 

Twenty-two specimens were examined from the following 
localities :— 

Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 
fathoms. 

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms. 

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 
fathoms. 

GENUS ENnopLosus, Lacepede 
ENOPLOSUS ARMATUS, Shaw. 
Old Wife, Bastard Dorey, Zebra Fish. 

Chetodon armatus, Shaw in White, Voy. N.S. Wales, 1790, 
pe 54,ue. 1. 

Specimens of this widely distributed species were preserved 
from off the Clarence River, New South Wales, 26-30 
fathoms, Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms, 
and off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o 
fathoms. 


1 Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, p. 4. 


FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. ate 


Famity APOGONICHTHYIDZ. 
Genus Apoconops, Ogilby. 
‘lpogonops, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi., 1896, 
p- 23 (anomalus). 

Ogilby’s definition of this genus requires amendment and 
correction. Studying his type specimen I find that whereas 
he saw no supplemental bone to the maxillary there is really 
a very distinct bone lying along the upper and inner margin 
of the maxillary. He writes, also, ‘‘vomer, palatines and 
tongue edentulous ;’’ both the first-named bear very minute 
teeth, and there are also some larger ones intermingled with 


the others on the vomer. ‘The teeth on the jaws are as 
described in the type, but in large examples they are as 
described below. Instead of ‘‘a single dorsal fin, deeply 


notched,’’ there are two dorsals separated by a short inter- 
space. 

No scales remain on any part of the body but the lateral 
line in the type, but in one of the specimens taken by the 
““Thetis’’ Expedition there are some on the upper portion of 
the head, body and base of the tail. Ogilby has stated that 
they are cycloid and concentrically striated. This applies to 
the head scales only, they being distinctly ctenoid everywhere 
else. 

All these characters are much more easily detected in my 
largest specimens, 122 mm. long, than in the type which is 
only 54 mm. long, and, considering the care which Mr. Ogilby 
usually lavished on his descriptions, the differences detected 
are doubtless due to the want of sufficient microscopical 
appliances on his part. 

Apogonops is apparently closely allied to Synagrops, Gun- 
ther, but is distinguished by having three instead of only two 
anal spines. 


APOGONOPS ANOMALUS, Ogilby. 


(Figs) 

Apogonops anomalus, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
RK LOO, "ps 24.510., Waite, Mem- Austr Mus... iv-, 
T8995 p- 74, pl. xin, die. 1. 

Disixe tao loan 7). 13 ee oor Gre dat. 
46-50 to hypural. Head 22-34, depth 4;4, in the length to the 
hypural. Eye 3-34 in the head, longer than the snout which is 
3%. Interorbital space 44. Caudal peduncle 24-24, as long as 
broad, its depth equal to the length of the eye. 

Body elongate-oblong, tapering posteriorly, compressed. 
Head large, some of the bones covered with membrane 
enclosing canals beneath it. Mouth oblique, maxillary reach- 


56 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFi:C RESULTS. 


ing to or not so far as the middle of the eye, its posterior 
border slightly emarginate ; supplemental bone distinct, lying 
along the upper margin of the maxillary and turned in towards 
its inner side. Preorbital entire. Preoperculum with two 
borders, the inner entire; the outer serrated at and near the 
angle which is a little produced; short ridges extend from 
each tooth across the bone. Operculum with two spines, the 
lower a little longer than the upper. Suprascapular rounded, 
with a dentate margin, and a ridge on its lower portion 
extending forwards. Nostrils situated on the hinder half of 
the snout, almost equal in size, the anterior with a skinny 
margin. 

Teeth in villiform bands on the jaws, vomer and palatines, 
with scarcely any larger ones in the young. In the adult the 
premaxillaries bear crowded villiform teeth along their whole 
length, and have a pair of large curved fangs near their 
symphyses which may be double. Between these bones there 
is a median excavation which is toothless. Mandible with a 
narrow band of villiform teeth which is widest anteriorly. A 
strong pair of canines, corresponding to but smaller than those 
of the upper jaw, in front; on either side large curved teeth 
occur among the others which increase in size as they extend 
backwards, and terminate about half way along the length of 
the jaw. ‘These larger teeth are variable in size and number 
in different specimens. Vomer with two diverging bands of 
minute teeth, among which are some larger ones. Palatines 
each with a long, narrow band of minute villiform teeth. Gill- 
rakers of first arch long and slender, the hinder ones more 
than half as long as the eye and each with the inner margin 
minutely denticulated ; 21-22 on the lower limb. 


FIG, 13. 


Scales very deciduous, those of the upper part of the head, 
preorbital and mandible rounded, concentrically striated and 
cycloid. They also appear to have been present on the cheeks 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 577 


and operculum. On the body they are similarly rounded and 
striated, but ctenoid; those of the lateral line have a deep 
notch in their posterior margins. The scales extend onto the 
fleshy bases of the dorsal and anal fins and onto the caudal. 
Lateral line almost straight and extending onto the scaly base 
of the caudal. 

First dorsal fin originating over or a little behind the base 
of the pectorals; the third and fourth spines are subequal, 
2 or almost half as long as the head. The ninth spine is the 
shortest and 1s separated from the second dorsal by an inter- 
space a little longer than its own length. Spine of the second 
dorsal slightly less than half as long as the rays, which are 
about equal to the length of the longest spines. Anal com- 
mencing below the third or fourth dorsal ray; the first spine 
is short and stout, the second shorter than but usually much 
stronger than the third which is but little shorter than the 
rays. Ventrals placed below the anterior part of the base of 
the pectoral and not nearly reaching to the vent; the spine is 
about two thirds the length of the second ray which is the 
longest. Pectorals very long, 2-2 as long as the head, the 
upper ray rather longer than the others. 

Colour.—Brownish or greyish above, lighter below; oper- 
culum, thorax and abdomen silvery. A series of about five: 
dark blotches along the sides which are less distinct or absent 
in large specimens. Two darker patches on the scaly portion 
of the tail. Upper portion of the dorsal fin with a blackish 
patch between the second and fifth spines. 

Described from two specimens, 54 and 122 mm. long, the 
smaller one being the type of the species. Fin formula and 
lateral line counted in nineteen specimens. 

Forty-three specimens were preserved from the following 
localities :— 

Between Port Setphens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 
22-60 fathoms. 

Twenty-five miles south-west of Cape Everard) Victoria, 
83-98 fathoms. 

Thirty-six miles off Cape Everard, Victoria, 75 fathoms. 


Famity AMBASSID. 
Genus Priopis, Kuhl and Van Hasselt. 
PRIOPIS RAMSAYI, Macleay, 
(Plate xvi., fig. 3.) 

Pseudoambassis ramsayi, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 

Wales, v., 1881, p. 340. 
Ambassis ramsayi, Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, 

jo hme 


58 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Chanda ramsayi, Waite, Mem. N S. Wales Nat. Club, No. 2, 
1904, Pp. 29. 

Ambassis gymnocephalus, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S. Wales, i. (2), 1887, p. 1102. (Perhaps not A. 
gymnocephalus (Lacépéde) Bleeker. ) 

Abasassis, sp., Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii. (2) 
1889, p. 1559. 

Chanda gymnocephalus, Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, 
No? 2, 1904, p. 20. 

Di wis-vile ro) Ay tigee@ar Te: ea Meier C58 Niro 
sc. lat. 25-26; sc. tr. 3 + 7. Depth nearly 24, head 3i in the 
length to the hypural. Eye 23-3, orbit 24 in the head, and 
twice as long as the snout. Interorbital width 14 in the orbit. 
Caudal peduncle 2 in the head. 

Body rather deep, compressed. Upper anterior profile 
interrupted over the eye, the back between the nape and the 
dorsal more or less keeled. ‘Supraorbital ridge smooth 
anteriorly, armed with three to five spines on its posterior 
portion which is bent downwards. Antero-inferior orbital 
ring crenulate or spinulate. Preorbital strongly denticulate. 
Lower limbs of preoperculum denticulated, all the other bones 
smooth. Maxillary reaching to below the anterior margin of 
the eye. Two rows of scales on the cheeks, one behind the 
eye; operculum with large irregular scales, a single row on 
the interoperculum. Minute teeth on the jaws, vomer, 
palatines and tongue. Gill-rakers flattened, spinulate on their 
inner edges, the longest about half as long as the eye. 

Scales of the body extending forwards to above the middle 
of the eye and onto the bases of the dorsal, anal and caudal 
fins. Lateral line interrupted below the spine of the second 
dorsal or farther forward, each scale with its free margin 
notched. There are ten to thirteen scales on the first portion 
which is arched, and twelve to fourteen on the straight 
portion. 

Origin of the first dorsal a little nearer the end of the 
second than the tip of the snout. The first spine short, the 
second strong and subequal to the third and 1+ to rd in the 
head; the last is joined to the second dorsal by membrane. 
Spine of the second dorsal two-thirds as long as those of the 
first, shorter than the anterior rays. Anal commencing and 
terminating behind the second dorsal, its base either slightly 
longer or shorter than that fin; the first spine short, the second 
and third long and stout, the last as long as the rays but 
shorter than the second dorsal spines. Pectorals almost 
reaching the vertical of the first anal spines. Ventrals reach- 
ing to or slightly beyond the vent which is placed well in 
advance of the anal fin. Caudal deeply forked. 


’ 


FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. ~ 
Se) 

Colour.—Whitish, the scales of the upper portion of the 
body margined with olive-green dots. A thin dark line on the 
median line of the tail, and a silvery lateral band in specimens 
in spirits. Upper portion of the head, lips and lower jaw 
densely spotted with olive-green. Membrane between the 
second and third dorsal spines blackish, and the tips of the 
soft dorsal and anal are darker. Caudal more or less spotted, 
its margin darker. 


Described from two specimens, 80 and 88 mm. long, 
recently collected in a prawn net at San Souci, Botany Bay, 
by Mr. J. H. Wright, and presented by him to the Australian 
Museum. ‘Two very imperfect specimens are in the ‘‘Endea- 
vour’’ collection which were taken near Sydney. 


I have examined the type of Pseudoambassis ramsayi in the 
Macleay Museum. It is very shrivelled and has lost many of 
its scales, but leaves no doubt that the specimens described 
above are correctly identified. I have also examined the 
specimens from the Parramatta River, identified by Ramsay 
and Ogilby as 4. gymnoc ephalus, and find them to be identical 
with Macleay’ s species, though whether they are really 
gymnocephalus also 1 am unable to say. They appear, how- 
ever, to have a much deeper body and less slender caudal 
peduncle than that species. 


Famiry SILLAGINIDAE. 


References to the Australian species of this family are in an 
extremely confused state. I have endeavoured to sort some 
of them into the order I believe they should be, and furnish 
a key which is drawn up principally from an examination of a 
number of specimens of each species :— 


a. Dorsal fins united, the first with 12-14 spines. Scales in 


about 130 rows :— ISOSILLAGO. 

b. D. xii.-xiv., 25-27; A. 24-25. Body with small dark 
Spots. punctata. 

aa. Dorsal fins separate, the first with ro-12 spines. Scales 
in 65-75 rows :— SILLAGO. 


Gap Etice ae dark mark at the base of the pectoral. 


d. Caudal peduncle as broad as the postorbital portion 
of the head. 


é. Do xa.. 18; A. 17-18 elat. 63-65 :— ciliata. 
dd. Caudal peduncle narrower than the postorbital por- 
tion of the head. 
Ae Xteoxll 9 2O-20ieteeed le, lab 70-70 3 
maculata. 


60 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 


cc. No black mark on the base of the pectoral. 
g. Ventrals placed below the origin of the first 
dorsal. 
h. D. X1GaUereA® 2071: lat-.65):—-robusta: 
Ventrals placed in advance of the origin of 
the dorsal. 
1. 1D. xed. 18-20,. As h20-22F leat 


JT? 


660-68:-— bassensis. 
i: Dee 21-22. Ae i Qeone le ulate 
69-74 :— bostockut. 


ni. D. sxihe22-23.5 A. 24-25 1. lat. yo 
sthama. 

Neosillago marmorata, Castelnau,! having only five spines 
in the first dorsal, is evidently not a member of this family, 
but possibly belongs to the Nototheniide. 

Having had the opportunity of examining the types of 
Tsosillago maculata, Macleay,2 I find that the number of 
spines and rays in the dorsal and anal fins are incorrectly 
stated in the original description. There are thirteen spines 
in the first dorsal and one spine and twenty-four or five rays 
in the second; the anal has twenty-four spines and rays in 
all. In these and all other characters they agree with Sillago 
punctata, Cuv. & Val., but may very well form the type of a 
distinct genus Jsosillago, characterised by the union of the 
two dorsals, larger number of spines in the first, and by having 
very small scales. 

I am unable to find any specimens marked as the types of 
Sillago gracilis, Alleyne and Macleay,> in the Macleay 
Museum, but there are two small specimens labelled ‘‘Sillago 
sp? Torres Straits,’’ which I have no doubt are the types. 
Through the kindness of Professor Haswell and Professor 
David, I have been allowed to borrow them for examination. 
One is a little larger than the other, and from the snout to the 
end of its broken tail is almost 82 mm. long, which is exactly the 
length of the figure of S. gracilis. In other details also, such 
as the form of the damaged tail and the pronounced shrinkage 
marks on the head, it agrees perfectly with the figure, though 
it has lost all trace of the colour markings with the exception 
of the silvery lateral band. Both differ from the description in 
the number of fin-rays in the dorsal and anal, there being 
only one spine and twenty rays in each instead of one, twenty- 


1 Castelnau—Res. Fish. Austr. (Vict. Rec. Philad. Exhib.), 1876, p. 16. 
2 Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1878, p. 34, pl. iv., fig. 3. 
3 alley ne and Macleay—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1877, p. 279, pl. vi., 


fig. 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 61 


two as stated. I regard this of little importance, however, 
since Macleay also counted the same fins wrongly in his much 
larger specimens of Isosillago maculata, as noted above. 

If these two specimens be regarded as the types of S. 
gracilis, that species must be sunk as a synonym of S. macu- 
lata, Q. & G., as both the specimens and the figure agree well 
with that species. 


GENUS SILLAGO, Cuvier. 
SILLAGO BASSENSIS, Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
Bass Whiting, School Whiting. 


Sillago bassensis, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 
ili-y Lo29, -p..412+ 1d. Ogilby .ed™ Fish. N.S. Wales, 
1893, pp- 99, 101, 102; id., Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 
[902 p. 190.20-— Stead, Proc) Bimn- Soe: ?NsS- Vales, 
xx LOGO, 4p. 574, ands Ed). Bish) (N-S. Wales, 1908; 
Pan0S5 u pl ex. 

Sillago maculata, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 1.,-1872, 
p- 94; td., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), 

116: 71d... eucas. Proc, ‘Roy-ssoc-, Vict. (m. ser), i. 
1890, p. 26 (after Castelnau); id., Waite, Mem. Austr. 
Mus. 1V.2 1SO9..p. 109); (wee. Sa wnaculata, ©. & G.): 

Sillago ciliata, Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882 (1883), 
Pplco, tio (nec ’S.. ciliata, ‘Cuvues Vial>): 

Many specimens of this common southern species were 
preserved. I have counted the fin-rays and scales of forty 
specimens from New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South 
Australia and West Australia and find them to be as follows: 
—D. x.-xi./18-20; A. 20-22; |. lat. 66-68. 

The °‘Endeavour”’ 
stations :— 


Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20 
fathoms. 


specimens were taken at the following 


South-east of Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South 
Australia, 37 fathoms. 


SILLAGO MACULATA, Quoy and Gaimard. 
Trumpeter Whiting. 
Sillago maculata, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. “‘Uranie,’’ 1824, 
p- 261, pl. li., fig. 2; id., Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., 
li., 1860, p. 245 (part.); id., Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. 
Wiss. Wien., liii., p. 444; td., Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. 
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, i., 1877, p. 279; 1d., Castelnau, 


, 


62 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1879, pp. 380-381 ; id.., 
Klunzinger, Sitzb., Ak. Wiss. Wien., Ixxx. i., p. 370; 
id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, 
p- 566; 1d., Woods, Fish. N.S. Wales, 1882, p. 65, pl. 
xxiil. ; id., Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 31; 
id., Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef, 1893, pp. 292, B37 Oe Mto 
Ogilby» Ed. Fish) Nes) Wales, 1893) p-) 101, (pant): 
id., Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1902, pp. 190, 191; 
id., Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, No. 2, 1904, 
Dp» Quinta. stead, Ed aiish. INS. Wales: 1908, p. 64, 
plo xxiv. 

Sillago burrus, Richardson, Icones Piscium, 19435, P= (55) plain 
fig. 1; 1d., Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ii. 
LO7 Ow Oa 232r 

Sillago gracilis, Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales imc, ai877, D.27G,mplbavias) tie 2: 


’ 


These are all the Australian references I know of which can 
be definitely associated with this species. I have examined 
specimens from the neighbourhood of Sydney, the Gulf. of 
Carpentaria and Fremantle, West Australia. 


SILLAGO CILIATA, Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
Sand Whiting. 

Sillago ciliata, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii.,. 
1620, p» 415, -0¢., Gunthepaporit. Muss Cat.” Kish: sais 
1860, p. 245; id., Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien., 
liii., 1866, p. 443; 7d., Kner, Reise Novara, Fische, 1869, 
p.127 00. all & Macleseroc. Linn. Soc. Nis Wales: 
i., 1877, p. 279; 1d., Klunzinger, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 
IxkxeeieerS79, p. 3693 "d=aViacleay, Proc Linn: (Soc 
NESs Wales, ov.0 ‘1881 vose5e7.7d., Woods; Mish IN-S: 
Wales 1882)op. 65,» plies. 542d., Ogilby, 6@at. Bish. 
N.S. Wales, 1886, p. 31; 1d., McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict.,, 
1889, pl. clxxxii.; id., Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef, 1893, pp. 
2902 andi370, pl. xlv.,figaeema...Osilby.. Ed. Fish. NCS: 
Wales, 1893, p. 102, pl. xxvii. ; 1d., Waite, Rec. Austr. 
Mitisessivs, L901, *p..47 saidemevVaite,, Mem: N.S3 Wales: 
Nat. Club, No. 2, 1904, p. 31; 1d., Jordan & Seale, Bull. 
US. Burs ish, xxviqm@osn(1900), (p. 277 5 10., stead: 
Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 63, pl. xxxiil. 

Sillago terre-regine, Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
i elOZO, pr 52.32: 

Sillago bassensis, Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
ili., 1879, p. 381; id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, v., 1881, p. 567; id., Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef, 
1893, p- 291; id., Tosh, Proc. Roy. Soc. Olds, xwit, 1903. 
p. 175, pls. viii-xiv. (nec. S. bassensis, C. & V.). 


FISHES.—McCULLOOR. 63: 

This species occurs all along the eastern coast of Australia, 
and has been recerded from Cape York to Port Phillip. A 
specimen in the British Museum is said to be from Tasmania. 

The specimens recorded by Castelnau from Fremantle dis- 
trict, West Australia, as S. ciliata* are not that species. The 
Australian Museum has recently received some fine examples 
from the same locality, from Mr. A. Abjornssen, which differ 
from S. ciliata in having smaller scales, a much narrower caudal 
peduncle, more rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and in lacking 
the characteristic dark mark at the base of the pectorals. 
They are evidently identical with Castelnau’s specimens and 
must, therefore, receive the alternative name, bostockii, which 
he proposed in case they should prove distinct from the- 
eastern species. 

Famity SCIAANIDZ. 
GENUS CyNOSCION, Gill. 
CyYNOSCION ATELODUS, Giinther. 
Teraglin. 
Otolithus atelodus, Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1893, 
aye Wasp tidl eo.daile 
Cynoscion atelodus, Stead, Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, p. 67, 
pl. xxxviil. 

Three examples of this species, each about a foot long, were 
taken fifteen miles off Saddle Hill, New South Wales, in 35 
fathoms. 

Famity GERRID/. 
GENUS CHTHAMALOPTERYX, Ogziby. 
CHTHAMALOPTERYX MELBOURNENSIS, Castelnau. 


Gerres melbournensis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 1.,. 
1872, p: 159, andiil., 1873, Pp. 37. 
Chthamalopteryx melbournensis, Ogilby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 
1887, p. 616, fig. 
The ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection includes many specimens of 
this species which were taken at the following stations :— 
Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o 


fathoms. 
Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia,, 20 


fathoms. f 
Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms. 


Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20 fathoms. 
South-east of Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South 
Australia, 37 fathoms. 


1 Castelnau—Proe. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 1873, p. 133. 


“64 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Famity CHEILODACTYLIDA. 
GENUS GonustTius, Gill. 
GONIISTIUS VIZONARIUS, Kent. 
Magpie Perch. 

(Plate xi.) 


Cheilodactylus gibbosus, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., 
i., 1872, p. 75; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy Socy lasm. 
1882 (1883), p. 112; id., Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 
(n. ser.), il., 1890, p. 21 (after Castelnau) (necriG. 
gibbosus, Richardson). 

Chilodactylus visonarius, Kent, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1887, 
pp. XxXx., xxxi. and 48; id., Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soe. 
Tasm., 1890 (1891), p. 31 

~Chilodactylus bizonarius, Kent, Naturalist in Austr., 1897, 
pp. 165, 166, pl. xxvili., fig. 13. 

DVillow25-205° A. ii Tos) bee See 6m Ve eer Oe 

I. lat. 65-68. 

Height of the body 2°6 to 2°8, length of the head 3°50 to 
3°66 in the length to the hy pural Snout much longer than the 
hnee: of the eye which is 4°2 to 4°8 in the head. Nostrils 
large, close together, the anterior with two skinny lobes. 

Mouth rather small, the maxillary reaching to below the 

postertor nostril. A band of villiform teeth in each jaw; 

vomer, palatines and tongue toothless. There is a large 
conical projection in front of each eye, extending slightly 
outwards and upwards. 


15; 


First dorsal originating a little behind the vertical of the 
preoperculum, the fifth spine generally the longest, and either 
equal to the distance from the snout to the preoperculum or 
considerably shorter. Anterior rays subequal in length, 
eradually decreasing backwards, the longest somewhat longer 
than the snout. Thee anal spine longer than the second; 
the second ray the longest and equal to the length from the 
snout to the preoperculum. The simple rays of the pectoral 
are very variable in their relative lengths; the second is 
always the longest and reaches either to the origin or middle 
of the anal fin. Ventral spine slender, generally equal to the 
fourth dorsal spine in length; the first ray reaches to, or 
almost to the vent. Caudal deeply forked. 


Scales large anteriorly, becoming smaller behind. They 
form a sheath to the bases of the dorsal and anal fins. On 
the head they are very small and extend forwards to the 
-anterior margin of the eyes above and to the maxillary below, 
leaving the snout bare. They are very small on the breast 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 6 = 


also, and on a narrow band which extends backwards to the 
ventrals. Lateral line feebly arched, its course directed to the 
upper part of the caudal peduncle, whence it extends onto the 
base.of the tail. 

Colour.—Silvery, the scales with or without darker 
margins. A broad black band occupies the space between the 
fifth and thirteenth dorsal spines and extends to the ventrals, 
narrowing considerably as it approaches them. <A second 
similar band extends from the soft dorsal to the anal, while 
there is another less distinct one enveloping the anterior por- 
tion of the head and defined posteriorly by a line descending 
from the nape, behind the eye to the throat. These two last 
bands are usually not so well defined as the first, and may be 
altogether absent. Pectorals, ventrals and anal blackish; 
dorsals and caudal light or dusky, the dark bands of the body 
sometimes continued onto the former. 

Described from six specimens, the largest being 380 mm. 
long. 

This species is so far recorded from Tasmania and Victoria 
only, but there is a specimen in the Australian Museum from 
Adelaide. Castelnau confused it with Cheilodactylus gibbosus, 
Richardson, and as such recorded it first from Hobson’s Bay 
and later from Port Jackson.1 The Victorian record un- 
doubtedly refers to G. vizonarius, while the second is based on 
the true G. gibbosus which is occasionally seen around piles, 
etc., in Port Jackson in small numbers. 


This species is undoubtedly a member of the same genus as 
the Cheilodactylus vittatus, Garrett, described and figured by 
Jordan and Evermann.? but whether this really belongs to 
Lacépéde’s genus is doubtful. I therefore place vizonarius in 
Gontistius, to which genus Waite referred G. vittatus.§ 

The specimens preserved in the ‘‘Endeavour’’ collections 
came from Anderson Bay, Tasmania, 14 fathoms, and off the 
east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


GENUS DacTYLOSPARUS, Gill. 
Dactylosparus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1862 (car- 
ponemus, Cuv. & Val.). 
This genus appears to be distinguished from Cheilodactylus, 


Lacépede, chiefly in having the anal fin oblong and nearly 
uniformly high instead of short and highest anteriorly. 


1 Castelnau—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iii., 1879, pp. 351, 363. 


2 Jordan & Evermann—Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxiii., pt. 1, 1903 /1905).. 
p. 447, pl. liv. 


3 Waite—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1902, p. 185. 


66 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


DACTYLOSPARUS CARPONEMUS, Cuvier and Valenciennes. 
Morwong. 
Chilodactylus carponemus (Cuvier and Valenciennes), Ogilby, 
Ed: Mish: N.S. Walesaei8o3. 7p. 55, pl. xvi 

The collection includes six young examples, 125-145 mm. 
long, which have much deeper bodies than adult specimens, 
and are marked with a round dark spot on the lateral line 
below the posterior part of the spinous dorsal. They were 
obtained off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 
and between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 
22-60 fathoms. 


DACTYLOSPARUS MACROPTERUS, Forster. 
Jackass Fish, Silver Perch, Terakiht. 
(Plate xii.) 
Chilodactylus macropterus (Forster), Ogilby, Ed. Fish. N.S. 
Wraless 1893), p- 57- 
This common species is represented from the following 
localities :-— 
Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


Off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20 
fathoms. 


Forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 fathoms. 


Famity TERAPONID. 
GENUS HELOTES, Cuvier. 
HELOTES SEXLINEATUS, Quoy and Gaimard. 
Butter Fish. 
Terapon sexlineatus, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. *‘Uranie,”’ 
Pe2ap. 340; pl. Ix. eae 
Two specimens of this species were secured in the Mel- 
bourne market by Mr. Dannevig, which probably came from 
South Australia. They were called Butter-fish by the fisher- 
men. 
Famity MAS NIDAE. 

GENUS EMMELICHTHYS, Iichardson. 
EMMELICHTHYS NITIDUS, Richardson. 
Emmelichthys nitidus, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. & Terr., 

Fishes, 1845, p- 47, pl. xxix., figs. 7-8. 
Two small specimens were obtained thirty-six miles off Cape 
Everard, Victoria, in 75 fathoms. It is probable that they 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 67 


-entered the net as it neared the surface, since the species has 
been taken in a surface net, swimming with pilchards and 
mackerels.! This fish has been recorded from West Australia, 
Tasmania, New South Wales and New Zealand. 


Famity HISTIOPTERIDA. 
GENUS ZANCLIsTIUS, Jordan. 


Zonchisiius. jordan, «Proc, U.S.sNat. Mus.; xxxil., 1907; 
p. 236 (elevatus). 


Anal spines three; soft dorsal very high, usually falcate, 
with about twenty-six rays. 


ZANCLISTIUS ELEVATUS, Ramsay and Ogilby. 
Short Boar Fish. 
(Figs. 14-18.) 


Histiopterus elevatus, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S. Wales (2), ii., 1888, p. 1311; id.. Waite, Mem. 
Avistha Must dive, 1699.9. tid, pla xxvi. 


Zanclhistius elevatus, Waite, Proc. N. Zealand Inst., pt. 1, 
1QNO; pass manduxec. Cantby:Mitise. 14, 19rLp. 210) ta.; 
Kershaw, Vict. Nat. xxvill., 1911, p. 93. 

Fifty-two specimens, of all sizes between 75 and 300 mm. 
long, exhibit a remarkable range of variation in certain of the 
characters that are usually relied upon to differentiate the 
species of this family. That these are not due to either age or 
growth is adequately shown by this splendid series, while it 
is also clear that they cannot be entirely connected with sex. 


Figures 14-18 illustrate five selected variations, their 
relative sizes being shown by the inch-line accompanying each. 


The most striking variation is in the angle and form of the 
dorsal profile. In some specimens the line from the first 
dorsal spine to the base of the snout is almost straight, being 
broken only by a slight convexity over the eyes. In others it 
is an irregular arch interrupted by a large bony boss on the 
occipital region, and another smaller one over each eye. From 
these last the profile may extend obliquely forward so that the 
nostrils are placed nearly an eye-diameter in front of the 
anterior margin of the orbit, or it may follow the curvature of 
the eye so that they are only very little in front of the eye. 
The size of the eye is also subject to variation. 


1 Stead—Add. Fish Faun. N.S. Wales, No. 1 (Dept. Fish. N.S.W.), 1907, 
p. 16 


“ENDEAVOUR” SOIENTIFIO RESULTS. 


68 


\ 


FIG. 14. 


if 


if 
i 


Ais 


FIG. 15. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 69 


Two very young specimens have the bones of the head more 
strongly ribbed than in the larger examples, and they bear 
some prominent flattened spines on the occiput and above the 
eyes. Smaller spines are found on the lower end of the pre- 
orbital and on the suprascapular, and the angle and adjacent 
borders of the preoperculum are armed with strong teeth. 


FIG. 16. 


The dorsal fin may originate over the preoperculum or as 
far back as the extremity of the operculum. The spines vary 
greatly in length and are either short and thick or long and 
slender. When laid back the longest rays may reach to just 
beyond the base of the caudal or as far again. The third anal 
spine is either longer or shorter than the second, and the soft 


70 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


portion of the fin may be rounded or else the anterior rays are 
much the longest. The ventral spine is placed below the 
middle of the pectoral in some specimens and well in advance 
of it in others. Notwithstanding the variable form and posi- 
tion of the fins, their numbers of rays and spines are fairly 
constant, and in twenty-five specimens I find them to be as 
followse—Deavi-/25-28, AL anges) ba 1A=16,) Veg ice. nny 


FIG. 17. 


A constant character is afforded by the black ocellus on the 
dorsal fin, it being present in all the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens. 
One very small example, 75 mm. long, is covered with large 
brown spots distributed evenly over the body and in no way 
correlated with the darker bands which appear in older 
specimens; others of the same size, however, show no such 
marking. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. ~Y 


The specimens came from the following stations :— 


Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 

Disaster Bay, New South Wales. 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 
fathoms. 

North-west of Gree1ly Island, South Australia, 44 fathoms. 

Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 
fathoms. 


GENUS PENTACEROPSIS, Steindachner. 
PENTACEROPSIS RECURVIROSTRIS, Richardson. 
Striped Boar Fish. 

Histiopterus recurvirostris, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. & Terr., 
Fishes, 1945, p- 34) pl. xxil., fig. 5-6, id., Canestrint, 
Arch Zool. sAnat., i. (2), p. D52saplei..< zd., Castelnau; 
Proc:Zool: Soc, Vict., i., 1872,p4.16e9; td.,. Klunzinger: 
SItZ.wAke Wiss Wien., Ixxx. i9p..370; id., Johnston; 
Proc hoy, soc. ‘Pasin., 1882) \(tsse)) py 110: 


72 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 

Prosoplismus recurvirostris, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 
LOOAO eS oS. pl. V1; 

Pentaceropsis recurvirostris, Waite, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 
Xi (7),, 1903, p. 288Gerbid. Ree: Austr: (Muss. .v.. 1905, 
corrigenda, p. xill. ; ibid., loc. cit., V1, 1905 0p- 02: ds, 
Jordan, Proc. U.S: Nat. Mus:) xxxil., 1907, ps 236: 

This species has been recorded from southern New South 

Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia and Fremantle, 

West Australia. Three specimens are included in the ‘‘En- 

deavour’’ collection which were trawled off the east coast of 

Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


GENUS MAcCULLOCHIA, Waite. 


Richardsoma, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Vict., 1., 
1872, p. 112 (insignis =labiosa, not Richardsonia, Stein- 
dachner, 1866). 

Richardsoma, Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxii., 1907, 
pae2go: 

Macullochia, Waite, Proc. N. Zealand Inst., pt. 1, 1910, p. 25 
(labiosa), substitute for Richardsonia. 


Maccullochia, Waite, Rec. Cantb. Mus., 1., 1911, p. 217. 
Anal spines two. Dorsal spines seven, the fourth longest 
and very high; soft dorsal low and short, with about seventeen 
rays. 
MACCULLOCHIA LABIOSA, Giinther. 


Histiopterus labiosus, Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1871, p. 658, 
pllixe zd. Klunzinger, Sitz. Ak. Wiss) Wien. Ixexxelics 
p-| 370 aids; Ogilby, Ed. Fish. and Crust. N.S. Wales, 
18925029) pl. vil. 

Richardsonia insignis, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. 
Wits, dni S72) ps 1p. 

Histiopterus farnelli, Waite, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, 
PatlO, pl xxval. 

Macullochia labiosa, Waite, Proc. N. Zealand Inst., pt. 1, 
LQLOs -u 25 

Eleven specimens, 170-380 mm. long, prove that H. 
farnelli, Waite, is the young of Gunther’s species. From the 
deep-bodied form, with striking dark colour-markings, this 
fish changes into an elongate and uniformly coloured adult. 

The largest specimen in the collection is especially interesting 

in that it is just intermediate between the two extremes. 

While having the general appearance of labiosus, it has the 

long spines and markings of farnelli, but these latter, instead 

of being uniformly black, are composed of brown reticulating 


FISHES.—MCCULLOCH. 72 
lines enclosing spots of the lighter ground colour. Mr. Waite 
has examined these specimens with me and agrees that they 
leave no doubt as to the identity of the two species. 


A point worthy of consideration is the difference noted by 
Waite in the number of scales on the lateral line as counted by 
Ogilby and himself. I find that the lateral line may either 
follow the curvature of the body in an even line or else pursue 
an undulatory and irregular course. Bearing this in mind, 
together with the difficulty of counting the scales of these 
fishes, the seeming discrepancy disappears. 


Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales 15-45 fathoms. 
Disaster Bay, New South Wales. 
Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


Famity POMACENTRID.-#. 
GENUS CHROMIS, Cuvier. 
CHROMIS HYPSILEPIS, Giinther. 
Brown Puller. 

(Plate xiv.) 


Heliastes hypsilepis, Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx. 
1867, p. 66; td., Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
iii. 1879, p. 388; id... Klunzinger, Sitzb. Ak. )Wiss. 
Wi ien, Ixxx. 1., 1879, p- 398; id., Macleay, Proc. Linn. 
Soc.) Nos. Wales, vi., 1881, po 7uad., Ogilby, Mem. 
Austr. Mus., ii., ‘1889, p- 66. 

Bio exit, PPAG Aca, 13; P 205 Vein Ge Corrs cel lat. 
ZO) SC. 2/7. 

The height of the body is 24 to 24, the length of the head 
37 to 34 in the length from the snout to the hypural. Eye 3 
to 2%, caudal peduncle 24 in the head. Snout two-thirds as 
long as the eye. 

Body ovate, compressed, the dorsal profile a little more 
arched than the ventral, and evenly curved from the snout to 
the first dorsal spine. Margin of the preoperculum striated, 
but smooth. Operculum ending in a single flat spine which 
is almost hidden by scales. Preorbital not very broad, equal 
to about one-third of the eye at its narrowest part.  Inter- 
orbital space strongly convex, equal to or somewhat wider 
than the eye. Nostril round, a little nearer the eye than the 
end of the snout. Maxillary reaching a little behind the 
anterior margin of the eye; mouth small, oblique. Teeth 
conical, acute and spaced, arranged in a band in front, but 
gradually changing into a single series on the sides, the outer 
teeth larger than the others. 


74 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Entire body and head, with the exception of the chin and 
the tip of the snout, covered with ciliated scales; on the upper 
parts of the head they are small and irregular, larger on the 
cheeks, and very large on the operculum and body. They 
extend about half-way up the vertical fins between the spines 
and rays, and there is a scaly sheath at the bases of the 
spinous dorsal and anterior part of the anal; small scales also 
cover the base and sides of the tail and basal portion of the 
pectoral. A large pointed scale at the base of the ventral. 
Lateral line curved and terminating below the middle of the 
soft dorsal; a second, less distinct, series of tubes runs along 
the middle of the caudal peduncle, covering eight or nine 
_ scales. There are twenty-seven scales between the head and 
the hypural. 

Origin of the dorsal over. or a little behind the opercular 
spine. ‘The first spine is short, two-thirds as long as the eye, 
the fifth and sixth the longest and half as long as the head; 
thence they decrease slightly, the last being three-fourths the 
length of the fifth. The soft dorsal is somewhat angular, its 
sixth ray the longest and one and a half in the head. Anal 
oblong, the first to the tenth rays subequal, one and a third 
in the head; second spine very strong and but little shorter 
than the rays. Upper rays of the pectoral longest, longer 
than the head. Ventrals pointed, the first ray produced and 
reaching beyond the vent. Caudal forked, the upper lobe 
longer and more pointed than the lower. 


Colour.—Olive-green above, the head and lower surfaces 
yellowish, each scale of the back and sides with a darker 
centre. Spinous dorsal dusky, especially towards its margin. 
Soft dorsal. and anal each with an indistinct dark median 
band. Base of the pectoral with a conspicuous blackish spot 
covering its upper half. A whitish spot on the upper part of 
the caudal peduncle immediately behind the dorsal. 


Described from three specimens, one 188 mm. long, from 


the coast near Sydney, and two others in the Australian 
Museum from Lord Howe Island, 123-160 mm. long. 


CHROMIS? IMMACULATUS, Ogilby. 

Heliastes immaculatus, Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
*K., Toso; p. 446% 2d. eNVaite.~Mem., Austr aMiuss ive, 
1899, p: 86, pl. xiv. 

When writing on this species, Waite (loc. cit.) suggested 
that it was identical with C. hypsilepis, and later, in his 

Catalogue of the Fishes of New South Wales,! he quotes his 


1 Waite—Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club, No. 2, 1904, p. 37. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. —- 


Hey, 


figure of Ogilby’s species under that name. C. immaculatus, 
however, is readily distinguished from C. hypsilepis by its 
much rounder body, shorter and broader caudal peduncle, 
larger number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins, and by the 
absence of the dark mark on the base of the pectoral and the 
white spot on the caudal peduncle. The teeth of the two 
species also are very different. 


Ogilby has described the teeth as conical and arranged in 
a single series, but this is not altogether correct. In five 
specimens, including the type, there is an enlarged outer 
series of subcylindrical teeth with blunt points, arranged close 
together as in Glyphisodon. Behind these there is a second 
row of much smaller but similar teeth closely adpressed to the 
outer series, each tooth of which is placed behind the inter- 
section of two front ones; this is doubtless a growing set to 
replace the outer one as it becomes worn or damaged, and an 
exactly similar arrangement is found in many species of 
Glyphisodon and Hypsypops. Onthe median line of the palate 
there is usually a single large depressible tooth of the same 
form as, but more slender than those of the outer row. These 
teeth are very different from those of Chromis chromis, Linn., 
or C. hypsilepis, Giinther, which are conical, somewhat 
spaced, and arranged in a band; they approach much nearer 
to those of Glyphisodon, but are subcylindrical instead of 
compressed. 


Three specimens were taken by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ at the 
following stations :— 

Sixteen miles off the Bellenger River, New South Wales, 
40-52 fathoms. 

Six miles off Port Stephens, New South Wales, 43 fathoms. 


Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 


GENUS Hypsypops, Gill. 
HYPSYPOPS MICROLEPIS, Giinther. 
Scaly fin. 


Hypsipops microlepis, Giinther—Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., 
Min TOS, ps C7. Plexi 
Two specimens are in the collection from the New South 
Wales coast, one from five miles off the South Solitary Light- 
house, 35 fathoms, and the other from six miles off Port | 
Stephens, 43 fathoms. It is surprising to find this common 
littoral species occurring in such deep water. It does not 


appear to have been previously recorded north of Port 
Jackson. 


76 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
Famity LABRIDA. 
Genus PseupoLaBRus, Bleeker. 

PSEUDOLABRUS CYANOGENYS, Ramsay and Ogilby. 

Lilac-banded Parrot-fish. 
(Plate xiii.) 

Labrichthys cyanogenys, Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. 
Soe: gN.S) Wales (2)5mi, 1887, p. 242: 

?Labrichthys ephippium, Ginther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), 
xi, 1603, p. i16;@ud., . Macleay, Procs/Linn. Sec 
N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 84 (nec Labrus ephippium, 
Cuv. and Val.). 

?Labrichthys vestita, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i. 
DOT 25 iDatiGil- 

?Labrichthys cuvieri, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., ii., 
1873, p. 53; id.. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
vi., 1881, p. 84. 

The collection includes three specimens, one of which is 
figured, though, as all traces of the bands on the body have 
disappeared in formalin, these have been copied from the 
type specimen. A second example agrees exactly with the 
first, but the third is of a dark purplish tint in which the body 
bands can be traced, together with the blue markings on the 
pectorals, operculum and throat, while the ventrals, pectorals 
and spinous dorsal are yellowish. A careful comparison with 
the type specimen, which is badly stuffed, leaves no doubt 
that they are the same species. 

The scales on the cheeks appear to vary somewhat, there 
being two rows in some specimens, while others have a single 
row of larger scales on the upper portion which splits into 
three below. The presence or absence of the posterior 
canines 1s unimportant since one, or even two may be well 
developed on one side of the mouth and wanting on the other. 
Apart from these characters, the original description fits the 
‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens so well that it is unnecessary to 
redescribe them here. 

P. cyanogenys is so far recorded only from the southern half 
of the New South Wales coast, but it is almost certain that 
it is identical with some of the earlier described species from 
Victorian or Tasmanian waters, though until the types can 
be examined it is impossible to be certain on this point. The 
‘“Endeavour’’ specimens were obtained in Oyster Bay, Tas- 
mania, in 40-60 fathoms. The largest example is 410 mm. 
long. 

[Since the above was set up I have examined a series of 
specimens 84-16 inches long from Tasmania and the Mel- 
bourne markets. The smaller ones have the dark brown 


b) 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 77 
bands on the body and other characteristics of P. vestitus, 
while the larger ones are undoubtedly P. cyanogenys, and 
they also agree with the adults described by Castelnau. The 
others exhibit every intermediate stage between the two, so 
that there can be no doubt as to the identity of P. vestita and 
P. cyanogenys. | 


PSEUDOLABRUS PSITTACULUS, Richardson. 
(Higsai9:) 

Labrus psittaculus, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1840, p. 26, 
and Trans. Zool. Soc., iii., 1849, p. 141. 

Labrus, Tautoga, psittacula, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. and 
Wert: Kishes) 18485"p.'rz9,, pl. lui aigs. 7-10: 

Labrichthys psittacula, Gunther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., iv., 
Teo2,p- 1143 7d., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i 
1873, Pp: 52- 


Labrichthys rubicunda, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, vi., 1881, p. 89. 


ca, 


Labrichthys mortoni, Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1884 
(1885), p. 256. 
Pisce ie AN Mie TON. ~5 >) bona ee wa: |i Mat. 25=26,: 
tr. 24-8. 
Height of body 3-34, length of head 34-34 in the length to 
the hypural. Eye 44-5, snout 3-34, caudal peduncle 24-24 in 
the head. Interorbital width #-1 in the orbit. 


Body compressed, highest at the origin of the dorsal, the 
profile from the snout slightly convex or almost straight. 
Head conical, the snout somewhat pointed. Caudal peduncle 
very broad and flattened. Mouth slightly oblique, extending 
to below the nostrils. Anterior canines strong and curved, 
decreasing in size backwards; a second row of small teeth on 
the anterior portion of each jaw. Posterior canine strong and 
curved. Interorbital space convex over the eyes, flattened or 
slightly concave on the median line. Upper portion of the 
head, snout and space around the eyes, and the margin of the 
preoperculum covered with muciferous canals. Cheeks with 
four rows of small scales ; operculum with four or five rows of 
large irregular scales. A broad skinny flap on the end of the 
operculum.. 


Lateral line following the curve of the back to below the last 
two dorsal rays, where it bends abruptly downwards to the 
mid-line of the tail. Scales extending over the base of the 
caudal fin, and series of smaller scales are continued up 
between the rays. 


78 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 

Dorsal spines increasing in length backwards, the last once 
and a half to twice as long as the first and about as long as 
the snout; the filament of each spine is produced beyond its 
point. Rays of the dorsal longer than the spines, the second 
or third last the longest and 2-24 in the head. Anal similar 
to the dorsal. Second and third upper pectoral rays the 
longest; the upper portion of the hinder margin is either 
straight or slightly concave, while the lower angle is broadly 
rounded. Ventrals rather small and pointed, not reaching 
backwards to the vent. Hinder margin of the caudal truncate 
the upper lobe, and usually the lower one also, produced. 


FIG. 19. 


Colour.—Pink, with a large yellow spot in the centre of 
each scale on the sides. The head and back are darker, and 
there is a light green spot on the operculum. A black spot 
on the back at the base of the last dorsal rays may be present 
or absent, and may be followed by a second less distinct one 
on the free portion of the tail. After long preservation, the 
colour is almost uniformly whitish with only faint indications 
of longitudinal yellow bands along the rows of scales below 
the lateral line. There are very indistinct traces of light spots 
on the dorsal and anal fins which also appear to have had 
slightly darker margins with lighter inframarginal bands. 


Described from eight specimens, 148-215 mm. long. 


There are also three specimens in the Australian Museum 
which were received from the Tasmanian Museum as 
Labrichthys mortoni, Johnston, with the description of which 
they agree very well. They were afterwards identified by 
Ogilby as Pseudolabrus psittaculus, and they are certainly 
identical with the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens which I determine 
as that species. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. 79 
A specimen in the Macleay Museum ts labelled ** Labrichthys 
vubicunda, Macleay, Tasmania,’’ which, notwithstanding that 
that species was said to come from King George’s Sound, I 
have no doubt is the type. It agrees with the description in 
every detail, even in the colours of the scales and in having 
two dark spots on the back, the second being indistinct and 
situated on the free portion of the tail. Its length, however, 
is only 82 inches, or 813 to the extreme tip of the upper 
caudal lobe, not 9 as stated. It 1s undoubtedly identical with 
the ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens, and I would therefore regard 
Tasmania as the correct locality of the specimen. 
The eight ‘‘Endeavour’’ specimens were taken at the 
following stations :— 

Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms. 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 4o 
fathoms. 

Twenty miles north-east of Babel Island, Bass Strait, 68 
fathoms. 

Famity CARANGID.. 
GENus TRACHURUS, Rafinesque. 
TRACHURUS DECLIVIS, Jenyns. 
Yellowtail, Horse Mackerel. 
Caranx declivis, Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, iii., 1842, p. 68, 
Die exv: 

Two large specimens sixteen inches long were obtained off 
the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, in 20 
fathoms, and another nearly eighteen inches long from the 
Victorian coast. Two small ones are in the collection from 
between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 
22-60 fathoms. 

Adult examples of this species have the last rays of the 
dorsal and anal fins much enlarged and forming a semi 
detached finlet, thereby approaching Decapterus. This con- 
dition can also be traced in young examples, but it is much 
less striking than in the larger ones. 


GENUS CaRANx, Lacépede. 
CARANX PLATESSA, Cuvier and Valenciennes. 

Trevally. 

Caranx platessa, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 
1x., 1833, p. 84; id., Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. 
Fish., XXv., 1905 (1906), p. 437. 

Caranx georgianus, Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. 
BOIS ix. LO3S. Da G5. 


. Many young specimens were obtained off the east coast of 
Flinders Island, Bass Strait. 


So “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Famity SCOMBRIDEE. 
GENUS SCOMBER, Linn@us. 
SCOMBER JAPONICUS, Houttuyn. 
Mackerel. 


Scomber japonicus (Houttuyn), Jordan and Evermann, Bull. 
WS) bash. (Comm. scxtit« pt. ©. 1903) (1605) jas utGor 
fig. 62. 

Eighteen young examples, four and a half inches long, 
were preserved from sixteen miles off Port Stephens, New 
South Wales. The trawl was shot in 75 fathoms, but the 
mackerel doubtless entered it as it neared the surface. 


FamMity TRICHIURIDA. 

GENUS THYRSITES, Cuvier. 

THYRSITES ATUN, Euphrasen. 

Barracouta. 
Scomber atun, Euphrasen, Vetensk. Acad. Nya. Handl., xii., 
HGS) eyes) SHS 
Several young examples were preserved from off Flinders 
Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 fathoms, 
and from forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30 
fathoms. The species does not appear to have been previously 
recorded from this State. 


Famity BRAMID. 
GENUS SCHUETTEA, Steindachner. 


Schuettea, Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien., liii. i., 
1866, p. 449 (S. scalaripinnis). 

Bramichthys, Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1905, p. 72 (B- 
woodwardi). 

The genus Schuetta, with scalaripinnis for its type, was 
described by Steindachner in 1866 from four small specimens 
taken in Port Jackson, but does not appear to have been again 
noted by later writers. The Australian Museum collection 
includes both young and adult examples which agree perfectly 
with the definition. In 1905 Waite described a new genus 
and species, Bramichthys woodwardi, from Western Aus- 
tralia, but a comparison of specimens of that species, recently 
received from Mr. A. Abjornssen, with others of S. scalari- 
pinnis shows that they are undoubtedly congeneric. 

The two species may be readily distinguished by the differ- 
ent form of their bodies :— 

a. Depth at the origin of the dorsal less than half the length 
to the hypural :— scalaripinnis. 

aa. The same depth more than half the same length :— 
woodwardt-. 


FISHES.—McCULLOCH. S1 


SCHUETTEA SCALARIPINNIS, Steindachner. 
(Plate xv.) 


Schuettea scalaripinnis, Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. 
WWhiensgeliin eyites TSoOO. 2 pl. /449; Tole mele, tes aT 4d... 
McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvi., 1911, 
p- 82. 

Bramichthys woodwardi, Stead, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
MEK LOOO, ps 400 q0d., stead, Add shish. Haun. N.S. 
Wales (Dept. Fish. N.S.W.), 1907, p. 23 (nec B. wood- 
wardi, Waite). 

Diver 28-205. eeiit.2 8-336 IP tO: Neaimegs © patty dat: 
53-50; |. tr. 8+ 28. 

Height of the body about 24, length of the head, 34-34 in 
the length to the hypural. Eye very large, about 24, caudal 
peduncle 22 to 3 in the head. Interorbital width 2, snout 
rather more than 4 of the eye. 

Body broadly ovate, compressed, the dorsal and ventral 
profiles almost evenly rounded. Back between the eyes and 
the dorsal fin with a well-developed keel in young specimens 
which is less marked in adults. Interorbital space more or 
less convex, snout flattened above, a slight concavity usually 
present over the nostrils. Maxillary reaching to below the 
anterior third of the eye; the distal end expanded, its breadth 
only a little less than the length of the snout, and either 
truncate or with the angles rounded. Preorbital narrow, 
smooth. Angle of the preoperculum broadly rounded, the 
inferior border minutely serrated in the young, almost or 
quite smooth in adults, the hinder border very thin. Oper- 
culum with two weak, flat spines separated by a broad, deeply 
concave interspace; above the superior one the bony margin 
forms three small points which are not always distinct. With 
the exception of the tip of the snout and the lips, the whole 
head is covered with small scales which extend backwards to 
the dorsal fin and form a marked line on the sides of the nape 
where they meet those of the body. Teeth minute, movable, 
in bands on both jaws but absent near the symphyses of each ; 
they form a triangular patch on the vomer and a band on each 
palatine. Gill-rakers long, compressed, the longest about 
half as long as the eye, and roughened on their inner surfaces ; 
there are about twenty-six on the lower limb of the first arch. 
A large pore is present on either side of the symphyses of 
the lower jaw. 

Scales of moderate size, very thin, cycloid and finely 
striated. They are arranged in oblique rows on the sides 
and are largest above the pectoral fin; they cover the greater 


82 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


portion of the dorsal and anal fins, especially anteriorly, and 
also extend onto the caudal and basal portion of the pectorals. 
Lateral line more or less arched anteriorly, thence straight to 
the hypural and continued to between the tips of the middle 
caudal rays. . 

Origin of the dorsal over the interspace between the ven- 
trals and the anal, and about twice as far from the end of the 
middle caudal rays as from the snout. The spines increase 
regularly in height and are closely adpressed to one another. 
The second and third rays are the longest and are from two- 
thirds to three-quarters as long as the head; the next three 
or four rays become rapidly shorter, and the following 
decrease regularly to the last. Anal originating below the 
second or third dorsal rays and terminating well behind that 
fin; its base is a little shorter than, but the rays are of similar 
form and length to those of the dorsal. Pectoral pointed, the 
third upper ray the longest and reaching backward to above 
the anal spines or even as far as the third ray of that fin. 
Ventrals short, reaching to or a little beyond the vent. 
Caudal forked. 

Colour.—Silvery, tinged with pink, the upper parts of the 
head and back darker. Most of the scales dark edged, par- 
ticularly at the bases of the dorsal, anal and pectoral fins. 
Tips of the dorsal and anal black. Caudal dusky, especially 
at the tips of the lobes, the outermost rays darker. Specimens 
long preserved in spirits are colourless, with the lower half 
of the body silvery. 

Described from four specimens 100-190 mm. jong, from 
Port Jackson and its vicinity. The ‘‘Endeavour’’ collection 
includes two specimens from near Sydney, while nine others 
were presented to the Australian Museum by Mr. J. Blair, 
who caught them in a meshing net at Bondi, near Sydney. 


Famity ZEID/E. 
GENUS ZeEuS, Linneus. 
ZEUS FABER, Linn@us. 

John Dorey. 

Zeus faber, Giinther, Brit. Mus. Cat. Fish., i1., 1860, p. 393; 
id., Day, Fish. Gt. Brit. and Ireland, i., 1880-4,.p. 138, pl. 
xviii. ; id., Klunzinger, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx. 1., 
1879, p. 370; id., Wamwe Rec. Cantho Muss wis gaz, 
p25, and loc: cit.) 19kipep- 13S. 

Zeus australis, Richardson, Zool. Ereb. and Terr., Fishes, 
1845, p. 36, pl. xxv., fig. 1; id., Castelnau, Proc. Zool. 
Soc! ‘Vict., 1., 1872.ep. 08's id.," Waite, Mem. Aust: 
Mus., iv., 1899, p. 89. 


FISHES.—McOULLOOH. 83 
Having compared fifteen specimens from New South Wales 
with the descriptions and figures of the European species, I 
fail to find any specific differences between them. As has been 
pointed out by Waite, the characters relied upon to dis- 
tinguish Z. australis from Z. faber are variable, and one must 
therefore follow Gunther in regarding the two as identical. 


Eight small specimens, 63-140 mm. long, differ from the 
larger ones in having much deeper bodies, which are marked 
with many wavy, dark lines extending from the snout to the 
tail. 

This species was taken between Port Stephens and New- 
castle, New South Wales, in 22-60 fathoms; in Disaster Bay, 
New South Wales; and thirty-six miles off Cape Everard, 
Victoria, 75 fathoms. 


GENUS ZENOoPSIS, Gill. 
ZENOPSIS NEBULOSA, Schlegel. 
Mirror Dorey. 

(Biate txvie: fig 4ir3) 


Zeus nebulosus, Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1847, 
Poawi2a, pl. bevie 


Zenopsis nebulosa, Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. 
MISS xXKVe,, FOO2.p. (515. 

DD Tavaiteatwn 2 -DSe WAG A. , (25527 Vitin 59) Ps ere=14" C, 
Ber 2k 

Height of the body 1°6 to 1°8, length of the head 2°8 in the 
length from the snout to the hypural. Snout twice as long as 
the eye which is 4°3 in the head and a little wider than the 
interorbital space. Maxillary very large, its greatest width 
075 to 0°85 in the eye. With the exception of the rough 
orbital margins, the head is quite smooth, though the pre- 
operculum ends in a broad spine below, and there is another 
more or less distinct flattened spine just below the end of the 
maxilla. Teeth small, conical, acute, arranged in two groups 
in front on the upper jaw, becoming rudimentary on the sides ; 
in the lower jaw, though they are largest anteriorly, they are 
also quite distinct laterally. They form two groups on the 
vomer. 

Skin wholly naked except for the bony bucklers which are 
each armed with a central spine, curved backwards and out- 
wards, and ornamented with radiating ridges. There are 
twelve to fourteen bucklers along the base of the dorsal, the 
anterior ones being somewhat indistinct and commencing in 
advance of the third dorsal spine ; those beneath the middle of 


84 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


the soft dorsal are the largest. Eight or nine are arranged. 
along the base of the anal. There are two or three median 
plates and two to four pairs in front of the ventrals, while 
between that fin and the anal there is one median and six to 
eight of the paired series. Generally the bucklers of one side 
do not correspond to those of the other but are more or less 
alternate to one another. Lateral line strongly arched 
anteriorly, straight posteriorly. 


Dorsal originating over the middle of the operculum. ‘The 
second spine is usually the longest, and is either almost 
equal to the length of the head or somewhat shorter. The 
membrane of the spines is produced beyond their tips, the 
filament of the anterior ones being from one-fourth to one-half 
as long as the spine. ‘The rays are all simple, and increase 
rapidly in length to about the fourteenth, which is more than 
twice as long as the first; behind this they are more uniform. 
Anal spines decreasing in length backwards, the first equal 
to about three-fourths the length of the eye; the rays are 
similar in form to those of the dorsal. Ventrals large, reach- 
ing to the first anal spine in old specimens and to the first ray 
in younger ones; the first ray not closely adpressed to the 
spine. Upper pectoral rays the longest, once and a half to 
twice as long as the eye. Caudal truncate or slightly rounded 
when expanded, its peduncle about two-thirds the diameter of 
the eye. 

Colour.—Silvery, the first dorsal, ventral and hinder portion 
of the caudal blackish. A large dark spot on the middle of 
the sides in fresh specimens, which disappears in preserved 
examples. 

The above description is drawn up from thirteen specimens 
230-360 mm. long. In large examples the profile from the 
chin to the vent is evenly rounded, but in the smaller ones it 
descends obliquely to the ventrals, where it forms a sharp 
angle with the belly line. The latter is either straight or 
convex. The specimen figured on plate xvi. is 242 mm. long, 
and represents the angular stage, while the rather crude 
figure in ‘‘Fauna Japonica’’ shows the rounded profile char- 
acteristic of the larger fish. 


Relying on the descriptions and figure quoted above, and. 
with only the smaller specimens before me, I at first con- 
sidered the Australian examples distinct from Z. nebulosus, 
as none showed the clouded body markings of Schlegel’s 
figure, nor has the angular form been described in the 
Japanese works. Having since obtained a specimen from 
Tokio Bay, however, and larger ones from the Victorian 
coast, I find that they agree in every detail. 


FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. 85 


The thirteen specimens were trawled at the following 
stations :— 

Off Cape Everard, Victoria, 70 fathoms. 

Twenty miles north-east of Babel Island, Bass Strait, 68 
fathoms. 

Disaster Bay, New South Wales, 45 fathoms. 

The genus Zenopsis is commonly regarded as pelagic, but 
this is obviously incorrect, though it would seem that some of 
the species pass through their earlier stages near the surface. 


GENUS CytTTUus, Giinther. 
CYTTUS NOV 4#-ZELANDIA, Arthur. 
(Plate vii., fig. 2, and fig. 20.) 
Zeus nove-zelandie, Arthur, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvi., 1885, 
Pets pl. xiv. hie: 3° 
Cyttus nove-selandia, McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
NWiales ex xxv tQtO, p. 307" 10... Waite, Rec. -Canth: 
Mitts), :1- TO1r. ps 190, pli xxx: 

Devitieeso eke ie 20,5b atl Santon. Tard Nat. Sars lta. 
9+ 47. 

Height 1°62 to 1°68 in the length from the premaxillary 
when the mouth is closed to the hypural. Head almost 3 in 
the same. Eye very large, 2°4 in the head and longer than 
the snout. Interorbital width at its narrowest point 1°4 in 
the eye. Orbit defined above by a curved ridge which is 
armed with microscopic denticulations and forms an angle 
at either end with the rest of the orbital margin. Another 
curved ridge, perforated with numerous pores, extends from 
the origin of the lateral line to the anterior end of a triangular 


FIG. 20. 


depression above the occiput, which receives the posterior 
processes of the premaxillaries. All the other bones of the 
head are very thin and have their edges smooth. When the 
mouth is closed, the hinder margin of the maxillary is slightly 


86 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


in advance of the anterior margin of the eye. The teeth are 
extremely small in both jaws, conical and arranged in several 
rows anteriorly. They are also present on the vomer, but the 
palatines and tongue are smooth. 

The scales are of somewhat peculiar construction, consist- 
ing of two distinct parts separated by a constriction at either 
end. 

The anterior portion is finely striated vertically, and lies 
flat upon the body. The posterior half is trilobed, and bears 
only five or six crenulated lines; it rises abruptly from the 
other portion and curls over upon the following scale, so that 
closed channels are formed beneath each transverse row. At 
the bases of the dorsal and anal fins the scales are slightly 
enlarged and rounded and armed with rows of denticulations. 
From the throat to the ventral fins there are two rows of 
angular scales defining a flattened ventral surface on 
which all the scales have denticulated edges. Behind the 
ventrals there is a deep groove, into which the fin can be 
folded, but its edges are not provided with specially modified 
scales. The lateral line is strongly arched anteriorly. A 
large triangular patch of scales covers the cheek, but the 
rest of the head is bare. The vent is situated somewhat in 
advance of the middle of the ventral groove. 


The first dorsal fin commences vertically over a point mid- 
way between the ventral and anal fins. The first spine is very 
short, the second, third and fourth are subequal and slightly 
longer than the eye. The rays of the second dorsal increase 
regularly in length to a point behind the middle of the fin, 
where they are a little shorter than the longest spine; thence 
they decrease evenly backwards. First anal spine very stout 
and almost immovable and longer than the second, which is 
minute. The rays similar in form to those of the dorsal. 
Ventral spine strong, the longest rays not reaching to the anal 
spine. Pectorals rounded, the third ray longer than the eye. 
Caudal slightly emarginate, the outer rays almost twice as 
long as the eye. 

Colour.—Silvery. First dorsal, ventrals and end of caudal 
black. Iris golden. 

A very young specimen 39 mm. long differs only in having 
a deeper and more angular body, the depth being 1°3 in the 
length to the hypural. It is marked with large scattered 
darker blotches, the most conspicuous of which are two at the 
base of the anal fin. 

Compared with specimens of C. australis of the same size, 
this species is at once distinguished by its much larger eye 
and its short dorsal and ventral fins. In C. australis these are 


FISHES.—McCCULLOCH. 87 


very elongate as in the adult. The lateral line is also more 
arched, so that there are fewer scales between it and the first 
dorsal (nine) than in C. australis (fifteen). Finally, the scales 
of the last-named are armed on their outer surface and edges 
with minute spines, whereas in this species the edges are 
smooth and the surface bears only crenulated ridges. 

The specimens described above differ from Arthur’s descrip- 
tion in lacking the small roughened scales between the dorsal 
fin and the interorbital space and in having only 83 scales 
along the lateral line instead of 114. Mr. Waite, however, 
has kindly compared some that I have sent him with other 
New Zealand examples which he identifies as C. nove- 
zelandi@, and has further forwarded me a half-grown example 
for examination. ‘This last is undoubtedly identical with my 
specimens, the largest of which is 135 mm. long, and we are 
agreed that they are really Arthur’s species. 

The collection includes fifty-six examples from the following 
localities :— 

Twenty-five miles south-west from Cape Everard, Victoria, 
83-98 fathoms. 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40-70 
fathoms. 


Oyster and Storm Bays, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms. 


CYTTUS AUSTRALIS, Richardson. 
Silver Dorey. 

Capros australis, Richardson, Trans. Zool. Soc., iii., 1849, 
pee aud Zool, Erebp. and Terr pyrg7, pl! lix,, fics: 
1-5. 

Very young specimens of this species differ from the adults 
in having a much shorter and deeper body and larger eyes. In 
an example 75 mm. long the greatest height is 14 in the length 
to the hypural, and the eye is 2? in the head. The largest 
specimen obtained is 380 mm. long. 


It was taken at the following stations :— 


Between Port Stephens and Newcastle, New South Wales, 
22-60 fathoms. 


Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fathoms. 

Thirty-six miles off Cape Everard, Victoria, 75 fathoms. 

Off the east coast of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 7o 
fathoms. 


Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 40-60 fathoms. 


>) 


u& 
N 


Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 
fathoms. 


ing eae Sin ‘- > is 

_ oe 7 

, 
2 
. 
s ’ 
Prehrs. 
L 
- : 
hd ' 

; 


! 
. 
i 
-: 
——— eh ee 


. ’ 


ad etait 
ant 


Po Ya 
oie 


i 


1]. Report on the Mollusca obtained by the F.I.S. ‘‘Endea- 
vour,”’ chiefly off Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


PARAS Ic 


BY 
CHARLES HEDLEY, 
ASSISTANT CURATOR AND CONCHOLOGIST, 


Australian Museum, 
Sydney. 


(Plates XvII.-xx.) 


go “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


WLR IROIRAP COUN! TENE MI OILILIUSCAY. 
ARSnele 
1.— INTRODUCTION. 


Through the kindness of the Hon. the Minister for Trade 
and Customs, the writer, in August and September, 19009, 
enjoyed an opportunity of accompanying the Director of 
Fisheries on a cruise of the Fishery Investigation Ship, 
‘“Endeavour.’’ The voyage extended from Melbourne to the 
Nuyts Archipelago, South Australia. At every opportunity 
Mr. Dannevig gave me facilities for using my dredge. By 
this means a large number of Invertebrates, not procurable 
by the trawl, were obtained. The largest collection was made 
on August 28th at a depth of 95-100 fathoms, south of Cape 
Wiles, South Australia, the precise position being thirty- 
nine and a half miles S. 43 E. from Liguanea Island, 
itself about four miles from Cape Wiles. eres three 
full loads of the bucket dredge were lifted and _ sieved. 
The bottom temperature here was not noted, but at 80 
fathoms, a short distance away, it was 14'0 Cent. (=57°2 
Fahr.), and the surface at midnight was 12°75 Cent. (=52 
Fahr.). It was in this neighbourhood that in January, 
1905, Dr. J. C. Verco, from the s.s. ‘‘Lady Diana,’’ made a 
successful haul thirty-five miles south-west of the Neptune 
Islands in to4 fathoms, and whence he has recorded so many 
new species. 

Including fragments, illegible or undetermined forms, the 
Cape Wiles haul contained more than three hundred and fifty 
species, of which I record two hundred and twenty-six. This 
agrees with my experience in New South Wales and Tas- 
mania,! indicating that the molluscan fauna of a yard or two 
of the margin of the Australian Continental Shelf consists of 
from two hundred and fifty to three hundred and fifty species. 

This is richer than usual. Based chiefly on American 
experiences, Dr. W. H. Dall? estimates that about four 
hundred species would constitute an entire fauna of shell- 
bearing molluscs from an ordinary region between the limits 
of 40-60 degrees Fahrenheit. 


1 Hedley—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1907, p. 273; Op. cit, vii., 1908, p. 109. 
2 Dall & Harris—Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 84, 1892, p. 26. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. gl 


The species identified from the Cape Wiles station are as 
follows :— 


Nucula beachportensis, Verco. 
Nucula obliqua, Lamarck. 
Pronucula decorosa, Hedley. 
Leda miliacea, Hedley. 

Poroleda ensicula, Angas. 
Limopsis erectus, Hedley ¢> Petterd. 
Limopsis eucosmos, lerco. 
Limopsis tenisoni, Tenison Woods. 
Limopsis tenisoni, var. penelevis, Verco. 
Cyrilla concentrica, Verco. 
Pleurodon maorianus, Hedley 
Arca pistachia, Lamarck. 
Bathyarca perversidens, Hedley. 
Glycymeris pectinoides, Lamarck. 
Glycymeris tenuicostatus, Reeve 
Philobrya fimbriata, Tate. 
Philobrya pectinata, Hedley. 
Trigonia margaritacea, Lamarck. 
Chlamys antiaustralis, Tate. 
Cyclopecten favus, Hedley. 

Lima bassi, Tenison Woods. 
Lima bullata, Born. 

Limea austrina, J ate. 

Limea murrayi, Smith. 

Limea parvula, Verco. 

Modiola linea, Hedley. 
Modiolaria barbata, Reeve. 
Arcoperna scapha, Verco. 
Pholadomya arenosa, Hedley. 
Myodora albida, Tenison Woods. 
Verticordia ericia, Hedley. 
Verticordia setosa, Hedley. 
Ectorisma granulata, Tate. 
Cuspidaria alta, Verco. 
Crassatellites probleema, Verco. 
Crassatellites producta, Verco. 
Cuna atkinsoni, Tenison Woods. 
Cuna comma, Verco. 

Cuna concentrica, Hedley. 

Cuna delta, Tate & May. 

Cuna hamata, Hedley ¢ May. 
Cuna obliquissima, Tate. 
Venericardia amabilis, Deshayes. 
Venericardia bimaculata, Deshayes. 
Venericardia delicata, Verco. 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Venericardia dilecta, Smith, var. excelsior, Verco. 
Venericardia rosulenta, Tate. 
Mytilicardia calyculata, Linne. 
Condylocardia compressa, Hedley ¢ May. 
Cyamiomactra mactroides, Tate ¢~ May. 
Myrtaea bractea, Hedley. 

Divaricella cumingii, Adams ¢ Angus. 
Corbis percostata, Hedley. 

Thyasira flexuosa, Montagu. 

Turquetia integra, Hedley. 

Coriarius semiradiatus, Tute. 

Cardium pulchellum, Gray. 

Gafrarium angasi, Smith. 

Chione mesodesma, Quoy ¢~ Gaimard. 
Chione striatissima, Sowerby. 

Tellina subdiluta, Tate. 

Soletellina hedleyi, Sowerby. 

Mactra jacksoniensis, Smith. 

Saxicava arctica, Linne. 

Acanthochites crocodilus, Torr € Ashby. 
Schismope atkinsoni, Tenison JVoods. 
Schismope pulchra, Petterd. 

Scissurella australis, Hedley. 

Emarginula superba, Hedley ¢> Petterd. 
Lucapinella nigrita, Sowerby. 
Megatebennus concatenatus, Crosse ¢ Fischer. 
Puncturella fumarium, Hedley. 
Puncturella demissa, Hedley. 

Gibbula ocellina, Hedley. 

Monilea oleacea, Hedley ¢> Petterd. 
Monilea philippensis, Hutson. 
Calliostoma allporti, Tenison Woods. 
Calliostoma columnarium, Hedley ¢> May. 
Calliostoma legrandi, Tenison Woods. 
Calliostoma meyeri, Philippi. 
Calliostoma retiarium, Hedley > May. 
Danilia telebathia, Hedley. 

Eucheius tasmanicus, Tenison Woods. 
Leptothyra fugitiva, Hedley. 

Leptothyra rosea, Tenison Woods. 
Cirsonella weldu, Tenison IWoods. 
Cyclostrema denselaminatum, I’erco. 
Cyclostrema homalon, Jlerco. 
Cyclostrema jaffaensis, !erco. 

Liotia annulata, Tenison |]Voods. 

Liotia denselineata, Tate. 

Licta incerta, Tenison Woods. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 


Phenacolepas calva, Verco. 

Cocculina tasmanica, Pilsbry. 

Nacella crebristriata, Verco. A 
Helcioniscus ilabratus, Verco. 

Rissoa hulliana, Tate, var. eucraspeda, Hedley. 
Rissoa incompleta, Hedley. 

Rissoa lockyeri, Hedley. 

Rissoa verconiana, Hedley. 
Amphithalamus costatus, Hedley. 
Amphithalamus pyramidatus, Hedley. 
Epigrus ischnus, Tate. 

Rissoina gertrudis, Tenison Woods. 
Rissoina rhyllensis, Gatliff G- Gabriel. 
Rissoina tasmanica, Tenison Woods. 
Cithna angulata, Hedley. 

Calyptraea calyptraeformis, Lamarck. 
Capulus devotus, Hedley. 

Mathilda decorata, Hedley. 
Cerithiopsis dannevigi, Hedley. 
Cerithiopsis geniculosus, Hedley. 


Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 
Triphora 


Turritella atkinsoni, Tentson 


albovittata, Hedley. 
angasi, Crosse. 
armillata, Verco. 
cana, Verco. 
disjuncta, Verco. 
epallaxa, Verco. 
gemmegens, Verco. 
granifera, Brazier. 
novapostrema, Verco. 
pfeifferi, Crosse. 
regina, Hedley. 
spica, Verco. 
tasmanica, Tenison IVoods. 


Woods, var. medio- 


angulata, Verco. 


Turritella mediolevis, Verco. 
Turritella quadrata, Donald. 
Turritella smithiana, Donald. 
Vermicularia flava, Verco. 
Vermicularia nodosa, Hedley . 
Ianthina exigua, Lamarck. 
Epitonium acanthopleura, Verco. 
Epitonium valida, Verco. 

Syrnola micra, Pritchard ¢> Gatliff. 
Odostomia mayi, Tate. 


OF 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Cymatium kampylum, Watson. 
Cymatium olearium, Linne. 
Natica elkingtoni, Hedley & May. 
Natica sticta, Verco. 

Polinices beddomei, Johnston. 
Eunaticina albosutura, Verco. 
Ancilla petterdi, Tate. 

Cancellaria pergradata, Verco. 


Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 
Marginella 


altilabra, May. 

biplicata, Tate <> May. 
columnaria, Hedley & May. 
flindersi, Pritchard & Gatliff. 
fulgurata, Hedley. 

gabrieli, May. 

allporti, Tenison Woods. 
indiscreta, May. 

loddere, May. 
microscopica, May. 
multiplicata, Tate € May. 
ovulum, Sowerby. 
stanislaus, Tenison Woods. 
stilla, Hedley. 

vercoil, May. 


Conus superstes, Hedley. 


Daphnella bathentoma, Verco. 
Daphnella fenestrata, Verco. 
Daphnella legrandi, Beddome. 
Daphnella triseriata, Verco. 
Mangilia gatlifh, Verco. 
Mangilia hilum, Hedley. 
Mangilia kingensis, Petterd. 
Mangilia spica, Hedley. 

Drillia agrestis, Verco. 

Drillia denseplicata, Dunker. 
Drillia dilecta, Hedley. 

Drillia dulcis, Sowerby. 

Drillia hectorguia, Verco. 
Drillia hedleyi, Verco. 

Drillia jaffaensis, Verco. 

Drillia lacteola, Verco. 

Drillia saxea, Sowerby. 

Drillia tricarinata, Tenison Woods. 
Drillia trophonoides, Verco. 
Drillia woodsi, Beddome. 
Mitromorpha alba, Petterd, var. axiscalpta, Verco. 
Mitromorpha axicostata, Verco. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 95 


Mitromorpha pallidula, Hedley. 
Mitromorpha paucilirata, Verco. 
Mitromorpha paula, Verco. 
Mitromorpha solida, May. 
Hemipleurotoma may, Verco. 
Mitra retrocurvata, Verco. 

Mitra scalariformis, Jenison Woods. 
Mitra stadialis, Hedley. 

Mitra tasmanica, Tenison Woods. 
Imbricaria porphyria, Verco. 
Pisania schoutanica, May. 

Pyrene atkinsoni, Tenison Woods. 
Pyrene axiaerata, Verco. 

Pyrene beachportensis, Verco. 
Pyrene calva, Verco. 

Pyrene jaffaensis, Verco. 

Trophon plicilaminatus, Verco. 
Trophon recurvatus, lerco. 
Trophon segmentatus, Verco. 
Coralliophila lischkeana, Dunker. 
Typhis bivaricata, lerco. 

Actaeon retusus, Verco. ‘ 
Ringicula meridionalis, Hedley. 
Ringicula semisculpta, Hedley. 
Cylichna arachis, Quoy € Gaimard. 
Cylichna atkinsoni, Tenison IW oods. 
Philine columnarius, Hedley €& May. 
Philine oscitans, Hedley. 

Cavolina inflexa, Lesueur 

Cavolina trispinosa, Lesueur. 
Cavolina virgula, Rang. 

Limacina bulimoides, D’Orbigny. 
Limacina inflata, D’Orbigny. 

Clio balantium, Rang. 

Clio pyramidata, Linne. 

Dentalium lubricatum, Sowerby. 
Dentalium thetidis, Hedley. 
Yerebratulina cavata, Verco. 
Megasella cumingil, Davidson. 
Megasella vercoi, Blochman. 
Campages Jjaffaensis, Blochman. 
Cryptopora brazieri, Crane. 
Kraussina tasmanica, Tenison Woods. 


96 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


II.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR NOTABLE 
SPECIES. 


A.—PELECYPODA. 


PLEURODON MAORIANUS, Hedley. 


Pleurodon maorianus, Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 1904, 
Pe 875 et 4 
Numerous examples of this occurred off Cape Wiles in too 
fathoms. Some of these were of larger size than those found 
in New Zealand, being 3 mm. long and 4 mm. high. The 
species has not been seen previously in Australian waters. 


CHLAMYS ANTIAUSTRALIS, Tate. 


Pecten antiaustralis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., viii., 
1886; p:2106,epl. ix: , of) W7aeZe xi. | SQO. spy" 269 shad. 
Harris, Brit. Mus. Cat. Mert Moll. Austr. 1897, p-.355- 

Numerous small valves about half an inch in length were 
dredged in 100 fathoms, forty miles south of Cape Wiles, 

South Australia. Some are brightly coloured either entire 

lemon-yellow or irregularly clouded with opaque white and 

vermilion. Similar specimens were dredged by myself in 100 

fathoms off Wollongong, New South Wales. Specimens 

reaching 100 mm. in diameter were taken plentifully by Mr. 

Wik: May and myself in too fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tas- 

mania. We considered the species,! as Prof. R. Tate himself 

had done on first acquaintance, to be a variety of C. asperrt- 
mus, Lamarck. Valid distinctions pointed out by Prof. Tate 
between the two species are the concentric lamine which 
lattice the intercostal furrows in the voung and the multipli- 
cation of the ribs in the old stages of C. antiaustralis. Com- 
pared with actual fossils, the recent shell is flatter, but its 
author expressly notes that C. antiaustralis “exhibits varia- 
tions in the degree of convexity.’’ Probably this is the shell 
identified by Gatliff and Gabriel as the young of C. radiatus, 

Hutton.2 In their reference, to my opinion of the shell, 

there is some misunderstanding. 


The species has not hitherto been recorded as recent, and 
this identification adds another survivor from the Tertiary 
Fauna. 

VERTICORDIA ERICIA, sp. nov 

(Plate xvii., figs. 1, 2, 3.) 
Shell small, subcircular, rather solid, apex incurved. 
Sculpture, about eighteen prominent radiating spiral ribs, 
which rapidly enlarge with the increase of the shell and pro- 


1 Hedley & May—Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1908, p. 113. 
2 Gatliff & Gabriel—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxiii., 1910, p. 98. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 97 


ject at the margin. These are parted by broad and deep 
interstices, roughened with a grain surface, whereas the 
summits of the ribs bristle with short, stout, close-set, divari- 
cating, little spikes. Lunule reduced to a narrow crescent 
under the umbo. Interior nacreous furrowed by the imprint 
of the external sculpture. In both valves a single conical 
tooth is set at the margin of the lunule. Length 6°7, height 
6, depth of single valve 2°3 mm. 

A couple of odd valves occurred in 100 fathoms forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. Prof. W. A. Haswell 
and I dredged a fragment in 80 fathoms twenty-two miles 
east of Narrabeen, New South Wales. The strong ribs and 
prickly sculpture readily distinguish the species. 


VERTICORDIA SETOSA, Hediey. 


Verticordia rhomboidea, Hedley, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxviii., 
[GOS . Pa 7, pl. Wile. 12.003) ba dds nec: sAustrs Miss; 
vi., 1906, p. 215. [Not Verticordia rhomboidea, Tate, 
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., ix., 1886 (1887), p. 149, pl. 
aN Uo arelel| 

Verticordia setosa, Hedley, nom. mut. Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 
US OTS) 18h: Seki 

A single valve from 100 fathoms, forty miles south of Cape: 
Wiles, South Australia, represents a species new to the 
Adelaidean Region. I took the species first in t10 fathoms 
off Great Barrier Island, New Zealand, and again in 250 and 
in 800 fathoms off Sydney. In the South Australian example 
the radial ribs are less prominent than in the New Zealand 
shells. 

VENERICARDIA ROSULENTA, Tate. 
(Plate xvii., fig. 4.) 
Cardita rosulenta, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., ix., 
eS. MO. OOF Plies, 1..3 

The ‘‘Endeavour’’ took C. rosulenta off Devonport, Tas- 
mania, and in 4o fathoms north of Cape Borda, South Aus- 
tralia. A giant from the former locality is 45 mm. in length. 
As the original figure is vague I offer an illustration of a 
specimen 28 mm. long from St. Vincent’s Gulf, for the iden- 
tification and example of which I am indebted to Dr. J. C. 
Verco.1! 

The nomenclature of this species is involved in difficulty. 
After the publication of his name, Prof. Tate observed that 
Tenison Woods had previously recognised? his shell as C. 
quoyi, Deshayes, and he thereupon withdrew his rosulenta in 


1 Verco—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxii., 1908, p. 349. 
2 Tenison Woods—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p. 59. 


98 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


its favour.1 But Deshayes proposed his name for a New 
Zealand shell figured and described by Quoy and Gaimard as 
Venericardia australis, Lamarck. Actually, Deshayes indi- 
cated for his species Pl. 80, {. 4 of the ‘‘Astrolabe’’ Atlas, but 
that illustration stands for a Tridacna, and the quotation is 
an evident error for Pl. 70, f. 12-14. The account of Quoy 
and Gaimard did not profess to introduce a new species but 
merely to restore the V’. australis of Lamarck,? a small, sub- 
orbicular, purple, scale-ribbed shell from New Holland, not 
otherwise figured. The contention of Deshayes was that the 
Australian shell of Lamarck was wrongly identified with the 
New Zealand shell of the ‘‘Astrolabe’’ Expedition. Regard- 
ing the latter as a new and nameless species, he proposed to 
call it Cardita quoyi. Until the Lamarckian type, now 
probably in the Geneva Museum, can be re-examined, we 
cannot judge whether Quoy and Gaimard were right in their 
identification, and consequently whether Deshayes was, or 
was not, justified in renaming their shell. But there can be 
no doubt that Reeve erred in reducing Venericardia australis 
to a synonym of I’. tridentata, Say.4 


In any case the verdict does not affect the name before us. 
Our species is quite different from that figured in the *‘Astro- 
labe’’ Atlas, and to which, if it be maintained, the name of 
‘“‘quoyi’? can only apply. Incidentally it may be remarked 
that this name has never been adopted® by the conchologists 
of New Zealand whom it chiefly concerns. 


V. australis, Lamarck, is not the only species of the genus 
that local workers have failed to recognise. Cardita (Actin- 
obolus) godeffroyi, Dunker,® from Bass Strait, is here un- 
known. I suggest that it is likely to prove identical with 
V. bimaculata, Deshayes. 


After being unseen for nearly forty years, the Cardita 
raouli, Angas,’ has been rediscovered by Mr. W. L. May8 
in 40 fathoms off Schouten Island, Tasmania. Probably this 
is what Clessin intends by Cardita racuti, Angas (MS.), from 
New Zealand. 


a M 


1 Tate—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 434. 

2 Lamarck—Anim. Sans Vert., v., 1818, p. 610. 

3 Deshayes—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852 (1854), p. 103. 

4 Reeve—Conch. Icon., i., 1843, Cardita sp. 22. 

5 Suter—Index Faunz Nov. Zeal., 1904, p. 93. 

6 Dunker—Malak. Blatt., xviii., 1871, p. 172; Schmeltz—Cat. Mus. Godeff., 
y., 1874, p. 173; Clessin—Conch. Cab., Lief. 353, IREVE, Ton 14, Toll, then HS Ue 

7 Angas—Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 613, pl. xlii., rity eR 

8 May—Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1910 (1911), p. 312. 


9 Clessin—Op. cit., p. 11, pl. ii., figs. 7, 8. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 99 
MYRTEA BRACTEA, sp. nov 
(Plate xvit., figss:5,)6).7°8,) 

Shell rather solid, moderately convex, flatter in the young 
stages and becoming more inflated when adolescent, squarely 
oblong, subequilateral. Colour cream. No radial sculpture. 
Ribs strong, elevate, varying in number and disposition, 
usually about fifty and set their breadth apart, spaced medially 
crowded anteriorly and posteriorly. An occasional rib pro- 
jects at the edge of the lunule and escutcheon, thus forming 
a dorsal crest of imbricating scales. Umbo small, prominent. 
Lunule narrow, excavate, chiefly developed in the left valve. 
Two cardinals in the left valve. Margins of the valve entire. 
Length 10’5, height 9°5, depth of single valve 2°5 mm. 

This species is near M. brazieri,, Sowerby,! but larger, 
rounder, more inflated and more densely ribbed. 

M. mayt, Gatliff & Gabriel,? is also like it, but M. bractea 
differs hy lacking radial sculpture, by being more inflated and 
closer ribbed. 

Hab.—Several specimens from 100 fathoms, forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


CORBIS PERCOSTATA, sp. nov. 
(Plateixvar, isto. TO. Tinie.) 

Shell small, rather solid, inflated inequilateral, anteriorly 
produced, dorsal margin rather straight, ventral margin 
rounded. Umbo incurved, bearing a distinct prodissoconch. 
Sculpture: About thirty-two elevated, strong concentric ribs 
run from end to end and closely follow one another from the 
umbo to the ventral margin. From each rib a thin broad 
flange arching downwards conceals most of the interspace 
between the ribs. Lunule small, limited by an_ indistinct 
groove. Pallial line entire, running from one adductor to the 
other. Within the ventral margin is set a line of small 
sockets and tubercles about forty-five in number. Dentition: 
In the right are two cardinals, the posterior strongest, the 
anterior half the size of its fellow, compressed and parallel to 
the hinge plate, anteriorly and posteriorly a slender lateral. 
In the left, the anterior cardinal of typical Corbis is repre- 
sented by a minute tubercle, posterior cardinal is strong and 
pointed. Anteriorly a groove receives the right lateral, 
posteriorly the margin of the valve is produced to act as a 
lateral. Behind the main.cardinals is a slight and elongate 
chondrophore. Length 4°5, height 3°6, depth of single valve 
i 30mm: 


1 Bowerly, Eros, Zook Soc., 1883, rp oil; = vii., f. 2, and Hedley—Mem. 
Austr. Mus., 1902, p. 319. 
2 Gatlift & Gabriel Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxiv., n.s., 1911, p. 189, pl. xlvii., 
gs. 8- 


Ioo “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


This species is nearest related to Chione despecta, Hedley,! 
from 100 fathoms off Wollongong, New South Wales, than 
which the novelty is larger, more inequilateral, longer in pro- 
portion to height and more closely ribbed. When I described 
C. despecta seven years ago I failed to distinguish the muscle 
scars. Now I find there is no pallial sinus. But the dis- 
crepancy between its hinge and that of typical Chione warned 
me of possible error. Revising the generic position with the 
aid of the new and related species, I am now constrained to 
refer both to Corbis. Hitherto only a single recent species, 
a large and handsome shell from the coral reef zone, has been 
admitted to this genus. The hinge characters do not exactly 
correspond. These two small species appear to have suffered 
such atrophy as descent to calm, deep water might be 
expected to induce in the hinge dev elopment of small and thin 
shells. 


Hab.—Numerous specimens in too fathoms forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


CHIONE MESODESMA, Quoy €> Gaimard. 


Venus mesodesma, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. “‘Astrolabe,’’ 
Zool. , ii), 1835, Pp. S32, plaixexxiv.,) 1.097, 1659... Smithy 
Rep: Voy. Challis; Zool’, xii 1885), (ps 131. 

A few specimens in 1oo fathoms forty miles south of Cape 
Wiles. Mr. W. L. May and I took it in abundance in 100 
fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.2 These specimens were 
worn, and, without close scrutiny, were passed for Chione 
gallinula, Lamarck. This is the first definite Australian 
record, though New Holland was assigned to the species in 
the original description. 


B.—GASTEROPODA. 
PUNCTURELLA FUMARIUM, sp. nov. 
(Plate xvneeaies: 13°, 14.) 

Shell laterally compressed, thin, translucent, erect, the 
posterior profile usually slightly convex and the anterior 
slightly concave. Sculpture: Delicate concentric growth 
lines, small tubercles, conspicuous in profile, are set in radial 
rows. Summit irregularly notched, subcircular seen from 
above, cleft with a short, steep posterior limb seen from the 
side, the spiral apex disappearing from half-grown specimens 
Septal plate deeply inserted, nearly perpendicular. Length 
2°15, breadth 1°35, height 1°85 mm. 


1 Hedley—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxviii., 1904, p. 193, pl. x., f. 35-8. 
2 Hedley & May=Rec. Austr. Mus., vVii., 1908, p. 114. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 101 


Already from Australia there are recorded P. hemipsila, 
Tate, from the Tasmanian Eocene, and recent P. corolla, 
Verco, from South Australia; P. demissa, Hedley, now 
recorded from South Australia in association with P. fum- 
arium, and previously from New South Wales, Victoria and 
New Zealand; P. galerita, Hedley, from Queensland; P. 
harrissoni, Beddome, from Tasmania, Victoria and New South 
Wales, and P. kestevenit, Hedley, from New South Wales. 
The novelty belongs to the section Fissurisepta now first 
represented in Australasia. 


Hab.—Several specimens from too fathoms, forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles. 


MONILEA OLEACEA, Hedley & Petterd. 


Monilea oleacea, Hedley & Petterd, Rec. Austr. Mus., vi. 
19OO,Np-. 255,) Plo SeXvil.., fig. 1. 

Some broken but recognisable specimens of this species 
were taken in 100 fathoms, forty miles south of Cape Wiles. 
The type was from 250 fathoms outside Sydney, so the 
present record extends it to another region. The _ specific 
name appeared in the description by a misprint as ‘‘oleata,”’ 
but was spelt correctly on the previous page 214 and in the 
explanation of the plate. 


b 


GIBBULA OCELLINA, sp. nov. 
(Plate rxvii., fis.)15-) 

Shell small, solid, imperforate, conical, with gradate spire, 
prominently keeled at the periphery and again at the shoulder. 
Colour: Below the periphery uniform buff, above it broad, 
radial stripes of buff pink, alternate with white. Along the 
periphery are pairs of dashes of madder brown, sometimes 
these enclose a tinted space and have a background of opaque 
white, thus assuming an ocellated aspect ; apex pink. Whorls 
five. Sculpture: Base with seven flat evenly-spaced concen- 
tric riblets, a strong, revolving cord defines the periphery 
and ascends the spire. The last and penultimate whorls have 
four spiral riblets above the periphery, the uppermost 
stronger and forming the angle of a subsutural shelf. Upper 
whorls smooth. Aperture round, outer tip simple, dentate by 
the spirals, columella perpendicular. Length 3, major diam. 
3, minor diam. 2°5 mm. 

The profile recalls that of G. coxi, Angas, but by the sum 
of its characters this comes nearest to G. tiberiana, Crosse. 
From that the angulation and smaller size distinguish the 
novelty. 

Hab.—Several specimens from too fathoms, forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


102 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


DANILIA TELEBATHIA, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xvili., figs. 16, 17.) 

Shell ovate, acuminate, imperforate, thin and_ slightly 
nacreous. Whorls seven, the first wound horizontally, thus 
giving the spire a decapitated aspect. Median whorls 
separated by a channeled suture, flattened on the shoulder and 
subangled at the periphery, the last slightly descending 
behind the aperture. Colour: Pale buff with scattered irregular 
dashes of ochre alternate chocolate dots on the outer lip. 
Sculpture: The last whorl carries eleven widely-spaced fine 
spiral cords, the peripheral strongest. Of these six appear on 
the penultimate and fade gradually away on the upper whorls. 
Both cords and interspaces are crossed by delicate oblique 
lamella which rise into scales upon the cords. They are 
crowded on the last whorl, do not cross the suture from 
whorl to whorl, and become fewer and fainter ascending the 
spire. The initial whorl is smooth. Aperture very oblique, 
subcircular. Outer lip effuse, fimbriated by the termination of 
the spiral sculpture, inner lip projecting over the umbilical 
region, thence spread from the axis to the right insertion as 
a solid sheet. Columella spirally ascending within, terminat- 
ing below in'a downwardly directed tubercle, succeeded by a 
deep notch and an answering ridge. Thence along the edge 
of the gullet underneath the external varix are about a score 
of callus rays, alternately long and short, leading to the 
throat. Behind the aperture, about a millemetre from the 
free edge, is a sharp, narrow varix rising gradually at the base 
and ending abruptly at the suture. Length 10, breadth 8 mm. 

Judging from literature, our shell is more elevated and finely 
sculptured than D. tinei, Calcara. 

This genus has not before been reported from the Southern 
Hemisphere. As in the Mediterranean and off the Azores, it 
appears to be confined to deep water. 

While on the subject of deep-sea Trochoids, I take this 
opportunity of pointing out that Trochus (Gibbula) glyptus, 
Watson,! from 410 fathoms off Sydney, should be transferred 
to Turcicula. 

Hab.—Several specimens from roo fathoms forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


LEPTOTHYRA FUGITIVA, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xviii., figs. 18, 19, 20.) 
Shell small, solid, depressed-turbinate, narrowly perforate. 
Colour white. Whorls three and a half, rapidly increasing, 
last rounded, descending at the aperture. Spire slightly 


1 Watson—Chall. Rep., Zool., xv., 1886, p. 75, pl. vi., fig. 6. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 10% 


gradate. Sculpture: On the base and spire are faint traces of 
radial sculpture. Along the suture runs a GC»ep groove 
followed by a corresponding ridge. The remainder of the last 
whorl is surrounded by a succession of numerous fine spiral 
threads parted by equal grooves. Aperture subcircular, above 
with the vestige of a varix, below a fold running from the 
anterior edge of the mouth to the margin of the umbilicus, 
edge of lip simple bevelled within, columella excavate. Base 
rather flat. Umbilicus narrow but deep, a sixth of the shell’s 
diameter. Major diameter 1°85, minor diameter 1°55, height 
I 2 mm. 

This is smaller, flatter and more finely grooved than other 
Australian species. 

Hab.—Numerous specimens were dredged in too fathoms 
forty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


RISSOA HULLIANA, Tate, 
VAR. EUCRASPEDA, var. nov 
(Plate xvi jtios 22) 

This deep-sea variety differs from the typical shore form by 
being pure white, slightly larger and comparatively broader, 
and “by having fewer’ and more prominent radials. Thus it 
acquires a lip broader and more scalloped, approaching a 
varix. 

Hab.—Several specimens in 100 fathoms forty miles south 
of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


RISSOA LOCKYERI, sp. nov 
(Plate xviit.,- fig 22.) 

Shell small, rather thin, ovate-conical, imperforate. Colour 
white. Whorls four, of which the two first are sharply 
marked off as the protoconch. Sculpture: On the shoulder 
is a smooth, unbroken slope, succeeded by elevated, widely- 
spaced spiral keels, of which the last whor! bears eight and 
the penultimate three. On the earlier whorls are numerous 
fine spiral stria. The interstices of the keels are engraved 
with close radial scratches. Aperture subcircular, lip slightly 
expanded. Behind the columella is a narrow axial crevice. 
Length 2, breadth 1°3 mm. 

The species is named in honour of Mr. N. Lockyer, Comp- 
troller of Customs, under whose auspices these collections 
were made. It is related to R. imbrex,! than which it is 
smaller, broader in proportion, and possesses more spirals. 

Hab.—Numerous specimens were taken in 100 fathoms 
forty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


1 Hedley—Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxxili., 1908, p. 469, pl. x., f. 33. 


104 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


RISSOA VERCONIANA, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xix., fig. 23-) 

Shell small, ovate, thin, translucent. Colour white. Whorls 
four, rounded and parted by deep sutures. Sculpture: First 
whorl and a half smooth, next with about twenty-five sharp 
though delicate radial ribs, these increase till on the last whorl 
they amount to about forty, below the periphery they fade 
gradually. Different individuals vary in the development and 
number of these radials. On the last whorl eight or ten spirals 
equal in grade to the radials override them, thus enclosing 
rectangular meshes. On the upper whorls the spirals grad- 
ually vanish, so that on the base are spirals alone and on the 
upper whorls radials alone. A secondary microscopic sculp- 
ture of close spiral scratches is most conspicuous in the meshes 
of the body whorl. Aperture subcircular, angled above. 
Outer lip fortified by a slight external varix, columella margin 
expanded and reflected over a small umbilical furrow. Length 
2, breadth 1°25 mm. 

This species is closely related to R. filosa, Hedley and 
Petterd,! from the east coast, but that is larger, has an extra 
whorl and is more coarsely sculptured. That the difference 
is not due to growth is shown by the contrast between the 
upper whorls of the two species. The novelty is dedicated to 
Dr. J. C. Verco, who has done such admirable work on the 
Marine Mollusca of South Australia. 

Hab.—Numerous specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


AMPHITHALAMUS COSTATUS, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xix., fig. 24.) 

Shell small, rather solid, imperforate, narrowly oblong, 
glossy. Colour uniform ivory white. Whorls five, including 
a smooth turbinate protoconch of two whorls. Adult whorls 
wound obliquely, parted by a deeply channeled suture. Sculp- 
ture: Broad, flat radial ribs of irregular breadth, crowded on 
the last half whorl, their ends denticulate the summits of the 
whorls. So sharp and narrow are the interstices as to resemble 
cracks. On the last whorl the radials amount to twenty-two. 
Aperture trumpet-mouthed, oblique, submedian. Length 3, 
breadth 1°3. 

Attempts have been made by Tryon? and by Tate’ to sub- 
divide the Rissoa of Australia into groups. These arrange- 
ments, though helpful, cannot be regarded as final. If only 


1 Hedley & Petterd—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1906, p. 217, pl. xxxvii., f. 2. 
2 Tryon—Man. Conch., ix., 1887, pp. 314-69. 
3 Tate—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiii., 1899, pp. 232-7. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 105 


as a convenience it would be desirable to break up a genus so 
unwieldy as Rissoa is according to Tryon’s presentation. 
Bearing in mind that the type of Rissoa, Freminville, 1814, is 
Turbo cimex., Linn.,! it is clear that many of the Australian 
shells usually so called are not entitled to the name. 

In studying the Rissoide taken by the ‘‘ Thetis’? Expedition,? 
I noted that, though Watson’s subgenus Scrobs had been 
reduced by Tryon to a synonym of the earlier A mphithalamus, 
Carpenter, yet Carpenter’s type was rejected by Tryon as 
insufficiently known. Under these circumstances it seemed 
unsafe to use Amphithalamus. 


By the kindness of Mrs. B. Williamson, of Los Angeles, Cali- 
fornia, I have received a specimen of the type species of the 
genus A. inclusus, Carp., collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill. 
No illustration of the species seems to have yet appeared, so 
I figure (PI. xx., fig. 34) the gift of Mrs. Williamson, which 
had been identified as A. inclusus, Carp.,5 by Dr. W. H. 
Dall. On this foundation I can now accept and use Tryon’s 
interpretation of the synonomy. <A paper on the West Ameri- 
can members of Amphithalamus, which Dr. P. Bartsch has 
published this year, has not yet reached me. 


The American shell at once recalls A. jacksoni, Brazier, to 
a less extent A. petterdi, Brazier, and A. scrobiculator, 
Watson. Besides these three small species with detached 
aperture there are others tightly coiled which vary from broad 
and short to tall and slender. As uncoiling is considered a 
degenerate feature, the larger, longer, more tightly wound, 
many whorled, elongate, fusiform shell is probably nearer 
to the ancestral form of the genus. 

Hab.—Numerous specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 

It has frequently happened that the Australian species of 
this group have been described under one name in one serial 
and figured under another name in another publication. Under 
these circumstances it seems useful to indicate what species 
might be referred to Amphithalamus. I would suggest the 


following :— 
A. APPROXIMUS, Petterd. 
Rissoa approxima, Petterd, Journ. of Conch., iv., 1884, p. 
139; 1d. Late and’ May, Proc. Linn: Soc: N.S. Wales, 
MMi TOOL.) lw xcavien tO. 


1 Herrmannsen—Ind. Gen. Malacol., ii., 1849, p. 400. 
2 Hedley—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903, p. 353. 
3 Carpenter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv., 1865, p. 181. 


106 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


A. BICOLOR, Petterd. 

Rissoa bicolor, Petterd, Journ. of Conch, iv., 1884, p. 137; 
id., Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi., 
IGOL. splat xxvi.., ft: OgF 

This seems synonymous with R. annulata, Hutton (N.Z. 

Journ: Seis, 11:,/ July, 1884, sp.)173\;-Proc.. Malacol., Soc:, 1i1-, 

1898, p. 3), from New Zealand, over which it has priority. 


A. CAPRICORNEUS, Hedley. 
A. capricorneus, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
MeKiin AOO7, P. 405, Plexvilgpi eee 


A. COLUMNARIUS, Hedley & May. 
Rissoa columnaria, Hedley and May, Rec. Austr. Mus., vil., 
FOOS, Ps Ti, Pl. xxil ie: 


A. costatus, Hedley, as above. 
A. DUBITABILIS, Tate. 

Rissoa dubitabilis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxiii., 
1899, p. 232; id., Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, xxvi., 1901, pl. xxi, f. 71 [nom. mut vier Te 
dubius, Petterd (not Defrance), Journ. of Conch., iv., 
1884, p. 137]. 

A. FLAMMEUS, Frauenfeld. 

Sabaneu flammea, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., ii., 
ae 1867, Plt2,ppk aie tease 

R. flamia, Beddome, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1882, p. 169. 

R. sophie, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1x., 1895, 
p- 697. 

R. beddomei, Tate, 1899 [nom. mut. not R. flammea, Pease, 
Am. Journ. Conch., iii., 1867, p. 297, pla xxiva, f: Bail: 


A. FLINDERSII, Ten. Woods. 
Rissoina flindersii, Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 
1876, p. 154; id., May, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1902 
(goss ps 111, t.75- 


A. FRAUENFELDI, Frauenfeld. 


Rissoa frauenfeldi, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., u., 
2. 1867, p- 10, ple tying. 


A. FRENCHIENSIS, Gatliff ¢~ Gubriel. 

Rissoa frenchiensis, Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Vict., xxi., 1908, p. 379 [nom. mut. for Rissoa cyclo- 
stoma, Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., TO7 75, Dee 5 Sis 
id., Tryon, Man. Conch., ix., 1887, p. 344, (Oy erica tg toe 
(Not R. cyclostoma, Recluz., 1843.)] : 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 107 


A. INCIDATUS, Frauenfeld. 


Sabane@a incidata, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., i1., 
BL S076 D- 12. pl. is ks, 1G: 


A. JACKSONI, Bragier. 

Rissoa jacksoni, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 
1895, p- 695 [nom. mut. for R. (Scrobs) badia, Watson, 
Chall. Rep., Zool., xv., 1886, p. 612, pl. xlvi., f. 3. (Not 
R. badia, Petterd, 1884.) | 


A. KERSHAWI, Ten. Woods. 
Risoina kershawi, Ven. Woods, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 
1878, p. 57. 
R. tumida (Ten. Woods), Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
NES® \Wiales xxviz, 1900, pl. xxvinw if. O67: 


A. OLIVACEUS, Frauenfeld. 
Alvania olivacea, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., i1., 3, 
P-bit, plain fe 14. 

As synonyms of this Brazier (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 
[2], ix., 1895, p. 696) has reduced Diala tumida (Ten. Woods, 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875, p. 14) and Rissoa diemenensis 
(Petterd, Journ. of Conch., iv., 1884, p. 138.) 


A. PELLUCIDUS, Tate & May. 
Rissoa (Nodulus) pellucida, Vate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc. 
S. Austr. &Xiv., 1900, p; 100 77d settoe Ninny Soc. N-S- 
Wales: xxvi-, toor, pl. xxii, 1-46: 


A. PETTERDI, Brazier. 

Rissoa petterdi, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 
1895, p. 697; 1d., Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, <xViq, 1GOt, pl. Xxvi., te 7emlnonmenut. for Ik. 
pulchella (Petterd, Journ. of Conch., iv., 1884, p. 138)]. 


A. PULVILLUS, Hedley. 
Rissoa pulvillus, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxx., 
LGOOp. 520m ple yxcoxir.. f. 25. 
A. PYRAMIDATUS, Hedley. 
Scrobs pyramidatus, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903, 
P- 354, f. 77. 
A. RUBICUNDUS, Tate & May. 
Rissoa (Cingula) rubicunda, Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc. 


So. AUStr. Xxiv., TOGO; p. 100; 7d_, Mayo irans: Roy. Soe: 
Pasmm..rQo2 (1903), "p- 124, f- 13: 


108 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


A. SALEBROSUS, Frauenfeld. 
Alvania salebrosa, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara, Zool., ii., 
8, SO7,) Pp. UL, pl. un. brs: 


A. SCROBICULATOR, Watson. 
Rissoa (Scrobs) scrobiculator, Watson, Chall. Rep., Zool., 
XVesoO Np. Ol li, pole xlviee, tance 


A. SUBFUSCUS, Hutton. 

Barleeia subfusca, Hutton, Cat. N.Z. Moll., 1873, p. 28. 

Rissoa purpurea (Hutton), Tryon, Man. Conch., ix., 1887, 
Ds44e pla isexis fa Sa: 

Recorded as Victorian by Gatliff and Gabriel (Proc. Roy. 
SOCU MICK, XXIII, 1910, psngn)). 

A. TASMANICUS, Ten. Woods. 

Eulima tasmanica, Ten. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 
1875 (1876), p. 29; id., May, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1902 
(1903) Up tio, ate O: 

A. woopsl], Pritchard & Gatliff. 

Rissoa woodsi, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 
KiVe, 1902s) P.. LO: id. Maye roc: Noy SoeW dasmr 
1902 (1903), p. 112, f. g [nom. mut. for R. cyclostoma 
var. rosea, Ten. Woods, Prec: Rey. Soc: Tasm«:,) 1877. 
Pp. 154]. 

ONOBA BASSIANA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xix., fig. 25.) 

Shell solid, oblong, subcylindrical, rounded at each 
extremity. Colour, the upper part of each whorl is dull white, 
the lower slate-purple, the anterior extremity is again dull 
white, the dark band on the median third of the last whorl 
fading away before reaching the aperture, apex brown. 
Whorls five, rapidly increasing, wound obliquely the last two- 
thirds of the total length. Sculpture: The earlier whorls are 
smooth, the later bear fine incised spiral grooves, of which the 
last has about thirty, the penultimate eighteen, and the ante- 
penultimate twelve. Occasional growth striz cross the shell 
obliquely. Aperture pyriform. Columella excavate, outer 
lip grooved within and bevelled to a sharp edge. Length 4°5, 
breadth 2 mm. 

Compared with O. glomerosa, Hedley,! from Masthead 
Island, this is far larger, more solid, comparatively broader 
and darker in colour. It is probably the species reported by 
Messrs. Gatliff and Gabriel? from Port Albert, Victoria. 

Hab.—Two specimens from off Devonport, Tasmania 
(depth unrecorded). 


1 Hedley—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxii., 1907, p. 495, pl. xvii., f. 23. 
2 Gatliff & Gabriel—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi., 1908, p. 379. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 100) 


CAPULUS CALYPTRA, Martyn. 
Patella calyptra, Martyn, Universal Conchologist, 1784, 
pl. 18. 

On previous examination of this South Australian species! 
I pointed out that the Patella australis, Lamarck, was really 
a Capulus and had been wrongly transferred to Hipponyx by 
later writers. Placing reliance on Watson’s observation that 
the apices of the two species turned in different directions, I 
separated C. australis from C. danieli, Crosse (=C. calyptra, 
Martyn). Further examination indicates that the direction of 
the apex is not so constant a character. Weight was also 
attached to the discrepancy of a tropical species occurring as 
far south as Bass Strait. Since then I have learnt that there 
is a drift of warm water species from Western Australia round 
Cape Lewin and across the Bight. By this route it is 
possible to trace C. calyptra back to the tropics. 

As C. danieli, Prof. R. Tate recorded this from South Aus- 
tralia as a Tertiary fossil.? 


CERITHIOPSIS DANNEVIGI, sp. nov. 
(Plate xix. , figs. 26, 27.) 

Shell small, acicular, translucent. Colour pale buff, the 
gemmule rows opaque white, apex translucent. | Whorls 
eleven, plus a four or five-whorled protoconch, separated by 
deep sutures. Sculpture: On the earliest adult whorl are two 
bead rows, subsequently another row anterior to these 
develops and becomes fully established about the centre of the 
shell, on the last whorl a fourth spiral without beads runs 
along the angle and, as a thread, appears along the suture of 
the upper whorls. The gemmules amount to about twenty- 
two on the last whorl, are small and about their breadth apart. 
Each gemmule of the median row is linked to its neighbour 
above and below by a perpendicular bar, thus enclosing a deep 
square pit in the interstice. Whereas the spirals are opaque, 
the radials are translucent. Protoconch, first whorl smooth, 
fourth with a median keel, remainder traversed by oblique 
threads. Base excavate, aperture subquadrate, canal short. 
Length 5°5, breadth 1 mm. 

Named in honour of Mr. H. C. Dannevig, Director of 
Fisheries, under whose direction these species were obtained. 

Hab.-—Several specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. Also taken previously 
by Mr. W. L. May and self in roo fathoms off Cape Pillar, 
Tasmania. 


2 Tate—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xvii., 1893, p. 334. 


110 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


CERITHIOPSIS GENICULOSUS, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xix., figs. 28, 29.) 


Shell rather large and solid, regularly tapering, much con- 
stricted between the whorls, glossy. Colour uniform snow 
white. Whorls thirteen, including the protoconch. Sculp- 
ture: First two whorls smooth, remainder strongly radiately 
ribbed. Ribs prominent medially, above diminishing towards 
the suture, below suddenly cut off at the basal angle, not 
continuous from whorl to whorl, about fourteen to a whorl. 
Intercostal spaces terminating squarely below, in the inter- 
stices a few faint spiral scratches appear. Base smooth. 
Aperture pyriform, outer lip simple, canal short and broad. 
Length 9, breadth 2 mm. 

Hab.—A few specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles south 
of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


MatTHILDA DECORATA, Hedley. 
Mathilda decorata, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903, 
P3525 te 75: . 
Hab.—A single specimen from 1oo fathoms, forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, adds this species to the South Australian 
fauna. It was originally taken by the ‘‘Thetis’’ off Port 
Kembla, New South Wales. 


EULIMA MuNITA, Hedley. 
Eulima munita, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903, p- 355, 
ono: 

This species has not hitherto been noted from South Aus- 
tralia. A specimen was found attached to an Echinoderm, 
Goniocidaris tubaria, Lamarck, trawled at some unrecorded 
position off the South Australian coast. 


NATICA ELKINGTONI, Hedley ¢ May. 


Natica elkingtoni, Hedley and May, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 
1QOS, jp) LEO, pl. - xxi ewe: 

This species was recently discovered off the Tasmanian 

coast, and is new to South Australia. It appears in the 


dredging of 100 fathoms forty miles south of Cape Wiles, 
South Australia. 


MARGINELLA FULGURATA, Sp. nov. 

(Plate: xix fies] BO) 31, 32, 32.) 
Shell ovate, solid, glossy, with a buried spire. Colour 
variable; ordinarily on a white ground are drawn narrow, 


longitudinally directed, orange, zig-zag lines describing about 
a dozen angles in the shell’s length, about ten such to a whorl. 


MOLLUSCA.— HEDLEY. ir 


The elbows pointing to the right are filled in with three or four 
longitudinal strokes. Two spiral bands are indicated by the 
darkening of one line of markings near the shoulder and of 
another “above thes centre: Complete gradations occur 
between this pattern and one in which the cross strokes and 
dark spirals are both absent, while broader, fewer, orange 
lines describe fewer and larger angles. In form the shell 
passes through a metamorphosis. For about three whorls it 
is rolled in the same plane, thus exposing above the summits 
of previous whorls in a flat spire. Passing from a subcylin- 
drical to an ovate shape, the whorl commences to ascend. A 
callus pad proceeding from the inner lip is piled on the summit. 
The axis of the shell is marked by a slight depression from 
beside which the lip springs. A spiral crest, to which the 
growth striz are brushed backwards, runs from the vertex 
around the summit. 

The columella plaits are variable. Two prominent ones 
always appear at the anterior extremity, above these and 
decreasing in size posteriorly there may be from one to seven. 
the uppermost usually too deep-seated to be visible externally. 
The inner margin of the lip is finely denticulated for the whole 
length by about twenty tubercles. In the young stage the 
throat is grooved to correspond. Length 8°5, breadth 5 mm. 


This species ranges west to Cape Lewin and north along the 
West Australian coast to the tropics. It is well known from 
the beaches of the latter region. Australian collectors have 
commonly received it through Tryon and Brazier’s identi- 
fication as M. sagittata, Hinds. But that is a native of the 
tropical West Atlantic! and in colour pattern does not 
correspond. The record of M. sagittata, from Hao in the 
Paumotus, by Couturier,? appears to me to need confirmation. 

M. pulchella, Kiener, from Norfolk Island, is near this, 
but is narrower above and appears to have a regular involute 
growth. In many respects the description of Marginella 
liturata, Menke,’ agrees, but that unrecognised West Aus- 
tralian shell is excluded by ‘“‘spira breve conica.”’ 


CONUS SUPERSTES, sp. nov. 
(Plate xx., figs. 35, 36.) 


Shell small, solid, regularly conical, angled at the shoulder. 
Apex mamillate smooth, two whorled, slightly oblique. 
Sculpture: The whole shell is decorated with flat spiral cords 


1 Smith—Journ. Linn. Soc., xx., 1890, p. 489. 

2 Conturier—Journ. de Conch., lv., 1907, p. 132. 

3 Brazier—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), ii., 1888, p. 997. 
4 Menke—Moll. Nov. Holl., 1843, p. 28. 


112 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
defined by narrow, shallow grooves. On the last whorl there 
are three sulci above and twenty-five below the shoulder, 
anteriorly these become more crowded and oblique. The 
whole shell is traversed by delicate growth-strie. Colour 
white, in a few examples faint brown dashes appear on the 
shoulder. Aperture linear. Whorls six, including the proto- 
conch. Length 8°5, breadth 4 mm. 

Probably the species attains a larger size, but, as the apex 
is the chief distinction, larger examples would be recognisable 
from the present information. Apparently its nearest relation 
is C. convexus, Harris,! from the Victorian Eocene, of which 
I have not seen specimens. Compared with C. anemone, 
Lamarck, the apex of C. superstes is more mamillate, and the 
spiral grooves are stronger; the shoulder of the spire whorls 
are not tuberculate in superstes, as they are in anemone. 

Hab.—Several specimens, mostly young, from 100 fathoms 
forty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


MITRA STADIALIS, sp. nov. 
(Plate xx., fig. °37.) 

Shell small, thin, fusiform. | Colour white, opaque and 
elossy above the horizon of the lip insertion, below that level 
dull and subtranslucent, a spiral pair of orange threads run 
along the centre of each whorl. Whorls seven, of which two 
form a small and glossy protoconch. Sculpture: Low, 
rounded radial ribs, about eighteen to a whorl, their breadth 
apart, traverse the upper whorls and cease at the subtrans- 
lucent zone. On the upper part of the whorl are a few lightly 
engraved spirals, the most conspicuous following the pair of 
colour lines. Six slight and crowded spirals run along the 
tip of the snout. Aperture narrow, canal short, bent, outer 
lip lirate within, inner lip a thin callus. Plaits four, deep- 
seated, upper nearly horizontal, lower oblique. Length 8'5, 
breadth 3 mm. 

This species is allied to M. tasmanica, Ten. Woods, but is 
narrower, with slighter sculpture. 

Hab.—Several specimens from 100 fathoms forty miles 
south of Cape Wiles, South Australia. 


RINGICULA MERIDIONALIS, sp. nov. 
(Plate xx., fig. 38.) 
Shell ovate, thin, glossy, the more solid parts opaque white, 
the less solid translucent pearl grey. Whorls five. Sculp- 
ture: The whole shell is girt with flat-topped spiral ribs parted 


1 Harris—Brit. Mus. Cat. Tert. Moll. Austr., i., 1897, p. 31, pl. ii., f. 5. 


MOLLUSCA.—HEDLEY. 113 


by sharp but shallow spiral grooves, these are evenly dis- 
tributed, they amount to sixteen on the last whorl and to six 
on the penultimate and antepenultimate in the example drawn. 
In other instances the ribbing is closer. Aperture: The outer 
lip is thickened to form a slight external varix but is not 
dentate within. Columella with two strong plications, above 
which a callus thick-spread on the body whorl projects a 
broad, blunt tubercle into the aperture. Length 2°5, breadth 
1°65 mm. 

R. australis, Hinds, also from South Australia, is larger 
but proportionately narrower. R. delecta, Murdoch and 
Suter, from New Zealand, is larger, proportionately broader 
and more densely striated. 


_  Hab.~-Numerous specimens were dredged in too fathoms 
forty miles south of Cape Wiles. 


RINGICULA SEMISCULPTA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xx., figs. 39, 40.) 


Shell rather large and thin for the genus, ovate-globose, 
glossy, subtranslucent. | Whorls rounded, five, including a 
tilted subimmersed apex. Suture impressed, bordered by an 
opaque iine. Sculpture: Everywhere are fine microscopic 
growth lines, and on the shoulder a few microscopic revolving 
scratches, on the base half a dozen widely-spaced spiral 
grooves. Outer lip thickened in a low varix, not dentate, 
sinuate posteriorly, insertion rising a little above the line of 
the suture. Inner lip spread on the body whorl in a thick 
callus, but without any tubercle. Columella with two pro- 
minent, deeply-entering folds, the anterior larger and pro- 
jecting beyond the canal. Length 5, breadth 3°5 mm. 

Judging from literature, it is related to R. nitida, Verrill, 
from which the spiral sculpture would distinguish it. 

Hab.—A few specimens from too fathoms forty miles south 
of Cape Wiles, South Australia. I have also taken it in 80 


fathoms off Narrabeen, New South Wales, and in 300 fathoms 
off Sydney. 


C.—SCAPHOPODA. 
DENTALIUM THETIDIS, Hedley. 
Dentalium thetidis, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1903, 
p-1327, f. Gr: 
This species is new to the province, not having yet been 
recorded beyond the original habitat of New South Wales. 


A few specimens occurred in too fathoms forty miles south 
of Cape Wiles, South Australia. Whereas the type has but 


114 “ENDEAVOUR” SOIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


seven ribs, these have mostly eight, but sometimes nine or 
even ten. The intercostal threads are less distinct in the 
western examples. 


D.—BRACHIOPODA. 
CAMPAGES JAFFAENSIS, Blochmann. 
(Plate sexes ies. 41,1428) 
Magasella jaffaensis, Blochmann, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 
OONNVon UOMO, O) GC), folly SSevilion , OHO 
In describing this species, Professor Blochmann seems to 


have used imperfect material, at any rate, his figure displays 
the brachial apparatus in a broken state. It is therefore here 


rehgured. 

The original definition of Magasellat runs:—‘‘Shell with 
the reflected portions of the apophyses united, forming a 
loop.’’ In the Australian shell the union of the apophyses is 


carried to a much greater extent. They join in a hood or 
funnel rather than a loop. The ascending and descending 
limbs also coalesce in a fold which forms a double wall to the 
funnel. Further, the mesial septum does not project beyond 
the fold and is insignificant compared to the development 
attained in typical Magasella. 


These characters seem as substantial as those by which 
Magasella is differentiated from other groups, and I have 
therefore already employed them to found a genus Campages.? 
C. jaffaensis is quite distinct from the type species C. furcifera, 
which attains a larger size and has the corners of the mouth 
turned down. From P. Eichier’s illustrations? it would appear 
that Magellania joubini, Blochmann, should also be referred 
to Campages. 


In describing Cistella australis, Blochmann‘ appears to have 
overlooked Dalli’s correction® of that generic name. Cistella, 
Gray, 1853, was preoccupied by Cistella, Gistel, 1848; in sub- 
stitution, Dr. Dall has proposed ‘‘Argyrotheca.”’ 

Hab.—The ‘‘Endeavour’’ trawled C. jaffaensis in 40 
fathoms north of Cape Borda, South Australia. I have taken 
it in 250 fathoms outside Sydney, in 80 fathoms outside 
Narrabeen, and, in conjunction with Mr. W. L. May, in too 
fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. 


1 Dall—Am. Journ. Conch., vi., 1871, p. 134. 

2 Hedley—Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 1905, p. 43, f. 5, 6. 

3 HichT ere peutect: Sud-Pol. Exped., xii., Zool., iv., 1911, p. 388, pl. xliv., 
4 Blochmann—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxiv., 1910, p. 93, pl. xxvii., 


, 


5 Dall--Nautilus, xiv., Aug. 1900, p. 44. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 


Fig. 1. Heptranchias perlo, Bonnaterre. Two-sevenths . 
natural size. . 

,, 2 Pristiophorus nudipinnis, Ginther. About two- 
thirds natural size. 


ZOOL RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR: PLATE, “[- 


A. R. MCCULLOCH and D. B. FRY, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 


Fig. 1. Parascyllium variolatum, Dumeril. About two- 
sevenths natural size. 

,, 2 Parascyllium ferruguineum, sp. nov. About two- 
sevenths natural size. 

an 3. Scyliorhinus vincent, Zietz. Nearly one-half 
natural size. 


a 


ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE II. 


A. RB. MCCULLOCH, del. 


—\, , 


EXPLANATION OF BEATE Ti: 


Raja waitii, sp. nov. About two-fifths natural size. 


ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE III. 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


PLATE IV. 


“ENDEAVOUR.” 


ZOOL. RESULES 


————— 


As 


Np 
WK) 
(KAKAKAXY) 
Malic Mt 


( 
Ne 
i 


PS) 1 = 
TNS Pre — 
es 


th 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


> 
> ia 
re * Ps 
ie 
9 7" 


= a ( = 7 
= - se 
Sy 
. Rely ee ty 


_—) vou 7 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


Centriscops humerosus, Richardson. Three-fourths natural 
size. 


ZOOL. 


“ee 


RESULTS 


. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


“ENDEAVOUR.” 


a 
& 
] 
g 
5 
. 
- 
u 


PrATE Ve 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


Fig. 1. Hippocampus abdominalis, Lesson. Natural size. 
ey bros ae graciliformis, sp. nov. Twice 
natural size. 


PLATE V] 


“ENDEAVOUR.”’ 


LOOK IESUIEES 


» AG by’ . Bt 


; 2 ‘ 


| 


7 


"he ae 
Str Tit a 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PEATE Vit: 


Fig. 1. Pempheris affinis, sp. nov. Slightly reduced. 
» 2. Cyttus nove-gzelandiea, Clarke. Slightly reduced. 


PLATE VII. 


“ENDEAVOUR.” 


SULTS 


ZOOL. RE 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Austroberyx gerrardii, Ginther. Natural size. 


ZOOL: RESULELS: “ENDEAVOUR.” RrAne SVAN 


~ oN 
wes, 
EROS 
~ Re 


wit 


. 
SS 
a ~ . 


RSS _ 


ee 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Fig. 1. Seriolella brama, Giinther. Almost three-fourths 
natural size. 

2. Solegnaihus robustus, sp. nov. Almost  three- 
fourths natural size. 


a 


IX. 


PLATE 


AVOUR.”’ 


NDE 


WLAN Sy Yea 


ak 


RI 


ZOOL: 


Re f sh 


AS 


a 


at ay 


ance 


Te tied 


a 


ie MCCULLOCH, del. 


A. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 


Fig. 1. Seriolella punctata, Forster. Almost three-fourths 


natural size. 
2. Taeniomembras microstoma, Gunther. Twice and 


one-fourth natural size. 


PEATE Xe 


NDEAVOUR. ™ 


oe 


LOOK VRESUET'S 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PEATE XI- 


Goniistius vizonarius, Kent. About one-half natural size. 


Pie Ai wee 


NDEAVOUR.”’ 


OE 


SUIGUS 


4 


RE 


LOOK. 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Dactylosparus macropterus, Forster. Slightly reduced. 


PLATE XII 


“RNDEAVOUR. a 


Nii 


; 
é 


‘ iy 


yy 


YI ‘) 


‘ PV SLA A Gas 
) ‘ ; f 
22h a yyeered 1) 


& 


L KA? 


“yi 


A R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


EXPEANATION VOR WgAT ESE 


Pseudolabrus cyanogenys, Ramsay and Ogilby. One-half 
natural size. 


PLATE XSLE: 


—ENDEAVOUR-”: 


ZOOL, ‘(RESULTS 


rt t | eee e 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Chromis hypsilepsis, Giinther. Natural size. 


XIV 


PLATE 


SAVOUR.’ 


“ENDE 


SUETS 


LO OW WE 


MCCULLOCH, del. 


A. R. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 


Schuettea scalaripinnis, Steindachner. Slightly reduced. 


PLATE, Ve 


“ENDEAVOUR.” 


SUES 


HO OT RE 


UY 


: 


/ 


——— 


= 


) 


iy 


om 


yy 


yi y) AA 


ynheiy 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


ol 
. 


bo 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


Zenopsis nebulosus, Schlegel. Three-fifths naturai 
size. 

Atherina dannevigi, sp. nov. Once and one-fifth 
natural size. 

Priopis ramsayi, Macleay. Once and one-fifth 
natural size. 


PPA exavile 


” 


“ENDEAVOUR. 


RESUEMS 


ZOOL: 


“yee 


SY XVIVITT TTY ( ” 
AAO CE OO ' 
Weddle WA Wve YY 


A. R. MCCULLOCH, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIT. 


Figs. 1, 2, 3. Verticordia ericia, Hedley. Exterior, hinge 
and magnified sculpture. 
Fig. 4. Venericardia rosulenta, Tate. 
5, 6, 7, 8. Myrte@a bractea, Hedley. Lateral and 
superior aspects and hinges. 
g, 10, 11, 12. Corbis percostata, Hedley. Exterior 
and interior aspects and hinges. 


ZOOL, RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR?” PLATE XVII. 


PHYLLIS CLARKE, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 


13, 14. Puncturella fumarium, Hedley. Lateral and 
superior aspects. 

15. Gibbula ocellina, Hedley. 

16, 17. Danilia telebathia, Hedley. Shell and varix. 

18, 19, 20. Leptothyra fugitiva, Hedley. Lateral, 
superior and inferior aspects. 

Rissoa hulliana, Vate, var. eucraspeda, Hedley. 
»,  lockyert, Hedley. 


ZOOL, RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XVIII. 


PHYLLIS CLARKE, del. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. 


Fig. 23. Rissoa verconiana, Hedley. 
,, 24. Amphithalamus costatus, Hedley. 
» 25- Onoba bassiana, Hedley. 
Figs. 26, 27. Cerithiopsis dannevigi, Hedley. 
enlarged apex. 
,, 28, 29. Cerithiopsis geniculosus, Hedley. 
enlarged apex. 


Shell and 


‘Shell and 


»> 30, 31, 32, 33. Marginella fulgurata, Hedley. Colour 
variety and typical form, immature shell in which 
the spire whorls appear through a film of callus, and 
senile stage in which the spire is buried under a pile 


of callus. 


ZOOL RESULETS= “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XIX. 


eEEAY 


i) 


PHYLLIS OLARKE, del. 


Fig. 
Figs. 


Fig. 


” 
Figs. 


EXPLANATLON TOR (EIA Xone 


34. Amphithalamus inclusus, Carpenter. 

35, 36. Conus superstes, Hedley, and separate proto- 
conch. 

37. Mitra stadialis, Hedley. 

38. Ringicula meridionalis, Hedley. 

39, 40. Ringicula semisculpta, Hedley. Lateral and 
frontal aspects. 

41, 42. Campbages jaffensis, Blochmann. Different 
aspects of the brachial apparatus. 


te, 
ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XX 


eo, 


PHYLLIS CLARKE, del. 


III. Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.I.S. 


’ 


‘“ Endeavour’ 
Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, 


manila. 


PAR 


BY 


BE. KF. HALLMANN, B.Sc., ZooLocist 


Australian Museum, 


Sydney. 


Plates) XXI.-xxXV1I.3 Mextfigs: 21-69: 


on the Coasts of New South Wales, 


and ‘Tas- 


42414 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 


Il].— REPORT ON THE SPONGES. 
Part I. 
I.— INTRODUCTION. 


The Sponges which have so far been obtained by the 
‘Endeavour’’ consist almost exclusively of Monaxonellida and 
IKeratosa in approximately equal numbers. In this Report I 
propose to deal only with the former of these; the latter will 
scarcely prove suitable for purposes of investigation unless 
taken in conjunction with additional material, since in the 
main they are preserved in a dry condition, and there are 
among them altogether too few specimens of any one species. 
Inasmuch as an extensive collection of well-preserved Keratose 
sponges, particularly from the Australian area, would un- 
questionably be of extreme scientific value, it is greatly to be 
hoped that the fullest advantage will be taken of the unique 
opportunities provided by the trawling operations of the 
‘*Endeavour’’ to bring together as large a number as possible 
of these forms. 

In order to deal effectively with the material placed at my 
disposal, it was found necessary, as a preliminary task, to 
undertake the re-investigation of certain previously described 
species, including more particularly a number of those which 
were first described by Dr. R. von Lendenfeld in his ‘‘ Descrip- 
tive Catalogue of Sponges in the Australian Museum,’’! and 
afterwards by Mr. 1. Whitelegge in his ‘‘Report on Sponges 
from the Coastal Beaches of New South Wales.’ As a 
result I find that, whereas the latter author is correct in 
pronouncing the original descriptions of these species to be 
in many instances inaccurate, yet he himself has committed a 
number of serious errors, owing to a too hasty conclusion that 
the specimens investigated were the actual types. This 
explains the anomalous circumstance that the descriptions 
which the two authors have given of certain species are 
devoid of agreement in any essential particular. Unfortun- 
ately, however, not all the discrepancies can be thus explained, 
and considerable caution will be necessary in deciding par- 
ticular cases. Mr. Whitelegge evidently proceeded on the 
assumption that the specimen carrying the author’s label must 
be accepted unquestioningly, in preference to the description, 
as the ultimate criterion of the species; but, although such a 


1 8vo, Sydney, 1888. 
2 Whiteleege—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 55, pls. x.-xv 


118 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


course may be perfectly reasonable and right so long as the 
authenticity of the specimen remains undoubted, it surely can 
no longer be pursued when sufficient evidence exists to prove 
the contrary. 


It was not my intention, at the outset, to include in this 
Keport any details of the results of this subsidiary investiga- 
tion (except in so far as they bore directly upon the species of 
the “‘Endeavour’’ collection), but to reserve them as the 
subject of an independent paper. Owing, however, to the 
very unsatisfactory state of the descriptions of many of the 
species examined, and in view of the possibility that a con- 
siderable time may elapse before a complete account of them 
can be furnished, I came to the conclusion that it would be 
wrong to allow this opportunity to pass without at any rate 
making such corrections as might render possible their identi- 
fication. Accordingly I have added to the Report, often in the 
form merely of foot-notes, a series of observations which 
practically amount to a brief revision of the Ectyonine 
originally described in various publications of the Aus- 
tralian Museum. As the work of preparation was con- 
ducted in the Australian Museum itself, I have had the advan- 
tage of having before me in most cases the actual specimens, 
and in many cases the actual slides upon which the original 
descriptions were based. In addition, very material assist- 
ance was afforded me in the identification of species by a 
valuable series of mounted sections of Port Phillip sponges 
and a large number of fragments of Australian sponges pre- 
served in the British Museum, which Prof. A. Dendy some 
years ago generously placed at the disposal of this Museum. 


In regard to certain Ectyonine species I have expressed the 
opinion that new genera should be established for them, but 
I have purposely refrained from introducing such new genera 
because I recognise that, in order to do this in a thoroughly 
satisfactory manner, it would be necessary to undertake a 
much wider comparative study of the species of this group 
than—owing to lack of literature, if for no other reason—I 
have found to be possible. 


After the manuscript of the Report had been completed and 
at too late a date to admit of any alterations in the text, I 
received a copy of the second part of Dr. Hentschel’s paper 
on the sponges of South-west Australia; consequently any de- 
ductions which it has enabled me to make are necessarily 
relegated to the footnotes, or to concluding paragraphs. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 119 


IIl.—DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES. 
FamMity SPIRASTRELLIDA. 
GENUS SPIRASTRELLA, Schmidt. 
SPIRASTRELLA MONTIFORMIS, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xxi. ties, 2h andelio. ) 2.1.) 


Sponge mound-shaped, rising to a central peak, on the 
summit of which one or several oscula are situated; 
upper aspect of sponge with short digitiform or ridge- 
like processes on which apical oscula are rarely to be 
found. No rind. Spicules not aggregated into definite 
fibres. Megascleres :—Tylostyli (sometimes reduced to 
slyli), of varying length and stoutness, reaching a maxi- 
mum size of 710 x 12 4. Maicroscleres :—Spirasters of 
two kinds, viz., shorter tuberculated forms principally 
confined to the superficial layer, 25 long g; and slender 
zigzag sharp-spined forms chiefly to be found in the 
canal walls of the interior and reaching to $0 yt or more 
in length. 


This species is represented in the collection by eight speci- 
mens, all of which are preserved in the dry state. Although 
showing a moderate amount of variability in external form, 
they may be satisfactorily described in general terms as mas- 
sive, sessile, somewhat mound- -shaped sponges, roughly 
circular in horizontal section, and usually prolonged upwards 
into a more or less well-defined pinnacle. They are attached 
by a broad base of only slightly lesser extent than the maxi- 
mum transversal of the sponge, which is attained some short 
distance above it. The fact that the maximum girth does not 
coincide with the actual base, renders the term ‘‘mound- 
shaped”’ not perfectly applicable, and admits of a distinction 
into an extensive upper surface, and a _ restricted lower 
one. [rom the former there arise few or many elevations in 
the form either of short digitiform processes, or of compressed 
ridges. The interior of the sponge, to within a few milli- 
metres of the surface, is traversed by numerous rather wide 
canals, some of which attain a diameter of 10 mm.; they are 
lined by a distinct aspiculous membrane, which also forms 
dissepiments across their lumina. ‘The central peak is pene- 
trated to its apex by one or several of these canals, which 
terminate in a corresponding number of oscula. Occasionally 
a few of the secondary elevations are similarly provided, but 
usually they contain only minor branches of the canal system. 


120 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


In the present condition of the sponges, the oscula are 
closed, and not readily perceived; but their presence is, in 
every case, indicated by longitudinal furrows and puckers of 
the extremity of the processes bearing them, and is, of course, 
readily demonstrated by sectioning. Of the specimens of the 
present series, the largest and the smallest are those which 
depart most from the mean form. 
The former is sub-elliptical in 
horizontal outline, and in 120 mm. 
in height; the principal diameters 
of its base are 140 mm. and go 
mm. respectively, whilst the cor- 
responding measurements of its 
greatest transverse section are 
200 mm. and 120 mm. It ts fur- 
nished with more than 100 pro- 
cesses, the greater number of 
which are ridge-shaped. The 
smallest specimen is subfusiform 
in shape, and is provided with 
only four digitiform processes. 
The consistency in the dry state 
is, one might say, intermediate 
between that of cork and pith; the 
superficial layer is slightly harder 
and more friable, but there is no 
indication of a rind. The colour 
is pale grey within, and yellowish- 
grey on the surface. The skeleton 
is diffuse, without any indication 
of definite fibres, and consists of a 
fairly dense and irregular aggre- 
gation of straight spicules show- 
ing all gradations between  styli 
and tylostyli. Even in proximity 
to the surface there is no well- 
Fig. 21—S. montiformis. a defined arrangement of the mega- 
Larger tylostyli (basal ex-  scleres, although a considerable 
tremity). b Slender tylo- proportion of them stand more or 
styli (ditto). c Spined spi- face. Specmendicularciy ath thee 
rasters. d  Tuberculated See cn oles car ae 
spiraster. points (or not infrequently, in the 
case of the larger spicules, with 


their basal extremities) impinging on, or barely projecting 
beyond, the surface. The spirasters are comparatively few in 
number and are confined almost exclusively to the external 
surface and to the walls of the canals immediately beneath 
their lining membrane. 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. Tan 


Megascleres.—lIt is difficult to say whether these belong to 
one, two, or three categories. At first sight it might appear 
that two kinds are to be distinguished, viz., (i.) stouter tylo- 
styli, with a tylosis of only moderate size, ‘which is perhaps 
most frequently subterminal in position and more or less re- 
duced (or sometimes absent) and which has a quite smooth 
surface and not very variable contour; and (11.) very slender 
tylostyli (of scarcely lesser length), in which the frequently 
relatively large tylosis is extremely variable in shape and size, 
often exhibits tubercular irregularities of the surface, and is 
occasionally several times repeated. The former spicules vary 
in length from less than 200 pt to slightly more than 700 jt, 
and in diameter up to 12 jt; it is seldom, however, that their 
length exceeds 650 jt or their diameter 10 yt; usually they 
taper to a quite sharp point, but more or less strongylote 
terminations occur. The latter or slender tylostyli appear 
to be rarely more than 3 jt in diameter and may attain a length 
of at least 640 p. A oe thorough scrutiny of the spicules 
shows, however, that forms intermediate between these kinds 
occur, though they are comparatively few in number; and, 
taking all the facts into consideration, it 1s not possible to 
decide with certainty whether the two degrees of stoutness are 
merely the expression of different developmental stages, or 
whether they have a more important significance and indicate 
either that the spicules have undergone a partial differentia- 
tion into two groups or actually represent two distinct orders. 
Again, it is to be observed that the stouter spicules vary con- 
siderably in length; and on analysis it appears not improbable 
that in another respect also a certain amount of differentiation 
into two groups has been affected since a relatively large pro- 
portion of the spicules below a length of 300 y or thereabouts 
(the diameter of which is 6 to 8 #) are simply stylote, and are 
subfusiform in shape. But these peculiarities are not confined 
to the shorter spicules, and are not, indeed, strikingly charac- 
teristic of them. These shorter spicules appear to greatly 
predominate amongst those which stand perpendicularly at 
the surface of the sponge. 


Microscleres.—Spirasters of two kinds occur: 


(i.) Small tuberculated forms, extremely variable in shape, 
often with the tubercules chiefly confined to one side, 
12 to 32 # in length, and up to 4 # in breadth exclu- 
sive of the tubercules. These, together with an 
inconsiderable admixture of those of the second kind, 
form an exceedingly thin but apparently not continu- 
ous superficial layer, and also occur in_ limited 
numbers in the canal walls. 


122 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(ii.) Elongated spined forms, occurring for the most part 
only in the immediate circumference of the canals, in 
the walls of which they lie tangentially, loosely 
scattered in a single layer. It frequently happens that 
several together are apposed so closely, and in such 
a way, that they cannot by any means be distinguished 
from a single large branched spicule. Speaking 
generally, they are characterised by their slender zig- 
zag form, and the very evident spiral arrangement of 
their spines. Their length, which is rather variable, 
sometimes reaches above 80 y; their diameter rarely 
exceeds 3 pt. 


Loc.—East coast of Queensland, seven miles east of 
Double Island Point, 33 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


S. montiformis is probably most nearly related to S. vaga- 
bunda, Ridley, and S. tentorioides, Dendy. ‘The striking 
resemblance which its elongated zigzag spirasters bear to 
those of Clionopsis platei, Thiele, and to certain species of 
Cliona, not only supports the opinion that Spirastrella, Cliona 
and Clionopsis are allied genera, but seems also to show that 
such spirasters are of primitive form. 


SPIRASTRELLA POCULOIDES, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xxi., fig. 1, and fig. 22.) 


Sponge sessile, massively cup-shaped. Surface smooth ; 
even, or provided with a few low dome-shaped eleva- 
tions. The oscula (?) are microscopic circular openings 
on an average *25 mm. apart. Skeleton semi-diffuse, non- 
fibrous; spirasters scattered in moderate abundance 
throughout all parts and forming a cortical layer. Megas- 
cleres :—Tylostyli of a single kind measuring 560 x 13 wl. 
Microscleres :—Spirasters of a single kind, 50 x to yw. 


The following description is based on a single specimen. 


The sponge is a stout-walled and exceeding thick-bottomed, 
compressed, sessile cup. Its shape may be conceived as hav- 
ing been attained by the upgrowth of a broad pillar, in which 
growth has proceeded most rapidly at the periphery. The 
surface is very smooth, and generally even; the only inequali- 
ties are in the form of a few broad, rounded protuberances. 
The interior of the sponge is free from noticeable cavities, and 
of very uniform structure throughout. The texture of its 
internal substance, when dry, is such as might result from the 
close compression of some finely divided fibrous material ; there 
is no appearance macroscopically of extended fibres. Owing 
to the firmness and density of the superficial layer and the 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 1 


2 


compactness of the skeleton generally, the sponge ts (in the 
dry state) fairly hard and incompressible. The dimensions 
of the specimen are as follows :—Height, 100 mm. ; depth of 


cup, 40 mm.; average thickness of 
cup-wall, 15 mm. ; principal internal 
diameters of cup, 120 mm. and 30 
mm. No oscula are visible to the 
naked eye. The surface, however, is 
pierced by minute circular openings 
40 to 50 p in diameter and, on an 
average, about 250 # apart. In a 
thick vertical section, cut trans- 
versely through the cup-wall, two 
regions are roughly distinguishable : 


(i.) A superficial layer varying 
from t mm. to 4 mm. wide, 
in which the spicules are 
not at all collected into 
strands, but are closely 
crowded without recognis- 
able order except in some 
parts of its outer limits, 
where the majority of the 
spicules may stand more or 
less perpendicularly to the 
surface. The spirasters, 
which are plentifully scat- 
tered throughout the whole 
sponge, become more and 
more closely aggregated as 
the surface is approached, 
and ultimately produce, by 
their close crowding, a 
dense and compact thin 
external crust. 


(ii.) An extensive central region 
traversed by irregularly 
sinuous, ascending ‘‘fibres”’ 
or ‘‘columns’’ composed of 
loosely associated spicules. 
Tngeeitemssiection the 
‘‘columns’’ appear to be 
discontinuous, owing pro- 


i 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


Fig. 22—S. poculotdes 
a Tylostyle. a4 Ditto 
basalextremity). b Spi- 
rasters. 


bably to their passing out of the plane of section. 
They sometimes broaden out into diffuse bands, 
sometimes contract into more compact strands. The 


124 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


spaces between the ‘‘columns’’ are occupied by a pro- 
fusion of single spicules, spicule bundles, short 
spicule dies: and sheet-like patches, as w ell as by 
scattered spirasters: all of which together constitute 
no inconsiderable proportion of the. entire skeleton, 
and in macroscopic examination mask from view the 
more definitely fibrous aggregations of the spicules. 


Spicules. 

(i.) The megascleres are tylostyli which, as a rule, are 
straight; they are of uniform diameter throughout 
the greater part of their length and gradually taper 
thence to a sharp point; greatest size 560 x 13 yl. 


(i1.) The spirasters are of a single kind and reach a length 
of 50 »# (though usually much shorter) and a dia- 
meter, exclusive of spines, of 5 to 10 #. The spines 
are large, approximating in length to the diameter of 
the spicule-shaft, and in the case of the larger spic- 
ules are about twenty in number. 


Loc.—North coast of New South Wales, eight miles east of 
Sandon Bluffs, 35-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


SPIRASTRELLA ALCYONIOIDES, sp. nov. 


(Plate xxdy ioe 2) and) fie 233) 
Sponge an erect, compact, sessile cluster of frondiform 
or of angular or only slightly compressed digitiform up- 
gro: wihs, of which some proceed from the very base of the 
sponge, whilst some arise as outgrowths or lobes from 
others. Oscula situated apically on the digitiform ter- 
minals. Surface smooth, with slight longitudinal in- 
equalities and a few small ascendant papilliform projec- 
tions. Sponge in the dry state very hard. Skeleton 
semi-diffuse; without fibres, but with occasional very 
broad columns of parallely-arranged spicules. The sub- 
stance of the sponge is abundantly traversed by browntsh 
spongin-like streaks which, however, show no particular 
relation to the spicule arrangement. Spirasters of a 
single kind are plentifully scattered throu gh all parts and 
form a compact superficial layer. Spicules :—Tylostyli of 
one kind, with blunt rounded distal extremity, measuring 
440 x § pw; and large-spined stout spirasters, 40 x 7 Wt. 


Two specimens of this species were obtained, both of which 
are preserved in a dry state. The characteristic form of the 
sponge appears to result from the upgrowth, in the first place, 
of a few processes from a basal disk of limited extent, which 
processes, as they grow, either remain simply digitiform, 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. l25 


or become broadened and flattened (frondiform) and more or 
less subdivided. In any case the uppermost part of the 
sponge consists chiefly, of separated digitiform terminals, 
which are usually tapered 
and somewhat pointed, 
and are provided apically 
each with one or a few 
oscula. The larger speci- 
men (Plate xxi., fig. 3), 
which measures 130 mm. 
in height, consists almost 
entirely of frondiform 
components; the smaller, 3 
if digitiform. Inits dried , 
condition, the sponge 1s 
particularly dense, hard 
and tough; although the 
amount of shrinkage has 
seemingly been but slight. 
The surface is smooth, 
but slightly uneven owing 
to the presence of dis- 
continuous undulations 
and obscure ridges, 
which, however, may be 
due to contraction. In 
addition, the sponge is 
provided with small scat- 
tered verruciform up- 
wardly directed eleva- , 
tions; these are some- 
times fairly numerous on 
the upper margins of the 
more flattened upgrowths, 
but, generally speaking, 
their occurrence is _ irre- 
gular and it is not certain 
that they are a constant 
feature. ihe colour of 
the sponge is _yellowish- Fig. 23—Spirastrella alcyonioides. 
grey. a Tylostyle. 4 Ditto. (basal ex- 
The precise arrange- ‘émity). b Spiraster. 

ment of the skeleton is 

not apparent in the present condition of the specimens owing 
to the distortion which it has undergone, consequent upon 
drying. It is only possible to refer in general terms to its 


main features (e.g., as exhibited in longitudinal section of a 


126 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


digitiform terminal). Such a section, in general, shows one or 
two main or oscular canals cut longitudinally, and a spicular 
skeleton which is, for the most part, of a diffuse type, without 
any definite aggregation of spicules into fibres. It is traversed, 
however, by a few broad ‘‘columns”’ of rather closely packed 
parallel spicules, somewhat resembling the ‘‘axial condensa- 
tions”’ of certain Axinellids. Some of these run longitudinally, 
whilst others are cut transversely. Another feature, perhaps 
deserving of note, is the occurrence of numerous longitudinal 
pale brownish-coloured streaks, the appearance of which is 
somewhat suggestive of spongin. These streaks are absent 
from the columnar spicule-tracts. 

Megascleres.—The megascleres are straight cylindrical tylo- 
styli of a single kind, with strongylote distal extremity ; size, 
400-440 x 4-8 ju. 

Microscleres.—The spirasters are fairly straight spicules, 
provided with twenty to thirty large spines, which are about 
7 # in length. They are plentifully scattered through the 
tissues, and form a dense superficial layer 100 to 200 i in 
thickness ; the size of the largest is about 40 x 7 pu. 


Loc.—East coast of Queensland, twenty-five miles south- 
east of Double Island Point, 33 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’) 


SPIRASTRELLA PAPILLOSA, Ridley and Dendy. 


1887. Spirastrella papillosa, Ridley and Dendy, ‘‘Challenger’’ 
Monaxonida, 1887, p. 232, pl. xli.,. fig. 5, ply xlve, figs. 
ie ta 

The Museum collection contains six speciments of this 
species. They vary considerably in shape, but are always 
provided with several large apically situated oscula, and in 
other respects agree exactly with the description of the type, 
except that they do not show any sign of ‘“‘deep longitudinal 
wrinkles’? near the apex. The warty appearance of the sur- 
face appears to be a constant character. 

Locs.—Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 15-45 fms. 
(‘‘Endeavour’’); Port Jackson, New South Wales, 30-35 fms. 
(‘‘Challenger’’); Port Jackson, New South Wales, and Port 
Phillip, Victoria (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


Genus Latruncu.ia, Bocage. 
LATRUNCULIA CONULOSA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxil., fig. 1, and fig. 24.) 
Sponge submassive, sessile, with aculeated surface. 
Consistency and texture dense, somewhat rubber-like. 


No oscula. Surface glabrous, dotted with minute pore- 
groups. Main skeleton a _ reticulation of strongly- 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 127 


developed, stout fibres composed of styli. Surface conuli, 
each forming the centre of a radiate system of slender 
fibres. There is a dermal layer of discasters of the larger 
kind. Megascles:—Blunt-pointed styli 365 x 11 jt, 
together with a few (probably immature) sharp-pointed, 
slenderer spicules which attain an equal length. Micro- 
scleres :—Discasters of two kinds, of which the larger 
form a superficial layer and a packing round the main 
fibres, and are also scattered through the ground sub- 
stance along with the smaller. The larger are provided 
with simple spines, the smaller often with compound 
spines, the spines in both cases being arranged in four 
whorls, two at either end. 


The single specimen consists of a sessile, submassive, erect, 
cylindrical main portion, together with a similar but smaller 
upgrowth which arises partly from the substratum in con- 
tinuity with the base of the former and partly from its side. 
The main trunk is 70 mm. in height, and 30 mm. in diameter. 
The surface, which is smooth and glabrous, is provided with 
numerous spine-like conuli, 1 to 3 mm. in height. There are 
no oscula. The surface is closely dotted with minute pore 
areas, about .2 mm. in 


diameter, and each with 
two to four pores. The 
texture is dense and com- 


pact, the consistency firm 
and fairly tough; in both 
respects the sponge is 
somewhat suggestive of 
india-rubber, although, of 
course, not so. dense, 
homogeneous or elastic. 
The colour (in spirits) is 


pale brownish-grey. 4 
The main skeleton con- : 
sists of a very loose reti- os 


culation of stout fibres (up 

to 400 mm. or more in Fig. 24—Latrunculia conulosa. a 
thickness) which are com-_ Styli. b Larger discaster. c Smaller 
posed solely of densely  discasters. 

packed parallel _ styli. 

Each surface-conulus forms the apex of a convergent pencil of 
fibres, of which the axial or principal fibre only is derived 
from the main skeletal reticulation, whilst the remainder— 
which are very much slenderer fibres—both begin and termin- 
ate at the surface. Probably it would be more correct to say 


128 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


of the latter, that they proceed from the apex of the conulus, 
and after running inwards, with gradually increasing diver- 
gence, for a short distance towards the sponge-interior, 
gradually curve round and return again to meet the surface 
at varying distances from their starting point—the more cen- 
trally situated fibres of the pencil proceeding to a further 
distance than the more peripheral. Styli similar to those com- 
posing the fibres are sparingly scattered through the tissues 
together with discasters of two kinds, a larger and a smaller. 
The former are closely aggregated in the immediate surround- 
ing of all the main fibres encircling them as a kind of loose 
sheath. The cortical skeleton is a layer of closely packed 
discasters almost exclusively of the larger kind; it is about 
300 to 400 p in thickness. 


Megascleres.—These are styli, probably of a single kind— 
the stouter with a more or less blunt or rounded distal ex- 
tremity, and occasionally becoming almost perfectly stron- 
gylote; the slenderest usually -sharply pointed. They are 
sometimes elongately subtylote at the basal end, and have a 
maximum size of 365 x II y. 


Microscleres.—(i.) The larger discasters are stout spicules, 
having a short central region devoid of spines, and on 
either side of this two more or less distinct whorls of 
large spines: those of the terminal whorl projecting 
obliquely forwards; those of the sub-terminal, stand- 
ing more or less perpendicularly to the spicule-axis. 
They are about 4o yt in length (exclusive of spines), 
and have a diameter in their spineless central region 
of about 12 yw. The spines are 10 to 12 4 long. 
The smaller discasters are very variable in form, no 
two apparently being quite alike. They are much 
slenderer spicules than the preceding, with an elon- 
gated spineless central region, and at either end, two 
more or less distinct whorls of simple or (more usually) 
compound spines, the latter of which are columnar in 
form, with a few terminal spinules. The terminal 
whorl of spines is often reduced and then appears as 
a prolongation of the axis of the spicule. | These 
spicules are at most 38 yw in length (inclusive of 
spines), and have a diameter centrally of 1 to 4 
(rarely more than 2.5 m). The stouter individuals 
may represent a third kind of discaster intermediate 
between the other two. 


(ii. 


= 


Loc.—North coast of Tasmania, off Devonport. (‘“En- 
deavour.’’) . 


SPONGES. -HALLMANN. 129 


FamiLty POLYMASTIID:. 
Genus PotyMastTiA, Bowerbank. 


POLYMASTIA CRATICIA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxii., fig. 3, and fig. 25-) 


Sponge depressed dome-shaped, sessile, with thick- 
walled digitiform tubular processes some of which are 
provided with a single apical osculum. Main skeleton 
consisting of a fairly dense matrix of scattered spicules 
and spicule bundles traversed vertically by fairly stout 
distant fibres. The fibres lying immediately beneath the 
cortex of the processes comprise an outer series of wavy 
fibres running circumferentially and forming an elegant 
wickerwork, and of an underlying series of equidistant 
longitudinal fibres. The cortex consists of styli arranged 
ina dense palisade. Spicules:—These are of three kinds, 
vig., fusiform styli of two orders of size which (par- 
ticularly the larger) are scarcely distinguishable from 
oxea, the larger occurring in the main skeleton, the 
smaller in the cortex; and fusiform tylostyli which occur 
along with the larger styli scattered through the ground 
tissues. The first attain a size of 1200 x 22 p; the second, 
350 x 9 Hw; and the last, 200 x 5 W. 


The sponge is sub-circular in horizontal outline, broadest at 
the base, with a convex upper surface from which numerous 
longer or shorter stout digitiform processes arise. Of four 
specimens, the two which differ most in their proportions are 
respectively 55 x 80 x 50 mm., and 4o x go x 75 mm. in 
neight, length and breadth. These two also differ most in the 
lengths of their processes, which in the former are never more 
than 10 mm. long, in the latter usually between 15 and 30 mm. 
The processes are usually tapered to a point and vary from 
60 to 80 in number. When, as sometimes is the case, they 
are cylindrical and distally rounded, the osculum, if it occurs, 
is situated on the summit of a small terminal papilla. 


The specimens are preserved in a dry state, and the follow- 
ing remarks therefore apply to the sponge in that condition. 
The surface is quite smooth to the touch but has a minutely 
velvety appearance due to the slightly projecting points of the 
densely crowded cortical spicules. Internally the sponge con- 
sists of a dense, but rather soft and friable matrix traversed 
vertically by fibres about 250 # in stoutness. The fibres are 
composed solely of closely packed spicules of the largest kind, 
which are fusiform styli closely resembling oxea; the matrix 
consists of a disorderly profusion of spicule-bundles and single 


130 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Fig. 25— P. craticia. 
a Stylus (of the fibres). 
b Stylus (of the cortex, 
drawn to a larger scale 
than the preceding). 
c Tylostylus (of the 
cortex). 


spicules of the same kind together with 
smaller tylostyli. The cortical skeleton 
proper consists of crowded fusiform sub- 
styli arranged perpendicularly to the 
surface, but immediately beneath and 
closely associated with it is a_ thin 
matted layer of mostly horizontally dis- 
posed styli of the larger kind. Fibres 
from the inner skeleton penetrate into 
the cortex, spreading out slightly at 
their extremities in a penicillate fashion ; 
the terminal spicules of these fibres 
usually project slightly at the surface. 
The arrangement of the fibres imme- 
diately underlying the cortex is one of 
marked regularity. In the body of the 
sponge, a series of equidistant parallel 
fibres running upwards from the base is 
most conspicuous, but in the processes, 
a series of circumferentially directed 
fibres external to these also comes into 
prominence. The latter run undulat- 
ingly and intercross so as to form a 
wickerwork-like structure of very ele- 
gant pattern. The specific name has 
been bestowed in reference to this 
feature. 


Spicules.— 


(i.) The larger oxea-like styli are 
straight, and measure 660- 
1200 X 12-22 4. 


Gi.) The smaller are usually slightly 
curved and more distinctly 
stylote ; they range in size from 
220 X ©) tO’ 350 x © #- 


(iii.) The tylostyli (or subtylostyli) 
are fusiform and _ usually 
slightly curved. They occur 
singly and in small bundles in 
the ground substance. Size: 
120 X 3 tO 200 X § HL. 


Loc.—North coast of New South 
Wales, eight miles east of Sandon 
Bluffs, 35-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’) 


> 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 121 


Famity ASTRAXINELLIDA, Dendy. 


Dendy! has suggested the advisability of instituting a new 
fa. 1ily—Astraxinellide—for the reception of certain Axinel- 
lide which are distinguished by the possession of astrose 
microscleres. The Astraxinellide he would place in the divi- 
sion Astromonaxonellida, whilst the Axinellide in the 
restricted sense would remain in the Sigmatomonaxonellida. 
If we could learn all the facts concerning the phylogeny of the 
Axinellide it would no doubt be found that, whereas some 
have been evolved from Desmacidonid and Haplosclerid 
ancestors and some (? e.g., Tvachycladus®) directly from more 
primitive sigmatophorous forms, yet a considerable number 
have developed along lines of descent which diverge from the 
Astrotetraxonid stem. In a natural system of classification 
the last-mentioned would be excluded from the Sigmatomon- 
axellida, and they would probably require several families for 
their reception. Unfortunately, it is impossible in the present 
state of our knowledge to determine, in the majority of cases, 
to which of the two primary Tetraxonid subdivisions a given 
Axinellid genus belongs, and consequently no altogether 
satisfactory bipartition of the family is to be expected without 
much further enquiry. Nevertheless, there is much to be said 
in favor of a removal forthwith from the Axinellidz of such 
genera as afford sufficient evidence of their Astrotetraxonid 
affinities ; and these might very well be placed provisionally 
in a single family, irrespective of any question as to whether 
their relationships are close or distant. On this understanding 
I feel but slight hesitation in placing under the family Astrax- 
inellidee the new genus Paracordyla, which possesses an Axin- 
ellid type of skeletal structure and yet has microscleres in the 
form of amphiasters. 


1 Dendy—Rept. Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, with Rept. Mar. 
Biol. Ceylon, Part 3, 1905, p. 107. 


2 In this connection, I would suggest that a new family—Spirasigmidze 
—be established to include Trachya globosa. Carter (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 
5, Xvil., 1886, p. 121), and its variety, rugosa (Op. cit., xviii. 1886, p. 457), 
Gellius aculeatus, Whitelegge (Sponges of Funafuti, Austr. Mus. Mem., 
lii., 5, 1897, p. 326), and perhaps also the genus Trachycladus. For the first- 
mentioned of these species Topsent (Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vii., 1894, 
p. 8), has already proposed the genus. Trachygellius; for the second I now 
propose a new genus Spirasigma. In both of these genera the micro- 
scleres resemble the sigmaspires of Trachycladus more closely than they 
resemble ordinary sigmata, and the conformation of the skeleton is 
strongly suggestive of their derivation from the Tetillide. Of these 
species I have examined (only) sections which were prepared by Mr. 
Whitelegge—those of TJ. globosa and its variety having been cut from 
pieces of British Museum specimens, and that of the latter from its type- 
specimen. If the former sections are correctly labelled—and I scarcely 
doubt that they are—T. globosa and T’. globosa, var. rugosa are specifically 
distinct. Both in Trachygellius and Spirasigma the skeleton has a radial 
arrangement recalling that of the Donatiide. In the former the large 
diactinal spicules (oxea in the two known species) are accompanied by 
sigmata only; in the latter (in which, in the single species, the large 


132 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTs. 


GENUS PARACORDYLA, gen. nov. 

The inner skeleton is a dense columnar aggregation @ 
large oxea which, in linear outgrowths of the sponge” - 
body (if these be present), takes the form of a very com- 
pact axial core. Spongin appears to be wholly absent. 
The ectosomal skeleton is a dense palisade of vertical 
microxea supplemented by ‘‘dermal brushes’’ of styli or 
oxea. Between the ectosomal layer and the inner 
skeleton-mass is a narrow zone penetrated by canals and 
crossed by strands of the large oxea. In addition to 
microxea, microscleres in the form of small amphiasters 
are present. 

The spiculation of this genus is remarkably similar to that 
of Scolopes moseleyi, Sollas ;t but since Sollas speaks of fibres 
in connection with his species, and remarks that the 
general character of its skeleton reminds one forcibly of that 
in Carter’s genus T'rachya, there is evidently a distinct generic 
difference between Paracordyla and Scolopes. Amongst the 
Axinellidae, the genus which makes the nearest approach to 
Paracordyla, appears to be Ceratopsis, Thiele.? 


PARACORDYLA LIGNEA, sp. nov. 


\ 


(Platerxxi, fie: 2) and figss 20.277) 
Sponge sessile, with a massive body from which 
branch-like elongations may arise. Consistency, owing 
to the enormous development of the spicules, very dense 
and solid. Surface even, pilose. Oscula wanting. The 
skeleton of the whole of the inner mass of the sponge to 
within a few millimetres of the surface is formed of closely 
aggregated large oxea, with a general parallel arrange- 
ment, which, in the branch- like parts, form an almost 
solid core. Between the core and the superficial layer 
(cortex) is @ narrow zone, 2 to 3 mm. wide, crossed by 
strands of similar oxea, the outer spicules of which pro- 
ject well beyond the surface. The surface is also pro- 
tected by brushes of shorter spicules varying in form from 
styli to oxea. The canals of the subcortical sone are 
surrounded by radially disposed microxea, and similar 
spicules, together with minute amphiasters, are scattered 
through the ground substance. Megascleres :—(i.) Oxea 
of the main skeleton reaching a size of 3200 x 50 qt; (il.) 
styli and asymmetrical oxea of the dermal brushes vary- 
ing in length from less than 200 to about 7oo jt, with 


spicules of the fibres are substrongyla) there are in addition scattered 
small oxea. If in Spirasigma aculeata the fibre-forming strongyla dis- 
appeared, the species would, without doubt, owing to the mode of dis- 
tribution of its smaller oxea, be classed as a Gellius. 


1 Sollas—‘‘Challenger” Tetraxonida, 1885, p. 432, pl. xliii., figs. 1-9. 
2 Thiele—Studien uber pazifische spongien, Zoologica, Heft 24, 1898, p. 56. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 


33 


maximum diameter of 1S py. Microscleres :—(i.) Mi- 
croxea, 100 to 140 pw in length by about 4 jt in diameter; 


(ii.) amphiasters, 4 to 5 yw long. 


The single specimen is a moderately 
large, massive, sessile sponge, of great 
density and solidity, with a rounded 
cuboidal or sub-globose body which 
measures about 120 mm. in each of its 
three principal directions. From the 
marginal region of the somewhat flat- 
tened upper surface of the main body 
there are given off, at sub-equal dis- 
tances, three stout branch-like pro- 
cesses, 100 to 150 mm. in length. One 
of these is cylindrical, the others are 
club-shaped and are  polytomously 
divided at their extremities into in- 
cipient branches. The specimen, which 
has been longitudinally bisected, is, with 
the exception of one of its processes, 
preserved in a dry state. The contrac- 
tion resulting from drying has caused 
the surface to split in places, giving rise 
to a number of shallow gaping fissures, 
such as are occasioned under similar 
circumstances in many Axinellids. The 
surface of the dried portion somewhat 
resembles short-piled velvet, both in 
appearance and to the touch; that of 
the spirit piece has a harsher feeling. 
The colour of the former is yellowish- 
white, both externally and internally ; 
the latter is similarly tinted, except 
superficially, where to a depth of about 
one-third of a millimetre, it exhibits an 
intense purple colouration which, how- 
ever, is almost certainly a stain derived 
from crinoids originally preserved in the 
same liquid. The texture, as revealed 
by the cut surface resulting from the 
bisection of the specimen, bears a close 
resemblance to that of some coarse and 
exceedingly short-grained hardwood. 
The densely packed spicules are visible 
to the naked eye, and throughout the 
entire central mass of the sponge have 


i 


| ' 
| i 
a 
Fig. 26—P. lignea. 
a Oxea (showing the 
spicule’s extremities.and 
its diameter relatively 
to that of the other 
spicules). b Styli (of 


the dermal brushes). c¢ 
Microxea. 


134 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


an approximately parallel arrangement. (The general struc- 
ture and arrangement of the skeleton were examined micro- 
scopically only in the branch-like processes; the following 
description 1s drawn from a rather thick median longitudinal 
section of one of such preserved in alcohol. Owing to the 
great development of spicules and their disposition, the pre- 
paration of a transverse section would be wholly impossible 
without desilicification. The structure of the main body of 
the sponge is apparently not essentially different from that 
described for the processes). 


Fig. 27—Faracordylalignea. Vertical section, show- 
ing the arrangement of the skeleton in the cortical 
and subcortical region. 


Superficially, there is a fairly well-defined layer, about 150 
in thickness, densely packed with perpendicular microxea 
which appear to project about half their length beyond the 
surface. In addition, the surface is provided with brushes of 
fusiform styli and oxea, of much shorter length than the 
spicules composing the main skeleton. The components of a 
single bundle diverge from a point close beneath the cortex. 
With the exception of a sub-cortical zone about two or three 
millimetres wide the whole of the interior of the branch-like 
process is occupied by an almost solid core of longitudinally- 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 


135 
lisposed large oxea. The sub-cortical zone is crossed at clos 
aisposed large Oxea. qe sub-cortical zone 1s Crossed at Close 
intervals by slightly penicillate fascicles of similar spicules, 
which give support to: the cortical layer. The innermost 


spicules of these bundles emerge from between the spicules of 
the core; the outermost project for a considerable distance 
beyond the surface. ‘here are thus three orders of projecting 
spicules at the surface. ‘The inter-fascicular spaces of the 
subcortical. zone are filled-in with soft tissues containing 
scattered spicules and traversed by canals which in cross- 
section show a circular outline and a surrounding whorl of 
radially-disposed microxea. The largest canals occur in the 
deeper parts of the zone, and may attain a diameter of .6 mm. 
In the immediate neig hbourhood of the cortex, the canals are 
of capillary dimensions, and the microxea-—w hich presumably 
surround them—are so closely and coniusedly intermingled, 


that the precise inner limit of the cortex is very often difficult 
of determination. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The oxea of the inner skeleton are straight or only 
slightly curved symmetrical fusiform spicules attain- 
ing a size of 3200 x 50 #. They are usually much more 
than 1000 jt long, but spicules of all lengths between 
these larger oxea and the dermal oxea occur, and 
(since the asymmetry of the latter is sometimes in- 
appreciable) consequently no actual lower limit can 
be assigned to their size. Abnormalities of these 
spicules in the shape of styli of only about one-half 
their length are of extremely rare occurrence 


(ii.) The fusiform styli and (usually asymmetrical) oxea, 
which form the dermal brushes and are also to be 
found in small number scattered in the subcortical 
zone, range in length from somewhat less than 200 
to slightly more than 700 #1; the largest may attain 
a diameter of 18 It. All intermediate grades of form 
between styli and oxea occur. 


Microscleres.— 


(i.) The microxea are similar in form to the largest oxea, 
but are about twice as stout in proportion to their 
length. They are rarely less than 100 #1, or more 
than 140 » long, and attain a diameter of slightly 
more than 4 pt. Occasionally spicules intermediate 
in size between these and the shortest dermal oxea 
are met with, but appear to belong rather to the latter 
category. 


ww 


136 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(ii.) The amphiasters! bear at either end a terminal whorl of 
about six to eight rays which stand almost perpen- 
dicularly to the sete or are directed forwards at a 
small angle (up to 30°, say). The width of the spicule 
between the tips oF the rays, measures from about 
three-fourths of, to slightly less than the length of 
the spicule, which is rarely as much as 5 #. 

Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, eight miles east of San- 

don Bluffs, 35-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’) 


Famity DESMACIDONIDA. 

Whether the Desmacidonide be divided into two  sub- 
families, Mycaline and Ectyonine, in the usual way; or 
whether, in accordance with Topsent’ S proposal, the Myca- 
linee be sub-divided so as to yield an additional sub-family, the 
Dendoricinee—the result, if a natural grouping of the genera 
be our aim, is not altogether satisfactory. Of the two, Top- 
sent’s classification is the better since, with very few excep- 
tions as their microscleres show, the genera w hich remain in 
the Mycalinze after the removal of the Dendoricine stand well 
apart from the rest of the family. The main fault lies in the 
artificiality of the distinction upon which the separation of the 
Ectyoninee and Dendoricine is based. Species are placed in 
one or the other of these sub-families according as spicules of 
one particular kind—the accessory spicules—are present or 
absent, whilst no value at all is placed upon the presence or 
absence of the equally important ‘‘skeletal’? and ‘‘dermal’’ 
spicules, nor any notice taken of the plain indications afforded 
by the microscleres. As a consequence, we have closely allied 
if not almost identical genera like Ectyodoryx and Lissoden- 
doryx, Ectyomyxilla and Myxilla, Pocillon and lophon, Hyme- 
trochota and lotrochota placed, the one in the Ectyonine, the 
other in the Dendoricine, whilst on the other hand wholly un- 
related species like those of [Vilsonella and Clathria are put in 
a single genus without question or comment. Under these 
circumstances there is no advantage in maintaining these sub- 
divisions, and I propose therefore to merge the Dendoricin:e 
and Ectyoninz in a single sub-family, to be called the Myxil- 
line. It is probable that the My xillinge are capable of sub- 
division into two fairly natural groups in the way suggested 
below, but on this question I prefer to reserve judgment. I 
would, however, venture the opinion that the Myxilline are 
derived from a single stem distinct from that from which the 
great majority of the Mycaline have sprung, and from this 
point of view will enter upon a brief discussion of the sub- 
family. 


1 Not Laine cnocesded in ine out the details of the structure of 
this spicule, I have not attempted to figure it. The rays appear to be 
often bifurecate and to have at times a slightly tuberculated surface. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. : 


w 
eT 


SUB-FAMILY MYXILLINA. 


The preponderance of evidence is in favour of the supposi- 
tion that the most primitive Myxilline possessed a type of 
organisation closely resembling that which obtains in Certain 
existing genera such as Leptosia, Hymenancora, Hymetro- 
chota and Hymeraphia ; and it is possible, in accordance there- 
with, to imagine a common ancestral form, or hypothetical 
‘*Promyxilline,’’ characterised by the following features :—The 
sponge grew in the form of a thin encrustment, and produced 
in contact with the substratum a basal layer of spongin echi- 
nated by erect acanthostylote spicules which acted as pillars 
for the support of the soft structures. These spicules (which 
for convenience will be termed the basical megascleres) ex- 
hibited a tendency to differentiate into two kinds, a less spiny 
larger, and a more spiny smaller kind, and this was probably 
associated with an accompanying tendency towards an ar- 
rangement of the spicules in clusters, in each of which larger 
individuals were surrounded by smaller. Megascleres of a 
second kind, smooth and probably monactinal, were also 
present, these (which may be distinguished as auxiliary 
megascleres) occurred, without definite arrangement, more 
particularly in the superficial layers of the ‘sponge, and also 
formed descending strands stretching towards the sponge- 
base. Shonen fibres were not produced, but the pri- 
mordia of such, in the form of low dome- shaped elevations 
of the basal hoe lamina, coinciding in position with the 
areas occupied by the spicule- clusters, had probably made their 
appearance. It is difficult to say what the microscleres were, 
but since cheloids, sigmata, toxa and rhaphides (often in drag- 
mata) are found in the group, it is necessary to assume that 
these, or at least the forms from which they have been derived, 
were present. 


From such a hypothetical form all the different types of 
Myxillinee are capable of being derived. 


The evidence afforded by the microscleres, considered in 
conjunction with other facts, indicates either that a consider- 
able amount of evolution in various directions had been ac- 
complished, and that the prototypes of quite a number of 
different groups of co-related genera had already come into 
existence prior to the origin of sponginous fibres and to the 


1 These spicules are commonly known as “dermal” or ‘“ectosomal”’ 
megascleres; but the part which they play in the conformation of the 
skeleton varies to such an extent in different genera that it is advisable 
in a comparative treatment to designate them by a term unsuggestive of 
position or function. The term ‘auxiliary’ is not altogether an appro- 
priate one, but it will suit the present purpose; the spicules to which it 
applies correspond for the most part, in the Myxilline, to the megascleres 
which Bowerbank included under the same name. I shall apply the 
epithet ‘dermal’ only to those spicules, of whatever category, which 
are specially concerned in the formation of a dermal skeleton. 


138 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


assumption of an erect habit of growth, or that a return to a 
primitive condition on the part of more or less highly evolved 
species has occurred again and again within the group; other- 
wise it is impossible to account for the existence of groups of 
gener g. Hymeraphia, Microciona, Clathria and: O phlita- 
See gs a, Stylostichon, Ectyodoryx and Lissoden- 
doryx; Hymenancora, Plumohalichondria, Ectyomyxilla and 
Myxilla; Dragmatyle, Tedania and Acheliderma ; and others— 
each of which comprises a natural series connecting ‘‘promyx- 
illine’’ with Ectyonine and Dendoricine forms. Whilst it is 
probable that each of the two possible explanations contains 
some portion of the truth, it would seem that the former is 
more satisfactorily in accord with the bulk of the evidence, 
although it involves the assumption that, amongst the My xil- 
linge, sponginous fibres have originated independently many 
times over. If, however, as is scarcely to be doubted, such 
fibres have arisen as linear upgrowths of the basal spongin- 
lamina, there is no great improbability in such an assumption 
provided that there already existed in the common ancestor an 
incipient tendency, such as has been postulated, towards fibre- 
formation. 


Taking into account only those features which belong to the 
skeleton, but neglecting, for the time being, any considerations 
in reference to the microscleres, it may be said that nearly all 
of the diversities of spiculation and structure which occur in 
the Myxilline are ascribable to (a) modifications in the form of 
the megascleres and the division of either or both of the origi- 

nal groups of megascleres into two or more kinds; (b) 
differences in the arrangement and constitution of the fibres, 
and in connection therewith different combinations of the 
megascleres in respect to their particular location in the skele- 
ton; or (c) the loss by atrophy of one or more groups of megas- 
cleres formerly present. 


Of very common occurrence has been the differentiation of 
the basical megascleres into two kinds, a larger, in the case of 
which the primitive spination has usually undergone partial 
reduction or become entirely lost, and a smaller, in which it has 
almost invariably been retained; these may be distinguished 
as principal and accessory basical megascleres respectively, or 
simply as ‘‘principals’’ and ‘‘accessories.’’ The resultant tri- 
megascleric condition is that which is characteristic of normal 
“Ectyonine.’ ’ In many Myxilline, however, the “‘basicals’’ 
are only incompletely differentiated ‘and in such cases, unless 
(as in Crella) there be a determinable difference of function 
between the spicules which lie at one end of the series and those 
which lie at the other, it is difficult to decide whether they 
should-be regarded as belonging to one or to two groups (e.g. 
species of Stylostichon, Clathrissa, etc. ). The maximum 


-_—— 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 139 


degree of differentiation between principal and accessory spic- 
ules appears to have been attained in genera like Raspailia and 
Echinodictyum and in those in which the microscleres are 
isochelze palmate and toxa, though amongst the last-men- 
tioned there are species (vide Clathria caelata, sp. n.) in which 
an unbroken transition of spicule forms occurs between the 
small echinating spined ‘‘accessories’’ and the large (often 
quite smooth) principal styli of the fibre-core. Finally, in a 
third group of genera, comprising the ‘‘Dendoricinz’’ and 
certain ‘‘Ectyonine’’ (e.g., Ophlitaspongia, Echinoclathria, 
Wilsonella, Agelas, etc.) the basical spicules are unequivocally 
of but a single kind. The iogical conclusion with regard to 
these is that either a differentiation of their basical spicules has 
never occurred or that one or the other of the resultants of such 
a differentiation has subsequently disappeared in the course of 
evolution ; in most cases, the probability is that the absence of 
a second kind is due to loss, inasmuch as the (basical) spicules 
actually present, usually exhibit, in the matter of form and 
function, features which are more characteristic either of prin- 
cipal megascleres or of accessory. The further consideration 
of the spicules renders it necessary to take into account other 
features of the skeleton, and particularly the fibres. 

In the Myxilline: skeletal fibres have originated in apparently 
two quite independent ways, viz., by the upgrowth of processes 
from the basal lamina, and by the ‘‘ingrowth’’ of strands of 
auxiliary spicules from the superficial layer. In many cases, 
however, the fibres are the product of both modes of forma- 
tion. Fibres which are wholly or partly of basal origin are, 
with possible exceptions, more or less sponginous and traverse 


‘the whole extent of the sponge; those of purely superficial 


origin are, at the most, scantily provided with spongin and 
proceed from the surface (usually?) only for a short distance 
(as, for example in ‘‘Echinodictyum”’ arenosum, “‘ Plumohali- 
chondria’? gravida and Fusifer fistulatus).1| The former might 
be distinguished as basifugal, the latter as basipetal fibres. 


The mode of origination of basifugal fibres in the Myxilline 
is capable of being explained as follows :—The spongoblasts 
(and probably also the ‘‘basical’’ scleroblasts) which primi- 
tively—it may be presumed—were uniformly distributed over 
the surface of the basal lamina, became at particular points on 
it more closely aggregated. The consequent more rapid de- 
position of spongin at these points produced at each of them 
a thickening of the lamina which gradually assumed the 
form, say, of a papilla. Scattered over the surface of this 
papilla, just as over other portions of the surface of the 
lamina, though perhaps more closely, were scleroblasts 


1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ix. (n.s.), 1897. 


140 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


producing echinatingly-disposed basical megascleres. As 
a final step the cells, which, by their proliferation, main- 
tain the supply of spongoblasts and_ scleroblasts, became 
localised at the extremity of the papilla, the further growth of 
which was thereby limited to increase in length. The manner 
of growth of the fibre might accordingly be likened to that of 
a Phanerogam stem—the spongoblast- and scleroblast-produc- 
ing cells of the former corresponding to the apical meriste- 
matic cells of the latter, and the spicules, like the leaves, 
developing in acropetal succession. Thus at every stage of 
growth the fibre would be surmounted at its extremity by a 
‘‘tuft’’? of newly-formed basical spicules, and it would depend 
almost solely upon the initial orientation of these spicules with 
regard to the direction of growth of the fibre, and their precise 
location (whether at the extreme tip of the fibre or subtermin- 
ally) whether they subsequently became wholly enveloped by 
the onwardly developing spongin as coring spicules or whether, 
being more or less perpendicularly disposed, they were left 
with only their bases imbedded in spongin, as echinating spi- 
cules. When the fibre-forming spicules are of a single kind 
the attempt to draw a distinction between coring and echinat- 
ing spicules is, to a great extent, artificial, and usually breaks 
down in practice ; as a matter of fact the spicules at the time of 
their formation at the growing-point of the fibre are, in a 
sense, all of them echinating. Accordingly Ophlitaspongia 
and Echinoclathria which, by common agreement, were placed 
in the ‘‘Ectyonine,’’ should logically have been included in the 
‘“Dendoricine.’”’ 


The foregoing remarks concerning the mode of origin and 
formation of basifugal fibres apply more particularly to those 
of which the constituent spicules are basical megascleres only. 
Although fibres of this kind are the rule, there are a number of 
genera in which auxiliary spicules also participate in their 
formation and some again in which these are the only fibre- 
forming spicules. In these exceptional cases we may consider 
either that the ascending sponginous fibres have come into 
association with, and have enveloped in their progress the 
‘“descending”’ (basipetal) strands of auxiliary spicules 31 or that 
in connection with the formation of the fibres, ‘‘auxiliary’’ 
scleroblasts have come to take a regular place amongst the 
cells of the fibre-growing point. From the point of view of 
spicular constitution merely, the skeletal fibres of the Myxil- 
line are referable to three main types, according as basical 
megascleres only, basical and auxiliary both, or auxihary 
megascleres only, take part in their formation. 


1 In_ Aulosvongus. tubulatus, Bowbk. (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1873, p. 29; Dendy, 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iii., 1889, p. 29), the fibres appear to grow up in 
an analagous way around the tubes of commensal worms. 


SPONGES.--HALLMANN. IAI 

This introduces an interesting point in connection with the 
megascleres, viz., their versatility in respect to the different 
parts they play in different genera in the conformation of the 
skeleton ; and it also raises the question as to the nature of the 
criteria at our disposal for determining, in a given species, to 
which category—principal, accessory or auxiliary—the megas- 
cleres of each kind belong. According to my interpretation, 
if we take into account only the situation of the megascleres, 
the following types of skeleton are, amongst others, dis- 
tinguishable :— 


I.—The spicules of the fibres are ‘‘basicals’’ of one or two 
kinds; the ‘‘auxiliaries,’’ if (as is almost invariably the case) 
present, occur interstitially and dermally. 


(a) The ‘‘basicals’’ are of two kinds, both of which occur 
in connection with the fibres. 


(i1.) The fibres are cored by ‘“‘principals’’ and echinated 
by “‘accessories.’’ Normal ‘‘Ectyonine.”’ 


(ii.) Both kinds of “‘basicals’’ are longitudinally dis- 
posed in the fibres. ‘‘Clathria’’ chartacea (vide 
remarks on Clathria); Heteroclathria. 


(b) The ‘‘basicals’’ are scarcely or not at all differentiated 
into two groups, and echinating spicules, if present, are not 
distinguishable in form from the directive spicules ; or either 
the one kind or the other of the “‘principal’’ and ‘‘acces- 
sory’’ groups has been lost by atrophy. 


(ii.) The ‘“‘basicals’’ are imperfectly differentiated. 
Stylostichon. 


(iv.) “‘Accessories’’ are absent. Normal ‘‘Dendori- 
cine,’’? Ophlitaspongia, Echinoclathria. 


(wins Principals’; are. absent» ~ Clathria*’  mollrs:+ 
Paramyxilla infrequens.? 


I1.—The spicules composing the fibres comprise both ‘“‘basi- 
cals’’ and ‘‘auxiliaries ;’’ the latter, which are situated axially 
in the fibres also occur interstitially or dermally. 


(vi.) Principal and accessory spicules are well distin- 
guished, and both kinds are associated with the 
fibres. ‘‘Echinodictyum”’ ridleyi (p. 151). 


1 Kirkpatrick—Marine Investigations in South Africa, ii., 1904, p. 249. 


2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), vii., 1881, 369; Dendy—Report Pearl 
Oyster Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, ili., 1805, p p. 233. 


142 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(vii.) Principal and accessory spicules are more or less 
well distinguished ; the former echinate the fibres, 
the latter are interstitial and dermal. Crella. 


(vili.) The ‘‘basicals’’ are scarcely or not at all differ- 
entiated into two kinds or are represented only by 
accessory spicules. Clathrissa, Plumohalichondria, 
Stylotellopsis, JWilsonella, Fusifer, ‘‘Echino- 
dictyum’’ spongiosum,! *‘E.”’ arenosum,} ‘‘ Micro- 
ciona’’ scabida (p. 150). 


(ix.) The ‘‘basicals’’ are represented only by principal 
spicules. Echinochalina. 


I11.—The fibre-forming spicules are ‘‘auxiliaries’’ only ; 
basical spicules, if present, are (so far as known) of a single 
kind, and, on account of their spination, appear to belong 
rather to the category of accessory than of principal mega- 
scleres. 

(x.) Basical megascleres are present. Pseudoclathria 
Grayella, Histodermella, Microtylotella. 


(xi.) Auxiliary megascleres only are present. Species 
of JIotrochota and Melonanchora, and_ certain 
species included in the Mycalinee. 


In the case of those Myxilline in which the megascleres are 
of three kinds, the homologies of the spicules are, as a rule, 
obvious; and almost invariably it is found that the directive or 
axial spicules of the fibres belong to the principal, the echinat- 
ing spicules to the accessory, and the interstitial or dermal to 
the auxiliary category of megascleres. When this mode of 
arrangement of the spicules obtains, or when it is departed 
from only through the loss of accessory spicules, the skeleton 
might be described as being of the normal type, since it is that 
in particular which is characteristic of most Myxilline. 
Amongst ‘‘trimegascleric’’ genera, Crella is exceptional in the 
fact that in it the fibres are cored by auxiliary and echinated by 
principal megascleres whilst the accessory occur extra-fibrally. 
From a study of the different forms assumed by the spicules 
(both megascleres and microscleres) amongst the normal Myx- 
illinae, we obtain much information Sich is of service in 
enabling us to form a conclusion concerning the identity of the 
megascleres i in cases where the skeleton is ‘of an anomalous or 
aberrant type. Thus there can be absolutely no doubt that the 
‘‘skeletal’’ spicules of Melonanchora emphysema, Forcepia 


1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii., 1896, p. 50. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 143 
colonensis,4 lotrochota coccinea? and of other species which 
might be mentioned, are auxiliary megascleres, and that they 
therefore differ from normal species of their respective genera 
in the absence of principal megascleres; and since we are en- 
abled to detect the relationships of these species only by reason 
of the marked peculiarities of their microscleres, it is extremely 
probable that a number of the species included in certain My- 
caline genera (e.g., Desmacidon, Amphilectus, Esperiopsis and 
Batzella) are similarly derived from various Myxillinee which 
are lacking in striking microscleric characters. Further, one 
feels scarcely any hesitation in asserting that the dermal spi- 
cules of Pseudociathria, Crella and Grayella, and the scattered 
spined diactinal sprcules of Histodermella, are accessory or, 
at any rate, undifferentiated basical megascleres; whilst the 
peculiar forms assumed by the accessory spicules in certain 
species of Icarnus, e.g., by the ‘‘cladotylostyles”’ of A. tortilis$ 
and the cladotylota of A. tenuis4 lead one to suspect that the 
microtylota of Microtylotella giintheri belong to the same cate- 
gory, and that this genus ought therefore to be given a place 
in the vicinity of Acarnus. Also, it is not altogether improb- 
able that the spined forcipes of Leptobasis and Forcepia are 
derivatives of accessory megascleres; the larger forcipes of 
L. arcuata5 are especially suggestive of such a derivation, 
and it is worthy of notice also that in the genera Crella, Gray- 
ella and Histodermella, which, like Forcepia and Leptobasis, 
possess chele arcuate, the scattered accessory spicules are 
frequently curved and diactinal. If the megascleres other than 
the accessory are of a single kind only, it is not always pos- 
sible to decide with certainty whether they are principal or 
auxiliary spicules; as a rule, however, reasons can be found, 
depending upon their form, in support of their identification 
with one, rather than with the other, of these categories. 
Principal megascleres, in nearly all cases in which their identity 
is certain, are sub-conical or more or less fusiform, somewhat 
curved styli, which are either quite smooth or are provided 
with spines over a greater or less portion of their length ex- 
tending from the basal extremity upwards. The auxiliary 
megascleres, on the other hand, are typically straight and of 
fairly uniform diameter, and are rarely spined except at their 
extremities ; in comparison with the principal spicules they are 
of relatively slender proportions, and in most genera are typi- 
cally diactinal in the fully developed state, with usually tornote, 


1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xv., 1885, p. 110. For this species 
Hentschel (1911) has recently proposed a new name, IL’. Michaelsent. 

2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xviii., 1886, p. 378; Dendy—Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Vict., viii (n.s.), 1896, p. 23. 

3 Topsent—Résultats Camp. Scient. Pr. de Monaco, Fasc. xxv., 1904, 
Dp. Lis ple xive, file. 8: 

4 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii., (n.s.), 1896, p. 50. 

5 Topsent—Op. cit., p. 183, pl. xv., fig. 18b. 


144 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


strongylote or tylote extremities. One is inclined to think, 
therefore —in regard to those genera included in the Mycalinz 
which afford reason for believing that they are degraded Myx- 
illinee—that the megascleres of typical species of Desmacidon 
and Homeodictya are homologous with principal spicules 
whilst in some species at least which have been assigned to 
the same genera and to Amphilectus and Batzella they are 
homologous with auxiliary megascleres.t The presence or 
absence of spination on the principal spicules has been found 
lacking in generic value, and everything points to the fact that 
the spined condition is the more primitive; it is perhaps not a 
rare occurrence in species in which they are smooth when fully 
mature, that they are spined in their early developmental stages 
(as, for example, in Myxilla diversianc -orata?), or during the 
larval period of life of the sponge (as in Myxilla pedunculata’). 
It is a peculiar circumstance that the principal megascleres are 
almost invariably curved; exceptions to the rule are provided 
by Raspailia and its allies, but it is significant that these are 
also aberrant in other respects. In Ec thinodictyum and Tri- 
kentrion amongst the ‘‘Ectyonine,’’ and in Dendoricella and 
some species of other genera (e.g., lotrochota) amongst the 
‘“Dendoricine,’’ they are diactinal (as in Desmacidon and 
Homeeodictya), and take the form of oxea or strongyla; yet 
they still exhibit the curvature and fusiformity which, in 
general, are characteristic of principal megascleres. 

Certain Myxillinze are possessed of more than three 
kinds of megascleres owing to the division of one or 
more of the primary groups into two kinds; and _ this 
division usually appears to be correlated with, and to have 
been the outcome of a performance by the spicules concerned 
of two different functions. Instances of such, in which the 
principal megascleres have undergone division, are provided by 
Echinodictyum clathratum4 and species of Ra spailia (enone 
vamosa, Mont., and R. tenuis, R. and D.); and in w Pea the 
‘“accessories’’ have undergone division by the species of Plo- 
camia. That the ‘‘dumbbell’’ spicules of the last-named genus 
are derivatives of the accessory megascleres, the indication 
afforded by P. plena® leaves scarcely any room to doubt; and 
this species also, by reason of its possession of stunted ab- 
normal forms of the principal megascleres, renders it probable 


1 Examples of such are provided by Homaodictya dendyi (Whit.); Des- 
macidon nlicatum (=D. stelliderma, Carter); D. psammodes and 
Ratzella inaequalis. (Hentschel, Fauna Sudwest- Australiens, Bd. iii., 
1911); and by <Amphilectus ceratosus, R. and D. 


2 Lundbeck—Porifera Danish Ingolf-Expedition, Pt. 2, 1905, p. 150. 


3 Lundbeck—Loe. cit., p. 149. 


4 Dendy—Rept. Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, Pt. 3, 1905, 
roy aly(s} 
5 Sollas—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4). v., p. 44. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 145 


that in P. clopetaria, Schmidt,! with its ‘‘pegtop-shaped”’ styli 
we have a species in which there are present two kinds of prin- 
cipal and two kinds of accessory spicules. The differentiation 
of the auxiliary megascleres into two groups, as in Rhaphi- 
dophlus, appears to have occurred but seldom. 

An interesting point in connection with the microscleres, 
and one which possesses considerable classificatory impor tance 
is the rarity of the occurrence of sigmata and toxa in the same 
species. ‘1hese two microscleres are found together in certain 
Mycaline, but not to my knowledge in any species of the Myx- 
illinee. F urthermore, i in the latter’ sub- family , the microscleres 
which occur in association with toxa are (except in Ploca- 
miopsis) isochele palmate, whilst those associated with sig- 
mata are isochele arcuate, isancore, or rhaphides (usually in 
dragmata). Thus we have on the one hand the genera 
Hymeraphia, Microciona, Clathria, Rhaphidolphus, Ophlita- 
spongia, Echinoclathria, Heteroclathria, Plocamia, Acarnus, 
Microtylotella, Fusifer, Cornulum, and Artemisina in which 
the microscleres are toxa and (or) isochela palmate but not 
sigmata; and, on the other hand, Leptosia, Stylostichon, 
Ectyodoryx, Lissodendoryx, Clathrissa, Crella, Grayella, 
Paramyxilla, Forcepia, Leptobasis, Hamigera, Dendoricella, 
Histodermella, Histoderma, Hymenancora, Myxilla, Ectyo- 
myxilla and Melonanchora in which the microscleres are 
sigmata and isochele arculate or isancore with or without 
trichodragmata, but not toxa. There can scarcely be any 
doubt that these groups of genera are representative of two 
distinct lines of evolution in the Myxillinee; and since they 
comprise between them the majority of the species the ques- 
tion naturally arises as to whether they can be utilised as a 
basis for the division of the sub-family. The probability is 
that they can. In the former group, the accessory megascleres, 
when present, are well distinguished from the principal, and 
the auxiliary spicules are typically stylote; whereas in the 
latter, principal and accessory spicules as a rule are not widely 
different in form, and often graduate insensibly one into the 
other, and the auxiliary spicules are typically more or less 
diactinal. This is not only significant in itself, but it provides 
a means whereby one is enabled to arrive at an opinion con- 
cerning the allotment of most of the remaining genera. Thus 
the genera Raspailia and Clathriodendron (and with them Sy- 
ringella); Echinodictyum, Trikentrion and Cyamon; Aulo- 
spongus ; and Spanioplon—all of which are lacking in micro- 
scleres—are evidently to be assigned to the former group; 
Acheliderma, Tedania and Dragmatyle ; Hymetrochota, Iotro- 
chota and Amphiastrella ; and perhaps also the somewhat aber- 
rant lophon and Pocillon—to the latter. Yo the former ¢ encge 


1 Ridley—Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool., x 1981, p. 479. 


146 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


also, one is inclined to refer: Mesapos, Tethyspira, Hymer- 
habdia and Cerbaris (which appear to be lacking in auxiliary 
megascleres) on account of the analogy which their spicules 
bear to principal and accessory spicules ; Echinochalina, which 
seems to be related to Echinoclathria; Suberotelites, regarded 
by Topsent as allied to Plocamia; and the aberrant genus 
Agelas (including Ectyonopsis) the affinities of which appear 
to be rather with the toxa-bearing Myxilline. On the other 
hand, one would assign rather to the latter group: Pseudo- 
clathria, which presents some analogies with Grayella; Stylo- 
tellopsis, on account of its resemblance in many respects to 
Clathrissa; and (necessarily) Tylosigma, because of its sig- 
mata. 

A few genera still remain to be accounted for, the position of 
which is not quite clear; but sufficient has been adduced, I 
think, to indicate the feasibility of such a subdivision of the 
Myxillinae as has been suggested. It is clearly evident, how- 
ever, that no wholly satisfactory grouping of the species and 
genera of the Desmacidonide can be arrived at, until other 
characters, in addition to those which the spicules afford, are 
taken into account in classification. 


GENUS CLATHRISSA, Lendenfeld. 


1888. Clathrissa, Lendenfeld, Descr. Cat. Sponges, Austr. 
Mus. 8t883 pe 2177. 


The genus Clathrissa was introduced by Lendenfeld for 
three Port Jackson sponges which he named C. arbuscula, 
C. elegans, and C. pumila respectively; of these, the first 
mentioned possesses chief claim to be regarded as the type- 
species, and is here so considered. They were defined as 
‘*Desmacidonide with a skeleton composed of dense bundles 
of slender oxea with very little spongin, echinated by spined 
styli.’’ Concerning the precise nature of C. elegans, nothing 
can be said with certainty, since in the existing collection of 
the Museum, no sponges identifiable as such have so far been 
met with. An examination of the type-specimens of the other 
species shows that in both the structure of the main skeleton 
is similar to that of Plumohalichondria, and that microscleres 
are present in the form of chelae arcuatae. In C. pumila, 
however, there is, in addition, a dermal skeleton of acantho- 
styles, so that this species belongs to the genus Crella. The 
other, C. arbuscula, agrees essentially with many species at 
present included in Plumohalichondria, viz, those with arcuate 
chelae. If, however, the microscleres of P. microcionides (the 
type of Plumohalichondria) be ancore, as Thiele’s figures of 
the spicules of P. neptunét and his statement concerning the 


- Thiele—Archiv. Naturg., 1903, i., Heft 3, p. 387, pl. xxi., fig. 19. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 147 
likelihood of the latter species’ identity with P. microcionides 
would lead one to suppose, the retention in Plumohalichondria 
of the species referred to, will be contrary to established prac- 
tice. If this supposition be correct, the genus Clathrissa will 
be a valid one, standing in the same relation to Leptosia as 
Plumohalichondria to Hymenancora. 


I was at first in doubt whether the specimens which are 
labelled as the types of Clathrissa arbuscula were genuine ex- 
amples of the species, partly because the lengths of their 
spicules do not agree very well with those which Lendenfeld 
has given, but mainly on account of their lack of resemblance 
to the figure (Loc. cit., pl. v., fig. 2). I am now, however, 
quite sure in my own mind that this figure is wrongly repre- 
sented as illustrating Clathrissa arbusc ula, inasmuch as it bears 
a striking likeness to ordinary specimens of Clathiodendron 
arbuscula, a species which is described in the same Catalogue ; 
and I would therefore go so far as to say that the latter species 
has been figured in mistake for the former. One can the more 
easily conceive the possibility of such an error in connection 
with these two species owing to the sameness of their specific 
names and of the initial letters of their generic names. It is 
confirmatory also of the opinion here expressed that the ex- 
ample of Clathrissa arbuscula in Prof. Dendy’s donation of 
pieces of British Museum sponges agrees with the Australian 
Museum specimens so labelled. The other discrepancy men- 
tioned—that in regard to the lengths of the spicules—is of 
negligible import, since Lendenfeld seems usually to have 
taken the mean length of spicules into account, rather than 
their maximum. 


A brief description of Clathrissa arbuscula may not be out of 
place. The sponge grows in the form of a tussock of numer- 
ous, prolifically multiplying, erect slender branches with highly 
uneven, warty surface. Lendenfeld’s description of the ex- 
ternal features is fairly satisfactory, but requires some slight 
emendation. It reads, ‘‘Small, irregular, lobose or digitate 
sponges wih erect processes, attaining a height of 150 mm. 
The living sponge is very soft and resilient, orange-red in 
colour. Spirit specimens are brownish-grey. The whole of 
the surface is covered with densely-situated villous, distally 
rounded or thickened outgrowths, which are about 1.5 mm. 
thick and from 2-8 mm. long.’’ The description might sug- 
gest that the sponge has a more massive basal portion, but 
this is not .so; though the sponge is sessile and occupies an 
extended base, the primary branches, except for occasional 
anastomoses, are independent almost to the subtratum. The 


1 Ridley—Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘‘Alert,’’ 1884, p. 430, pl. xl., fig. G, pl. xlii., 
figs. a-a”. 


148 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


warty out-growths of the surface are probably incipient or 
abortive branches; in fact, the longer ones (‘‘8 mm. long’’) 
mentioned by Lendenfeld are more correctly described as 
young branches. This species is closely allied to, if not actually 
identical with, Ridley’s Myxilla arborescens! which also 
comes from Port Jackson. The spicules are asymmetrical 
straight oxea, acanthostyles of two sizes and isochele arcuate. 
The oxea, when more fully developed, show a very faint 
sub-terminal constriction at both extremities, so that the end 
portions appear somewhat lanceolate in shape. This feature 
is usually more distinct at one extremity than the other, and is 
often confined to one end. Sometimes one extremity is much 
more rounded than the other, and then the spicule may appear 
monactinal. In young spicules the asymmetry is more pro- 
nounced, and the end which corresponds to the lanceolate 
extremity of older spicules usually bears an elongated slender 
tylosis. The spicules vary in length from about 160 to 285 1, 
though comparatively few exceed 220 p; the stoutest are 
5 in diameter. The acanthostyles are conical and tapering, 
and almost invariably curved; the spines are densely crowded 
on the basal end (the spicule appears in consequence somewhat 
tylote), and decrease in abundance progressively from base to 
tip; more than one-third of the length distally, particularly in 
the case of the larger spicules, may be free from spines. Their 
length varies from about 85 to over 200 #; the largest 
actually seen was 225 # long. Individuals between 120 and 
160 # in length are extremely rare. The spicules accordingly 
appear to conform to two sizes, the odd ones of intermediate 
length being possibly stunted individuals of the larger kind. 
Both kinds echinate the fibres. The largest acanthostyles are, 
at most, 8 tog jt in diameter immediately above the base. The 
chele are abundant and measure 20 to 26 } in length. Their 
end parts are relatively small and the shaft may reach 4.5 jt 
in thickness. A peculiar feature of the skeleton is the occur- 
rence of elongated tufts of oxea, often standing off from the 
main fibres as if they were short branches from them, which 
have been left unprovided with echinating spicules. 


Stylostichon conulosum, Whitelegge,! 1s sufficiently closely 
related to Clathrissa arbuscula to be regarded as a variety 
of it. The oxea are similar in shape to those of the latter, and 
exhibit in some degree the same peculiarity. The sponge is 
not encrusting in the proper sense of the word, but from an 
encrusting base numerous miniature crumpled lamella with 
conulated surface arise vertically. The oxea vary in length 
from about 165 to 215 #; the stoutest are 6 y in diameter. 


1 Whitelegzge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, p. 492. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 110 
The acanthostyles bear a close resemblance to those of C. 
arbuscula and like them are divisible into two sizes. Their 
lengths lie between go and 210, but individuals between 
120 and 180 in length have not been observed; the stoutest 
are 12 in diameter. ‘he isochela arcuate differ from those 
of C. arbuscula only in their slightly larger size; they measure 
from 21 to 28 in length, with a maximum stoutness of shaft 
of slightly more than 4.5. Whitelegge’s description would 
imply that the oxea do not occur as coring spicules, and that 
the larger acanthostyles do not to any notable extent echinate 
the fibres. The fact that he placed the species in the genus 
Stylostichon would imply the same. However, I find that 
wherever the fibres are not so densely echinated as to obscure 
the coring spicules, oxea in small numbers are usually to be 
seen; at the same time, the larger acanthostyles occur plenti- 
fully as echinating spicules. Nevertheless, it must be con- 
fessed that the occurrence of oxea in the fibres appears to be 
more or less sporadic, and accordingly it would seem that no 
hard and fast distinction can be drawn between Clathrissa and 
Stylostichon. 


Plumohalichondria ce@espitosa (Carter), as identified by 
Dendy,! is another species sufficiently closely related to C. 
arbuscula to admit almost of its being regarded as a variety of 
it. I have examined a slide of this sponge, presented to the 
Australian Museum by Professor Dendy, and find that the 
spicules are of the same general character as those of C. arbus- 
cula. ‘The oxea are slightly smaller, rarely reaching quite 
as much as 44 in stoutness and varying in length from 
150 to 200 yw. <Acanthostyles of all lengths from 84 to. 
240 occur, there being no actual separation into two sizes, 
although spicules of intermediate lengths are of less frequent 
occurrence. The isochele arcuate are 27 to 324 in length. 
It will be noticed that the lengths of the two last-mentioned 
spicules are much greater than those given by Carter, viz., 
20-6000ths and 34-6000ths of an inch respectively. 


Yvesia commensalis, Whitelegge? is possibly a Stylostichon, 
that is to say, the main skeleton consists of stout vertical 
columns composed solely of acanthostyles. The acanthostyles. 
are, however, arranged plumosely, making an acute angle 
with the direction of the fibres, and are not differentiated into 
coring and echinating spicules. The dermal skeleton is a layer 
of a closely packed isochele arcuate, beyond which the outer 
ends of divergent tufts of smooth oxea project slightly. The 


1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vili., 1896, p. 41; Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat 
Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 352. 


2 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 9, 1906, p. 483. 


i150 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


dermal, or rather sub-dermal, tufts are sometimes prolonged 
below into strands which may descend for a moderate distance 
towards the base of the sponge. A remarkable feature of the 
species is the occurrence of small irregularly monilated rods, 
scattered in the ground substance. The rods are apparently 
proper to the sponge—at any rate they are siliceous; they are 
possibly homologous with the forcipes of Forcepia. The acan- 
thostyles vary in length from about 80 to 240 » and may attain 
a diameter of 17 yw. They are covered, except for a varying 
distance from the pointed end,with relatively short and stout 
recurved spines. The microscleric rods are 20 to 50 # long and, 
even in their most swollen portions, rarely as much as 5 7 in 
diameter. The oxea are very abruptly and often acuminately 
pointed spicules ranging in length from about 80 to 180, 
though rarely less than 100, or more than 160 » long; the 
stoutest are 8y in diameter. The chele are very abundant ; 
they usually have a much curved shaft, so that the extremities 
of the anterior teeth approach each other very closely and 
sometimes overlap or fuse; size variable, the length ranging 
from 10 to 24y. The dimensions of the spicules given above 
differ slightly from those given by Whitelegge, so that prob- 
ably some amount of variation in their size occurs in different 
specimens. 


It is of interest to note that Microciona scabida, Carter, 
differs from Clathrissa mainly through the possession of sty- 
lote, instead of diactinal auxiliary spicules. The microscleres 
are chele apparently of three or four kinds, viz. :—(i.) a stout 
isochela arcuata, 30 # long; (1i.) a smaller slender isochela with 
curved shaft and very sharply pointed flukes, which occurs in 
great abundance; (i1.) a cheloid with much curved shaft, 
which appears to be an abnormality of the first-mentioned ; 
and (iv.) a peculiar cheloid also with much curved shaft and of 
smaller size than the others, which apparently belongs to the 
same category as certain of the forms termed bipocilla, but 
which may be a derivative of the second kind. As my object 
in referring to this species is merely to draw attention to its 
relationship with Clathrissa on the one hand and with Stylo- 
tellopsis on the other I have not undertaken the possibly diff- 
cult task of determining the precise nature of these cheloids. 
The fibres are echinated and to some extent cored, by acantho- 
styles of two orders of size, the smaller rarely exceeding say 
110 in length, the larger reaching to 220 x 7 pw. The coring 
spicules are “chiefly straight slender subtylostyli, of which the 


1 Dendy—Proe. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 31; Carter—Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (5), xv., 1885, p. 112, figs. 4, 5. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 151 
largest measure about 270 x 4p. Beneath the surface of the 
sponge and running perpendicularly towards it are numerous 
wispy strands of the same spicules. Wauth regard to the ar- 
rangement of the skeleton Microciona scabida stands precisely 
in the same relation to the type-species of Stylotellopsis—S. 
amabilist—as does Crella incrustans var. levis to C. incrustans 
var. pumila; and, in compliance with the present scheme of 
classification, should accordingly be placed in Thiele’s genus. 


Another interesting species whose systematic position ap- 
pears to be somewhere in the vicinity of Clathrissa and Stylo- 
tellopsis is Echinodictyum ridleyi, Dendy. The skeleton is 
made up almost entirely of slender longitudinal wispy fibres 
and is consequently rather of the dendritic than of the reticu- 
late type. Accompanying the slender oxeote or rather torno- 
toxeote spicules (size about 270 x 4) which chiefly compose 
these fibres, are a few conical smooth styli (190 x 7 ) and 
acanthostyles (100 x 6y), both kinds of which occasionally 
project from the fibres somewhat in the manner of echinating 
spicules. There are no microscleres. The diactinal spicules 
of the fibres evidently correspond to the auxiliary megascleres 
of normal Myxillinee, and the species accordingly possesses 
no claim to a place in the genus Echinodictyum in which the 
fibres are formed by principal spicules and in which the aux- 
iliary spicules are represented by interstitial or dermal styli. 
Also, it is scarcely to be doubted that the smooth conical styli 
are homologues of the larger acanthostyles of Clathrissa 
arbuscula, Stylotellopsis amabilis and S. (Microciona) scabida 
and to the principal styli of normal Myxilline. C. arbuscula 
and S. amabilis differ in generic characters mainly in this 
respect, that in the latter the auxiliary megascleres are pointed 
at one end only, whilst in the former they are pointed at both 
ends. But this difference cannot be regarded as of much im- 
portance since the probability is that the tornotoxea of C. 
arbuscula are, strictly speaking, just as truly monactinal as 
the tornostrongyles of S. amabilis. Consequently Echino- 
dictyum rvidleyi owing to the perfect smoothness of its prin- 
cipal styli, stands farther removed from either of the two last 
mentioned species than these do from each other, and is thus 
fairly entitled to distinction under a new generic name. In 
E. ridleyi, as already mentioned, the principal and accessory 
styli are both comparatively rare in their occurrence; if the 
former spicules were to disappear, such a species as Echino- 
dictyum spongiosum, Dendy,’ would result; whilst if both 
kinds were lost, there would be scarcely anything in the struc- 


1 Thiele--Fauna Chilensis, Bd. 3, p. 456, fig. 72 a-d. 
2 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vili., 1896, p. 44. 
3 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii., 1896, p. 45. 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


bo 


ture of the skeleton to distinguish it generically from certain 
species at present included in the genus Avxinella. 


The three sponges described by Lendenfeld! under the name 
of Echinonema anchoratum, Carter, have, according to their 
description, the spiculation of Clathrissa, but the skeleton is 
reticulate. The best plan to adopt in regard to these sponges 
is to regard them as species dubie of Wilsonella (¢.v.). 


GENUS CRELLA, Gray. 

Thiele? has expressed the opinion that Plumohalichondria 
incrustans, Carter, should be placed in the genus Pytheas 
which, as Lundbeck has recently shown, must now be called 
Crella. Accordingly I employ the latter name for the sponges 
about to be described. These agree so closely in the charac- 
ters and dimensions of their spicules that, despite considerable 
differences in some other respects, they might very well be 
treated—in contrast with other species of the genus—as 
varieties of a single species, Crella incrustans. In this species, 
as in Clathrissa arbuscula the smooth oxeote spicules are 
secondarily diactinal. 


CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, ET VARR. 

(Plate xxiii., figs. 2, 3; Plate xxiv. ; and figs. 28-34.) 

General diagnosis: External form various ; encrusting, 
massive or ramose. Oscula present in probably all the 
varieties. Typically (unless in encrusting varieties) the 
branching ascendent fibres of the main skeleton are 
sinuous and interosculate so as to form a kind of loose 
reticulation (pseudo-reticulation); connecting fibres, in 
small number, may occur. The fibres are fairly closely, 
sometimes extremely densely, echinated with straight 
conical acanthostyles; the coring spicules may be exclu- 
sively smooth oxea, or exclusively acanthostyles, or a 
mixture of both. Foreign particles are in some cases 
included in the fibres. The dermal skeleton 1s a layer of 
shorter (usually slightly curved) acanthostyles, with a 
reticulate or more or less confused arrangement, rarely 
accompanied by relatively few smooth oxeotes. All three 
kinds of megascleres occur interstitially, the dermal acan- 
thostyles typically in greatest abundance. The micro- 
scleres are of a single kind, isochele arcuate, scattered 
interstitially and in the dermal layer in moderate abund- 


1 Lendenfeld—Cat. Spenges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 219. The three sponges 
referred to bear the varietal names. ramosa, dura and lamellosa. Their 
type-specimens appear to have been lost, since the specimens which 
Whitelegge regarded as such cannot at all be reconciled with 
Lendenfeld’s descriptions (vide Appendix). 


2 Thiele—Archiv. Naturg., 1903, p. 388. 


SPONGES._HALLMANN. i5G 
ance. The smooth oxeotes are asymmetrical, and when 
they attain in the fullest degree their characteristic shape 
are tornotoxea with a slight flexion at the tip of the 
oxeote extremity. The extremes of the maximum dimen- 
sions of the spicules in the known varieties are as fol- 
lows :—Tornotoxea: Length, 160 to 220 yw; diameter, 4.5 
to 6 yw. Echinating acanthostyles: Length, 145 to 200 
yw; diameter, § to 12 wp. Dermal acanthostyles: Length, 
S80 to roo yu; diameter, 5 to & yp. Isochele arcuate: 
Length, 16 to 25 yp. 


The several sponges now to be described agree so closely in 
the form and dimensions of their spicules that despite con- 
siderable differences in some other respects—it has been con- 
sidered preferable to treat them as varieties of a single species. 
Any differences that there may be in the shapes of the spicules 
in the different varieties are too slight to be of diagnostic 
value, and a single description will therefore suffice for all. 
The megascleres are smooth oxeotes, and acanthostyles of 
two kinds; the microscleres are isochele arcuate of a single 
kind. The oxea are slender, asymmetrical, slightly fusiform 
straight spicules which in their very earliest stages of growth 
appear to be monactinal. Their characteristic peculiarity— 
which is usually, however, to be observed only in small pro- 
portion of them—is a slight bending to one side of the tip of 
one extremity. This peculiarity as it appears when most 
highly developed, is illustrated in text-figure 29, where it is also 
to be observed that the spicule is most correctly described as 
a tornotoxea. Throughout the descriptions they will be re- 
ferred to merely as the oxea, or sometimes as the auxiliary 
ae The extent to which they enter into the formation 

f the fibre-core varies greatly in the different varieties ; in the 
es digitata they are pretty well the sole constituents ; in 
the varieties perramosa and levis they are mingled with a 
variable proportion of acanthostyles ; in the varieties arenacea 
and rubra they are usually more or less completely supplanted 
by acanthostyles. An interesting condition is found in the 
variety pumila, where columns Bi oxea, descending down- 
wards from the surface without admixture of acanthostyles, 
form a common and characteristic feature of the skeleton. 
The oxea also occur as interstitial spicules, but except in the 
variety digitata are outnumbered as such by the accessory 
ac anthosty les; in the last named variety also, they participate 
in the formation of the dermal skeleton. The acanthostyles, 
as previously mentioned, are of two kinds. Those which 
predominate as echinating spicules and often in addition core 
the fibres are straight conical spicules of variable length, pro- 
vided with more or less recurved spines which are usually 


154 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


absent, for a short distance, from the distal extremity. These 
spicules will be referred as the principal acanthostyles. The 
acanthostyles of the second kind are the characteristic and 
usually the sole elements of the dermal skeleton and at the 
same time the predominant spicules of the ground substance. 
From the evidence afforded chiefly by the varieties perramosa 
and digitata— in which, owing to the absence of crowding, 
the echinating spicules are, with greater advantage than in 
the other varieties, individually discernible in detail—I am 
convinced that spicules, similar in all respects to these dermal 
acanthostyles, may also occur quite commonly both as echin- 
ating and coring spicules. Accordingly, I will not in general 
use the terms ‘ ‘echinating””’ and * ‘dermal’? to distinguish the 
two forms of acanthostyles, but instead ‘ “principal” and ‘‘ac- 
cessory.’’ One sees also in the different varieties that there 
is a perfect gradation between the extremes of form shown 
by the accessory spicules on the one hand and the principal 
spicules on the other. Accordingly in determining the dimen- 
sions of the accessory acanthostyles I have measured those 
spicules only which are situated actually in the dermal skele- 
ton, and as regards the principal acanthostyles, have taken 
account of their maximum size alone. The accessory acan- 
thostyles are slightly curved and slightly fusiform spicules 
covered, almost or quite to the distal extremity, with spines 
which stand perpendicularly to the axis of the spicule. The 
isochelee arcuate. are rather abundant and show a tendency, 
which is strongly marked in some varieties, to become dif- 
ferentiated into two sorts, a larger and a smaller. The 
arrangement of the skeleton shows appreciable differences in 
the different varieties, though not always to an extent that 
permits of distinction in a verbal description. In the non- 
encrusting varieties with the exception of levis, the fibres, 
owing to their undulating courses and anastomoses, often 
form a kind of pseudo-reticulation ; in the variety perramosa, 
actual transverse fibres in moderate number are developed. 
This last-mentioned variety is therefore of considerable in- 
terest, since it shows that a reticulate type of skeleton may be 
developed directly from a dendritic type-—a fact which lessens 
the importance of a generic distinction based solely on such a 
difference in the character of the skeleton. In all the varieties 
the fibres are rich in spongin. The typical variety of the 
species is Carter’s Echinonema inc rustans from Port Phillip. 
which has been described as ‘‘massive incrusting, thick, 
covering the whole of a Pecten.’’ I have not so far met with 
any specimen in the Australian Museum collection of Port 
Phillip sponges which admits of identification with Carter’s 
species, but I have before me two mounted sections prepared 
by Mr. Whitelegge from pieces of British Museum specimens, 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. I 


5 


1S) 


labelled ‘‘Echinonema incrustans Carter type,’’ and ‘‘Plumo- 
halichondria mammullata, Carter’? respectively. These do not 
satisfactorily corroborate Dendy’s assertion of the synonymy 
of the two names, since the latter slide shows a skeletal struc- 
ture rather resembling that of the var. levis, and chele vary- 
ing from 13 to 26 in length; whilst in the former the 
structure is much looser—somewhat similar to that of the var. 
digitata—-and the chele are only 12 to 22 » long. Without 
wishing to attach any great importance to this discrepancy, | 
simply point to the possibility of a varietal difference between 
the sponges of Carter’s two species. The point can only be 
settled by a re-examination of the original specimens. — In 
view of the existence of so many distinct but closely allied 
varietal forms of this species,! it is necessary to proceed 
cautiously in introducing synonymy; unless a complete con- 
necting series between two forms is known to exist, it 1s far 
better— because less liable to lead to confusion—to treat them 
as distinct varieties, each with a distinguishing name. Ac- 
cordingly I would recommend that the Plumohalichondria 
mammillata of the ‘‘Challenger’’ Report be still considered a 
variety distinct from the Echinonema incrustans, Carter. In 
their description of this variety, Ridley and Dendy state that 
the dermal skeleton is a reticulation made up exclusively of 
acanthostyles ; they also refer to their examination of a small 
piece of the type-specimen of Carter’s Plumohalichondnia 
mammillata and mention concerning it that the dermal acan- 
thostyles are intermingled with smooth oxea and not reticu- 
lately arranged. ‘These differences in the dermal skeletons of 
the two sponges, they allowed, might very well prove 
distinctive; but the other characters showed so close a Corres- 
pondence that, under the circumstances, taking into account 
the smal! size of the piece examined, and the possibility of some 
amount of variation with age they did not consider it advisable 
to distinguish the two by the introduction of a new name. Of 
the varieties whose descriptions follow there is only one, viz., 
digitata, in which the oxea have been found to enter into the 
formation of the dermal skeleton; accordingly, there is good 
reason to believe that the presence or the absence of dermally 
situated oxea may be a characteristic which is constant for 
any given variety. The variety from Oyster Bay to which I 


1 In addition to the varieties described in this Report, I have before 
me three others which are unquestionably quite distinct. Owing to the 
scantiness of the material and its unsuitable state of preservation, I do 
not venture to describe them. One is probably identical with a British 
Museum sponge bearing the manuscript name ‘“Clathrissa membranacea, 
Lendenfeld.””’ Another bears a label in Lendenfeld’s writing with the 
name, ‘“Clathrissa arbuscula,’ a species to which it bears some external 
resemblance. The third is a ramose sponge of irregular growth with the 
osecula situated singly at the extremities of branches. 


150 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


give the name digitata is probably identical with the typical 
variety, but in the absence of suffic iently full information con- 
cerning the latter, I do not feel justified, on mere assumption, 
in naming it as such. 


CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, var. DIGITATA, var. nov 
(Platepaxin., fig. 2. and figs..28, 20) 


Sponge, so far as known, growing upon the shells of 
bivalve molluscs in the form of a thick encrusting layer 
from which arise shorter lobes or longer digitations 
Texture loose; consistency soft, though moderately 
tough. Oscula? Fibres sinuous, anastomosing, cored 
solely by smooth oxea, and_ plentifully, though by no 
means densely echinated. The dermal skéleton comprises 
oxea in addition to acanthostyles; the latter spicules do 
not form a definite reticulation. Megascleres, maximum 
sizes :—(i.) Oxea 220 x 4.5 p; (it.) principal acanthostyles 
170 XQ pt; (it.) dermal acanthostyles go x 8 yw. Tsochele 
arcuate 13 to 20.5 p long. 


This variety is represented by six specimens which were 
obtained by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ from a single locality. Each 
of them grows upon the shell of a Pecten, forming a thick 
cushion-like layer which spreads over the entire exterior sur- 
face of both valves, the two portions being in continuity only 
across the hinge-line. Though the shells are now empty, it Is 
evident that the animals must have remained alive until the 
sponge grew to considerable proportions. At the free margin 
of the valves further growth is effected by the formation of 
processes which vary in form from short thick blunt lobes to 
elongated branch- like digitations (Plate xxili., fig. 2). Similar 
processes may also arise from other parts of the “surface. The 
condition presented in some specimens indicates that the 
sponge may attain to a considerable size without any forma- 
tion of outgrowths; in others, the total mass of the branches 
may exceed that of the encrusting portion. Anastomoses of 
the branch-like processes occasionally occur. Vhe surface may 
be glabrous and even, or may exhibit minute conuli at the 
points where the fibres impinge. |The oscula, which in the 
typical variety have been described by Carter as large and 
scattered, are not with certainty discernible in the present 
specimens: the dermal membrane is, however, ruptured in 
places, and thus, on account of its elastic tension, rounded 
openings result, which might easily be mistaken for oscula. 
The non-appearance of oscula in the present instance is 
possibly due to their closure whilst the sponges were being 
dragged in the trawl-net. The dermal membrane is thin, yet 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 157 


tough, and when dry forms an obscure whitish incrustation ; 
in alcohol it is translucent and of light greyish colour. Beneath 
the membrane, the sponge is dull yellow. ‘The texture is much 
looser and the consistency much softer than in the varieties 
arenacea and levis. In a dry state the consistency varies ac- 
cording to the extent to which the sarcode has been remov ed, 
from firm, yielding to pressure and slightly brittle, to soft, 


spongy aad elastic. 


The main skeleton consists of exceedingly tortuous branch- 
ing fibres running longitudinally. In the deeper parts they 
might almost be described as 
curled, but towards the surface 
they straighten out somewhat, 
though still remaining sinuous. 
The spicular axis of the fibres, 
consisting of oxea only, is sur- 
rounded by a thick sheath of 
transparent spongin in which 
the echinating spicules are b 
deeply imbedded with their 
bases quite in contact with the 
spicules of the core. The wind- 
ing courses which the fibres a 
pursue, result in the frequent 
crossing and apposition of ad- 
joining fibres, and where con- 
tact occurs connections are fre- 
quently formed by the fusion of 
their spongin-envelopes. There 
are no proper connecting fibres, 
though occasionally the union Cc 
of fibres in the manner des- 
cribed produces the appearance 
of such. The fibres might be 
said to form a pseudo-reticula- 
tion, in which the meshes are Fig. 28—Crella incrustans var. 
for the most part of elongated %%tata. a Oxea. b Principal 
form. In sections prepared eens Cee eens 
from dry speci it i oat lee. 

y specimens it 1s seen 

that the spongin—or what appears to be spongin—in 
addition to its envelopment of the fibre-spicules, extends 
as thin films or membranes between the fibres, dividing 
the interior of the sponge into incomplete compartments, 
as it were. ‘The interstitial spicules, consisting of acantho- 
styles and oxea in about equal number, appear to be entirely 
restricted to these membranes. The echinating spicules are 
never so abundant as to obscure the axial spicules. 


158 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


The dermal skeleton consists of acanthostyles and oxea. 
The proportion in which each occurs is variable, but the 
smooth spicules are always present, and in places—particu- 
larly where the membrane overlies large subdermal spaces— 
are more numerous than the spined spicules. Occasionally, 
over small areas, an approach to the reticulate arrangement is 
met with; or the acanthostyles may be clustered in small 
patches so as to give a mottled appearance, but there is never 
(in any observed case) a parallel arrangement of spicules to 
form the sides of meshes of a distinct reticulation such as is 

found in the varieties arenacea and levis. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The oxea vary in length from 160 to 

220 pw; the stoutest are probably 

never more than 4.5 @ in diameter. 

The characteristic end-flexure is 

only of occasional occurrence, it 

may, however, be developed quite as 
; highly as in any of the other 
varieties, as the spicule shown in 
Text-figure 29 bears witness. The 
oxea are characterised in compari- 
son with those of the other varieties 


1 
by a slight elongated subterminal 
constriction which occurs at both 
‘ ends. In this respect the spicules 


resemble those of Clathrissa arbus- 
cula. The feature is occasionally 


We observed in the spicules of some of 
the other varieties of Crella incrus- 
Fig. 29—C. in- tans but is never so well marked as 
crustans var. d1- in the present one. 
gitata. a Oxea 
(showing the ex- (ii.) The principal acanthostyles reach a 
treme of asym- maximum size of 170 x 9 pt. 


metry in these 
spicules). b Iso- 


Bnei aredatan (iii.) The dermal acanthostyles vary in 


length from 60 to 90 yw; the stoutest 
are 7 or 8 in diameter. Very rarely acanthoxea are 
met with in the dermal skeleton; these are sometimes. 
over 100 yt in length. 


Microscleres.— 

The chelz, which vary in length from 13 to 20.5 #, but are 
rarely more than 18 yp, show a_ scarcely appreciable 
differentiation into two forms. 

As already pointed out this variety is probably identical with 

the typical variety which comes from Port Phillip. But there 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 159 
is nothing in what has been written concerning the latter ex- 
cept the reference to its habit of growing over Pecten shells, 
which furnishes any warrant for regarding the two as identical. 
Accordingly, after some hesitation, I have decided to introduce 
a distinguishing varietal name for the Oyster Bay sponges, 
perceiving that although such a step may prove to be incor- 
rect, it Cannot at any rate give rise to confusion. 


LLoc.—Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’) 
CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, VAR. PERRAMOSA, var. nov- 
(Plate xxiv., and fig. 30.) 


Sponge ramose, erect, stipitate; with long and rela- 
tively slender cylindrical branches which multiply dichot- 


omously and occasionally anastomose. Oscula ? The 
main skeleton is retic ulate, though connecting fibres are 
relatively few in number. The fibres are not densely 


echinated and contain a_ stout compact core of oxea 
mingled with a moderate number of acanthostyles. 
Dermal skeleton? Megascleres, maximum sizes :—(i.) 
Oxea, 195 X 7.5 Hs; (ii.) principal acanthostyles, 160 x 
12 yw; (iit.) dermal acanthostyles about 1002 x 7 wp. Iso- 
chéle arcuate, 13 to 25 yw long; imperfectly distinguish- 
able into two kinds, a larger and a smaller. 


This variety is represented by a single specimen 520 mm. in 
height (Plate xxiv.). The branches are cylindrical, except 
in places where they broaden out prior to bifurcation. The 
specimen is preserv ed in a dry state, and so affords no informa- 
tion concerning the oscula or the arrangement of the dermal 
skeleton. The main skeleton bears a considerable resemblance 
to that of the variety digitata, but differs owing to the rather 
frequent occurrence of transverse connecting fibres. The 
main fibres are sinuous, and interosculate to form a loose 
pseudo-reticulation. They contain a compact core of spicules 
20 to 8op in stoutness which as a rule is almost entirely 
formed of oxea; occasionally, however, acanthostyles—both 
principal and accessory—become the predominating elements 
of the core. Echinating acanthostyles are only of moderate 
abundance; the fibres are sometimes lacking in them for quite 
considerable distances, and even when most abundantly de- 
veloped these spicules stand, on an average, probably not less 
than 20 apart. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.)} The oxea vary in length from 160 to 190 7; the stoutest 
occasionally reach a diameter of 71. A greater pro- 
portion of them than in any of the other varieties 


160 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


herein described, display the characteristic end- 
peculiarity—perhaps 20 per cent. of them being thus 
afiected. 


(ii.) The principal acantho- 
styles attain a maxi- 
i mum size of 160 x 
We 
d eae 
(iii.) The dermal acantho- 
styles, owing to the 
damaged state of the 
dermal layer, are not 
: 
‘ 


with certainty deter- 

b minable in respect to 
their maximum size. 
Referring only to 
those which exhibit 
the characteristic 
curvature of form, it 
may be said that the 
length varies from 60 
to about 100 yp, and 
that the usual size is 
about 80 x 7 pL. 


Fig. 30—C. izcrustans var. 
perramosa. a Oxea. b Prin- 
cipal acanthostyle. ec Dermal The chele vary in length 
acanthostyle. d Isochela ar- from 13 to 25 pw. There is an 
cuata of the larger kind. bee ee ce 

appreciable difference of form 
between the larger and smaller; the former are similar to that 
shown in the accompanying text-figure, the latter bear a closer 
resemblance to those which are found in the preceding and 
two following varieties. 


Microscleres.— 


Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, Shoalhaven Bight, 
15-45 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’) 
CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, war. ARENACEA, Carter. 
(Plate xxii, oo. anc te.” 31) 


1885. Plumohalichondria arenacea, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. 
list. (5); avis 1OS5,.mpagO7- 


1896. Plumohalichondria arenacea, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Wicte,. vill. (2S-)) Teooeams 43; 


1901. Plumohalichondria australis (pars), Whitelegge, Rec. 
Austr. Mus., iv.5 2, 1001,4p. 90, plies. 14b: 


Clathria australis, Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. go. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 161 


[1888. Not Clathria australis, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges 
Austr Mus, 1388,.ps) 2225) 


Sessile to substipitate; sometimes rather massive, but 
usually growing in the form of a thick erect plate which 
may either remain simple or become variously modified 
by proliferation, e.g., by partial or complete bifurcation 
into parallel plates, by the development of variously dis- 
posed lamellar outgrowths, or by the formation of lobes. 
Oscula small, mostly marginally situated. Both surfaces 
of the plate or plates traversed, immediately beneath the 
dermal membrane, by sub-parallel longitudinal canals 
which terminate in the oscula. Fibres very densely 
echinated; the coring spicules chiefly acanthostyles. 
Foreign bodies, chiefly sand grains, occur in variable 
amount in the fibres, and occasionally also in the ground 
substance. Interstitial megascleres, consisting chiefly of 
accessory acanthostyles, ave extremely abundant. Dermal 
skeleton reticulate, without admixture of oxea. Mega- 
scleres, maximum sizes :—(i.) Oxea, 200 x 6 ; principal 
acanthostyles, 160 x 11 pw; dermal acanthostyles, roo-110 
x 8-g wp. Isochele arcuate, not distinguishable into two 
groups, 12 to 1S pt long. 


Introductory Remarks.—Vhe sponges described by White- 
legge under the name of Plumohalichondria australis, 
Lendenfeld, are separable into two varieties—the one, 
corresponding to those which he identified with Clathria 
australis, Lendenfeld; the other, to those which he re- 
garded as representing three of Lendenfeld’s species, viz., 
Echinonema levis, E. rubra and Clathria macropora. In 
the case of none of the four species mentioned, does 
Lendenfeld’s description agree with that of Whitelegge, since 
for each of them the coring spicules were stated to be styli, 
whereas in Plumohalichondria australis, Whitelegge, they are 
oxea. What were the sponges which Lendenfeld had before 
him, will probably never be known with certainty, but after 
taking all the evidence into account, I am inclined to believe 
that Whitelegge’s identifications of FE. levis and E. rubra are 
correct, those of C. australis and C. macropora wrong. The 
two former as well as Whitelegge’s C. macropora I will des- 
cribe as Crella incrustans, var. levis: Lendenfeld’s C. australis 
and C. macropora are unknown to me. Whitelegge’s C. 
australis, the subject of the following description, I regard as 
identical with Carter’s Plumohalichondria arenacea. Clathria 
australis, Lendenfeld, would appear to resemble this last- 
mentioned only in external form; for according to its des- 
cription, the skeleton is reticulate, the main fibres are entirely 


162 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


filled with (stylote) spicules, the connecting fibres are without 
spicules and echinating acanthostyles are rare;. its locality is 
Port Phillip. In Whitelegge’s Clathia australis on the other 
hand, the skeleton is dendritic, the fibres are in part loaded 
with sand particles, and are so densely echinated that even 
where the fibres are free from inclusions, the relatively few 
coring spicules (oxea and acanthostyles) are usually hidden 
from view; moreover, the specimen which Whitelegge re- 
garded as the type-specimen was obtained (according to the 


information supplied by the Museum Register) from Port 
Jackson. 


Crella incrustans var. arenacea bears a certain amount of 
resemblance, so far as habit of growth is concerned, with the 
variety mammillata, R. and D. The chiefly marginal location 
of its oscula and, in correlation with this, the arrangement of 
the main excurrent canals, as well as the presence of foreign 
particles in the skeleton, will, however, afford a ready means 
of distinguishing it from the latter. As an example of the 
sponge in one of its simpler forms of growth, the specimen 
figured by Whitelegge will serve, though a much more regu- 
larly flabellate form is sometimes attained. The specimen 
figured herein (Plate xxiil., fig. 3) shows to how great an extent 
this simplicity of form may be departed from. The specimens 
which I have examined are the same as those which formed 
the subject of Whitelegge’s description together with several 
which have since been added to the Museum Collection. With 
three exceptions they are beach-worn dry specimens collected 
in the vicinity of Port Jackson. The exceptions are from the 
southern coast of Australia; two from Port Phillip, the other 
was obtained by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ off the coast of South 
Australia, and is well preserved in alcohol. So far as the 
difference in their state of preservation enables one to judge, 
there is no essential difference between the Port Jackson and 
the southern specimens, although it should be mentioned that 
whereas the latter are simply leaf-shaped, the former are 
without exception lobed or otherwise proliferate. 


Description.—The original specimen, according to Carter’s 
description, was irregularly club-shaped and lobed, with a 
contracted base; and measured about 230 mm. in height, by 
60 mm. in diameter in its widest part. Dendy, who had a 
number of specimens before him, describes the external form 
in general terms as ‘“‘massive to flabellate.’’ The two Port 
Phillip specimens which I have seen are simply leaf-shaped 
and substipitate, the larger being 150 mm. in height, 85 mm. 
in greatest breadth and 15 to 25 mm. thick. The ‘‘Endeavour’’ 
specimen is similarly shaped, but has the margin of the plate 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 163 
or frond, throughout about one-half its circumference, pro- 
duced outwards on one side so as to form a wide flange; it 
measures 150 mm. in height, 100 mm. in breadth and ro to 15 
mm. in thickness. The specimens from the New South Wales 
coast—all of which, it should however be mentioned, were 
are almost invariably of ir- 


derived from very shallow water 
regular growth owing to the proliferation in various ways of 
the original or primary frond. In spirits, the surface is even 
and glabrous, the consistency firm, tough, compressible and 
resilient, and the colour light greyish-brown. The rather 
thick dermal membrane is semi-translu- 
cent and enables one to discern the out- | 
lines of the more superficial exhalant \ 
canals lying close beneath. These canals, 
which occur on both sides of the sponge, 
are roofed by little more than dermal 
membrane only. They run upwards in a 
slightly radiating fashion from the base 
of the sponge usually to the margin, and 
terminate in small oscula 4 to 1 mm. in 
diameter. Their number increases by 
occasional branching as they ascend, so 
that the distance separating them remains 
about the same throughout. In the dry 
state, the dermal membrane forms a 
dense whitish incrustation, and through 
shrinkage, often conforms more or less to 
the inequalities beneath. The partitions 
between the canals then appear on the 
surface as faint ridges. Where the in- 
crustation is more or less denuded the 
surface presents the appearance shown in 
Whitelegge’s figure;! the ridges are, Fig. 31—C. incrus- 
however, sometimes much more, some- favs var. arenacea. 
times much less strongly pronounced. Modifications of the 
The texture is extremely dense and com- rapes Pa tremibleni of 
pact, and the sponge when dry is par- ; 
ticularly hard and tough. The main skeleton consists 
of stout sinuous ascending fibres, repeatedly branching 
and anastomosing. There are no true connecting fibres, 
although the intercrossing of the longitudinal fibres often 
produces the appearance of such. The echinating acan- 
thostyles are so densely crowded on the fibres that the 
coring spicules are usually concealed from view, but 
when discernible they prove to be chiefly acanthostyles. 


1 Whitelegge—ZLoc. cit., pl. xi., fig. 14b. 


164 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Foreign bodies, chiefly large sand grains, occur at usually 
irregular intervals in the fibres, and sometimes in small 
patches in the ground substance. Different specimens exhibit 
considerable differences in regard to the amount of foreign 
material included. The ground substance is densely strewn 

with megascleres which consist almost en- 


mop tirely of accessory acanthostyles. The dermal 
skeleton is for the greater part a well-defined 
reticulation of acanthostyles with poly- 

Cc 


gonal (usually five or six-sided) meshes, but 
q 
b 


in places (particularly on the margin of the 
Fig. 32—C. in- 


sponge) the spicules become so closely packed 
that the insterstices of the meshwork are 
almost, if not entirely obliterated. Oxea 
are absent from the dermal skeleton. 


Megascleres.— 

(i.) The oxea vary in length from about 
160 to 200 yp; the stoutest are 7 or 
(rarely) 8 pw in diameter. 

(ii.) The principal acanthostyles reach a 
maximum size of 160 x IO-I1 yp. 

(ui.} The dermal acanthostyles vary in 
length from 65 to IIo #, or even 
slightly longer; they are usually 


crustans var. are- between 75 and 100 yu in length; 
macea. a Princi- acanthoxea occur among them as 
pal acanthostyle. rarities. The longest are usually 
iO Wiseane! ersaur straight spicules with slightly re- 


thostyles. ce Iso- 


Pieintarenntat curved spines and more closely 


resemble the principal acanthostyles 
than is usually the case. The stoutest are about 
8-9 p# in diameter. 


Microscleres.— 
Vhe chelz, which are about 12 to 18 jy long, show no 
appreciable separation into two groups. 

Locs.—Port Phillip, Victoria (Carter, Dendy, Austr. Mus. 
Coll.); southern coast of South Australia, eleven miles 
N.N.W. of Cape Martin, 21 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’); eastern 
coast of New South Wales (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, var. LEVIS, Lendenfeld. 
(Figs. 33, 34-) 
1885. Echinonema levis, Lendenteld, Cat. Sponges Austr. 
Mus., 1888, p. 220. 


Echinonema rubra, Lendenfeld, Loc. cit., p. 221. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 16= 


19ot. Plumohalichondria australis (pars), Whitelegge, Rec. 
Anstue Mins: iv 2/190. pagowpls xi; fossa 1a, taa- 


(Echinonema levis), Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. 91, 
P:a2r2s 


(Clathria macropora), Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. g! 


[1888 ? Not Clathria macropora, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges 
Austr. Mus., 1888. | 


Form variable, ranging from sub-massive, and plate- 
like to clumsily ramose. Oscula small, distantly scat- 
tered, often situated (singly) on the apices of conical 
prominences. <A distinctive feature is the arrangement 
of the subdermal oscular canals; these become con- 
spicuous only in the vicinity of the oscula, each of which 
forms a common arifice for several canals running more 
or less radiatingly towards it. Texture dense. Fibres 
cored by oxea and acanthostyles, and moderately densely 
echinated by the latter. Dermal skeleton reticulate. 
Megascleres, maximum sizes :—(i.) Oxea, 190 x 6 yt; (u.): 


principal acanthostyles, 180 x 8 pw; dermal acanthostyles,, 
100 x 6 nw. TIsochele arcuate, 16 to 22 p long. 


Introductory Remarks.—The original descriptions state 
that the coring spicules of the fibres are styli; but with this 
exception, the descriptions accord fairly well on the whole 
with requirements, and there can scarcely be the slightest 
doubt that the sponges under consideration are identical 
with those to which Lendenfeld referred. The variety 
is well represented in the Museum Collection, and among the 
specimens are quite a number bearing labels in Lendenfeld’s 
writing. The specific name rubra, however, occurs in con- 
nection with only one of these and, even so, in association with 
the generic name Clathrissa. But W hitelegge has already 
pointed out that a co-type specimen of FE. rubra in the British 
Museum is of the same species as E. levis, and the original 
descriptions also point to the identity of the two. Moreov et, 
one is led to conclude that Lendenfeld himself subsequently 
recognised their identity, since, included among the specimens 
labelled by him E. levis, there are some which, like the original 
specimens of E. rubra retain in alcohol a bright scarlet colour. 
It is pretty certain, therefore, that E. rubra is correctly a 
synonym of E. levts. 


On the other hand, the identification of Clathria macropora, 
Ldf., with this species is slightly beyond reason, and one can 
only assume, for the present, that the “‘type’’ specimens of 

~ . 


166 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


C. macropora referred to by Whitelegge are mislabelled. The 

chief reasons for the rejection of C. macropora as a synonym 

of E. levis are two in number :—(i.) Lendenfeld perceived the 

specific identity of the different specimens of FE. levis on the 

one hand and of those of E. rubra on the other, throughout 

their many variations; and it is therefore most unlikely that he 

would assign other examples of the same species to a different 

genus. (ii.) Lendenfeld says of 

C. macropora that ‘‘the oscula 

are very conspicuous and scat: 

tered over the whole surface”’ 

and ‘‘are on an average 5 mm. 

wide and fairly abundant.’’ The 

inference to be drawn from 

Whitelegge’s remarks in this 

connection, viz., that Lendenfeld 

may have mistaken for oscula 

holes produced by a boring Iso- 

pod, is highly improbable, and 

the more so since, as Whitelegge 

himself points out, FE. levis 

sometimes exhibits holes of the 

same kind—but Lendenfeld was 

evidently not deceived by these. 

Oscular canals, the peculiar 

arrangement of which has been 

referred to in the diagnosis, are 

not discernible in specimens 

which have been denuded of 

dermal covering, and in their 

case accordingly, the most im- 

portant feature for their identi- 

fication is absent. This is the 

condition of many of the speci- 

Lae mens before me which I assign to 

Fig. 33—C. incrusians Vat. the present variety; although a 
levis. Modifications of opposite : Bc 

extremities of the oxea. number of these depart very con- 

siderably in form from such of 

the specimens as are with cer- 

tainty identifiable, the occurrence of seemingly intermediate 

forms nevertheless renders it pretty certain that they all 

belong to the one variety. Moreover, Lendenfeld’s account of 

the external form covers all these cases. 


Description.—The sponge consists of a compressed trunk- 
like or (rarely) more cylindrical and stalk-like basal portion 
from which arise few or many short branches which are 
typically massive and irregular (Whitelegge, Plate xi., Hg: 
14) but may vary from cylindrical to much compressed or even 

J 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 


frond-like In some cases the trunk may 


167 


grow to a consider- 


able size—even assuming the form of a broad, erect plate— 


whilst the *“‘branches”’ 
marginal lobes, or may be wholly absent 
(Whitelegge, Plate x1., fig. 14a). In con- 
sistency the sponge is hard and tough, 
resembling in this respect the variety 
avenacea. 


The fibres do not to any appreciable 
extent form a pseudo-reticulation, as in 
the preceding varieties, but as a rule run 
side by side in close parallelism, and are 
sometimes fused several together for con- 
siderable distances, forming what might 
be termed ‘“‘compound’’ columns. ‘The 
acanthostyles are much less _ densely 
crowded on the fibres than in the variety 
arenacea, and as a consequence the cor- 
ing spicules are always visible and show 
themselves to consist both of oxea and 
acanthostyles, the former predominating. 
The ground substance is densely strewn 
with acanthosty les and oxea, of which the 
former are in the greater abundance. 
Owing to the close arrangement of the 
fibres and the multitude of spicules, the 
skeleton is much more compact and dense 
than in any other variety herein described 
with the possible exception of arenacea. 
The dermal skeleton resembles that of the 
last-mentioned variety. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The oxea vary in length from 160 


may be reduced to the proportions of 


Fig. 34—C. iucrus- 
tas var. levis. a 
Principal acantho- 
stylus. b Dermal 
acanthostyli. c Iso- 
chela arcuata. 


to 200 y#; the stoutest are 6 yw in diameter. 

(i1.) The principal acanthostyles attain a maximum size of 
180 x Su. 

(i1.) The dermal acanthostyles are rarely less than 80 j¢ 
long, and commonly exceed 100; their greatest 


length is about 120» and the greatest diameter 5GE 


(rarely) 6 pl. 


Microscleres.— 


The chele, which vary 
no appreciable separation into two groups. 


Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


in length from 13 to 18 py, show 


168 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
CRELLa INCRUSTANS, Carter, var. PUMILA, Lendenfeld. 


1888. Clathrissa pumila, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges Austr. 
Mus., 1888, p. 218. 


Sponge encrusting, thin; surface uneven or irregularly 
conulated. Oscula small, scattered. Main skeleton con- 
sisting of ascending columns of acanthostyles and 
descending columns of oxea. Acanthostyles of the dermal 


skeleton scattered without order. Megascleres, maxi- 
mum sizes :—(1.) Oxea, 170 x 5.5 yt; (ii-) principal acan- 


thostyles, 145 x 10 pt; (iii.) dermal acanthostyles, 80 x 
5-5 we Lsochele arcuate, of a single kind, 12 to 16 
long. 


Introductory Remarks.—Lendenfeld described the outward 
appearance of the typical variety of his Clathrissa pumila in 
the following terms :—*‘Small, incrusting, conulated sponges, 
of a light rose coiour in the fresh state and grey when pre- 
served in spirit. The conuli are on an average 2 mm. high and 
4 mm. apart. Small oscula .8 mm. wide are scattered 


irregularly over the surface.’’ His complete description 


of the variety rubra is exceedingly brief :—‘‘Massive or 


incrusting sponges with small conuli 1 mm. high which 


ane very close together, The Wargest “specimens attain 
a height of 20 mm. The colour of the living sponge is 
bright scarlet. The skeleton is similar to that of the 


species.’’ It will be observed that, so far as the des- 
cription informs us, the variety is distinguished only by the 
slightly lesser height of its conuli, and by the deeper ‘shade of 
its “colour—neither of which differences possesses in itself any 
importance. An examination of the type-specimens, however, 
renders it exceedingly probable that Lendenfeld’s descriptions 
have reference to two quite distinct varieties. The type speci- 
mens of &. pumila and its variety are separately represented 

each by a bunch of stout seaweed roots that are almost com- 
merely over-grown with encrusting sponges of quite a number 


of different kinds. It was necessary to examine several of these 


before it could be said with certainty which were the actual 
examples of the species, and as a result it has been found that 
there are among them two varieties which accord very well 
with the descriptions so far as external features are concerned ; 
that is to say, one of them appears to be invariably of encrust- 
ing habit, whilst the other may assume a massive form, becom- 
ing cake-shaped. In regard to their inner structure, however, 


they do not comply with the descriptions inasmuch as their 


skeletons are not similar, and there is a notable difference in 
the size of their megascleres; furthermore the variety which: 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN, 169 


agrees in outward features with C. pumila var. rubra happens 
to be that one of the two which accords with the typical C. 
pumila in internal features. One must conclude, therefore, 
either that Lendenfeld did not examine the structure of the 
skeleton in his two varieties sufficiently closely to detect their 
difference, and inadvertently ascribed to the typical variety the 
skeletal features which belong to the variety rubra; or that the 
descriptions are really correct, that his two varieties conse- 
quently were merely ‘different ‘growth stages of one and the 
same variety, and that the sponge W hich agrees externally but 
not internally with C. pumila is a new variety which Lenden- 
feld overlooked. The former conclusion 1s the more probable 
and the one which I therefore adopt. Both C. pumila and C. 
pumila var. rubra are capable of being regarded as varieties 
of Crella incrustans since their spicules exhibit all the features 
characteristic for the species. “hey may accordingly be named 
C. incrustans var. pumila, and C. incrustans var. rubra, re- 
spectively. The following is a description of the the former. 


Description.1—The sponge, as far as known, Is encrusting, 
forming a layer (usually of about 1 mm. thickness) which may 
spread over a considerable area. ‘The surface is minutely 
rugged or papillated and, in parts, conulose. ‘the colour 1s 
greyish white in spirit ; in life, according to Lendenfeld, it is of 
a rose-tint. Small rounded openings, which may be oscula, 
oceur here and there at wide intervals. 


The basal layer of spongin, with which the sponge covers 
the substratum, is densely echinated with vertically-standing 
acanthostyles. ‘he main skeleton consists of both ascending 
and descending spicular columns, which might be termed 
respectively principal and auxiliary columns. ‘The principal 
columns are single or once or (t -arely) twice branched fibres 
running upw ards from the base of the sponge, and composed 
of a spongin-axis with embedded and echinating acantho- 
styles, and sometimes in addition containing a few coring 
smooth oxeotes. ‘he auxiliary columns, which proceed down- 
wards from the dermal layer, consist entirely of smooth 
oxeotes without visible cementing material. As a rule, the 
ascending and descending columns meet at varying distances 
from the surface, so that there results in consequence Compo- 
site columns, in the lower portion of which the spicules are 
acanthostyles, in the upper portion, oxea. Frequently, how- 
ever, the auxiliary columns are not encountered by principal 
columns, and then sometimes reach to the very base, of the 


1 In many respects this sponge resembles the recently described Cvrella 
incrustans, var. Thielei (Hentschel— Fauna Stidwest-Australiens, Bd. 3, 


p. 345. 


170 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


sponge ; at the surface they are penicillately spread out, form- 
ing sub-dermal brushes with the points of the spicules i imping- 

ing on, but not piercing, the dermal membrane. The principal 
columns appear never ‘to quite reach the surface but to be 
invariably capped with a column or a brush of oxea. The 
interstitial megascleres are almost exclusively acanthostyles : in 
the upper part of the sponge they are sometimes very numer- 
ous, and form a conspicuous feature of the skeleton; but this 
is not a constant feature, and generally speaking, scattered 
spicules are of no great abundance. The dermal skeleton 
consists solely of irregularly and fairly closely scattered ac- 
cessory acanthostyles. 


Megascleres.— 

(i.) The oxea vary in length from 130 to 170 and are thus 
shorter than in any other of the known varieties. 
They are slender spicules, rarely exceeding 4.5 j« and 
never more than 5.5 j/ in diameter. 

(ii.) The principal acanthostyles attain a maximum size of 
DAS Oye. 

(iii.) The dermal acanthostyles vary in length from about 
60 to 801; the stoutest are less than 6 jt in diameter. 


Microscleres.— 


The chele are of a single kind, similar to those of the 
variety levis, and 12-16 » long. 


Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


CRELLA INCRUSTANS, Carter, VAR. RUBRA, Lendenfeld. 


1888. Clathrissa pumila var. rubra, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges 
Austr Mus., 1888) p. 270: 


Very small, encrusting or cake or dome-shaped sponges 
with smooth or papillated surface. Main skeleton con- 
sisting of branching, ascending, occasionally anastomos- 
ing, fairly densely echinated fibres often with a distinct 
core of oxea, but usually with acanthostyles in addition 
and sometimes containing acanthostyles alone. There 
are no descending columns of smooth oxea as in the pre- 
ceding variety. The dermal skeleton consists of scat- 
tered accessory acanthostyles. Megascleres, maximum 
sizes :—(i.) Oxea, 200 x 5 yp; (ii.) principal acanthostyles, 
160 x 8 yp; (iii.) dermal acanthostyles, So x 5 yp. Iso- 
chele arcuate, 12 to 16 p long. 

The original description of the external features of this. 
sponge was as follows :—‘‘ Massive or incrusting sponges with 
amall conuli about 1 mm. high which are very close together. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 171 


The largest specimens attain a height of 20 mm. The colour 
of the living sponge is bright scarlet.’’ To this it may be 
added that the surface is sometimes free from conuli, and that 
the colour in alcohol is brownish-grey. The largest which I 
have seen is 15 mm. in diameter and 5 mm. in height. Oscula 
have not been observed. 


The diagnosis contains pretty well all which need be said 
concerning the skeleton. The basal layer of spongin is densely 
echinated with erect acanthostyles. Columns of oxea, free 
from echinating acanthostyles, such as are characteristic of 
the preceding variety, have not been observed. Occasionally 
the coring oxea at the extreme upper extremity of the fibres 
spread out penicillately and form a sub-dermal tuft, but as a 
rule the character of the fibre remains unaltered quite to its 
point of arrival at the dermal membrane. The interstitial 
megascleres, which are almost exclusively acanthostyles, are 
fairly abundant. Oxea external to the fibres are extremely 
rare except (occasionally) immediately beneath the dermal 
membrane. The dermal skeleton is similar to that of the 
variety pumila. 


Megascleres.— 
(i.) The oxea vary in length from about 160 to 200 p; the 
stoutest are 5p in diameter. 
(ii.) The principal acanthostyles attain a maximum size of 
LOOPS IL: 


(iii.) The dermal acanthostyles vary in length from about 
60 to 8op and do not exceed 6 y in diameter. 


Microscleres.— . 
The chele, which resemble those of the variety levis, are 
12 to 16 long. 


Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


GENUS EcurnopictyuM, Ridley. 
ECHINODICTYUM ELEGANS, Lendenfeld. 
(Riate xxi: fic. nieand’ fies gc-) 
1888. Kalykenteron elegans, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus. Cat. 
Sponges, 1885, p. 216. 
Kalykenteron silex, Lendenfeld, Loc. cit., p. 217. 
1901. Thalassodendron typica, Whitelegge (non Lendenfeld),. 
Ree: Austr: Mus., iv-, 2; r9o0r,,p. 86. 
Sponge lamellar, usually vasiform, subsessile.  Sur- 
faces rarely quite even, the outer, and sometimes to @ 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


= 
“I 
ty 


slight extent the inner, usually raised into few or many 
mammuform, or more or less irregular elevations. Oscula 
small, confined to the inner surface (fide Lendenfeld). 
Skeleton-fibres stout; both main and connecting, almost 
entirely composed of closely-packed oxeote spicules. 
Spicules :—(i.) Somewhat angulately curved oxea of very 
variable proportions, usually with the extremities some- 
what blunted, and often slightly monilated ; their greatest 
size varies in different specimens from 410 x 13 4 to 620 x 
1S wt; (ii.) sub-cylindrical acanthostyles Hen distal ex- 
tremity strongylotely rounded; spines more or less com- 
pressed transversely to the length of the spicule, and re- 
curved; at both extremities of the spicule the spines are 
smaller and more crowded ; the maximum size of the spi- 
cule varies in different specimens from 105 x 10 fp to 130 x 
12.5 qe; (iti?) slender styli of variable diameter up to 
about 5 pw which are possibly young stages of the first- 
mentioned, 


The previous accounts of this species are so misleading in 
regard to the dimensions of the spicules that a re-description 
which will rendey further reference to them unnecessary, is 
desirable. Owing, however, to the imperfect preservation of 
the available specimens—six in number, all dry, and more or 
less macerated—an entirely satisfactory description is not at 
present possible. With regard to external features, the 
original description of Kalykenteron elegans, says :—‘‘A very 
elegant, conical, cup-shaped sponge attaining a height of 220 
mm. The margin of the cup is circular and has a diameter of 
120 mm. Both surfaces are very irregular and covered with 
numerous projections of varying size and shape. The outer 
surface 1s somewhat rougher than the inner. The small cir- 
cular oscula are confined to the latter.’’ Concerning Kaly- 
kenteron silex, Lendenfeld states :—‘‘The sponge consists of 
a meandriform lamella which grows up from a small base of 
attachment; it 1s somewhat flower-shaped, often caliculate. 
The whole sponge attains a height of 120 mm. The lamella 
is pretty uniformly 6 mm. thick and rounded at the margin.”’ 


The specimens before me, with the exception of that labelled 
Kalykenteron silex (type), range in form from conical cup- 
shaped to shallow saucer-shaped, and are attached by a nar- 
row base not prolonged into a stalk. The largest example is 
the type-specimen (Plate xxill., fig. 1) which measures 225 mm. 
in height, and has the cup wall 6 to 10 mm. in thickness. It 
is now much compressed, but this 1s probably due to artificial 
influences ; in the others, the cup-margin Is circular. The type 
specimen agrees with one other, in having the outer surface 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 7 63 


covered with numerous prominences of somewhat irregular 
shape, but of fairly uniform size, whilst the inner surface -s 
uneven, though devoid of any pronounced inequalities. In the 
remaining specimens the inner surface is quite free from ir- 
regularities of any kind, whilst the outer surface is merely 
lumpy or provided with rounded tubercular elevations of larger 
size and relatively lesser number than in the type. Finally in 
the type specimen (sic) of KX. silex, both surfaces are plain. 
This last-mentioned is merely a small piece of the original 
including portion of the margin, 
which is sinuous; it was evidently 
taken from a ‘‘meandriform lamella”’ 
about 6 mm. thick. The ‘‘minute 
circular oscula’’ confined to the inner 
surface, which Lendenfeld mentions 
for IX. elegans, are not discernible in 
the present condition of the speci- 
mens. ‘The consistency is very hard 
and firm, and the texture coarse and 
fibrous. The statement of White- 
legge that the sponge (as represented 
in a macerated specimen) resembles 
a ‘‘washed-out Chondropsis’’ is 
meaningless. Lendenfeld’s descrip- 
tion of the main skeleton is fairly 
correct, though slight amendments 


are necessary. He says:—‘‘The 
skeleton consists of a dense network 
of exceedingly thick fibres. The 


main fibres, which extend longi- 
tudinally from the base of the sponge 
to the margin of the cup are .2 mm. 
thick. The connecting transverse 
fibres have an average diameter of | Fig. 35—&. elegans. a 
-o7 mm. The meshes of the network Oxea (showing various 
are .48 mm. wide. The fibres consist St48€S in their passage into 
Ee eee CERNE oa aa strongyla). b Acantho- 
of dense masses of oxea which are all gq; 
parallel and disposed longitudin- = ~ 
ally.’’ His description of the skeleton in KX. silex is very 
slight, and moreover (if the ostensible type-specimen ts, as all 
the evidence indicates, genuine) inaccurate. It is as follows :— 
‘The skeleton consists of spicule-bundles .2 mm. thick, com- 
posed of large and stout styli. There is hardly any spongin 
discernible. ‘The fibres are echinated by spined styli .og mm. 
long and .oo8 thick.’’ The use of the word ‘‘styli’’ in the 
latter connection: is evidently an error, since Lendenfeld de- 
fines the genus Kalykenteron as being distinguished in the 


174 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESUL'I'S. 


possession of spined strongyla. It is therefore only necessary 
to assume that the same word in its first occurrence is mis- 
written for ‘‘oxea,’’ and the description throughout becomes 
perfectly congruous. In correction of the quoted description 
of the main skeleton, it is necessary to mention that the main 
fibres do not, strictly speaking, extend from the base to the 
margin of the cup; but as they ascend, trend towards and 
terminate at the lateral surfaces, whilst new directive fibres 
branching off from these, continually arise to take their place. 
In specimens in which the surface is even, the skeleton reticu- 
lation is very regularly subrectangular, even though the con- 
necting fibres often form interreticula of small extent between 
the main ones. With increase of surface irregularity however, 
the reticulation tends to become confused. The measurements 
which are given for the fibres and mesh, so long as they are 
regarded as conveying an approximate idea, may be allowed 
to stand. It is impossible with no better material than the 
present, to speak with certainty of the dermal skeleton, though 
the indications render it fairly sate to say that anything of a 
special nature is absent. The errors of previous descriptions 
in regard to the dimensions of the spicules are partly due to 
the fact of their great variability in size. Whe frequency of 
occurrence of a spicule of given size decreases rapidly as its 
length recedes from the average, so that one can never make 
quite sure of the maximum attainable size. This is more 
particularly true of the principal spicules. Whenever, in any 
species such great variability in the size of spicules is found in 
a single given specimen, it is, generally speaking, fairly safe 
to assume that considerable variations in their maximum size 
are likely to occur in different specimens. I have made such 
an assumption in the present instance. The largest spicules 
were found in the type specimens of Kk. elegans and Thalas- 
sodendron typica, Whitelegge, in both of which the oxea vary 
in length from 150 to 620 y and may attain a diameter of 
18 p. In the type-specimen of Kk. silex, which departs most 
widely from these in regard to the size of the spicules, the 
length of the oxea varies from 130 to 410 y, whilst the maxi- 
mum diameter is only 13 #. Among the slenderest spicules a 
small proportion of tile are found; but as these are of equal 
length with the slender oxea and are frequently curved in the 
same way, it is difficult to say whether they are to be re- 
garded as abnormalities or as representing the auxiliary 
spicules of other species. It is perhaps significant, however, 
that they do not attain to more than 5 jy in diameter, and 
that what appear to be transitional forms between them and 
the oxea are very rare. Their maximum length, which varies 
in different specimens concomitantly with that of the other 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 175 
spicules, is about two-thirds to three-fourths of the length of 
the principal spicules. 

This species will probably prove to be identical with EF. 
bilamellatum, Lamarck.2 


Locs.—Lendenfeld records the species from Western Aus- 
tralia, and the type-specimen is labelled to that effect. All the 
remaining specimens, however, are from the eastern coast, 
Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll.)*; Coast of Queensland, seven 
miles south-south-east of Double Island Point, 32-33 fms. 
(‘‘Endeavour.’’) 


GENUS RHAPHIDOPHLUS, Ehlers. 


1870. Rhaphidophlus, Ehlers, ‘‘Die Esper’schen Spongien’’ 
(Erlangen), 1870, pp. 19, 31. 


1870. Tenacia, O. Schmidt, ‘‘Grundziige einer Spongien- 
Fauna des Atlantischen Gebietes,’’ 1870, p. 56. 


1875. Echinonema, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvi., 
IMS i7/S\y [Dee Uelse 

1888. Clathriopsamma (pars), Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges 

Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 227. 


As in Clathria, the main skeleton is a reticulation of 
well-developed horny fibres cored by (principal) styli and 
echinated by (typically spined) accessories ; and the micro- 
scleres are palmate isochele and toxa. The distinctive 
feature is the presence of a dermal skeleton of vertically 
arranged styli, which are derivatives of, and are typically 
shorter than, the auxiliary styli. The chele are of one 
or two kinds, and the toxa, which are sometimes of great 
length, may lose their distinctive character and may either 
assume the form of indefinitely-shaped trichitoidal spicules 
or become indistinguishable from ordinary oxea. 


The abandonment of the genus Rhaphidophlus has been 
recommended on the ground that the single feature distinguish- 
ing it from Clathria shows such varying degrees of develop- 
ment in different species that no hard and fast line can be 
drawn between the two genera. It should, however, be 
pointed out that, whereas in some species of the Rhaphi- 
dophlus-Clathria group the dermal skeleton is composed of 


1 Whitelegge mentions the occurrence in this species of “straight 
smooth styli, size .8 to 1 by .0015 mm.”’ As I have failed to find any such, 
I am of the opinion that the spicules observed by Whitelegge were 
intrusive. 


2 Since writing the abgve I have seen Hentschel’s description of 
E. bilamellatum (Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, Bd. iii., 1911, p. 385), and 
have now no reason to doubt that FH. elegans is identical with that 
species. 


170 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESUL'ES. 


undifferentiated auxiliary spicules yet in many of the species 
which have been assigned to Rhaphidophlus (including among 
them—TI have reason to believe—the type-species) the dermal 
spicules are of a special kind. It would seem therefore that the 
basis for a distinction between the two genera is to be sought 
for, not to any extent in the degree of development of the 
dermal skeleton, but rather-—in what is essentially of greater 
systematic importance — in the nature of the spicules compos- 
ing it. It is quite probablesthat this distinction also will be 
found to break down; but in the absence of any well estab- 
lished evidence in proof of this, it seems to me not improper 
to still employ, tentatively, the name Rhaphidophlus for such 
species as those herein described, viz., R. typicus, R. pauci- 
spinus, and R. reticulatus. 


It cannot be regarded as other than a fact of considerable 
significance that in R. typicus and in R. paucispinus the con- 
stitution of the dermal skeleton is precisely the same; yet the 
difference in the characters of their microscleres show the two 
species, considered as members of a single genus, to be rather 
widely separated. Thus, although in R. typicus the chele 
have become differentiated into two groups and the individual 
toxa replaced by toxodragmata, whilst in R. paucispinus 
neither of these changes has occurred; vet in both species we 
find that the dermal skeleton consists of reticulating lines of 
upright shorter styli underlain by horizontally disposed longer 
styli. This type of dermal skeleton would therefore appear to 
be phylogenetically one of long standing, and on that account 
to confer on these and related species! no slight claim to con- 
generic distinction. On the other hand, since the vertically 
disposed or special dermal styli as they may be termed, are 
(as is evident from a study of the two species referred to) 
nothing more than a section of the auxiliary spicules which 
have become slightly modified in correlation with their fulfil- 
ment of a special function, it follows that species in which the 
transitional types of dermal skeleton have persisted, may 
reasonably be expected to occur. This consideration points to 
a possible difficulty in the way of satisfactorily defining and so 
justifying the maintenance of Rhaphidophlus, but it does not, 
in itself, provide a sufficient reason why the genus should be 
rejected. 


Among the species, which must be taken into account in 
devising a suitable definition for the genus, 1s the interesting 


1 By “related species’’ I do not imply merely those which possess a 
similar type of dermal skeleton, but would also include any which might 
afford proof of their derivation therefrom, even though their special 
dermal styli had become secondarily non-existent. 


SPONGES.--HALLMANN. i. 
Clathriopsamma reticulata, Lendenfeld.1 The character of its 
microscleres leaves scarcely any room to doubt that this species 
is lineally related to R. typicus; and the disposition of its 
dermal spicules accordingly indicates that the reticulate ar- 
rangement of the latter as described for R. typicus and R. 
paucispinus is not to be regarded as an essential generic 
feature. Of the species whose descriptions indicate that they 
belong to Rhaphidophlus rather than to Clathria, | have been 
able to obtain information of the following in additicn to those 
herein described :—R. cratitius, Esper, R. filifer, Ridley and 
Dendy, FR. spinifer, Lindgren, R. seriatus, Thiele, R. topsenti, 
Thiele, R. erectus, Thiele, R. cervicornis, Thiele, R. coral- 
liophilus, Vhiele, Tenacia clathrata, O. Schmidt, Clathria 
jugosa, Wilson, Clathria acanthodes, Hentschel, and possibly 
also C. (Rhaphidophlus) Spiculosu, Dendy.2 In the des- 
cription of Clathria acanthodes the interstitial auxiliary 
spicules have probably been confused with the principal 
spicules owing to their close resemblance to them. A number 
of these species are scarcely to be regarded as more than 
varieties. The peculiar Rhaphidophlus bispinosus, White- 
legge,? is probably a Clathria of the C. caelata-C. clathrata 
series ; unfortunately the type-specimen, which was very small, 
appears to have been lost. 


1 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 227. This species is 
represented in the Australian Museum Collection by a number of speci- 
mens, one of which, labelled as the type, is poorly preserved in alcohol. 
The specimens appear to be incomplete, though they are sufficient to 
show that the sponge is of ramose habit, but that frequent anastomosis 
of the branches (which may attain a diameter of 10 mm. or, more) often 
results in the formation of a “reticulate mass.’’ The main skeleton is a 
loose irregular reticulation of mostly longitudinal fibres which are pro- 
fusely strewn, rather than cored, with spicules, and for the most part 
also with foreign bodies, and are echinated by rather abundant acan- 
thostyles. Spicules occur in the ground substance in fair abundance: 
they comprise auxiliary subtylostyli, extremely long slender oxea (toxa) 
often occurring in loose dragmata, and numerous palmate isochele of 
two sizes, the smaller of which are chiefly contort. There is a well- 
developed loosely attached dermal membrane; but, unfortunately, even 
in the spirit specimen, only the merest damaged tatters of it remain, 
so that it is impossible to speak with certainty concerning the arrange- 
ment of the dermal skeleton. The special dermal spicules, so far as can 
be judged, stand more or less vertically and appear to be gathered into 
tufts and ill-defined tracts. The principal styli are characterised by a 
basal tylosis which has a spinose or rugged surface, and is separated off 
from the rest of the spicule by a slight constriction; they are straight 
conical spicules varying in length from about 150 to 320 », and attaining 
a diameter of 12 p. The auxiliary styli (and subtylostyli) are straight 
spicules nearly always provided with a distinct spination on the extreme 
basal end; those which occur interstitially reach a maximum size of 
300-329 x 5-5.5 , whilst those which constitute the special dermal spicules 
rarely if ever (apparently) exceed a size of 250 x 4 p. The accessory 
acanthostyles are conical spicules with fairly large recurved spines scat- 
tered over their whole length; size 60-90 x 8 . The larger isochele are 
12 to 17.5 p in length and are rarely contort, the smaller are 6 to 
9.5 » long and as a rule contort. The toxa are long and slender, straight 
or curved spicules without any trace of the mid-flexure so characteristic 
of toxa, and consequently resemble oxea; they occur singly and in 
dragmata; the very largest of them are at least 700 x 3 y in size. 


2 Dendy—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iii., 1889, p. 86, Pl. iv., fig. 4. 
3 Whitelegge—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 10, 1907, p. 503. 


e) 


bo 
YY 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS PAUCISPINUS, Lendenfeld. 


(a) TypicaL Form. 


(Plate xxv, fie ec) Blate xvirs figs ej camd nose. 30% 26a) 


1888. Thalassodendron paucispina, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus. 


1gol. 


1907. Clathria multipora, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem., iv. 


Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 22 


Thalassodendron rubens, var. dura (pars), Lendenfeld, 
OCH CILAp., 22 


Thalassodendron rubens, var. lamella (pars), Lenden- 


feld wiioe. crt. 1p. 2245ple will. 


Thalassodendron rubens (pars), Whitelegge, Rec. 
Mustrs MEGS. iV.) 2.510%, p.S7- 


(T. rubens, var. dura; T. rubens, var. lamellosa; T. 
paucispina), Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. 87. 


(b) Var. MuLiripora, Whitelegge. 
(Platescouy2, | hig.) 22) 


’ 


TO! LOO7, p- 490; pl. Xivan e923) 


General Ree eI Wire J variable in habit, uni- 
flabellar, multiflabellar or ramose; usually attached by a 
more or less extended disc-like foot, with or without the 
intervention of a stalk. In all cases the form assumed 1s 
the outcome of a more or less distinctly expressed ten- 
dency to the restriction of growth to one plane. No oscula. 
Dermal membrane strongly developed, appearing in the 
dry sponge as a white pellicle or incrustation. The sur- 
face exposed by the removal of the dermal skin is closely 
dotted with pinhole-like punctures. The main skele- 
ton is a fairly regular, small-meshed reticulation of stout 
fibres; the main fibres contain a semi-diffuse core, the 
connecting fibres are short and invariably enclose one or 
a few spicules. The dermal skeleton is a well-defined 
reticulation of lines of crowded styli of two sizes, the 
smaller standing vertically, the larger lying horizontally 
beneath these and supporting them. Megascleres :—(i) 
Stouter, usually slightly curved (principal) styli, chiefly 
confined to the fibres, varying in maximum size in the 
different forms from 260 x 9 to 350 x 16 y; (ii.) conical 
tapering acanthostyli, most densely spined on the basal 
end, occurring sparsely as echinating spicules and scat- 
tered in the ground-substance; length go-100 yp; (iii.) 
slenderer, usually straight (auxiliary) styli (or subtylo- 
styli) of the same length as, or slightly shorter than the 
principal, occurring horizontally in the dermal membrane 


SPONGES._HALLMANN. 179 
and scattered in the ground-substance; (iv.) shorter sub- 
tylostylt (or stylit) of scarcely one-half the length of the 
preceding, almost entirely restricted to the aemal layer. 
A larger or smaller proportion of the megascleres (i.), 
(117.) and (iv.), ave provided with a minute basal spina- 
tion; this Spination is the normal condition of dermal 
styli and is of least frequent occurrence amongst the 
principal styli. Microscleres :-—(i.) Palmate isochele ofa 
single kind varying in maximum length in the different 
forms of the sponge from 20 to 25 jt; (ii.) angulately 


curved toxa 60 to 80 pw in length,sand 2. \t0 2.5 wom 
diameter. 


Introductory Remarks.—As the result of an examination of 
the figured specimen of Thalassodendron rubens var. lamella, 
and of undoubted specimens of 7. rubens var. dura (= Clathria 
rubens), I find that Lendenfeld has confused the descriptions 
of these two sponges. The descriptions of their external 
characters are proper, but those of their skeletal characters 
should be interchanged. To further add to the confusion, 
Whitelegge, overlooking the essential points of difference 
between the two, united them, together with 7. brevispina, as 
a single species, Clathria rubens ; of the five specimens whose 
spicular characters he has separately described—though not 
quite accurately—the second (labelled ‘‘Thalassodendron 
rubens var. dura, No. 343’’), as well as the third and fifth, 
belong to the present species (vide Whitelegge, Loc. cit., 
Ppp: 86, 87): 


Description.— 
(a) Typical variety. 


The sponge is frequently—except for the presence of mar- 
ginal er uone ane tecty lamelliform. More usually, how- 
ever, growth proceeds by the rapidly-repeated multiplication— 
always chiefly or entirely in one plane—of ascendant, cylindri- 
cal or slightly compressed, anastomosing branches, and results 
in the formation of a reticulated or fenestrated flabelliform 
expansion. From this, a more or less continuous lamella may 
in some cases be secondarily produced, through the gradual 
obliteration of the interspaces by vertical ingrowth. It is 
either owing to this latter mode of origin or because an actual 
separation into branches is not quite fully accomplished, that 
the surface in lamelliform examples is often, as Lendenfeld 
states, “‘slightly grooved.’ In some instances the sponge 
shows a marked disposition towards a freely branching habit, 
but in no observed case is there, as is usual in the variety 
multiporus, an entire absence of anastomosis or of confluence 
of branches. The specimen of T. rubens var. lamella, figured 


I8So “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


by Lendenfeld, will serve as an example of the sponge in its 
more (secondarily attained) lamellitorm condition; whilst the 
one shown herein (Plate xxv., fig. 1) represents a Gondinion in- 
termediate between the preceding and that which is exhibited 
by the most ramose examples of the variety. The former speci- 
men, it should be mentioned, is somewhat abnormal on 
account of its rugged surface, and the number of digitiform 


eC 


+ 


y 
< | 


| 1 y 4 I i. 
Ne et ee 


Fig 36—Rhaphidophlus paucispinus. a Principal styli. b, b! 
Auxiliary styli. c Special dermal styli. c’ Styli intermediate 
between the auxiliary and dermal. 


| 


processes which arise from both its sides. Though some of 
these processes are probably of adventitious origin, others 
appear to be branches which have deviated from the plane 
of growth and so become excluded from participation in the 
formation of the main body. The maximum of sub-division 
into separate parts amongst the presen specimens is shown 
by the specimen figured in "Plate xxvi.; in this case the primary 
lamella has broken up into a number of sub-lamelle, which 
come to lie in overlapping planes. The sponge, even in those 
rare cases in which a stalk is formed, is usually attached by a 
broad, often spreading disk, from which additional upgrowths. 


SPONGES. -HALLMANN. 18 


may arise. ‘These latter are, in all the observed instances, 
simply digitiform, and they quite frequently become united 
above with the main body. The consistency in alcohol is firm 
and tough, and in the dry state rather hard and stiff. In some 
specimens preserved in alcohol, the colour throughout ts 
purplish red; in others the dermal membrane is milky white, 
the internal parts light brownish yellow. In dry specimens, 
as far as known, the colour, except of the dermal incrustation, 
varies from straw yellow or rusty brown; the darker hue be- 
longs to those in which probably the life-colour was purplish, 
although the type-specimen of T. rubens var. lamella, con- 
trary to the implication of the specific name, shows no trace 
either of red or brown. The sponge grows to a considerable 
size. The largest specimen measures 265 mm. in height and 
380 ye in breadth. The thick- 
ness of the lamella, and of 
branches perpendicular to the 
plane of growth, varies in 
different specimens or in differ- 
ent parts of a single specimen 
from 5 to 10 mm. 

The main skeleton is a com- 
pact reticulation of strongly 
developed horny fibre which, 
even in the distal portions of 
the sponge, frequently attains 
a thickness of 160-200 hw. The 
pattern of the reticulation is 
subject to a_ considerable 
amount of variatizn, and the 
same is true with regard to the development of the spi- 
cular core and to the size of the smooth megascleres. 
As a matter of fact, the type-specimen of T. rubens var. 
lamella departs to such an extent, in all three respects, 
from the normal, that some hesitation was at first felt in identi- 
fying it with the typical form. As a rule, the reticulation is 
distinguished by a marked regularity, so that, in section, to 
the naked eye, it appears quite rectangular. Under the micro- 
scope, however, owing to the comparatively small size of the 
mesh in relation to the thickness of the fibres, the apertures of 
the reticulation are slightly rounded to sub-circular. In 
vertical transverse section of a lamella or median longitudinal 
section of a branch, the main fibres gradually trend outwards 
to the surface on either side of the middle line in a pinnate 
manner, dichotomosing repeatedly. The transverse fibres 
connecting these are often further united by secondary connec- 
tives parallel to the main fibres. Towards the surface these 
secondary connecting fibres frequently become continuous and 


isi ) 
/ 
y / 
\ / 
Hf 


" 


Fig. 36a. &. pau ispinus. a 
Acanthostyli. b Chela. c 
Toxa. 


182 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


thus give rise to supplementary main fibres. The main fibres 
are occupied by a stout core of loosely packed spicules, which 
usually do not lie parallel to the axis of the fibre, but are in- 
clined outwards from it at a small angle. As the extremity of 
the fibre is approached the spicules become more plumose in 
the arrangement, and more and more free from enveloping 
spongin and finally form a sheaf supporting, and to some 
extent piercing, the dermal membrane. The connecting fibres 
are never aspiculous, though they often contain but a single 
spicule. Acanthostyles occur in relatively small number 
scattered within the fibres, through the intermediate tissues, 
and as widely spaced echinating spicules. Smooth megas- 
cleres scattered through the ground substance are moderately 
abundant. This description of the main skeleton, as already 
pointed out, has reference to the condition which is most 
typical. In the type-specimen of T. rubens var. lamella, on 
the other hand, there is an absence of any marked regularity 
in the arrangement of the fibre-reticulation, the fibres are only 
sparsely cored, and the smooth styli of the sponge interior 
are on the whole notably smaller than in most other examples. 
Still, the probability is that these differences are nothing more 
than individual variations, and for the following reasons :— 
{i.) The sponges are apparently identical in all other essential 
respects. (ii.) The pattern of the main skeleton reticulation 
and the degree of development of the spicule-core of the fibres 
are sufficiently variable in all cases to render them untrust- 
worthy as a basis for separation. (1il.) The size of the smooth 
styli always varies considerably in any given specimen, and the 
number of those which attain to the maximum size is also 
variable and as a rule proportionately small. (iv.) The same 
cause which accounts for the reduction in the size of the spi- 
cules might very well be responsible also for their diminution 
in number. 


The accounts which have hitherto been given of the spicules 
are most incomplete, and in regard to their measurements 
entirely misleading. Lendenfeld mentions, in addition to acan- 
thostyles, styli of one kind only, whilst Whitelegge recognises 
two. There are, however, three kinds which, though connected 
by intermediate forms, are clearly distinguishable by dif- 
ferences of shape or of situation. _ Firstly, there are the 
principal styli, which are predominatingly the spicules of the 
fibre core, and occur only in relatively small number in the 
ground substance; secondly, there are the auxiliary styl, 
which constitute the horizontal spicules of the dermal skeleton, 
which are, further, the most abundant megascleres of the 
ground tissues, and which, to a small though rarely appre- 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 183 


ciable extent, may also invade the fibres; and, thirdly, there 
are the special dermal styli (much smaller in size than either of 
the preceding), which are arranged at the surface, but which, 
like the others, are also to be found in the ground tissues. In 
the dermal skeleton the auxiliary styli (proper) are disposed 
horizontally in broad lines (in which they lie roughly parallel) 
forming a reticulation, the mesh of which averages about 
160 71 in diameter. The special dermal styli stand perpendicu- 
larly upon the sides of this meshwork, echinating them, as it 
were. The special dermal styli usually exhibit a small area 
of spination on the basal extremity; a similar, though more 
minute, spination is also of occasional to frequent occurrence 
on the auxiliary spicules; but it is always of more or less rare 
occurrence in the case of the principal styli. The drawings in 
the text-figure have been arranged so as to show the very 
perfect gradation of one spicule form into another. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The principal styli are usually slightly curved. Their 
maximum size varies in different specimens from 280 
x 10.5 to 300 x 11 #. (In the divergent specimen of 
T. rubens var. lamella, spicules larger than 220 x 8 y1 
are exceedingly rare. A single spicule 280 x 10.5 jt 
was observed, and several others of intermediate 
length, in some of which the diameter exceeded 9 py.) 


(11.) The acanthostyles are rather minutely spined; the 
spines are recurved and either scattered closely over 
the whole length of the spicule or are more or less 
reduced in number on the region extending from the 
neighbourhood of the very densely spined head 
towards the middle of their length. They are conical 
tapering spicules which rarely exceed a size of 95 x 
7 #, though individuals up to 105 x 7.5 yt have been 
observed. 

(i.) The auxiliary styli (proper) are straight. Those in 
those in the ground substance vary greatly in dia- 
meter, owing to the admixture of immature indivi- 
duals. The latter are frequently tylostyli, but, as their 
development proceeds, their basal enlargement is 
gradually effaced, though traces of it are often re- 
tained by full-grown spicules. Those of the dermal 
skeleton are very uniform in stoutness, and being 
unmixed with principal styli allow their size, as dis- 
tinguished from that of the latter, to be readily 
determined. They may attain to the length of the 
principal styli, but are usually slightly shorter. 
Maximum size, 270-295 x 8 7. (In the abnormal 
specimen they attain to 280 x 7.5 jt.) 


184 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(iv.) The special dermal styli are connected by a perfect 
gradation of forms with the auxiliary styli. Those 
which stand perpendicularly to the sur face are rarely, 
if ever, more than 150 x 5 jt in size. The majority of 
them are provided with a few basal spines which are 
relatively larger than those of the auxiliary and prin- 


cipal styli. Unlike the corresponding spicules of 
R. typicus, the dermal styli are here usually quite 
straight. 


Microscleres.— 


(i) The isochele palmate reach a maximum length vary- 
ing in different specimens from 20 to 24 #1, whilst in 
any given specimen there may be a difference of as 
much as 6 4 between the longest and the shortest. 
The shorter length is usually associated with some 
degree of curvature of the shaft. The palms when 
viewed from the front are somewhat triangular in 


outline, with rounded corners; they are longer than 
broad. 


(ii.) The toxa are simply angulately curved, and resemble 
a Dent mMiCroKea. jSIZE= So KL 7 pe upator7s xe2nG qe 
They are relatively few in number, and are sometimes 
apparently absent. 


Loc.— Port Jackson (Austr. Mus. Coll. ; ten specimens). 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS PAUCISPINUS, var. MULTIPORUS, Whiteleg ge. 
(Plate xxy.. dis, 2.) 


This variety differs from the typical form in its elongately 


branched habit and the somewhat greater size of its megas- 


cleres. All the specimens so far obtained are stipitate. The 
branches are given off in one plane, and may or may not 
anastomose. ‘The specimen originally figured does not give a 
correct idea of the usual form of the sponge, owing to the 
fact that in it the branches, either through growth in a con- 
fined space or as a result of drying are bunched together. A 
specimen obtained by the ‘*‘Endeavour’”’ (Plate xxv., fig. 2) is 

peculiar in the wide separation of its branches. W hitelegge’s 

statement of the spicule-dimensions stands in need of correc- 
tion; their maximum values are as follows :— 


Megascleres.— 
(i.) Principal styli, 300-360 x 12-16 p. 
(ii.) Acanthostyles, 90-105 x 8-9 pL. 
(iii.) Auxiliary styli, 300-360 x 8-10 (rarely more than 9) jt. 
(i 


iv.) Special dermal styli, rarely more than 160 x 6. 


Tate are» 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 185 


Microscleres.— 

(i.) Chela, 19-26 yp long. 

(1.) Toxa, 60-80 x 2-3 jt. 

The megascleres exhibit the basal spination more com- 
monly than do those of the typical variety. Practically all the 
auxiliary and special dermal styli are thus provided, as well 
as a considerable proportion of the principal styli. The 
acanthostyles are usually more or less deficient in spines over 
part of their proximal moiety. 

!.ocs.—Coast of New South Wales off Botany Bay, 
20-23 fms. (‘Thetis’); Shoalhaven Bight, 15-45 fms. 
(‘‘Endeavour’’). 

RHAPHIDOPHLUS TyPIcus, Carter, et VARR. 


) 
(Blate sccvil, Ply xxviti., figs. 1-4, Ply xxix Vand! fies. 38-42) 
(a) Typical Variety. 

1875. Echinonema typicum, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 

(4), XV1., 1875, P- 195- 
1881. Echinonema typicum, Carter, Op. cit. (5), vii., 1881, 
Pp. 378. 
1896. Clathria typica (pars), Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict., 
Wilt: (it4S:),LOQ0,5 632: 
[1904. Not Clathria typica, Kirkpatrick, Marine Investiga- 
tions in South Africa, ii., 1904, p. 148. ] 
(b) Var. PROXIMUS, var. nov. 
(c) Var. GEMINUS, var. nov. 
(d) Var. BREVISPINUS, Lendenfeld. 
1888. Thalassodendron brevispina, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus. 
Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 225. 
1901. Thalassodendron brevispina, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. 
Mivises ive, 2 190L, p. O7. 
(e) Var. ANCHORATUS, Carter. 
1881. Echinonema anchoratum, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(S)ewireetp= 370- 
1885. Echinonema flabelliformis, Carter, Op. cit. (5), xvi 
1685; P= 352: 


S) 


Echinonema pectiniformis, Carter, Loc. cit., p. 353- 
1886. Phakellia ventilabrum, var. australiensis, Carter, Op. 
Gis) exvil.. TSS. p.eg7G. 
1896. Clathria typica (pars), Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 
Widt5 (HAS.)5 7p», 32- 
11888. Not Echinonema anchoratum, Lendenfeld, Austr. 
Mus. Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 2109. | 


186 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(f) Var. OBESUS, nom. nov. 


1901. Clathria typica, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 


HOV fO)4 folO5 JO WIZ 
/ 
(¢) Var. STELLIFER, var. nov. 


(h) Var. ravosus, Whitelegge. 


1907. Clathria favosa, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem., 1v., 


TO, 1907, p- 498. 


General Diagnosis.—Sponge, in the different varieties, 
ramose, lamelliform or sub-massive. Oscula absent? 
Dermal membrane strongly developed, appearing in the 
dry sponge as a whitish pellicle or incrustation. Texture, 
as revealed by the removal of the dermal covering, 
vather loose and porous. The moderately stout fibre 
forms a rather wide-meshed reticulation. The main fibres 
contain a dense spicular core, the connecting fibres, with 
rare exception, are devoid of axial spicules. Smooth styli 
are extremely abundant in the ground tissues. Acan- 
thostyles occur not only as more or less deeply imbedded 
echinating spicules, but also scattered within and between 
the fibres. They are more abundant on the outer ex- 
tremeties of the fibres than elsewhere. The dermal skele- 
ton is precisely of the same type as in the preceding 
species. _Megascleres:—In addition to acanthostyles 
there are three kinds of stylote spicules, principal, aux- 
iliary, and special dermal, occurring in the same relations 
as in the preceding species. A certain proportion of the 
last-mentioned exhibit a minute basal spination. (t.) The 
principal styli ave the stoutest spicules; they are, for the 
most part, slightly curved; they vary in maximum size in 
the different known varieties from about 200 x 6 y# to 
about 300 x 13 pt. (ii.) The acanthostyles are distin- 
guished by the absence or marked reduction of spines over 
a considerable portion of their basal moiety. (iii.) The 
auxiliary styli are straight or flexed, and are always 
longer and slenderer than the principal. (iv.) The special 
dermal styli are usually curved and slightly sub-fusiform; 
The greatest curvature is in the basal half of their length; 
in size they are rarely above 130-150 x 4-5 pt.  Maicro- 
scleres :—These are of three kinds :-—(i.) Larger palmate 
isochele, 15-20 long; (ti.) smaller palmate isochele of 
which a certain proportion are contort, 7-11 y long; (iii.) 
hair-like toxa of indefinite length, frequently passing into 
amorphous forms, occurring both singly and in bundles. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 187 


Introductory Remarks.—The intimate relationship to one 
another ot the sponges here regarded as varieties! of Rhaphi- 
dophlus typicus, Carter, is tevealed by their possession in com- 
mon, of a considerable number of well-defined characteristics, 
of which five may be considered as possessing special value. 
These are :—(1) The non-occurrences of coring spicules in the 
connecting fibres; (2) the reduction of spination in the sub- 
basal region of the acanthostyles ; (3) the presence of two kinds 
of chelz; (4) the torsion of the smaller chela ;(5) the pecu- 
liarities shown by the toxa. This assemblage of characters 
distinguishes the sponges of the present series from any hither- 
to described,? although it is only in their possession of 
contort chelez of a special kind that they stand unique. It is 
particularly on account of this last-mentioned peculiarity, 
therefore, that their association under one specific name seems 
advisable. The occurrence of two kinds of chelz is implied in 
Wilson’s description? of Clathria (Tenacia) clathrata, (O. 
Schmidt), a species which is evidently very closely related to 
the present, since it moreover possesses acanthostyles and toxa 
of a similar kind. Clathria jugosa, Wilson, likewise, agrees 
in regard to the latter two kinds of spicules. Acanthostyles 
in which the spination is reduced over portion of their basal 
moiety have also been described for R. ridleyi, Lindgren, and 
R. filifer, R. and D., var. spinifera, Lindgren, although in R. 
filifer itself the acanthostyles are said to be entirely spined. 
The spicules of the type-species of Rhaphidophlus, R. crati- 
tius (Esper), described by Ehlers as ‘“‘sehr feine haarformige 
Kieselfaden welche ungleich lang und mannigfach gekrummt 
sind”’ are almost undoubtedly identical in nature with the toxa 
of R. typicus, and not sigmata as Ridley and Dendy have 
suggested. 


Although the present species and R. paucispinus differ 
markedly in respect to their microscleres, yet, as regards their 
megascleres they show a very close agreement. In R. typicus 
we again find principal, auxiliary, and special dermal styli 
occurring in the same relationships as described for the other, 
whilst the acanthostyles, besides acting as echinating spicules, 
are also similarly scattered within the fibres and through the 
ground tissues. Further, the special dermal styli and, less 
frequently, the auxiliary spicules, likewise exhibit a minute 
spination and are similarly connected, the one kind with the 
other, by a perfect series of intermediate forms. But whereas 


1 Hentschel (Fauna Sudwest-Australiens, Bd. iii., Lief. 10, 1911) has 
recently described, under the name of Clathria typica, at least one other 
variety. re 

2 In speaking thus I assume that the descriptions of other species of 
Rhaphidophlus are correct in detail. 


3 Wilson—Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., xx. (1900), 1902, p. 397. 


185 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


in R. paucispinus the auxiliary spicules approximate in length 
to the principal styli they are here very much longer. The 
absolute dimensions of both the principal and auxiliary styli 
differ to a notable extent in the different varieties, but it is a 
peculiar circumstance, that their variation in the matter of 
stoutness proceeds, throughout the series, with a certain 
degree of concomitance, the range of variability of the aux- 
iliary spicules in this particular being relatively somewhat less 
than that of the principal spicules. For example, in the 
variety favosus, where the spicules attain their greatest size, 
the principal styli are 13 yt, the auxiliary 9 to 10 p in diameter, 
a difference in Hoses of 3 to 4 separating them; whereas 
at the other end of the series in the variety anchoratus the 
principal styli are 6, the auxiliary, 5 in diameter, with a 
difference of only 1 yt between them. ‘The correlation of the 
two spicule-forms in this way would seem to imply a kind of 
genetic relationship between them—an implication which is 
further heightened by the fact that spicules similar to those 
within the fibres are also of frequent occurrence scattered 
amongst the auxiliary spicules in the ground substance, and 
by the fact, moreover, that in R. paucispinus the two spicule- 
forms agree in the matter of length. The argument that the 
spicules, here termed auxiliary, are derivatives of the principal 
spicules, cannot however, be sustained, although instances are 
not wanting of sponges in which the latter spicules show a 
tendency to resolve into two forms, e.g., Ophlitaspongia 
axinelloides, Dendy. ‘Their independence is proven in the pre- 
sent species not only by their difference in shape, but also by 
their different modificational tendencies. Abnormalities of the 
principal styli appear to be invariably strongylote, whilst those 
of the auxiliary (and special dermal) styli are oxeote. As in R. 
paucispinus, so also in this species, it is obvious that the 
dermal styli are simply specialised auxiliary spicules. 


Echinonema typicum, Carter, has not yet been sufficiently 
described to enable one to recognise it with certainty, though 
Dendy has pointed out its close agreement with other sponges 
of the present series. Concerning those specimens referred 
to by Dendy, in which he failed to observe toxa, nothing can 
be said with certainty, but in view of the fact that toxa are 
abundant in all the varieties here described, it is highly 
probable that they represent another species. Echinonema 
typicum was recorded by Carter from South and South-West 
Australia, and in regard to external form was described as 
““shrubby, eauhe ulate: more or less compressed, bunch-like or 
clustral, consisting of a great number of digital more or less 
branched stalks spreading upwards from a contracted sessile 
base; branches cylindrical, round, or slightly compressed, 
more or less sub-divided, terminating in obtuse round ends.’ 


Me 


SPONGES..-HALLMANN. 189 


This description was, it seems, based upon a large number of 
specimens. ‘lwo ramose varieties herein described come from 
the same region as the type, viz., one from St. Vincent’s 
Gulf, South Australia, the other from Western Australia, but 
in both cases the specimens representing them are stipitate ; 
moreover, their spicules do not exactly accord with those 
mentioned by Carter. Under the circumstances, they have 
been recorded as new. Echinonema typicum, Carter, is 
urgently in need of re-description. ‘The South African sponge 
identified with it by Nirkpatrick is quite a different species 
from that to which the present sponges belong, and in certain 
features departs widely from typical species of the Clathria- 
Rhaphidophlus group. The varieties of Echinonema anchor- 
atum described by Lendenfeld appear to be species assignable 
to Wilsonella (q.v.). 


In order to avoid needless verbal repetition, it is advisable, 
before proceeding to the description of the several varieties, 
to render a more particular account of those features which 
characterise the species as a whole, and are of no diagnostic 
value so far as the varieties themselves are concerned. It is 
necessary at this point, to mention that all the specimens at my 
disposal are in a dry state of preservation, and with the ex- 
ception of those of the var. anchoratus, retain only traces of 
the dermal layer. Nevertheless, it is doubtful, even if spirit- 
specimens had been available, whether any additional criteria 
for the discrimination of the varieties would have been forth- 
coming, except, perhaps, in three particulars, viz., the width 
of the mesh of the dermal reticulation, the deportment of the 
main fibres in their approach to the surface, and the maximum 
size of the special dermal styli. 


The most striking skeletal features are:—(1.) the absence 
of spicules from almost all the connecting fibres, and their 
abundance in the main fibres, in which they form a compara- 
tively stout, rather compact core; and (ii.) the profusion of 
scattered spicules in the tissues between the fibres. In a thin 
longitudinal section mounted in balsam and viewed with the 
naked eye, the loosely branched «main fibres, on account of 
their contained spicules and greater stoutness, stand out con- 
spicuously ; whilst between them is to be seen only a dim 
haziness due to the individually imperceptible transverse fibres 
and scattered spicules. ‘The appearance thus presented is very 
characteristic and enables one to readily recognise mounted 
sections of the species without microscopical examination. 
Where the main fibres lie close together, they are directly 
joined by short transverse fibres and the intervening meshes 
are rectangular, but where, owing to their divergence, the main 
fibres become widely separated, the connecting fibres may form 


190 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


a loose plexus or inter-reticulum between them, and the mesh 
is of irregular shape. The principal styli are usually slightly 
curved ; the auxiliary styli are usually straight ; and the special 
dermal styli are slightly subfusiform, usually curved, with the 
curvature restricted to, or most pronounced in, their basal half. 
The dermal styli are of very nearly the same size in all the 
varieties, but, owing to the fact that spicules occur of all sizes 
and shapes intermediate between them and the accessory styli, 
it is impossible—at any rate in the present specimens, owing 
to the damaged state of the dermal layer—-to determine the 
exact upper limits of their size. One can therefore only quote 
the size below which they are usually to be found. The micros- 
cleres offer no assistance in the discrimination of varieties. 
The chelz may differ slightly in different varieties, but since 
they are also slightly variable in one and the same, the difh- 
culty of fixing upon their distinctive peculiarities is too great 
to render them of service. The dermce of torsion of the smaller 
chelz is usually not more than 90°. The toxa appear to be 
absolutely identical in form in the different varieties. They are 
hair-like spicules usually with a central flexure of fairly definite 
form, but otherwise extremely variable in shape. They would 
seem to be capable of indefinitely continued growth, and in 
some cases, at least, attain a length of more than 4goop. As 
growth proceeds the arms. become irregularly flexuous and 
twisted in various planes, and in many cases the spicules lose 
all semblance to toxa. The colour in the living condition of 
all the varieties previously described is some shade of red; 


that of the new varieties is unknown. The colour in dry 


specimens, is some shade of yellow or light brown 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, vay. PROXIMUS, var. nov. 
(Plate xxviii., figs. 3, 4, and fig. 37.) 
Of this variety the museum possesses two specimens. Both 


are stipitate, ramose sponges, with short and relatively stout 
irregular branches, which divide frequently and often anasto- 


mose, and are either restricted entirely to the one plane or 


come to lie in overlapping planes. The branches are either 
circular in cross section or compressed in the plane of branch- 
ing, and measure from 6 to 10 mm. in their lesser diameter. 


The two specimens are very nearly equal in size; the slightly 


larger is go mm. in height. The texture is denser than in any 


other of the varieties here described. The main fibres are 


rarely less than Soy in stoutness and often attain to from 
120 to 150. Acanthostyles are fairly abundant ; those which 


echinate the fibres are often very deeply implanted in the 


a 
. 
~ 


SPONGES._HALLMANN. 191 
spongin. The principal and auxiliary styli are usually 
characterised by a barely appreciable sub-basal constriction. 
The auxiliary styli are occasionally, the special dermal styli 
frequently, provided with a minute basal spination. The 
acanthostyles are stout, with relatively few large spines, and 
without basal enlargement. The maximum dimensions of the 
spicules are as follows :— 


Megascleres.— 

(i.) Principal stvli, 200-230 
(rarely 240) x 11-13 p. 

(ui.) Acanthostyles, 60-75 x 
7-8 jl. 

(ili.) Auxiliary styli, 260-280 
x 7-9 H- 

(iv.) Special dermal styli, 
usually less than 130 (or 
perhaps 120) x 4.5 p. 


Microscleres.— 
(i.) Larger chele, (apparently) 
rather rare, 15-19 # long. 
(ii.) Smaller, usually contort, 
chelz, 7-12 # long. 


Bobs es Fig. 37—k. typicus var. 
(iii. ) loxa: observed lengths, Papen a Bast eeire mai. 
QO-260 }!. ties of principal styli. b Acan- 
thostyli. 

This variety differs from the 

typical form in regard to the acan- 
thostyles, which, for the latter, have been described as 

*‘clavate.”’ 


Loc.—Henley Beach, St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia 
(Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, vary. GEMINUS, var. nov. 


(Plate xxviii., fig. 4, and fig. 38.) 


In regard to external form, there is not much to dis- 
tinguish this variety from the preceding. The single specimen, 
which measures 220 mm. in height, is a luxuriantly branched 
stipitate sponge with rarely anastomosing branches, which 
divide dichotomously, and extend with more or less overlap- 
ping approximately in one plane. A peculiar feature of the 
sponge, and one which will probably prove to be characteristic 
is the unevenness of the surface of the branches, due to con- 
cave depressions and short obliquely longitudinal undulations. 
As a consequence the cross-section of a branch varies from 


192 “ENDEAVOUR” 


point to point in outline and in area. 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


The thickness of the 


branches psy tyre to the plane of branching varies from 


Bi to erm. 


sl i 
aang 


Fig. 38—A. ¢. var. 
a Principal stylus. 
styli. b' Basal extremities of 
ditto. c Special dermal styli. 
d Acanthostyli. e Larger chele. 
f Smailer contort chela. g Toxa. 


tt 


r— 


geminus. 
b Auxiliary 


; in the transverse direction they 


are of variable 
breadth, sometimes appearing to 
a slight extent irregularly mon- 
iiform, and almost invariably 
becoming much expanded prior 
to bifurcation. The encrusted 
appearance of portions of the 
surface of the figured specimen 
is due to a stoloniferous Alcyon- 
arian. 

The fibres are of about equal 
stoutness to those of the pre- 
ceding variety. Also, the echin- 


ating acanthostyles are of ap- 
proximately equal abundance, 


and are often deeply imbedded in 
the spongin. In regard to their 
spicular characters, however, the 
two varieties are well distin- 
guished. In the present variety, 
the megascleres are much slen- 
derer; the auxiliary spicules are 
much longer, and approach more 
nearly to the principal styli in 
point of stoutness; both aux- 
iliary and special dermal spicules 
are tylostylote or subtylostylote, 
and appear to be entirely devoid 
of the characteristic basal spina- 
tion of other varieties; and 
finally, the acanthostyles are 
clavate or subclavate, and have 
smaller and more numerous 
spines. The greatest dimensions 
of the spicules are as follows :— 


Megascleres.— 
(i.) Principal styli, 220-240 
M75 Os 2a! 
(ii.) Acanthostyli, 70-80 
(rarely 85) x 5-6 #t. 
(iil.) Auxiliary tylostyli, 320- 
305 X 0.5-7 HH. 


(iv.) Dermal tylostyli, 
usually less than 150 
x45 te 


aan 


SPONGES... HALLMANN 193 


Microscleres.— 


0 


(i.) Larger chele, 15-19 7 long. Usually their ““palms’’ 
as seen in profile, are parallel to the shaft or slightly 


deflected inwards. 
(ii.) Contort chele, 7-10 pt. 
(i) Doxa: observed 
lengths, 45-370 pt. 

This variety agrees with the 
typical in possessing clavate 
acanthostyli, but no mention of 
tylostylote smooth spicules in 
the latter occurs in Carter’s 
description. 

Loc.—Western Australia 
(Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. 
BREVISPINUS, Lendenfeld. 
(Fig. 38a.) 

Whilst the agreement between 
this variety and the preceding — 
var. geminus—is not so perfect 
that one can with certainty 
assert their identity, yet it has 
been found impossible to estab- 
lish any wholly — satisfactory 
points of difference. Seeing, 
however, that the present sponge 
has already been described as a 
distinct species and is accord- 
ingly already in possession of a 
name, and since, moreover, it is 
known only from a_ locality 
widely distant from that of the 
other, no objection can be raised 
if, for the present, and until 
more and better material from 
various localities is available it 
is retained as an independent 
variety. The material which I 
have at my disposal consists of 
one small imperfect specimen, 
together with a small piece 
derived from a British Museum 
example labelled Thalassoden- 
dron brevispina. The former 


Q 


Fig. 38a—R. ¢. var. brevispi 
wus. a Principal styli. b Aux- 
iliary styli. c Special dermal 
styli. d Acanthostyli. e Larger 
chela. 


is that which formed the 


basis of Whitelegge’s short account. The original descrip- 
tion speaks of the sponges of this variety as ‘‘large branched 


194 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


sponges, with very irregular digitate processes.’’ From the 
fragmentary material at my disposal ail that I am able to say is 
that they are ramose, and, in some cases at least, stipitate ; 
with branches which exhibit somewhat the same peculiarity as 
shown by the var. geminus, and which attain a thickness of 
as much as 15mm. ‘The main fibres are usually between 70 
and 150mm. in stoutness, but may attain to 200. The only 
tangible differences between this variety and the preceding, 
are afforded by the spicules. The auxiliary spicules are only 
slightly enlarged basally, and are somewhat shorter; the 
special dermal spicules are usually simple styli without tylosis, 
and quite commonly exhibit a very minute basal spination; the 
chelee appear not to display the peculiarity mentioned for the 
preceding. The maximum size of the spicules is as follows :— 


Megascleres.— 
(i.) Principal styli, 220-240 x 7-8.5 . 
(ii.) Acanthostyli, 60-85 x 6-7 jt. ) 
(iii.) Auxiliary subtylostyli, 280-310 x 6-7 . 


(iv.) Special dermal styli, usually less than 130 x 4.5 wl. 


Microscleres.— 
(i.) Larger chele, 12-16 p long. 
(1i.) Contort chela, 7-11 yt long. 
(iii.) Toxa: observed lengths, 60-230 y. 
Loc.—Port Jackson (Lendenfeld). 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. ANCHORATUS, Carter. 
(Plate xxix., “and. fig36;) 


This variety is represented by three specimens of thin flabel- 
liform habit. One is regularly ovate in outline with even or 
crenulated margin, and with shallow grooves on both faces, 
radiating to the distal border. This specimen exhibits an 
exact correspondence in habit to Carter’s Echinonema pectini- 
formis. The grooves are such as to suggest that neighbouring 
marginal processes, at first distinct, have subsequently become 
united by intergrowth, or that superficial demarcation occurs 
between ‘processes prior to, or without, their actual separation. 
A second specimen (Plate xxix.) is abundantly provided 
with cylindrical marginal digitations, and similar processes in 
lesser number arise from its faces; it is slightly larger than the 
others, measuring 230mm. in height. The third differs from 
either of the preceding in the absence of a stalk; otherwise it 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 


195 


more closely resembles the first-mentioned, but is devoid of 
surface grooves; it 1s attached to a large water-worn stone by 


an extensive basal disc. The 
lamina in all three is from 6 to 
8 mm. in thickness. The sponge 
is very loose-textured; near the 
surface, adjoining main fibres are 
often 0.5 to 0.8 mm. apart. The 
fibres are comparatively slender— 
probably never exceeding 100 j in 
diameter. In the present speci- 
mens the dermal membrane is 
intact, and shows that the dermal 
skeleton is precisely similar in its 
formation to that of R. pauci- 
spinus. Vhe polygonal meshes of 
the reticulation are very uniform 
in size and average 120 yt in width. 


The following resumé of its 
spicular characters (omitting for 
the moment the actual dimensions 
of the spicules) shows this variety 
to be unquestionably distinct from 
any of the others. The smooth 
megascleres are slenderer than in 
all other cases, and are basally 
neither expanded nor contracted ; 
the principal and auxiliary styli 
approximate in stoutness and in 
shape and no longer permit of 
their ready differentiation ; oxeote 


modifications of the auxiliary and _ 


dermal styli are of common occur- 
rence ; and acanthostyles are com- 
paratively rare and of small size. 
On account of the great difficulty 
in distinguishing between the prin- 
cipal and auxiliary stvli, I am un- 
able to give the maximum length 
of the former; the difficulty is fur- 
ther increased by a certain amount 
of variability in respect to the 
stoutness of spicules in different 
specimens. The dimensions are 
as follows :— 


Fig. 39—R. ¢. var. ancho- 


rvatus. a Principal styli. b 
Auxiliary styli. b' Oxeote 
modification of ditto. c 
Special dermal styli.  c’ 


Oxeote modification of ditto. 
d Acanthostyli. e Larger 
chela. f Smaller contort 
chela. 


196 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The stoutest styli are 5.5» in diameter in one speci- 
men, 7 }! in a second, and of intermediate stoutness 
in thes third. 


(.) The longest styli are 290-320 p in length ; 5 5 # in maxi- 
mum diameter in the first specimen, 6.5 in the 
second. 

(ui.) Acanthostyli, 45-56 x 5-6 p. 

(iv.) The special dermal styli are usually less than 
130 X 4p. 


Microscleres.— 


(i.) Larger chele, 14-18 long. 
(1.) Contort chela, 8-11 pe. 
(i.) Toxa: observed lengths, 40-415 yu. 


Dendy’s identification of this variety with those quoted as 
synonyms is confirmed by an examination which I have made 
of pieces of their type-specimens. 


Loc.—Port Phillip (Carter; Dendy; Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. OBESUS, nom. nov 


bf 


(Plate xxviit., fig. 1, and fig. 4o.) 


The sponges described by Whitelegge under the name of 
Clathria typica agree among themselves and differ from those 
of the other varieties by virtue of their low stature, and their 
non-branching stoutly proportioned lamellar, or, at times, 
submassive habit. T hey comprise nine specimens, all of which 
are in a dry, macerated, and dermally denuded condition. The 
specimen of most symmetrical shape has the form of a thick 
sessile plate, sub- circular in outline, thinnest along the slightly 
and irregularly notched margin, and with both sumiaces 
rendered very uneven by incipient outgrowths. This specimen, 
which is greater in height than any of the others, makes some 
approach in habit to the variety anchoratus, though it is well 
distinguished from any known example of the latter by virtue 
of its much more massive proportions. It measures 150 mm. 
in height and breadth, and varies in thickness from 10 to 
15mm. near the margin, to 25mm. in the central portion. 
Although such simplicity of form is rarely attained, the 
dominant growth-tendency of the sponges of this variety is 
always in the direction of plate-formation. But almost in- 

variably the primary plate undergoes proliferation in various 
ways, occasionally by bifurcation, sometimes by means of 
additional upgrow ths froma slightly expanded base, but most 
usually by means of lamellar outgrowths from the side, which 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 107 


either remain attached to it along vertical lines, or become, 
distally separated from it as growth proceeds. The external 
appearance of the sponge is accordingly subject to considerable 
variation, but in no case is there positive evidence of a tend- 
ency to form linear branches or processes. The degree of 
variability of the spicules is such that doubt might reasonably 
be held as to whether all these forms really belong to a single 
variety ; and consequently, in the absence of sufficient evidence: 
upon which to base a positive conclusion, but being compelled, 
one might say, to take cognisance of them, I adopt the pre- 


(2) 


c 


Fig. 40—R. typicus var. obesus. a Basal ends of auxiliary spicules. 
of atypical specimen, a’ Acanthostyles of ditto. b Acanthostyles 
from a co-typical specimen. c Basal ends of accessory spicules of a 
non-typical specimen. c/ Acanthostyles of ditto. d,e Acanthostyles 


from two other non-typical specimens. f Larger chela from a typical 
specimen. 


caution of specifying which of them are to be regarded as 
typical, viz., those which Whitelegge evidently had under 
consideration when he wrote,! ‘‘This species has a superficia! 
resemblance to Clathria australis, Lendenfeld.’’ One of the 
characteristics of the sponge to which Whitelegge thus refers 
and which is described in the present paper (p. 160) as Crella 
incrustans var. arenacea, is the presence on the surface of 


1 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 80. 


{ 98 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


longitudinal grooves; and since grooves of very similar ap- 
pearance (though of quite different morphological character) 
occur in a number of specimens of the present series, one feels 
convinced that it is these latter which Whitelegge would have 
selected as typtcal. These grooves, which are of the same 
nature as those occurring in the var. anchoratus, provide an 
additional feature by which the present variety, in its strictest 
sense, may be identified; they are well pronounced in the 
specimen herein figured. Confining our attention to the 
specimens which agree in this character, the following diag- 
nosis based on the spicules is obtained :—Principal and aux- 
iliary spicules approximating in stoutness, the latter subtylote 
in the manner shown in the text-figure (fig. a), the former 
without any basal peculiarity. Acanthostyles moderately 
abundant, seub-clavate (figs. a’, b), with comparatively small 
spines ; those which echinate the fibres are usually very deeply 
implanted, and increase considerably in abundance towards 
the outer end of the main fibres. The dimensions of the spi- 
cules are as follows :— 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The principal styli attain, in all the specimen, a maxi- 
mum length of 230 to 240 or (very rarely) 250 j1, but 
the diameter of the stoutest varies in different speci- 
mens from 7 to gy. 


(ii.) The greatest length of the acanthostyles lies, in all 
the specimens, between 7o and 76 yp, but their greatest 
diameter varies in different specimens from 5.5 to 
Sy. The stoutest were found in the specimen fixed 
upon as the type. 


(iii.) The auxiliary subtylostvli, in the specimen selected 
as the actual type (Z. 936)! and in some others bear- 
ing an extremely close external resemblance to it, 
never exceed a length of 310 and very rarely reach 
beyond 290j#1; in the remaining specimens much 
higher values were obtained, viz., 340 to 360 p. 


The special dermal styli and the microscleres are, so far as 
one can judge, of practically similar dimensions, not only in all 
the specimens here in question, but also in those presently to 
be considered. ‘The first-mentioned are probably with few ex- 
ceptions less than 150 }: in length. The larger chele vary 
from 12 to 17 » in length, whilst the largest contort chel 
appear never to exceed a length on 12) 7s. “Whe -toxa are ne 
different from those of other varieties. 


1 In order to mark the actual specimens investigated so that, if need 
be, they may be used for future reference, I quote their Register 


"Numbers. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 199 


The remaining specimens of the collection—the non-typical 
specimens—fall into three groups. The first group is repre- 
sented by a single specimen (Z. 935) which in texture and 
appearance is quite unlike the typical specimens, and which, 
on that account, might have been expected to yield tangible 
points of difference in the spicule characters. Except, how- 
ever, that the acanthostyles are more spiny (fig. c’), and that 
the tylosis of the auxiliary spicules is more strictly terminal 
(fig. c), there is nothing to distinguish its spicules from those 
of the tvpe-specimen. These differences are not so great that 
they might be considered as due to individual variation. 


The second group is represented by the specimen (Z. 939) 
which received particular mention at the outset, on account 
of its larger size and simpler form. Whilst in this also, the 
smooth spicules show a correspondence in size with those of 
the type-specimen, the tylosis of the accessory spicules is 
much reduced, and, for the majority of them, inappreciable ; 
furthermore, the acanthostyles (fig. d) are markedly larger, 
often gj in diameter, and, though usually between 75 and 
85 long, may actually attain to 105 4. This group may, for 
the present, be regarded as a sub-variety. 


In the third group, of which a specimen (Z. 940) bearing a 
close resemblance in texture and even in general appearance to 
the large specimen of the second group, may be quoted as an 
example—the spicule dimensions again accord with those of 
the type, except that the acanthostyles (fig. e) are slightly 
stouter, 8 to 9.5 in diameter, and more abundantly spined, 
like those of the second group. But in one respect at least, 
the members of the present group differ from the others of the 
variety—the auxiliary spicules are simply stylote, i.e., entirely 
devoid of any trace of basal enlargement; they ought, accord- 
ingly, to be regarded for the present as constituting a second 
sub-variety. 


Loc.—Port Jackson and neighbourhood (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, var. STELLIFER, var. nov. 
(Plate xxvii., and fig. 41.) 


This variety is represented by a single specimen. — The 
sponge is stipitate, flabelliform, with iobate margin, and with 
a couple of digitiform upgrowths flanking the lamina. It 
measures 300 mm. in height, 160 mm. in Breadth and about 
6mm. in diameter. Scattered at intervals over the surface 
are radiate groups of short obscure ridges forming ‘“‘asterisks.’ 
15 to 20mm. in diameter. Towards the distal margin, the 


200 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


surface is vertically furrowed, conveying the idea of an incom- 
plete separation into lobes and digitations. Where the dermal 
incrustation has been abraded the surface is extremely harsh 
to the touch, owing to the dense crowding of acanthostyles at 


Fig. 41—RX. typicus var. stellifer. a Principal styli. b 
Auxiliary styli. c Special dermal styli. d Acanthostyli. 
e Chela. f Toxa. 


the ends of the fibres. The main fibres are 80 to 120» In 
diameter. This variety is characterised by the extreme 
abundance of its acanthostyles, which are closely arranged on 
all the fibres, and, at the superficial extremities of the latter, so 


SPONGES.--HALLMANN. 201 


densely packed that the fibre 
becomes practically a_ fused 
mass of acanthostyles. The 
acanthostyles are stout in pro- 
portion to their length and are 
furnished with large and 
numerous spines. The prin- 
cipal and auxiliary styli are de- 
void of any basal enlargement 
or reduction; the latter are oc- 
casionally, the dermal styli 
usually, basally spined. The 
greatest dimensions of the spi- 
cules are :-— 


Megascleres.— 

(i.) Principal styli, 240 x 
Dope 

(ii.) Accessory styli, 300- 
330 X 9 Ht. 

(iii.) Dermal styli, usually 
less than 130°x 455 

(iv.) Acanthostyles, 50-68 
#¢ long, and up to 8.5 
jt in diameter. 


Microscleres.— 
(i.) Larger chele, 15-20 4 
long. 
(1i.) Contort chela, attain- 
ing to 11 jt in length. 
(ui.) Toxa: observed 
lengths, 55-260 yu. 


Loc.—Bass Strait, East 
Coast of Flinders Island. 


(‘‘Endeavour.’’) 


RHAPHIDOPHLUS TYPICUS, war. 
FAVOSUS, JWhitelegge. 
(Text-fig. 42.) 


This variety, which is so far 
known only from a few frag- 
mentary specimens, is well dis- 
tinguished from the others by 
{i.) its long slender cylindrical 
branches which do not exceed 


Fig. 42—R. typicus var. favo- 
sus. a Principal styli. b Aux- 
iliary styli. ec Special dermal 
styli. d Acanthostyli. e Chelz. 


poe “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


7mm. in diameter; (1i.) by the gauziness of its texture; (iii. 
by the slenderness of its fibres, which do not exceed 80 p: in 
diameter; (iv.) by the large size of its megascleres; (v.) by 
the ‘‘manubriation”’ of the basal end of the principal styli; and 
(vi.) by the paucity of numbers of its stout acanthostyles 
which, when echinating, are only slightly embedded in 
spongin. The original description says, ‘‘surface minutely 
honeycombed; the cells are from £-2 mm. in diameter, etc.”’ 
This statement appears to me entirely misleading, since except 
for the gauzy looseness of the texture, there is nothing par- 
ticularly of the kind thus suggested. The maximum 
dimensions of the spicules, some of which are not quite 
correctly stated in the previous account, are as follows :— 


Megascleres.— 

(i.) Principal styli, 300-305 x 13. (Spicules ‘‘15 4”? in 
diameter have not been observed). 

(ii.) Auxiliary styli, often basally spined, 350-370 x 7- 
IO. 

(iii.) Special dermal styli, usually basally spined, and, as. 
asrule sesssthan, 135 ocesie. 

(iv.) Acanthostyli, 70-80 x 10 u. 


Microscleres.— 
(i.) Larger chela, 14-18 long, occasionally (though 
very rarely) contort. 
(ii.) Smaller contort chele, 8-12 pi. 
(iii.) Toxa: observed lengths, 70-255 }/. 


Locs.—Off Port Jackson, 49-50 fms. (‘‘Thetis’’); Oyster 
Bay, Tasmania, 60 fms. (‘‘Endeavour.’’) 


GENUS THALASSODENDRON, Lendenfeld. 


1888. Thalassodendron, Lendenfeld. Descr. Cat. Sponges. 
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 222. 


The genus Thalassodendron was proposed for ‘*Desmaci- 
donidw with a supporting skeleton composed of horny fibres. 
partly without spicules in the interior and echinated by scarce, 
pretty smooth styli.’’ The definition attached no importance 
to the nature of the coring spicules and regarded as essential 
a feature which we now know to be lacking in systematic 
value. As a consequence it happens that the six species. 
described—T. digitata, T. typica, T. rubens, varr. dura et 
lamella, T. paucispina, T. brevispina and T. viminalis—fall 
into several different genera. Thiele! has already pointed out 
that T. digitata possesses the requisite characters of his genus. 


1 Thiele—Kieselschwamme von Ternate, ii., 1903, p. 962. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 203 
Echinochalina, and at the same time has fixed upon 7. typica 
as the type of Thalassodendron. Unfortunately no specimens 
identifiable with either of thesé species occur in the present 
collection of the Australian Museum, and since the description 
of T. typica is insufficient, we are left in doubt as to the precise 
connotation of the name Thalassodendron. Whitelegge! has 
indeed published a short account of a sponge regarded by him 
as the type-specimen of T. typica, but it is so little in agree- 
ment with the original description that hesitation might well 
have been felt in accepting its implication as a final verdict. 
An examination of this specimen has shown—what is indeed 
immediately obvious even from external comparison—that it 
is an example of Echinodictyum (Kalykenteron) elegans, Len- 
denfeld,? a sponge with which Whitelegge was apparently 
not well acquainted. One can therefore only conclude that the 
specimen investigated by Whitelegge was mislabelled, as was 
also the specimen which he at first mistook} for Thalas- 
sodendron viminalis. So far as one can judge from Lenden- 
feld’s description of T. typica, Thalassodendron may for the 
present be looked upon as a synonym of Wilsonella (q.v.). 


T. viminalis is an Ophlitaspongia.4 With regard to the 
remaining species I find, in disagreement with Whitelegge 
who regarded them as individual variations of a single species, 
that T. brevispina is a variety of Rhaphidophlus typicus, 
Carter; that T. rubens var. lamella and T. paucispina are 
identical (Rhaphidophlus paucispinus); and that T. rubens 
var. dura is a Clathria (C. rubens). Owing to the unsatis- 
factory nature of the descriptions of these species, a further 
and more extended account of them has been included in the 
present paper. 


Genus Pveciispa, Lendenfeld. 


1888. Plectispa, Lendenfeld, Descr. Cat. Sponges Austr. 
Mus., 1888, p. 225. 


The description which Whitelegge has given of Lendenfeld’s 
three species of Plectispa, viz., P. elegans, P. arborea, and 
P. macropora are so little in agreement with those of Lenden- 
feld as to render inevitable the conclusion that the specimens 
invesigated were mislabelled. How completely at variance 
are the two accounts of these species, will be evident from a 
comparison of the following summaries of them. 


1 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 86 


2 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 216. This species, which 
is probably identical with FE. bilamellatum, Lamk., is described herein, 
70)5 abyAle 


3 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 87; and 5, 1902, p. 214. 
4 O. subhispida, Carter, var. viminalis, Lendf. (q.v.) 


204 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(a) According to Lendenfeld :— 


P. elegans. A reticulate mass of regularly cylindrical 
branches on an average 5 mm. thick; spicules, 
smooth styli 160 x 6 1 and 70 X 5 7, the latter ec fine 
ating. (Loe., Port Naeleors ) 


P. arborea.  Dendritically ramifying, with clearly- 
defined stem. The styli measure 80 x 4 7% and 50 
X 4 @ respectively. (Loc., Port Jackson.) 


P. macropora. Small and tender, reticulate, honey- 
comb-like, incrusting or massive; smooth styli 200 
x 4 #; echinating spined styli 70 x 6 pw. (Loc., 
Torres Strait.) 


(b) According to Whitelegge :— 


P. elegans. With erect, rarely coalescent branches, 
generally with distinct peduncle; spicules, styli roo 
x 6 w and 80 x 5 w respectively. (Loc., Port Jackson 
and neighbourhood. ) 

P. arborea. A Clathria; reticulately branched in one 
plane ; spicules, styli 180 x 8 4, subtylostyli 200 x 2 yt, 
acanthostyles 85 x 6 #1. (Loc., Port Jackson and 
neighbourhood. ) 


P. macropora. Forming low densely-branched clumps, 
with abundant anastomoses of branches.  Spicules, 
smooth styli 100 x 4 » and 75 x 4 p respectively. 
(Loc., neighbourhood of Port Jackson, common. ) 


A comparison of the descriptions of P. arborea, Lendf., 
and P. elegans, Whitelegge, points almost incontestably to 
the conclusion that they are one and the same. Clathria 
(Plectispa) arborea, Whitelegge, is therefore quite a different 
sponge from Lendenfeld’ Ss species and requires a new specific 
name, for which I propose multipes. Echinoclathria (Plec- 
tispa) macropora, Whitelegge, is, as mentioned, a common 
local sponge, and must have been familiar to Lendenfeld. It 
evidently affords no grounds for its identification with P. 
macropora, Lendf., which, moreover, is recorded from a 
widely distant locality. Neither does it show sufficient agree- 
ment with P. elegans to warrant its identification to that 
species. There is no other course open but to regard it as a 
new species; it is described in the present paper under the 
name of Echinoclathria ramosa. P. arborea, Lendf., is like- 
wise a species of Echinoclathria, and there can be little doubt 
that P. elegans, Lendf., belongs to the same genus. The 
genus Plectispa is accordingly left with a single species, P. 
macropora, which may therefore be considered as the type. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN, 205 
According to its description this species possesses the external 
structural characteristic of Echinoclathria but differs from 
the latter in respect to its echinating spicules, which are 
spined, and in respect to its coring spicules, which appear to 
be auxiliary. It accordingly possesses the spiculation of Wéil- 
sonella, of which genus Plectispa may therefore be regarded 
as a synonym. Lendenfeld himself,! shortly after his estab- 
lishment of this genus, recognised the necessity of restricting 
the name to forms with acanthostyles and thereby tacitly 
indicated the type-species. 


Genus Ciaturia, O. Schmidt (emend.). 

The main skeleton is a reticulation of well-developed 
horny fibres which are cored with smooth or, less fre- 
quently, partly spined principal styli, and echinated by 
spined or (rarely) smooth accessory styli. Auxiliary 
monactinal or (rarely) diactinal megascleres of a single 
kind, smooth or terminally spined and typically slenderer 
than the principal styli, occur in the ground and dermal 
tissues and occasionally also, though rarely in any con- 
siderable number, within the fibres themselves; they are 
usually most abundant in the superficial tissues where 
they may become so closely aggregated as to constitute a 
definite dermal skeleton. There are no special dermal 
styli. Microscleres, when present, are typically isochele 
palmate or toxa. 


The above emended diagnosis is intended to exclude not 
only such species as are referable to the genus Rhaphidophlus, 
but also a number of others which might conveniently be 
united under Carter's genus /Tilsonella (vide infra). At the 
same time an attempt has also been made to render the 
definition more precise in regard to the characters of the spi- 
cules. It is, for instance, no longer correct to say that the 
coring styli are smooth; in many species they are basally 
tipped with spines, whilst in Clathria clathrata, Whitelegge,? 
they are provided with moderately large spines over a con- 
siderable portion of the basal region and usually, in addition, 
with extremely minute spines on the remaining portion of 
their length. Neither is it any longer permissible in the face 
of such species as C. transiens, sp. nov. to speak of the echin- 
ating spicules as if they were invariably spined. If the genus 
Wilsonella be accepted in the sense in which I define it, a 
number of species which up till the present have been in- 
cluded in Clathria will need to be removed from the genus, 


1 Lendenfeld—Monograph of the Horny Sponges, 1889, p. 99. 
2 Vide infra, p. 209. 


206 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


and those which remain will be characterised by the posses-- 
sion of auxiliary megascleres which are almost invariably 
stylote. It may be questionable whether the retention within 
the genus of species with diactinal auxiliaries is strictly 
proper, but so far as I know, there is no urgent reason for 
their removal, provided that they satisfy the definition in other 
respects.1 Allowance must be made also for the fact that 
many so-called diactinal spicules are only apparently diactinal. 


The distribution of the auxiliary megascleres is subject to. 
a certain amount of variation. In general, they are scattered 
without apparent order through the soft tissues, increase 
in abundance in the more superficial layers, and are some- 
times so crowded at the surface—though possibly never with 
any distinct regularity of arrangement—-that there results in 
consequence a definite dermal skeleton. It must be allowed, 
however, that in particular cases, the auxiliary megascleres 
may play an appreciable part in the formation of the spicular 
axis of the fibres, or may actually, as in C. inanchorata, R. 
and D.,2 become almost or even quite entirely restricted to an 
intra-fibral situation. An instance of such invasion of the 
fibres by auxiliary megascleres is probably afforded by the 
genus Echinochalina, some species of which, e.g., E. glabra, 


1 Hentschel (Fauna Stdwest-Australiens, Bd. iii., 1911) has recently 
without sufficient justification, placed such a species in the genus 
Spanioplon. 


21 have examined the specimen recorded by Whitelegge under the 
name of Clathria inanchorata, R. and D. (Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, 
p. 495), and although the dimensions of the spicules do not agree with 
the “Challenger” description I cannot do otherwise than agree with 
Whitelegge in regarding them as genuine examples of the species. Not 
only do they agree perfectly with the “Challenger” specimen in external 
appearance, but also in regard to the shape of the acanthostyles and 
the (smaller) toxa. I believe, therefore, that we have in the case of this 
species an instance of one of the very few inaccuracies to be found in 
the descriptions of the ‘“‘Challenger’’ Monaxonida. The spicules within 
the fibres (the main fibres only) are of two kinds, viz.: (i.) Stouter, 
usually curved styli; the stoutest are 24-25 » in diameter, and their 
maximum length varies in the different specimens from 480 to 560 p; and 
ii.) slenderer straight subtylostyli (or tylostyli’ probably never of 
greater size than 450 x 13 ». These spicules I regard as representing 
respectively the principal and auxiliary stylotes of other species. Both 
kinds are basally tipped with a very minute spination which is more 
conspicuous in the auxiliary spicules. Neither principal nor auxiliary 
spicules appear ever to occur scattered between the fibres, though the 
former—but rarely or never the latter—occur abundantly as exteriorly 
directed echinating spicules, along with acanthostyles, on the super- 
ficial transverse fibres. The acanthostyles are extremely variable in size. 
The smallest may be less than 60 p long; but it is impossible to attach 
any precise upper limit to their length. The greater number by far are 
less than 200 » long, and of the remainder the majority are less than 
240 »; but as the length increases the spicule becomes curved and more 
and more free from spines and gradually passes into the form of the 
principal styli. Thus the echinating spicules show a complete transition 
from accessory spined to principal smooth spicules. d The toxa are of two 
kinds: one, similar in form to that figured in the “Challenger’’ Report, 
ranges in length from less than 20 p to about 120 y) and reaches a 
diameter of 4); the other is very long and slender, with straight arms 
inclined at a small angle, and reaches a length, in some cases, of 560 1, 
with a diameter of about 2 ). Chele have not been observed. (Vide 
remarks on C. caelata.) 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 207 


convey irresistibly the impression that they have been evolved 
from forms related to existing species of Echinoclathria 
through the replacement in the fibres of principal by auxiliary 
megascleres. 


The principal and accessory styli in Clathria likewise ex- 
hibit differences in regard to their mode of distribution. The 
principal styli, whilst invariably functioning as coring spicules 
in the main fibres and usually also in the transverse, occur 
also in many species as interstitial spicules, and in some as 
supplementary echinating spicules along with the accessory 
spicules. In the latter case it not infrequently happens that 
the principal and accessory styli are connected by an unbroken 
series of intermediate spicule-forms. The accessory styli, 
which with rare exceptions are spined, are not as a rule ex- 
clusively restricted to the office of echinating the fibres, but 
also occur in limited numbers intrafibrally! and interstitially. 
The particular mode of occurrence of the several spicules 
is, in all probability, characteristic for any given species 
and should accordingly be taken account of in any descrip- 
tion which aims at completeness. The microscleres of 
Clathria are typically isochele palmate and toxa, but one or 
both forms may be absent. It is a question wheher species in 
which the chele are other than of the palmate type should be 
allowed in the genus. Whilst there can be little doubt thar 
palmate chelze and arcuate chele represent two distinct lines 
of development, and are likely to serve as valuable aids for 
the separation of genera, the fact that it is not possible in all 
cases to say whether a particular chela is more strictly palmate 
or more strictly arcuate, renders it inadvisable at present to 
depend upon them solely for the generic separation of species ; 
although eventually no doubt, other characters not hitherto 
employed in classification will be found to provide a means of 
deciding in doubtful cases. In connection with the genus 
Clathria (minus JWilsonella), however, it is quite possible 
that no species with intermediate or ambiguous chele occur, 
and accordingly a new genus might well be established for 
those species which possess chelee arcuate; meanwhile, such 
species must, I suppose, be allowed in the genus. — Kirk- 
patrick? has described two species from South Africa, one 
of which, C. mollis is scarcely capable of being retained in the 
genus, since not only does it possess auxiliary tornota and 
isochele arcuate, but is also characterised by the absence ol 


1 The occurrence of acanthostyles in considerable numbers in the 
fibres is extremely well exemplified in Clathria Hartmeyeri, Hentschel 
(1911). 


Kirkpatrick—Marine Investigations in South Africa, ii., pp. 248, 249. 


208 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


principal styli. Fhe other, wrongly identified as Clathria 
typica, Carter, is anomalous, if its description be correct, in 
possessing sigmata in addition to palmate isochele and toxa. 


In none of the species of Clathria which I have examined 
have I observed unmistakable oscula. 


The following species, of which I have examined the type- 
specimens, call for remark :—- 


Clathria (?) chartacea, Whitelegge,! is an unusual type of 
sponge for which perhaps a new genus must be established. 
The skeleton consists of a renieroid reticulation of acantho- 
styles traversed by multispicular primary lines of spicules in 
the mid-plane of the sponge-lamina, and by paucispicular 
secondary lines running off from these to the surface. The 
spicules forming these lines are of two kinds, viz., acantho- 
styles similar to those of the intervening meshwork, and 
. smooth styvli of a larger size; those of the primary lines are 
chiefly of the latter kind, whilst those of the secondary lines 
are chiefly of the former. The terminal spicules of the 
secondary lines are, however, exclusively of the smooth kind, 
and project considerably beyond the surface, rendering it his- 
pid. There are no echinating spicules. The meshes of the 
renieroid reticulation are triangular or quadrangular with 
sides of a spicule’s length usually formed by a single spicule. 
All the foregoing spicules are distinctly ensheathed in spongin. 
Slender (auxiliary) styli are sparsely scattered through the 
tissues, becoming more abundant towards the surface. Micro- 
scleres are absent. The species is possibly related to the genus 
Suberotelites, from which it appears to differ mainly in pos- 
sessing stylote instead of strongyliform accessory spicules. 


Clathria pellicula, Whitelegge,? which from its description 
would appear to be a Microciona, is really a Hymeraphia. 
The description states that the skeleton is columnar ‘‘consist- 
ing of whisp-like multispicular fibres, with little or no 
spongin,’’ which ‘‘are made up of irregularly disposed 
smooth styli or subtylostyli and accompanied by spined styli.”’ 
It is further stated that ‘‘there are but few spiqules between 
the fibres.’’? I have prepared a number of sections from dif- 
ferent parts of the type-specimen, but in none can I find 
columns of principal styli. Of quite frequent occurrence, 
however, are short strands of auxiliary syli running in various 


1 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, p. 497. 
2 Whitelegge—The Sponges of Funafuti (Austr. Mus. Mem., iii., 5, 1897, 
p. 327). 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 209 


directions—-vertically, obliquely and horizontally—through 
the sponge- -body, and it is these, I presume, which Whitelegge 
refers to as “‘columns.’’ The principal spicules (tylostyli) which 
are relatively very few in number stand singly perpendicularly 
to the base of the sponge with their heads almost in contact 
with the substratum; they occur in no other situation. The 
accessory styli (acanthostyli), which also are by no means 
abundant, are, with the exception of a few scattered individ- 
uals, arranged similarly to the principal spicules. The 
auxiliary megascleres (tylostyli) are relatively very numerous 
and are divisible into two sizes, viz., those of lesser length 
forming the dermal tufts, and those of greater length scattered 
within the tissues and forming the strands already referred 
to. The species accordingly appears to have a closer re- 
lationship to Rhaphidophlus than to Clathria. The principal 
tylostyli vary in length from 180 to 440, but only occasion- 
ally exceed 360 ps the stoutest are 8 to 9 in diameter. They 
are characterised by a basal region of spination which may be 
limited to the surface of the tylosis merely, or may extend— 
particularly in the case of the shorter spicules—over the 
greater portion of the length of the spicule. The largest 
accessory acanthostyles are 120y long and rarely exceed 
6 in diameter The auxiliary tylostyli may attain a size of 
480 x 4.5 #4; the dermal ty lostyli are apparently never much in 
excess of 200 in length. The slender isochele palmate vary 
in length from 16 to 20,0; the toxa are not more than 
1.5 # in diameter and range in length from about200 to 380 p. 


Microciona clathrata, Whitelegge,! though peculiar in some 
respects, is distinctly a Clathria. The statement in the original 
description that “‘the skeleton consists of stout horny fibres 
arranged in plumose columns”’ is a remarkable error which 
can only be explained by supposing that the description was 
based upon a section through the terminal portion of a branch 
in which transverse fibres were not conspicuously developed. 
The skeleton is an irregular reticulation of stout and densely 
horny fibres, which, except in newly-formed branches are so 
strongly developed that the interstices of the meshwork may 
become reduced almost to the point of obliteration. |The 
sponge is, consequently, exceptionally hard and tough. In 
the interior of the sponge the fibres are plentifully echinated 
with large accessory acanthostyles; the superficial fibres are 
densely echinated both with accessory acanthosyles and prin- 
cipal styli which together hispidate the surface. Amongst 


1 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, 493. The name Clathria 
clathrata is at present also used for the ane originally described by 
O. Schmidt as Tenacia clathrata. but as this may be placed in the genus 
Rhaphidophlus, | refrain from changing the name of Whitelegge’s species. 


210 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


these superficial echinating spicules, a transition of forms 
intermediate between the accessory and principal styli are 
met with. In this respect the species resembles C. in- 
anchorata, R. and D. The arrangement of the principal 
styli in the inner skeleton is to a great extent independent of 
that of the fibres. The principal styli are curved spicules of 
very variable length ranging from less than 200 to upwards 
of 450 long; it is rarely that they exceed a size of 400 
x 251; they are typically provided at the base with larger 
spines for about 20 to go of their length and beyond that 
with very minute sparsely scattered spines. The accessory 
acanthostyles, which also are curved, vary in length from 
about 100 to 200 % and the stoutest are about 15 ju in diameter ; 
it is impossible, however, to affix any precise upper limit to 
their length since they gradually pass into the form of the 
principal styli; their basal end is closely covered with clavate 
spines whilst the shaft is provided with sharp-pointed recurved 
spines. The auxiliary spicules are straight subtylostyli which 
are basally tipped with a few minute spines. They are plenti- 
fully scattered through the tissues and are particularly 
abundant in the dermal layer where they lie for the most part 
horizontally ; they are 150 to 240 in length and may reach 
a diameter of 8 yx. Palmate chela, 7 to 10 # long. Slender 
tricurvate toxa, 80-150 # long. 


Somewhat related to Clathria clathrata, though of quite 
different habit, is the sponge which Whitelegge! regarded as 
Hchinonema anchoratum, var. lamellosa, Lendenfeld, and for 
which I now propose the name Clathria spicata. White- 
legge’s description is misleading in several respects. The 
species is known from a single dry specimen of flabelliform 
shape. The surface which is bare of any traces of a dermal 
investment is ornamented by minute discontinuous longitudi- 
nal ridgings with frequent transverse connections; and is 
dotted with numerous small rounded holes which probably 
represent the openings leading into the incurrent canals. The 
skeleton reticulation is very irregular and the connecting 
fibres are destitute of a spicular core. The coring spicules, 
which include both accessory and auxiliary spicules in addition 
to the principal, are for the most part disposed plumosely in 
a rather disorderly manner and often project beyond the 
spongin-sheath. Fascicles of spicules also occur independently 
of the fibres. The accessory acanthostyles echinating the 
fibres of the interior may reach a length of 120 % or more, but 


1 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 82. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. Sat 
-are usually less than 1ooy. The superficial fibres are echi- 
nated by spicules showing all gradations of form between the 
shortest accessory and the longest principal spicules. In this 
species therefore, as in the preceding, there is no line of 
separation between these two classes of spicules, so that it is 
impossible to assign any upper limit to the Jength of the 
former or lower limit to the length of the latter. Both kinds 
are typically curved, with the greatest curvature in the basal 
moiety. The principal spicules may attain a size of 
410 x 1244; they are conical tylostyli in which the surface of 
the tylosis is rugged or obscurely spined; in the larger in- 
dividuals the shaft is, with rare exceptions, free from 
inequalities. The auxiliary spicules are subtylostyli usually 
basally tipped with a minute spination; they vary in length 
from 130 (or less) to about 340 yw, and the stoutest are 
4.544 in diameter. The isochelz are fairly abundant and 
reach a length of 13 jt. Very slender toxa, with straight arms 
and only a slight median flexure, are rare; they reach a maxi- 
mum length of at least 260 yx. The slender hair-like spicules 
mentioned by Whitelegge are incipient auxiliary spicules. The 
locality of the specimen, according to its label, is Western 
Australia. The Echinonema anchoratum var. lamellosa, 
Lendenfeld, which from its description is possibly a species of 
Wilsonella, was recorded from Port Chalmers, New Zealand. 


Whitelegge has, accordingly, described in all nine new 
species of Clathria, viz., C. tenuifibra, C. multipes,1 nom. 
nov., C. striata, C. calopora, C. arcuophora, C. clathrata (as 
Microciona), C. diechinata, nom. nov., C. tenebrata (as 
Rhaphidophlus), and C. bispinosa? (as Rhaphidophlus). 


1 In the remarks on the genus Plectispa. Lendf., it was pointed out 
that the Clat' i (Plertis:a) a ove Whitelegge, is distinct from Len- 
denfeld’s species of that name. Since the specific named arborea is based 
on a mistaken identification and is, moreover, quite inappropriate, its 
retention is undesirable, and I therefore propose for this sponge the 
name ties in reference to its habit of forming a number of attach- 
ment-stalks. A sponge in the British Museum bearing the manuscript 
name ‘“‘Thalassodendron reticulata, Lendenfeld”’ (a small portion of which 
is included in Prof. Dendy’s loan to the Australian Museum), is, as White- 
legge has already stated, identical with this species. A fuller descrip- 
tion than that which has been given is desirable, but the material in 
hand is not sufficiently well-preserved for the purpose. I may merely 
mention that Whitelegge has overlooked the presence of very slender 
palmate isochele 6-7 p long; that the principal styli are straight or 
slightly curved subfusiform spicules which may attain a size of 192 x 
12; and that the cylindrical auxiliary subtylostyli vary in length from 
170 ») or less to 250 7) and may attain a diameter of 4.5 p. 


2 A doubt may be said to exist concerning this species, since the tyne- 
specimen and slides have apparently been lost. Judging from its descrip- 
tion, the svecies is remarkable in that the accessory acanthostyles have 
‘become differentiated into two groups. The probability is, however. that 
the slender forms mentioned are only early developmental stages. If this 
is so, the species is almost certainly another of the series to which 
‘belong C. inanchorata, C. caelata, C. clathrata, and C. spicata. 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


1) 
a 
bo 


CLATHRIA CELATA, sp. nov 


(Plate xxxiil., fig. 4; and fig. 43.) 


Sponge erect, stipitate; with a tendency, more or less 
well expressed towards a restriction of growth to one 
plane, but otherwise variable in habit. Surface charac-- 
teristically ornamented by close-set processes with deep 
intervening sulci. Dermal membrane exceeding thin, or 
apparently absent. Main skeleton a close reticulation of 
well-developed horny fibres; the main fibres with longi- 
tudinally and divergingly disposed skeletal spicules, the 
connecting fibres vacant. The echinating spicules range 
in form, gradationally, from small straight (accessory) 
acanthostylés to large curved smooth principal styli; 
those of intermediate and larger size are mostly to be 
found on the outer aspect of the superficial fibres. 
Auxiliary spicules in moderate number occur both within 
the fibres and scattered between. Megascleres :—(i.) 
Smooth principal styli, 140-320 x 10 pw; (u.) entirely 
spined acanthostyli, about 110 x 5.5 uw; (tit.) auxiliary © 
subtylostylt, 375 x 5 jt.  Microscleres:—-Toxa of two 
sizes; the shorter, abundant, rarely exceeding go yt; the 
longer, very rare, attaining to at least 275 yw in length. 


This species—represented by six specimens—is an erect 
stipitate sponge, somewhat variable in habit, but of very 
characteristic external aspect owing to the extreme inequality 
of its surface. The inequality, which is such that the surface 
might be described as deeply sulcated or sculptured, is due to 
the close apposition over its entire extent (including the stalk) 
of short erect processes of variable shape but fairly uniform 
height. The appearance of the sponge, viewed at a distance, 
is suggestive of that of certain corals of the genus Madrepora. 


In its simplest form the sponge is probably ramose, with 
short repeatedly divided branches disposed in one plane and 
more or less inter-united by means of their laterally situated 
processes. An approach to a formation of this kind is shown 
in some parts of several of the present specimens; but, in 
general they are irregularly flabellate and more or less pro- 
liferous. The largest specimen is 125 mm. in height (exclusive 
of the stalk), roo mm. broad, and 7 to 15 mm. thick. 


The texture is fibrous; the consistency tough, compressible; 
resilient. The colour (in alcohol) varies from honey-yellow 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 212 


to deep brown; the darker colour is due to the presence of 
pigmented cells. In some specimens’ an exceedingly thin 
dermal membrane is visible on the less exposed parts. 


The main skeleton is an irregular small-meshed reticula- 

tion of well-developed pale horny fibres, the stoutest of which 
may attain a diameter of 100 j. 
The main fibres are provided 
with a somewhat meagre, dis- 
crete, semi-plumose _ spicular 
core which comprises both 
principal (stylote) and auxiliary 
(subtylostylote) megascleres ; 
the connecting fibres are 
destitute of contained spicules, 
but, like the main fibres, are 
rather scantily echinated by 
slender accessory acanthostyles. 
The principal styli of the main 
fibres are, in general, set more 
or less obliquely to the direction 
of the fibre, sometimes at such 
an angle that they become, in 
effect, echinating spicules. On 
the outer aspect of the super- 
ficial transverse fibres, echinat- 
ing principal styli occur in con- 
siderable number; in this situa- 
tion they stand quite perpen- 

| dicularly to the fibre. Between 

the principal and accessory 

spicules, however, it is impos- 

sible to draw a hard and fast 

line of separation, since— 

although the transition between 

them. is fairly abrupt—the one d 

form graduates into the other. 

The interstitial spicules are 

auxiliary subtylostyli and toxa, 

together with occasional prin- 

cipal and accessory styli; the 

toxa are fairly plentiful in the _ Fig. 43—Clathria caelata. a 

deeper parts, but become par- Principal style. b Auxiliary 

ticularly abundant in the imme- poe: C7 scan thost eS 

diate neighbourhood of the sur- ~~ 

face. The dermal membrane contains a few horizontally- 

‘disposed auxiliary spicules and numerous scattered toxa. 

‘Chelze are absent. 


214 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Megascleres.— 

(i.) The principal styli are sub-conical and slightly curved: 
spicules, occasionally exhibiting a faint sub-basal 
constriction, and attaining a maximum size of 320 
x Io pw. Although the smallest of them are indis- 
tinguishable from the largest accessory styli; the 
lower limit of their length may be fixed at about 
120 #4, since neither do individuals of lesser length 
than this exhibit the curvature of form typical of the 
principal spicules; nor individuals of greater length, 
the minute spination typical of the accessory. Their 
only inequality of surface is an obscure ruggedness 
which, in the case of the shorter spicules, may affect 
the entire surface, but which becomes less and less 
distinct and more restricted to the basal region as the 
length of the spicule increases, and finally dis- 
appears; spicules of greater length than 180 w are, 
with rare exceptions, quite smooth. 

(ii.) The accessory acanthostyles are straight sub-conical 
spicules, frequently with a slight basal enlargement 
(subtylote) and with a minutely spined or, less fre- 
quently, merely rugged surface. Their length varies 
from about 4o to 120 #, but seldom exceeds 95 }; 
they are rarely more than 5 # in diameter. 

(iii.) The auxiliary spicules are straight subtylostyli (or 
tylostyli) varying in length from 190 to 390 p#, and in 
diameter up to 5 w. They sometimes show an obscure 
spination of the extreme basal end. 

Microscleres: Toxa of two kinds.— 

(i.) Shorter, typically tricurvate forms, with well-arched 
median flexure; rarely, angulately bent and with 
straight arms. They range from less than 20 y to 
upwards of too jt (rarely more than go j) in length, 
and up to 3 } in diameter. 

(ii.) Extremely rare, long slender forms,! with fairly 
straight arms, ranging in length from 150 } or less 
to at least 275 », and in diameter up to 1.5 pw. The 
shortest make some approach in form to the first- 
mentioned and indicate that the two forms are modi- 
fications of a single original form. 

Locs.—VTasmania (Austr. Mus. Coll.); forty miles west 
from Kingston, South Australia, 30 fms. ; fifteen miles east- 
north-east from Cape Barren, Tasmania, 53 fms. (‘‘Endea- 
VOUGy): 


1 Owing to their rarity these toxa were at first overlooked, and have 
consequently been omitted from the text-figure. Their presence would 
have remained unsuspected had not the existence of similar spicules in 
the closely allied CG. inanchorta prompted me to undertake a special search 


for them. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. Pritt 
In regard to skeletal structure and the incomplete differen- 
tiation of principal and accessory spicules, this oe agrees 
with C. inanchorata (p. 206), C. clathrata (p. 209), C. spicata 
(p. 210), and C. costifera, sp. nov., and is perhaps sufficiently 
closely related to the first-mentioned to be regarded as a 
variety of it. It is strange that, although four of these species 
have been previously described, their peculiarity in spicul: ition 
has hitherto been overlooked. The five species constitute a 
well-marked group characterised, as regards skeletal features, 
not merely by (i.) the imperfect differentiation of the principal 
and accessory megascleres, and (ii.) the participation of the 
former in the echination of the fibres—for these features are 
found also in otherwise quite different species—but also (iii.) 
by the peculiar mode of disposition (obliquity relativ ely to the 
axis of the fibre) of the principal spicules of the main fibres, 
more particularly towards their outer extremities, and the con- 
sequent ‘‘semi-plumose’”’ or “‘spicate’’ character of these fibres ; 
{iv.) by the absence of axial spicules from the connecting 
fibres ; and (v.) by the relatively dense echination of the super- 
ficial transverse fibres, chiefly or entirely on their outer aspect. 
Another character which appears to be of common occurrence, 
is the inclusion of auxiliary megascleres amongst the intra- 
fibral spicules; this, however, is not shown by C. clathrata. 
To the same group, in all probability, Clathria coppingeri, 
Ridley, Rhaphidophlus bispinosus, Whitelegge,2 and Ophilit- 
aspongia membranacea, Thiele,’ also belong. This group of 
species might be called, after one of its species, the spicata- 
group—a name which also calls to mind one of its character- 
istic features 


CLATHRIA COSTIFERA, sp. nov. 


(Plate xxxi:, fig) 2\; and fig? 44.) 


Sponge flabelliform, moderately thin, stipitate, with 
radially corrugated surface. The dermal membrane, 
owing to the abundance of its contained (auxiliary) spt- 
cules, forms a whitish encrustation in the dry state. The 

main skeleton is a close reticulation of well-developed 

horny fibres. The fibral spicules (principal styli)—which 
are absent from the connecting fibres—are arranged in a 
disorderly fashion and, particularly in the more super- 
ficial parts of the sponge, often project far beyond, or are 
situated upon, the fibre, in the manner of echinating spi- 
cules. A gees series of spicules of intermediate 


<< 
. 


1 Ridley—Report Zool. Coll. of the ‘‘Alert,”’ 1884, p. 445, pl. xl., figs. F, F’; 
Pine tesa, is 
* 2 Whitelegge—Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 10, 1907, p. 503. 


3 Thiele--Fauna Chilensis; Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. vi., Bd. iii., Heft 3, 1905,. 
p. 450, figs. 67a-e, 105. 


Pits) “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


form connects the accessory with the principal styli. 
Megascleres:—(i.) Smooth principal styli; maximum 
size, 300 x 10 wt; (ii.) acanthostyles, minutely Spined, 
seldom exceeding 90 x 6 1; (iti.) auxiliary subtylostyli; 
maximum size, 380 x 641. Microscleres:—Flexuous hair- 
like spicules (modified toxa), fairly abundant; maximum 
length, at least 250 w. 


This species is represented in the collection 
by a single dry washed-out specimen, of leaf- 
like form. The lamina is elliptical in outline, 
and measures 300 mm. in breadth, by 200 
mm. in height; the stalk is short, stout, and 
proximally swollen. Both surfaces of the 
lamina are elegantly ridged and furrowed, 
over their entire extent, along lines which 
radiate curvately from the junction of stalk 
and lamina. The grooves are 2 to 5 mm. in 
width; the intervening ‘‘ridges,’’ which are 
a d much compressed (septiform) and somewhat 
jagged, measure 1 to 4 mm. in height. Be- 
tween the ridges the lamina is comparatively 
thin and, in the present condition of the 
sponge, perforated by frequent rounded open- 
ings up to 2 mm. in diameter. The consis- 
tency is firm and tough; the texture fibrous. 


(S) 


The main skeleton is a close-meshed net- 

work of strongly-developed horny fibres, the 

b stoutest of which attain a diameter of about 

100 #; the connecting fibres are free from 

Fig. 44—C. costi- contained spicules. Echinating acanthostlyes 
ee a Rae are scarce. In the central region of the 
ey subtylostyle. SPONgE, ?.e., in the lamina proper, the reticula- 
ec Acanthostyles. tlon is irregular and confused; intrafibral 
d Trichitoidal mi- spicules are here comparatively few in num- 
‘croscleres (modi- her, and the distinction between main and 
HE UEE ey) connecting fibres is often obscure. In the 
surtace yi ridees. om the other Maand. the 

main fibres run in close and fairly regular sub-parallelism, 
and, owing to their contained spicules, stand out rather 
conspicuously in comparison with the short aspiculous 


transverse _ fibres. The fibral spicules, though almost 
exclusively principal styli, may yet at times include a 
considerable proportion of auxiliary tylostyl. Between 


the fibres, more particularly in the central region of the 
sponge-lamina, megascleres occur in great profusion; they 
consist chiefly of auxiliary spicules, which are often clustered 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 21> 
Sed 


in short strands. In other respects the main skeleton agrees 
with that of the preceding species, C. c@lata; that is to say, 
the principal styli of the fibres are arranged more or less semi- 
plumosely and frequently assume the attitude of echinating 
spicules ; the superficial transverse fibres are closely echinated 
on their outer aspect by both accessory and principal styli; 
and, finally, the principal and accessory megascleres are con- 
nected by a series of spicules of intermediate form. The 
passage between the two kinds of megascleres is, however, 
more abrupt than in C. c@lata, and transitional forms are 
rarely met with except amongst the spicules which echinate 
the superficial fibres. In two respects the species differs 
markedly from C. celata; firstly, in the absence of tricurvate 
toxa; and, secondly, in the presence of a well-developed dermal 
skeleton in the form of a thin layer of closely packed hori- 
zontally-disposed auxiliary subtylostyli, which in the dry state 
forms a whitish incrustation similar in appearance to that 
shown by species of Rhaphidophlus. 


Megascleres.— 


(1.) The principal styli are curved or (less frequently) 
straight subconical smooth spicules, varying in length 
from about 120 to 300 and in diameter up to 10; 
the stoutest are usually those of intermediate length, 
say from 220 to 250. The shortest often exhibit a 
slight degree of ruggedness or other surface in- 
equality, which rarely extends for more than a short 
distance from the basal extremity and is seldom met 
with in individuals of greater length than 160. A 
certain proportion show a slight basal knob marked 
off by a faint constriction ; this i is of relatively larger 
size in smaller and slenderer individuals, which are 
then subtylostyli sometimes scarcely distinguishable 
from the shorter auxiliary spicules. 


(ii.) The accessory acanthostyles are straight or slightly 
curved subconical spicules occasionally with a slight 
basal knob. In length, they range from 4o to 120 4 
though usually less than 90. Individuals above 
1007 long are comparatively rare, and are inter- 
mediate in form between the accessory spicules proper 
and the principal spicules. The accessory spicules 
proper are minutely spined over their whole length or, 
like those of intermediate form, are merely rugged. 


(iii.) The auxiliary subtylostyli (or, less frequently, simple 
styli) are straight or curved spicules, v arying in length 
from less ne 160 to 380} and in diameter up 
to 6p. 


218 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
Microscleres.— 


These are of one kind only, viz., long very slender, hair-like 
sinuous spicules of indefinite form, which are undoubtedly 
modified toxa. They are scattered singly and are moderately 
abundant, and may attain a length of (at least) 260 p. ; 


ifoc.——Bast  1coastanot ) blindegslslande: sBass a Strat 
(‘‘Endeavour’’). 


CLATHRIA RUBENS, Lendenfeld. 
(Plate xxaut) tio sis and aes 4s.) 


1888. Thalassodendron rubens, var. dura (pars), Lendenfeld, 
Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 223. 


Thalassodendron rubens, var. lamella (pars), Lenden- 
feld, Loc. cit. 


4go1. Clathria rubens (pars), Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. Mus., 
Ven 25 PP) O5n CO» Pl. Xie, fg. 13: 


(Thalassodendron rubens), Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. 86. 


Sponge profusely rvamose, stipitate, branching poly- 
tomously with anastomosis. Branches cylindrical except 
at nodes. ‘‘Asterisks’’ (of radiately-disposed grooves), 
sometimes associated each with a conical process, occur 
at intervals over the otherwise even surface. Dermal 
membrane very thin, indistinct; containing scattered 
horizontally-lying (auxiliary) spicules. Main skeleton an 
irregular reticulation of well-developed horny fibres, all 
of which contain slender axial spicules (principal styli). 
those in the main fibres arranged in a fairly compact thin 
core. Principal styli of stouter proportions than those 
within the fibres, occur sporadically as echinating spicules 
and are scattered interstitially along with a few (auxiliary) 
tylostyli. Accessory (echinating and scattered) acantho- 
styles ave somewhat scarce, and spicules occur (although 
rather rarely) which are intermediate in form between 
them and the principal styli. Megascleres :—(i.) Principal 
styli (proper), straight, smooth, subfusiform, rarely 165 
x ro p; (ii) accessory acanthostyli (proper), small- 
spined, rarely 80 x 6 pt; (iti.) auxiliary subtylostyli, 170 x 
3.5 #. Microscleres :—(i.) Scarce isochele palmate, 5- 
12 w long; (ii.) slender toxa of characteristic form, 160 to 
260 yp long. 


SPONGES._HALLMANN. 219 


Introductory Remarks.—I have already pointed out (p. 179) 
that the two sponges (ser three as W hitelegge supposed) 
described by Lendenfeld under the name of Thalassodendron 
rubens and ‘distinguished as varieties dura and lamella respec- 
tively, belong to different species, and that in their original 
descriptions the two were confused. This I have been enabled 
to establish owing to the fortunate circumstance that the 
actual specimen figured by Lendenfeld under the latter name is 
still in existence. ahs specimen, strangely enough, is labelled, 
in Dr. Lendenfeld’s handwriting, ‘ ‘Thalassodendron rubens, 
var. dura;’’ and thus it appears certain that the name dura 
was purely a manuscript one used in connection with the latter 
variety, and that its application to the former, for which it is 
extremely inappropriate, was due to inadvertence. Luckily, 
however, there are nomenclatural reasons why this name 
should be rejected. 


Description.—The sponge is profusely ramose and attains to 
a considerable size. Its chief external characteristics lie in the 
mode of branching and in the occurrence at irregular intervals 


over its surface of stellate groove-groups (‘‘asterisks’’). 


The branches, which in their internodal portions are— 
roughly speaking —cylindrical (6 to 12 mm. in diameter) or 


only slightly compressed, become at intervals much broadened, 


forming nodes of more or less triangular shape. The forma- 
tion of such a node is almost inv ariably followed by a division 
of the branch into a number (two to five or more) of secondary 
branches. The secondary’ branches arise from the distal side 
of the nodal region either on the same level or consecutively in 
close succession; the mode of branching might in either case 
—though less correctly so in the latter—be described as poly- 
tomous. The resultants of any one polytomy, but usually not 
of successive polytomies, lie in the same plane. Owing to the 
rapid multiplication of branches in this way, the transverse 
dimensions of the sponge increase rapidly upwards. The 
branches are usually crooked, and this, in conjunction with 
their frequent anastomoses tends to bring about the formation 
of a tangled and reticulate mass in which the mode of branch- 
ing may become more or less obscured. The ‘‘asterisks’’ 
—groups of radiately-disposed, shallow, sharply-incised fur- 
rows—occur chiefly on the more compressed parts of the 


‘branches; as a rule their centre-points lie on or near the 


margins of the branches. Quite commonly the central region 
of the area occupied by such a group is raised up into a con. 
spicuous conical process, to the apex of which the grooves 
ascend. ‘The number of furrows which arrive at the centre of 
an asterisk varies from about six to ten; each of these main 


furrows usually results from the confluence of a number of 


220 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


tributary furrows. Often, a single furrow is continuous be- 
tween the centres of two adjoining asterisks. That some 
special significance attaches to these furrows is indicated by 
the occurrence along them of ‘‘pores”’ of distinctly larger size 
than any to be found elsewhere on the surface. Although 


I 


Fig. 45— Clathria rubens. a Principal styles. 
b Auxiliary styles. ec Acanthostyles. d Chela. 
e Toxa. 


these ‘‘pores’’ are probably exhalant openings, it would 
appear (from a single specimen rather imperfectly preserved 
in alcohol) that, in the living condition, they are roofed over 
by dermal membrane 


The largest specimen—that which is figured herein— 
measures 450 mm. in height and 250 x 130 mm. in its greatest 
transverse dimensions. ‘The older portions of the sponge are 


SPONGES..-HALLMANN. eon 
firm and tough, and of compact texture; the younger portions 
are fine-textured, and, in the dry sponge, of almost silky soft- 


ness. She colour in Bicone is dark brown; in the dry state 
it varies from greyish yellow to brown. 


As seen under moderately low powers of the microscope, 
the main skeleton, except in the vicinity of the surface of the 
sponge, bears a striking resemblance to that of a Chalinine 
sponge. This is mainly due to the comparatively small size 
and only moderate abundance of the spicules; to the agerega- 
tion of the intrafibral spicules into a well-defined axial core ; 
and to the fewness of the echinating acanthostyles. Generally 
speaking, the skeleton reticulation consists chiefly of closely 
approximated and frequently inosculating longitudinal main 
fibres, which contain a somewhat meagre, fairly compact 
spicular core, and are joined at irregular intervals by short 
usually unispicular connecting fibres. 


In the superficial parts of the sponge-branches, however, 
the pattern of the skeleton is of a somewhat different char- 
acter. Thus, the “‘excurrent’’ main fibres (i.e., those which run 
obliquely outwards to the surface of the branches) become 
somewhat widely separated as the surface is approached, and 
between them the connecting fibres form an interreticulation 
or plexus. Moreover, the spicules of these main fibres become 
reduced in number and more dispersed, whilst those of the 
connecting fibres increase in number. The distinction between 
main and connecting fibres consequently tends to become 
obscure, and the general pattern of the skeleton approaches 
that which is characteristic rather of Myxilla. It is to be noted 
also that the fibral spicules (principal styli) of this portion of 
the skeleton are of distinctly stouter proportions than those 
which core the main fibres of the interior. 


Irrespective of this contrast between its inner and outer por- 
tions, the skeleton may yet present quite different appearances 
in different parts of the sponge, ow ing to disparity in the stout- 
ness of fibres. Thus, in the denser parts-—especially in the 
internodal regions of the branches—the fibres are composed 
chiefly of spongin and may attain a diameter of 80 jt; whilst 
in the younger portions of the spong e—especially in the nodal 
regions of the branches—spongin is much reduced in amount 
—often to such an extent that it forms but a scarcely percep- 
tible sheath enclosing the spicules—and even the stoutest 
fibres may be less than 20 y in diameter. There is in this 
connection a further difference also, due to the fact that those 
fibres which are deficient in spongin likewise show a reduction 
in the number of their axial spicules. In regions of greater 
density, accordingly, the inner or deeper skeleton is a close 


222 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


reticulation of fairly stout fibres with well-marked differences 
in spiculation between the main and connecting fibres; 
whereas, in regions of least density, it is a very loose reticu- 
lation of fine fibres, and the main fibres, in point of stoutness 
and spiculation, are but slightly distinguished from the con- 
necting. 


Echinating acanthostyles are irregular in occurrence, and, 
on the whole, comparatively scarce; they are sometimes com- 
pletely enclosed within the fibres. Principal and auxiliary 
spicules, the former in greater number, are somewhat-spar- 
ingly scattered between the fibres, and with them occur also a 
few acanthostyles. <A notable proportion of the “‘extrafibral”’ 
principal styli are disposed perpendicularly to the fibres in 
such a way that they appear to echinate the fibres; on careful 
examination many of these prove to be ensheathed in an ex- 
ceedingly thin layer of spongin continuous with that of the 
fibre, but very few indeed are actually imbedded in the fibre. 
A further point worthy of notice is the fact that the interstitial 
and quasi-echinating principal styli (like those, already men- 
tioned, which form the superficial fibres) are, in general, much 
stouter than those which core the longitudinal main fibres. 


The dermal membrane contains numerous horizontally dis- 
posed scattered auxiliary spicules. These are not so abundant 
as to give rise to a visible incrustation in the dry state of the 
sponge. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The principal styli are typically straight subfusiform 
spicules, often with a slight waist-like sub-basal con- 
striction. They are usually quite smooth, though a 
very appreciable proportion, particularly among 
those of intermediate and lesser length, carry a few 
low spines at or near the basal end. Their maximum 
size is 160 x 10 ##. Spicules below a length of 120 4 
are rare and usually bear a greater or less number of 

spines scattered over their whole length; amongst 
these shortest spicules are some w hich, in form, 
bridge over the gap between the principal and acces- 
sory spicules. 


(ii.) The accessory acanthostyles are sub-conical spicules, 
provided over their whole Jose with small spines. 
They vary in length from 55 to over 100 #4; but in- 
dividuals of greater size fiian 7O x ©. je are, racher 
rare, and usually show a peeneed spination. 


(iii.) The auxiliary spicules are straight subtylostyli, 
sometimes basally tipped with a minute spination ; 
size 120-170 X 3.5 #- 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 223 


Microscleres.— 
(i.) Scarce isochele palmate, 8-12 y long. 


(ii.) Long slender toxa, tolerably plentiful, of character- 
istic though somewhat variable shape, 160-260 ji in 
length and, at most, 1.5 #: in diameter. 


& 


Loc.—Port Jackson (Austr: Mus. Coll.). 


CLATHRIA PARTITA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxii., fig. 3; and fig. 46.) 


Sponge stipitate, with few, broad, much compressed, 
free or coalescent branches spread fanwise in one plane. 
Branches transversely furrowed. The dry sponge is 
covered with a whitish incrustation of dermal spicules, 
beneath which the surface is dotted with pinhole-like 
‘““pores.)’ Main skeleton a very irregular reticulation of 
horny fibres with loosely (and, in the connecting fibres, 
usually uni- or bi-serially) arranged spicules. Inwardly 
the fibres are fairly stout, but superficially they become 
slender and paucispicular, and form a web-like meshwork 
in which main and connecting fibres are not distinguish- 
able. Echinating spicules scarce, comprising both acces- 
sory and principal styli, as well as occasional intermediate 
forms. Megascleres: (i) Principal styli, smooth, slightly 
curved, 240 x 9 p; (ti.) acanthostyles, seldom more than 
85 x 6 p; (iti.) auxiliary styli, smooth, straight, 350 x 
4-5 ¥. Microscleres: Hair-like toxa about 200 yu long. 


The single specimen is a tall flabellate sponge with an 
elongated cylindrical stalk and a small number of dichotomous 
much compressed, strap-shaped branches; in shape it bears 
some resemblance to a deeply incised palmatipartite leaf. The 
branches usually increase slightly in breadth upwards, thus 
becoming spathulate; lateral union between them sometimes 
occurs, and it is possible that in some instances the separated 
branches may be represented or replaced by a continuous 
lamina. The specimen measures 400 mm. in total height; the 
thickness of the branches at right angles to the plane of 
branching is about 6mm. The surface is ornamented with 
shallow furrows and narrow intervening ridges, running, as a 
rule, transversely to the margins of the branches. They are 
never a very conspicuous feature and are sometimes obscure. 
They are most clearly defined towards the lateral borders of 


224 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


the branches, over the edges of which they pass from one sur- 

face to the other; traces of them are also to be seen upon the 

stalk. There is nothing to indicate that the furrows have any 
special morphological value. 


The specimen, which is a dry one, bears 
the remains of a whitish spicular encrus- 
tation. The*exposed surface is irregu- 
larly, though fairly closely, dotted with 
roundish pinhole-like (subdermal) ‘‘pores.’”’ 
The consistency is firm and tough; the 
texture, very finely fibrous at the surface, 
a more coarsely so within; the colour, 
brownish yellow. 


In its general pattern the skeleton some- 

» what resembles that of C. rubens, inas- 
much as in its superficial parts the fibres 

are uniformly very slender, with pauci- or, 

more frequently, uni-serially arranged spi- 

cules, and form a reticulation in which the 

main and connecting fibres lose their dis- 
tinctiveness, whilst in its more central 

parts the fibres attain to relatively stout 
proportions, reaching a diameter of 80 to 

z 120 ft. The two species also agree in the 
comparative scarcity of their acantho- 
styles, in the circumstance that these spi- 
| cules are often entirely enclosed within the 
fibre-spongin, and in the presence of echin- 
Hil. eaieret pal Sens principal styl and of pecasional 
style.) b Adxiliany spicules intermediate in form between 
style. c Acantho- them and the accessory styli. The present 
style. d Toxon. species, is, however, well distinguished in 
this respect that the intrafibral spicules, 

which include an appreciable number of auxiliary, as well 
as occasional accessory, megascleres, are not collected 
into an axial strand, but have a loose disorderly arrange- 
ment; and, further, the principal styli, which are much 
larger than in C. rubens, show no difference in stoutness 
between those of the main longitudinal fibres and those 
which occur extra-fibrally and in the superficial fibres. Except 
in the main longitudinal fibres, cross sections of which would 
usually intersect three or four spicules, the coring spicules are 
most frequently uniserially arranged. Owing to the way in 
which the connecting fibres inter-reticulate between the main 
fibres, the skeleton is of a most irregular pattern—particularly 
in its superficial parts, where the fibres form a web-like mesh- 
work in which as a rule main fibres are not recognisable, and 
in which the sides of the meshes are usually of but a spicule’s. 


Fig. 46—C. par- 


’ 


SPONGES.: HALLMANN. 225 
length. Echinating principal styli are of fairly common oc- 
currence, and are frequently, as also are occasionally the 
ec hinating acanthostyles, surrounded over a greater or less 
portion of their length by a sheath of spongin. Scattered 
auxiliary spicules are moder ately abundant, other interstitial 
megascleres comparatively scarce. 


A peculiar feature of the skeleton is the occasional occur- 
rence of short slender fibres, attached at one extremity only. 
These ‘‘semi-detached’’ o r ‘floating’ fibres, which appear to 
be most frequent in the par portion of the skeleton, 
rarely contain more than two or three (almost invariably uni- 
serially arranged) spicules and are often reduced to a single 
spongin-ensheathed_spicule. There is accordingly in this 
species a transition from echinating spicules to “echinating” 
fibres. 


The dermal skeleton is a layer of crowded auxiliary spicules 
arranged without order; in the dry condition it forms a 
whitish encrustation. 


Megascleres.— 

(i.) Smooth, usually more or less curved, subconical 
principal styli ranging from about 100 to 280 yp, 
though seldom exceeding 230}, in length; those of 
intermediate length are the stoutest, attaining to 9 
in diameter. 


(ii.) Straight subconical acanthostyli, with very small 
spines, or with merely rugged surface, ranging in 
length from about 50 to 100, though rarely exceed- 
ing a size of 80 x 6y. Spicules of length in the 
neighbourhood of too, graduate in form between 
principal and accessory styl. 

(iu1.) Straight or sometimes slightly curved auxiliary sub- 
tylostyli or styli ranging in length from probably less 
than 1807 to 3507, with a maximum diameter of 
Anciie The shorter are usually indistinguishable 
from the slenderer principal styli, and so it is impos- 
sible to determine the lower limit of their length. 


-Microscleres.— 
Slender hair-like toxa, of which the longest observed was 
210 win length. They appear to be moderately 
abundant, but, owing to their tenuity, are visible in 
situ only with great difficulty. Their normal shape 
is that shown in the text figure, but departures from 
this, due to flexion and torsion of the arms, are 


frequent. 


226 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


No chele have been observed, but specimens from which the 
sarcode has not been removed are needed in order to enable one 
to say positively that they are absent. 


Loc.——Southern coast of Australia (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


It is necessary to point out that, in this species, the occur- 
rence of spicules intermediate in form between the principal 
and accessory spicules, is extremely rare—so rare, indeed, 
that in some sections I have failed to observe them. The fact 
of their presence, however, in this species and in C. rubens, 
is important, since it not only shows that these spicules are 
not peculiar to the species of the C. spicata group (vide 
p- 214), but also suggests that their occurrence may be more 
widespread than previous descriptions of Clathria species 
would lead one to suppose. 


CLATHRIA TRANSIENS, sp. nov. 
(Plate ixxxiih hes. "1 2. 207 Plater xa ihien 92h. cnrel 
figs. 47-48a). 


Sponge stipitate, ramose or sub-lobate; branches free 
or inter-uniting, often more or less restricted to one 
plane, distinguishable into several orders. Surface 
warty. Dermal membrane exceedingly thin or apparently 
absent. Surface with closely scattered small sub-dermal 
pores. Main skeleton a regular sub-rectangular reticula- 
tion of moderately stout fibres. Main fibres with a dis- 
crete, somewhat paucispicular slightly plumose core of 
relatively large (principal) styli which at the extremity of 
the fibre form a spongin-free tuft; transverse fibres of a 
spicule’s length, usually with one or two axial spicules. 
Echinating accessory styli, fairly abundant. Megascleres. 
—(i.) Smooth, curved, sub-conical principal styli; maxi- 
mum size variable, say at least 300 x 11 p; (it.) straight 
conical styli with smooth or (more usually) slightly 
roughened surface, in size rarely more than So-go x 
4-5 pt; (iii.) smooth, typically straight, auxiliary tylostyli ; 
maximum size varying from about 280 x 3 to 360 x 6 pL. 
Microscleres :—(i.) Palmate isochele, sometimes rare or 
absent, 14-26 » long; (ii.) geniculate toxa with straight 
or recurved arms, varying in maximum length from about 
130 to 170 p, and in maximum diameter from 1 to 3 pp. 


Introductory Remarks.—The four specimens which I assign 
to this species differ considerably in general habit of growth 
and also in the sizes of their spicules; but in regard to the 
conformation of the skeleton and the forms of their spicules, 
they are practically identical. Consequently, whilst there can. 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 227 


be no question of the admissibility of their inclusion in one 
species, one finds it impossible, with so few specimens, to form 
any opinion as to whether they ought to be considered as 
mere “‘metamps,’’ or as representing two or three independent 
varieties. For convenience of description I divide them into 
four forms, distinguished as (a), (b), (c) and (d) respectively ; 
the first of these is chosen to represent the typical form. A 
general description will first be given embracing the features 
common to all, and then each will be described separately with 
regard to the points in which it differs from the others. 


General Description.—The sponge is stipitate and more or 
less ramose, with branches which, in general, are ee 
into several successive orders of rapidly decreasing length; 
some Cases, owing to an excessive abbreviation of the br aces 
the habit might be described as sub-lobate. Anastomosis of 
some of the branches usually occurs. There is, as a rule, a 
more or less well-expressed tendency on the part of the deriva- 
tive branches of one and the same branch to confine their 
outgrowth to a single plane, and this tendency may sometimes 
affect the entire sponge in a uniform way so that a flabellate 
arrangement of the branches results. The most characteristic 
external feature, and one which appears to be constant in oc- 
currence, though variable in degree, is a nodular or warty 
appearance of the surface, due to the presence everywhere of 
short, rounded or slightly compressed outgrowths or processes. 
In appearance and character these processes usually bear a 
close resemblance to rudimentary branches; and, indeed, it is 
often difficult to distinguish between what on the one hand 
should be regarded as incipient branches, and on the other, as 
processes of larger size than usual. They are thus apparently 
quite of the nature of abortive branches. In some cases they 
are so closely crowded that the intervals between them are 
reduced to narrow sulci; in others, they are sometimes widely 
separated. Occasionally they take the form of short ridges. 


The dermal membrane is, at the best, only faintly developed, 
and is usually indistinct. In the latter case the surface exhibits 
a minute hispidity, due to the projecting terminal spicules of 
the main fibres. This hispidity is most pronounced in the 
typical specimen, in which the spicules are of greatest size. 
There seems to be an inverse relationship between the degree 
of hispidity of the surface and the degree of development of 
the dermal membrane. 


The surface is closely though somewhat irregularly dotted 
with small sub-dermal pores of slightly variable size which 
are the more clearly distinguishable the less evident is the 
dermal membrane. These pores appear frequently to be of 
larger size when situated in the sulcar parts of the surface. 


228 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


There are apparently no oscula. The consistency in alcohol 
is firm and fairly tough; specimens which have been dried 
after initial preservation in alcohol are rather brittle for a 
species of Clathria. 


The skeleton is a fairly regular sub-rectangular reticulation 
consisting of (1.) semi-plumose main fibres which run longi- 
tudinally with gradually increasing trend outwards from the 
axis of the branch to the surface, where they terminate in a 
tuft of spongin-free spicules; and (ii.) simple connecting fibres 
of a spicule’s length which cross these at right angles and con- 
tain, each of them, one or (less frequently) several axial 
spicules. The pattern of the skeleton might therefore be des- 
cribed as scalariform. On the whole, the fibres are not rich in 
spongin, and the chief part in the composition of the skeleton 
is played by the spicules. The directive spicules of the main 
fibres, i.e., the principal styli, which are very loosely associated 
and generally number less than five in a cross-section of the 
fibre, are for the most part disposed obliquely with regard to 
the axis of the fibre; and consequently their distal or pointed 
extremities frequently project beyond the spongin. Towards 
the outer extremity of the fibres, the obliquity of the spicules 
increases and the amount of spongin in the fibre diminishes ; 
in this portion of their length the fibres present an appearance 
which recalls that which is characteristic of the C. spicata 
group of species (vide p. 214). Accessory styli are rather 
plentiful, and occur only as echinating spicules. Auxiliary 
tylostyli are scattered between the fibres, increasing in num- 
bers in the vicinity of the surface ; their mode of arrangement 
in the dermal layer is similar to that described for C. arcuo- 
phora. Principal styli also occur interstitially in noteworthy 
number; these lie in close proximity to, and parallel with, the 
fibres, and frequently point in the direction opposite to that of 
the spicules within the fibres. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The principal styli are cured sub-conical smooth 
spicules which not only vary greatly in maximum size 
in the different forms of the species, but also exhibit 
a considerable range in size in any given specimen. 
The smallest are never much larger than the longest 
accessory spicules, and in one of the forms of the 
species there appears to be an unbroken continuity 
in regard both to size and form between the megas- 
cleres of the two kinds. The largest epicules. are 
invariably to be found amongst those which form the 
surface-tults ; but their maximum size, owing to eS 
relative fewness of the spicules which approach it, 1 


— 


SPONGES.--HALLMANN 229 


not readily determinable. For example, in a _pre- 
liminary examination of a slide preparation of the 
spicules of the typical form, the largest spicule ob- 
served was 360; long, though subsequently others 
up to 4307 in length were met with; whereas 
measurements of the spicules in situ in the surface- 
tufts revealed individuals some of which attained to 
480 jt. 

(i1.) The accessory spicules are characterised by the fact 
that they seldom exhibit more than a slight rough- 
ness of the surface and are frequently quite smooth. 
They are straight sub-conical styli often with a slight 
basal knob and a slight sub- basal constriction. 

(ii.) The auxiliary spicules are typically straight smooth 
tylostyli varying in size in the different forms of the 
species. 


Microscleres.— 

The general information concerning the microscleres is 
given in the diagnosis. 

Of the species of Clathria described in the present paper, 
C. transiens approaches most nearly to C. arcuophora in the 
conformation of its skeleton. It differs, however, from the 
latter species in this respect, that the main fibres are not 
distinguishable into an axial series of longitudinal fibres, and 
a series of secondary fibres running off from these to the 
lateral surfaces. 


Description of the Several Forms.— 

(1). Form (a); typical form (Pl. xxxiii., fig. 1, and figs. 
48, 48a). 

In the single specimen the main branches are very short and 
much compressed, whilst the secondary branches are reduced 
to mere lobes. The surface processes are small, often indis- 
tinct, and are sometimes elongated into short narrow ridges. 
Branching is not confined to one plane, although the second- 
ary branches are for the most part marginally situated on 
the primaries. The habit of the sponge is lobate rather than 
ramose. It measures 75 mm. in height. 

The surface is densely, though minutely, hispid with the 
projecting points of the principal styli which terminate the 
fibres. ‘There is no semblance of a dermal membrane. ‘The 
colour in alcohol is pale yellowish grey. 


Megascleres.— 
(i.) The principal styli vary in length from (apparently 
not less than) 130 to 480 yp; “their maximum dia- 
meter rarely exceeds 17, but may attain to 20. 


220 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(ii.) The accessory styli are rarely quite smooth, and often 
show distinct though very minute spines. They 
range in length from 60 to very rarely more than 
8s, and in diameter up to about 64; occasional 

individuals up to 98 jt in length 
have been observed. 


(iii.) The auxiliary tylostyli vary in 
length from about 130 to 
365 #, and in diameter up to 
6 yw. They are comparatively 
few in number. 


Microscleres.— 
(:.) Chelae, tolerably plentiful, 16 to 
20 pt long. 


(ii.) Toxa, moderately abundant, 
varying in length from 1o to 
150 #, and in diameter up to 


3H 


Loc.—North coast of Tasmania, off 
Devonport (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


<i> 


Fig. 47—C. transiens 
(typical form). a Prin- Fig. 47a—Clathria  transiens 
cipal styles. b Aux- (typical form). a Accessory styles. 
iliary style. b Chela. ec Toxa. 


SPONGES.—-HALLMANN. 22) 


(2) Hormme(b). (Pl. xxx, fie-'2, and fies. 4g, 49a). 


The branches are sub-cylindrical or but slightly compressed, 
5 to 7 mm. in diameter, and lie in a single plane. The main 
branches divide dichotomously and occasionally anatomose ; 
the secondary branches often extend across the interval be- 
tween adjoining main branches and effect a connection between 
them. Ihe sponge is accordingly flabellate, and consists of a 
reticulation of branches; it measures 120 mm. in height and 
30 mm. in breadth. Wart-like prominences of irregular size 
and shape are scattered over the surface. As in the typical 
form, there is no appearance of a dermal 
membrane, and the colour in alcohol is 
pale yellowish grey; owing to the smaller 
size of the principal styli, however, the 

surface is much less distinctly hispid. 


aD) 
QO 


(' 


Fig. 48—C. tran- 


siens (form 6). a Fig. 48a—Clathria transiens 
Principal styles. b (form 6). a Accessory styles. 
Auxiliary tylostyle. b Chelze. c Toxa. 
Megascleres.— 


(i.) The principal styli vary in length from rio to 430 #1, 
but very seldom exceed 320; their maximum dia- 
meter is 13 }. 


to 


32 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


(1i.) The accessory styli are commonly quite smooth, and 
are never distinctly spined. They range in length 
from 55 to very rarely more than 80, and in dia- 
meter up to 5}; occasional individuals up to 95 p in 
length have been observed. 


(ii.) The auxiliary tylostyli vary in length from less than 
120 to 355 #, but only in extremely rare cases 
exceed 300 j1; maximum diameter, 4.5 p. 


Microscleres.— 
(i.) Chelee, somewhat scarce, 14 to 204 long. 


(ii.) Toxa, fairly plentiful, 12 to 132 in length, and 
rarely slightly more than 2 in diameter. 


Loc.—Coast of South Australia, forty miles west of 
Kingston, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


(2) Somme (G)-am Els xexoctlie ines. 23)) 


The specimen is a broken one; the largest piece of it—the 
subject of the figure—measures 210 mm. in length. The 
primary branches, which appear to have been confined more or 
Jess to one plane, are slightly compressed, and measure 
about 15 mm. broad by 10 mm. thick. The secondary branches 
usually arise along the lateral borders of the primaries. 


The characteristic surface elevations are closely approxi- 
mated ; in the sulci between them are the traces of an extremely 
thin dermal membrane. The colour in alcohol is light greyish 
brown. 


Megascleres.— 
(i.) The principal styli range in length from 120 to 365 #; 
the stoutest are 16 7 in diameter. 


(ii.) The accessory styli are commonly quite smooth and 
are never distinctly spined. They vary in length 
from 50 to 85, and up to 5 w in diameter. 

(iii.) The auxiliary tylostyli vary in length from less than 
110 to rarely more than 280 1; the largest observed 
measured 320 x 4.54. They occur in considerable 
abundance. 


Microscleres.— 
(i.) Chele, rather scarce, 16 to 19 p long. 


(ii.) Toxa abundant, 25 to 172 in length, and up to 
2 in diameter. 


Loc.—Coast of South Australia, forty miles west of King- 
ston, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 233 


(4)-.F orm (d). 9(Pl: xxiv, tioe 2): 


The specimen now to be described is perhaps sufficiently 
distinguished in several respects from the three preceding to 
permit of its being regarded as representing a variety of the 
species, or even (if its differences be constant), as representing 
an independent species. Its chief distinctive characters are: 
(i.) The absence of chele; (ii.) a minute wartiness of the basal 
ends of the auxiliary tylostyli; and (iii. ?) a restricted range of 
length of the toxa. 


The specimen, from which the stalk (save for a small por- 
tion) is missing, measures 90 mm. in height. The branches 
are, for the most part, irregularly cylindrical, and average 
7 mm. in diameter. The primary branches, as in the specimen 
of form (c), exhibit a kind of bilaterality expressing itself in a 
tendency towards a distichous arrangement upon them of the 
short secondary branches. The characteristic surface-eleva- 
tions sometimes assume the form of short ridges, but usually 
they are rounded and somewhat wart-like. There is a distinct 
but very thin dermal membrane. The colour (in alcohol) is 
purplish pink; this colour, however, is confined to a thin 
superficial layer of the sponge, the inner parts being yellowish 
grey. In life, the specimen was brick-red.} 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The principal styli vary in length from 100 to 340 4, 
and in diameter up to 11 ww. The smallest approxi- 
mate extremely closely in size and shape to the acces- 
sory styli. <A fair proportion of them are slightly 
expanded at the base to form a faint knob. 


(ii.) The accessory spicules vary in form from simple styli 
to tylostyli. Under ordinary powers of the micro- 
scope they appear quite smooth; but under higher 
powers a barely perceptible roughening of portions 
of the surface, more especially towards the basal ex- 
tremity, is occasionally to be observed. Their length 
varies from (rarely so small as) 45 » to somewhat 
over go pt, but seldom exceeds 80 1; the stoutest may 
attain to 44, though a very considerable proportion 
of them are less than 2 p in diameter. 


(iii.) The auxiliary tylostyli, though normally straight, 
are very often more or less curved. A peculiarity 
‘which appears to be characteristic occurs in connec- 


1 The specimen is one of a large number of sponges collected in Port 
Phillip and presented, together with a list of their colours in life, by the 
late J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A. 


234 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


tion with the basal extremity, which in a large pro- 
portion of cases displays either a rugged surface or 
some kind or other of tubercular deformity. They 
vary in length from less than 120 up to 180; and in 
diameter up to (rarely) 3 p. 


Microscleres.— 


Chelee appear to be absent. Toxa, agreeing in shape with 
those of the preceding forms, but very slender (never quite 
attaining a diameter of 1 yz), are very scarce. The longest ob- 
served was 180 in length; the shortest (apparently) are 
between 50 and 60 long, and are of extreme tenuity. 


Loc.—Port Phillip, Victoria (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


CLATHRIA ARCUOPHORA, Whitelegge. 
(Text figs. 49, 49a). 


1907. Clathria arcuophora, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem. 
Wicyy Libs On LOO 9 ps5 OOm Mle lane ea ZO) 


Sponge flabelliform, thin, stipitate. Surface very 
closely dotted with minute pinhole-like (sub-dermal ?) 
pores. Skeleton arrangement semi-axinelloid. In the 
middle region of the sponge-lamina (occupying about 
one-fourth to one-third its thickness) is an irregular reti- 
culation of fairly stout spongin fibres, with a discrete 
spicular core; and from this mid-region, on either side, 
stout strands of loosely and somewhat plumosely arranged 
spicules, held together by a relatively small or even in- 
appreciable amount of spongin, run perpendicularly out- 
wards to the surface ina regularly pinnate fashion. These 
““secondary’’ fibres are joined at short intervals by con- 
nectives of a spicule’s length, each consisting of one to 
several spicules. Echinating acanthostyli moderately 
abundant. Megascleres.—(i.) Smooth, curved, sub- 
conical principal styli, varying in size from 100 * 12 pt 
to 620 x 25 pw; (ii.) straight, sub-conical acanthostyles 
with small spines or merely rugged surface, 60-100 x § p; 
(iii.) straight auxiliary sub-tylostyli, often with minute 
basal spines, 120 to 360 yw in length, and up to 6.5 in 
diameter. Microscleres.—(i.) Isochele palmate 20-22 
long; (ii.) tricurvate bow-shaped toxa, 10 to 135 qj in 
length, and up to 4 in diameter. 


Five specimens of this species were obtained, which agree 
in all respects with the original, except that the lamina, 


SPONGES.—HALULMANN. 


35 


although sometimes slightly subdivided, shows no appearance 
of having resulted from a coalescence of branches. In some 
cases, however, a few rope-like thickenings of the lamina, 
radiating from its junction with the stalk, and calling to mind 
the main ribs of a palmate foliage leaf, can be traced for a 
short distance. Scattered over the surface at irregular in- 
tervals are (sometimes but faintly perceptible) groups of 
radiately-arranged short ridges, somewhat resembling the 
‘asterisks’? of Rhaphidophlus typicus var. stellifer, but of 


smaller size; these do not appear to 
have any special morphological signi- 
ficance. The largest specimen measures 
400 mm. in height, 230 mm. in breadth, 
and 3 to 5 mm. in thickness. 

The original description stands in 
need of correction in regard to the 
occurrence of oscula, the dimensions of 
the spicules and the mode of arrange- 
ment of the auxiliary megascleres at the 
surface. 

The surface of the (dry) sponge is 
everywhere closely dotted with roundish 
pinhole-like ‘‘pores,”’ which are rarely 
more (and usually much less) than .5 
mm. in diameter, and stand, on the 
average, somewhat less than 1 mm. 
apart. In the type specimen, but not in 
the present ones, there are in addition 
to these pores a number of larger open- 
ings up to 2 mm. in diameter; the 
latter, however, are due merely to the 
incomplete coalescence of perhaps 
originally separated parts. Both kinds 
of openings appear to have been re- 
garded by Whitelegge as oscula; but 
the latter, as I have just indicated, are 
purely adventitious, whilst the former 
are probably of the nature of ‘‘sub- 
dermal pores.’’ 

The corrected measurements of the 
spicules are as given in the above 
diagnosis. It is perhaps _ scarcely 
correct to say that the toxa are of two 
kinds, since there is no difference in 
shape between the largest and the 
smallest; nevertheless individuals of 
length between 40 y» and 60 yw are 
rare. The statement that the auxiliary 


a 


Fig. 49—C. arcuo- 
phora. a Principal 
styles. b Auxiliary 
subtylostyle. 


236 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 

spicules occur in the dermal layer as ‘“‘radiating tufts’’ 
is misleading, since it would imply some degree of regu- 
larity in their arrangement and might suggest that the 
‘“‘tufts’’ are disposed vertically. As a matter of fact these 
spicules lie more or less horizontally, and although penicillate 
groups and parallel bundles occur, they are, on the whole, 
scattered without order. Chela and toxa are plentifully dis- 
tributed throughout the sponge; but in the dermal layer, in 
which the chele are particularly abundant, toxa are rare or 
absent. An interesting point in connection with the megas- 
cleres is the extreme variability of size, not only of the 
principal, but also of the auxiliary, spicules; although the 
former may attain to a length of over 600, individuals ex- 
ceeding 400 p are comparatively rare. 


i Lt 


a 


Fig. 49a—Clathria arcuophora. a Toxa. b Chela. 
c Acanthostyles. d Basal ends of auxiliary tylo- 
styles. 


This species is distinguished from all the preceding species 
herein described on account of the very conspicuous part which 
the megascleres play, in comparison with the spongin, in the 
composition of the skeleton. 


Locs.---Coast of New South Wales; Shoalhaven Bight, 
15-45 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’); off Barranjoey, 25-28 fms. 
Golhetisay: 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 2a7, 

C. arcuophora is of interest on account of the light which it 
throws on the relationship of C. frondosa, Lendenfeld.! In the 
latter, the principal spicules are styli, strongyla and oxea; the 
accessory spicules are sub-tylotiform; and microscleres are 
absent. Accordingly it might seem doubtful whether the 
species should not be placed in Echinodictyum rather than in 
Clathria. However, in almost all other respects, including the 
pinhole-like punctation of the surface, its agreement with C. 
arcuophora is so striking, and its lack of resemblance to 
typical species of Echinodictyum so marked, as not only to 
put beyond question the propriety of its inclusion in Clathria, 
but also to preclude any likelihood that it forms a connecting 
link between the two genera. 

In C. frondosa the more sponginous fibres which ramify in 
the axial plane of the sponge, are much less strongly developed 
than in C. arcuophora, and the lateral or ‘‘secondary’’ main 
fibres run, not perpendicularly as in the latter, but 
obliquely (i.e., upwards and outwards) to the surface. Indeed, 
in the arrangement of its skeleton, as well as in the form of 
its principal spicules, C. frondosa approaches so closely to 
species like Axinella symbiotica, Whitelegge, and Phakellia 
flabellata, Carter, that, if it were not for its possession of 
spined accessory spicules, probably no one would hesitate in 
regarding it as congeneric with these species; even as it is I 
think that the relationship between them is by no means 
remote. 

GENUS WILSONELLA, Carter. 
1885. Wilsonella, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 
1885, p. 366. 
1888. Clathriopsamma (pars), Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges 
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 227. 
The main skeleton is a reticulation (in which connect- 
ing fibres may be relatively few) of well-developed horny 
fibres echinated by acanthostyles. Dermal skeleton 


1 Antherochalina frondosa, Lendenfeld, ‘“‘Die Chalineen des australis- 
chen Gebietes,” Zool. Jahrb., 1886-1887, p. 765, pl. xxii., fig. 43; and 
Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 90; Clathria frondosa, Whitelegge, 
Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., No. 7, 1902, p. 288 

The fact that the Australian Museum specimen labelled (by Lenden- 
feld) Antherochalina frondosa is specifically identical with the British 
Museum (type?) specimen similarly labelled, together with the fact that 
the former bears a scarcely less than perfect resemblance to the original 
figured specimen, fixes the identity of this species beyond the possibility 
of question, and shows the original description to be most unsatisfactory. 
A re-description of the species of Antherochalina, and indeed of all the 
species described in ‘Die Chalineen des Australischen Gebietes’’—the 
types of which are in the British Museum—is urgently needed. White- 
legge’s description of the spicules is in some respects misleading, and 
he has overlooked the presence of scarce slender styli (about 120 to 180 n 
in length and up to 4 7; in diameter) which, no doubt, represent auxiliary 
megascleres. The principal megascleres—styli, strongyla and oxea—are 
not, as he indicates, separable into three forms. They are curved or less 
frequently uni-angulate or bi-angulate spicules varying in length from 
220 to 340 », and in diameter up to 24 jn. The oxea and strongyla (or 
rather, substrongyla) are usually asymmetrical with regard to opposite 
extremities. 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


to 
w 
oe) 


various. The megascleres are of two kinds only; in 
addition to acanthostyles there are smooth or terminally 
spined, typically slender, monactinal, or oxeote or tornote 
qnasi-diactinal, spicules which occur interstitially and 
dermally and usually also within the fibres as coring 
spicules. The microscleres (if present) are isochele and 
(or) toxa or sigmata. 


I propose to revive the generic name Wilsonella, and to 
include thereunder, provisionally, a somewhat heterogeneous 
assemblage of species which hitherto have been wrongly as- 
signed to Clathria. The single characteristic common to all 
of these, which distinguishes them from species proper to the 
latter genus, is a deficiency in spiculation due to the absence 
of those megascleres apparently, which, in the case of normal 
Myxillinz, are termed the principal. 


The proposal is the outcome of an attempt to secure the 
removal from Clathria of certain species (e.g., [WV ilsonella 
curvichela, sp. nov.) which are peculiar not only in the lack of 
principal megascleres but also in the possession of arcuate 
chela. Palmate isochele, varying but slightly in form, are 
so characteristic of Clathria and related genera, that the oc- 
currence in the species referred to, of strictly arcuate chele, 
is in itself satisfactory proof of their rather wide separation 
phylogenetically from typical members of the genus. Of the 
propriety of the removal of such species, therefore, there can 
be no question; but, unfortunately, owing to the existence of 
species devoid of microscleres and of species in which the 
chele are of apparently intermediate or ambiguous form, this 
difference in the character of the chela proves to be lacking 
in practical value for the purpose of generic definition. Con- 
sequently, so long as generic distinctions continue to be based 
solely upon skeletal and spicular characters, the separation 
from Clathria of }V. curvichela and its allies can be effected 
only by taking advantage of their peculiarity in the first- 
mentioned respect—a peculiarity, however, which is also ex- 
hibited by a number of unrelated species, including amongst 
them several with palmate isochele; and the question thus 
arises as to which alternative has most to recommend it, (1.) 
the association together in a single genus apart from Clathria 
of all the. species distinguished by the absence of spicules 
identifiable with principal megascleres, or (i1.) the continued 
retention of all such species within the genus Clathria. So far 
as I have been able to obtain information of species thus dis- 
tinguished, it seems to me, inasmuch as each of them differs 
also in other important respects from typical species of 
Clathria, that the former course (until a more extended know- 
ledge points the way to a better scheme for their disposal) is 
to be preferred; hence the proposal to unite them under 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 39 


Carter’s genus [Vilsonella, of which they include the type- 
species, IV. australiensis. 


The following is a list, together with a resumé of the chief 
characters, of “the hitherto described species known to me 
which the genus NW ilsonella (as defined) will include. Of these, 
W ilsonella australiensis, Clathriopsamma lobosa, Clathria 


pyramida, C. alata and C. dura are species with which I have 
a direct acquaintance. 


Wilsonella australiensis Carter,! as identified by Dendy and 
by Whitelegge, is a massive or sub- massive sponge, with or 
without lobations: often becoming somewhat compressed and 
flabelliform in outline. The oscula are sometimes as much as 
5 mm. in diameter. The skeleton is reticulate; the fibres are 
charged with abundant foreign particles. The non-accessory 
megascleres are short slender styli, with a small area of spina- 
tion at either extremity,? and measuring 120-160 p in length ; 
and 4.5 jt (though in some specimens much less) in maximum 
diameter. They occur sparsely and sporadically in the fibres, 
more plentifully in the ground substance, but are not so 
numerous in either situation as the (accessory) acanthostyles. 
The microscleres are rather abundant slender isochele 
palmate 12 to 164 long, and comparatively rare slender tri- 
curvate toxa about 50 to 80 long, which often (at any rate 
in Port Phillip specimens) occur in small clusters. 


Clathriopsamma lobosa, Lendenfeld’ is a synonym of the 
preceding. 


Clathria decumbens, Ridley.4 According to description, the 
sponge is massive and sessile, with scattered oscula 1 to 4 mm. 
in diameter. The coring spicules are slightly fusiform basally 
spined styli, 150 to 175 x 5.5 in size; the largest acantho- 
styles measure 90 x 8y. The chele are of two kinds, a 
larger and a smaller, both pression: but the latter with a more 
curved shaft ; lengths 21-321, and 11}, respectively. 


Clathria australis, Lendenfeld,} is, according to its descrip- 
tion, a Wilsonella. The sponge is flabelliform with a thick 
lamella. The skeleton is a network in which only the main 


1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885), p. 366; Deudy—Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 33; Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 
nay CEE Tolle Sains say) as 


2 The spicule is exactly similar to those of Clathria australiensis var. 
spinulata, Hentschel (Fauna Stidwest-Australiens, iii., 1911, p. 375, 
fig. 47a, b) 


3 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 227. 


4 Budiey Rep: FookrOol. “Alert.” 1884 spt 612, pls Ine fic. JKS ple wine, 
Bie fan ie 


5 Lendenfeld—Loc. cit., p. 222. See also p. 161 of the present Report. 


240 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


fibres are cored. The coring spicules are styli measuring: 


150 x 64. (Microscleres are not mentioned; nor is there any 
reference to oscula). 


Clathria macropora, Lendenfeld,! judging from its. descrip- 
tion, is very probably.a Wilsonella. The sponge is ‘‘irregular, 
massive, lobose. The oscula are very conspicuous, and scat- 
tered over the whole of the surface; they are on an average 
5 mm. wide and fairly abundant. The skeleton consists of a 
network of mostly longitudinally disposed fibres .13 mm. 
thick, which contain an axial bundle .o7 mm. thick of slender 
oxea and styli, the former being more numerous. These spi- 
cules are .14 mm. long and .4 mm. thick.’’, (The “‘oxea and 
styli’’ are very probably different forms of one and the same 
spicule. Microscleres are not mentioned). 


Clathria pyramida, Lendenfeld.1 The Australian Museum 
specimen labelled as the type of this species is of massive 
form, and has a slightly lumpy surface which is here and there 
raised up into large mammiform or conical prominences. 
Oscula are not apparent. The skeleton is composed of coarse 
fibres (sometimes exceeding 300 in thickness), with a 
stout spicular core (up to 160 in diameter), and a_ thick 
spongin sheath which appears coarsely stratified and some- 
times has a rugged surface. Connecting fibres, which are 
usually short and stout, and without axial spicules, are of 
comparatively rare occurrence; so that the skeleton is much 
more of the dendritic type characteristic of Crella than of the 
reticulate type of Clathria. Acanthostyles occur fairly 
abundantly as echinating spicules, whilst both kinds of megas- 
clere are plentifully scattered through the ground tissues. The 
smooth styli are straight, slightly fusiform, spicules varying in 
length from 190 to 240 and sometimes attaining a diameter 
of 7. The acanthostyles are provided with relatively few, 
fairly large spines ; they vary in length from 80 to 140 p, whilst 
the stoutest are 9} in diameter. The microscleres are stout 
isochelee palmate? in which the shaft is provided with a wing- 
like expansion along each side. The species might therefore 
be considered to include Clathria alata, Dendy (vide infra), as 
a variety. The chele are moderately abundant and vary in 
length from 20 to 25 yt. 


(The ‘‘Endeavour’’ obtained at a depth of 33-40 fathoms, 
off the north coast of New South Wales, two specimens of a 


1 Lendenfeld—Cat. Sponges Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 221. See also p. 165 of 
the present Report. 


2 The chelze are identical in form with those figured by Hentschel 
(loc. cit., p. 376) for the West Australian sponge described by him under 
the name of Clathria alata, Dendy. Hentschel himself draws attention 
to the probability of an identity between C. wyramida and C. alata. 
The West Australian sponge should, I think, receive a varietal name, 
since the smooth megascleres are tylostylote in their young stages., 


packed, giving somewhat of a 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 24AN 


digitate sponge,! somewhat resembling Spirastrella alcyoni- 
otdes in habit of growth, which agrees exactly with C. pyra- 
mida in the form of its spicules. The spicules are, however, 
slightly larger than in the typical form; the smooth styli reach 
a size of 260 x 8p, the acanthostylies a size of 160 x 12 #, and 
the chele a'‘length of 28y. The fibres also are slenderer and 
much less richly provided with spongin.) 


Clathria alata, Dendy.2- From an examination of a slide 


presented to the Australian Museum by Prof. Dendy, I find 


that this species differs from the C. pyramida in the following 


respects. Fibres are more abundantly developed and much less 


rich in spongin; the coring spicules are much less closely 
‘‘whisp-like’’ appearance to the 
fibres; and connecting fibres are relatively fewer in number 
and much less distinct, so that it requires close inspection to 


detect that the arrangement of the fibres is not exclusively 


dendritic. The smooth styli reach a size of about 230 x 4} 
and are usually provided at the basal end with a faint 
elongated tylosis. The acanthostyles vary in length from 
about 60 to 140 and rarely attain a diameter of 8p. Chelz 
are extremely abundant; they differ slightly from those of 
C. pyramida in this respect that the distal ends or “‘lobes’’ of 
their alae, as seen in profile, project beyond the posterior 


border of the shaft; they are also shorter and less robust, 


never exceeding 22 in length. 


Clathria elegantula, Ridley and Dendy. Skeleton ‘‘a well- 
defined reticulation of horny fibre,’’? of which the main fibres 
alone are cored by sybtylostylote spicules, 200 x 3} in size. 
The microscleres are ‘“‘palmate isochele of rather unusual 


form, with very slender shaft, rather strongly curved and mak- 


’ 


ing an unusually wide angle with the front palm;’’ they are 


about 20 y long. 


Clathria piniformis, Carter.5 According to description the 
sponge is erect, lobo-digitate or flabellate, with corrugated 


surface. Oscula (?). Oxeote modifications of both the smooth 


coring styli and the echinating acanthostyles occur, the 
smooth styli attain a size of 200 x 3. Microscleres are said 
to be absent, but the presence of chele has probably been 


overlooked. 


1 The specimens, which are preserved in a dry state, were inadvertently 


.overlooked in selecting the sponges intended for description, and their 


discovery came too late to permit of their being figured and described 


in detail. 


2 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (ns.), 1896, p. 34. 


3 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., p. 354; Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Vict., 1896, p. 34. 


242 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Clathria indica, Dendy.1 Except in habit of growth this 
species appears to bear a certain amount of resemblance to the 
last-mentioned. The spicules are ‘‘smooth slender styli (verg- 
ing upon the tylostylote form) or unequal-ended oxea,’’ which 
measure about 140 x 3, and ‘‘small straight entirely spined 
styli, gradually and sharply pointed at the apex and frequently 
narrowing somewhat at the base.’’ There are no microscleres. 


Clathria dura, Whitelegge.2 Sponge ramose; branches 
compressed, ramifying and usually reticulating in one plane. 
Oscula marginal. The skeleton is a reticulation of stout, 
rather densely echinated pale horny fibres, of which both the 
main and connecting contain a compact spicular core. There 
is a dermal skeleton of scattered acanthostyles. The coring 
spicules are slightly curved, fusiform styli, with a tendency 
to pass into forms resembling tornotoxea, varying in length 
from 75 to 1007, and not more than 4.5 in diameter. ‘The 
acanthostyles are often strongyliform and attain a size of 
65 x 8p, but rarely exceed 6 in diameter. The microscleres 
are slender isochela arcuate 16-19 p long. 


Clathria myxilloides, Dendy.’ According to description 
this sponge is massive, depressed, cake-like. Oscula (?). 
The skeleton is a very loose and irregular reticulation of stout, 
mostly longitudinal, whisp-like fibres. Smooth styli, 300 x 
4.2 2; acanthostyles 130 x 5; microscleres, arcuate isochele 
25 - long. 


Clathria imperfecta, Dendy.’ Sponge compressed, cake- 
like, crumbling. Oscula (?). Skeleton resembling that of the 
preceding species. Smooth styli 200 x 6.2}; acanthostyles 
100 x 54. No microscleres. 


Thalassodendron typica, Lendenfeld (vide p. 203). A sub- 
caliculate or flabelliform sponge, with longitudinally ridged 
surface. According to description, the skeleton is reticulate, 
with aspiculous connecting fibres and stout main fibres filled 
with straight styli 200 x 5 in size. The echinating styli are 
scarce, smooth or slightly spined and attain a size of 70 x 8H. 
Microscleres are not mentioned. 


Plectispa macropora, Lendenfeld (vide p. 205). Small mas- 
sive or incrusting honeycomb-like sponges with a reticulate 


1 Dendy—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iii., 1889, p. 84, pl. iv., fig. 10. 


2 Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., p. 83; pl. xl., fig. 11. Hentschel has 
recently described a West Australian sponge under the name of Clathria 
dura, Whitelegge, var. mollis, which possesses isochele palmatz and 
toxa, as well as principal styli. The sponge, which is therefore dis- 
tinct from the present species, will probably require a new specific name, 
since the name Clathria mollis has already been used by Kirkpatrick for- 
a South African sponge. 


3 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1896, p. 35. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 243 
skeleton of slender fibres cored by straight or curved styli 
200 X 4/4 in size, and pretty abundantly echinated by slightly 
spined styli 70 x 6 in size. Microscleres are not mentioned. 


Clathria mollis! Kirkpatrick. A sub-caliculate sponge of 
soft consistency, with scattered oscula. Skeleton a reticula- 
tion of thick soft fibres echinated and sometimes cored by 
acanthostyles, 130 x 11} in maximum size. Foreign bodies 
present in the fibres and ground substance. | Asymmetrical 
amphitornota, 165 x 5.5 #4, occur in the dermal layer. Micro- 
scleres: tridentate isochelz, sigmata, and | ?] toxa. 


The last-mentioned species differs from all the preceding in 
the fact that the non-accessory megascleres are diactinal, but 
this does not prov ide sufficient reason for excluding it from 
the genus, since in a number of the other species a diactinal 
tendency on the part of these spicules is frequently to be 
observed. 


The sponge described by Carter under the name of Wilson- 
ella echinonematissima2 might perhaps also, for the present, 
be included amongst the species of Wilsonella. It is, how- 
ever, peculiar in the fact that the acanthostyles are dif- 
erentiated into two kinds, a larger and a smaller; the former 
attain a size of 145 x 8.3%. The sponge is massive, with a 
reticulate skeleton of horny fibres which are echinated by the 
acanthostyles, and in the deeper parts of the body cored with 
smooth sub-basally constricted smooth styli, about 210 x 4 4 
in size, but which towards the surface become almost ex- 
clusively occupied by foreign bodies. Oscula (?). The micro- 
sclere is ‘‘an equianchorate somewhat bent upon itself, rather 
obtuse at the ends, 7.e., not navicularly shaped,’’ measuring 
25} in length. 


Also it might be well to include provisionally, as species 
dubie, under the genus Wilsonella, Lendenfeld’s three so- 
called varieties of Echinonema anchoratum, Carter. The 
type-specimens of these three sponges appear to have been 
lost, and since their descriptions are very brief, it is possible 
that they may never be re-identified. It is strange that 
although Carter clearly indicates in his description of E. 
anchorata that the megascleres are styli, Lendenfeld in his 
description of the ‘‘varieties’’ states that they are oxea ; but in- 
asmuch as the latter has described the non-accessory megas- 
cleres of his Echinonema levis and FE. rubra as styli, whereas 


1 Kirkpatrick—““Marine Investigations in South Africa,” ii., Sponges 
iii., p. 249, pl. v., fig. 15, pl. vi., figs. 16a-d. 


2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1881, p. 366. 


244 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIO RESULTS. 


they are actually oxea, it is not beyond possibility that, in the 
present instance, he has inadvertently written “‘oxea’’? when 

‘tstyli’’? was intended. In either case, whether their spicules 
be styli or oxea, the three sponges are, according to their des- 
criptions, capable of being included in the genus “WwW ilsonella as 
I have defined it. 


The species of Wilsonella of which I have a first-hand ac- 
quaintance, appear to represent perhaps four or five generic 
types, in accordance with the following division sae) W. 
australiensis ; (i1.?) W. conectens, sp. nov. ; (iil.) C. pyramida, 
C. alata; (iv.) W. curvichela, sp..nov., W. ox ype, Sp. NOV. ; 
and (v. ?) C. dura. Of these the first- mentioned two species are 
distinguished from the rest by the possession of isochelze 
palmate of typical form, and of toxa. 


In group (iil.) the chela, whilst conforming rather to the 
palmate shape, are peculiar in that they have an alate shaft 
and undergo in the course of development a considerable 
change of form.!. To what extent their peculiarity in the 
latter respect is important one cannot say, since so little in- 
formation concerning the growth-stages of chele is available; 
but it seems to be the case that in Clathria proper, the youngest 
visible forms of the chele are not materially different (except 
in the tenuity of their parts) from those which are fully 
developed. It may be that the chele of this group are 
modified arcuate chelze; for there is nothing objectionable in 
the supposition that arcuate chele may secondarily come to 
resemble palmate chelz, and in this connection it may be re- 
marked that the immature forms of the chele of C. pyramida 
are much like those of the arcuate chele of Lissodendoryx 
stipitata, Lundbeck.2 Chelz bearing a close resemblance in 
both their immature and final stages to those of C. pyramida, 
but lacking in any perceptible modification of the shaft, occur 
in Amphilectus ceratosus, R. and D.3; so marked, indeed, is 
the resemblance between the chele of these two species, that 
the likelihood of its being merely an accidental one is remote. 


The species of groups (iv.) and (v.) agree among other 
respects in possessing arcuate chelze which, moreover, dev elop 
along similar lines. These chelz commence as a slightly 
curved rod,4 upon which the rudiments of the ale appear 
before there is any sign of the formation of the front palm 


1 Vide Hentschel—Zoe. cit., pp. 376, 377, and figs. 48e, f, g. 
2 Lundbeck—Porifera, Danish Ingolf Expedition, ii., 1905, pl. xvii., fig. 2e. 


3 Ridley and Dendy—‘‘Challenger”’ weneeonida, IRS VE io) Bu qolley o-ab-e5 
fig. 10a; Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. Mem., iv., 9, 1906, p. 473. 


4 The development of the chele of ee maculatus, Hentschel 
(1911), and of the ancoree of Iotrochota varidens and I. oxeata, Lund- 
beck (1905), commences in a similar manner. 


i 


SPONGES.-HALLMANN 245 

dura differs from the species of group (iv.) in the strong 
a ulation of its fibres (both main and connecting) and in its 
dermal skeleton of acanthostyles; except that its fibres are 
-echinated, it approaches rather closely to Pseudoclathria com- 
pressa, Carter. 


WILSONELLA CONECTENS, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxii:, fig-32) Ae fig. 50.) 


Sponge a_ sessile amorphous reticular mass of 
moderately thin mostly erect lamelle. Oscula absent (?). 
No distinct dermal membrane. Skeleton an irregular 
reticulation of thin fibres with a loose meagre core of 
smooth slender styli; in the connecting fibres the spicules 
are usually uniserially arranged. Accessory acan- 
thostyles rare. Spicules similar to the intrafibral styli, 
are scattered interstitially in moderate abundance. 
Megascleres :—(i.) Smooth sometimes tornotely-pointed 
styli or subtylostyli, up to 240 p in length and at most 
4 # in diameter; (ii.) acanthostyles, obscurely spined or 
TUCO FOX V4.5) Be: Microscleres :—(i.) Isochele 
palmate, 8 yu long; (ii.) rave toxa, of moderate size, with 
arms sometimes inclined at right angles. 


Two specimens were obtained, both of which are preserved 
in a dry state. The sponge is a low-spreading reticulate sub- 
cellular mass of irregular rumpled lamellz which as a rule are 
disposed more or less vertically. An idea of the general ex- 
ternal appearance of the sponge is best obtained from the 
figure (Pl. xxxil., fig. 2). The lamellae have an uneven surface 
and are frequently irregularly fenestrate; they average 2 to 
3 mm. in thickness. The larger specimen measures 120 mm. 
in length, 80 mm. in breadth, and 60 mm. in height. The 
specimens afford no certain evidence of their mode of attach- 
ment; but, judging from adhering fragments, it is highly 
probable that they grew upon branching calcareous bryozoans 
to which they were attached at many points. The colour in 
life was bright orange yellow; it is now light brown. The 
texture is finely fibrous and compact. As regards consistency, 
the sponge is, in its present state, moderately tough, com- 
-pressible and resilient. 


Owing to the damaged state of the surface nothing can be 
said concerning the arrangement of the spicules in the dermal 
laver. The main skeleton is an irregular reticulation of thin 
fibres, the stoutest of which rarely exceed 50 in diameter. 
Both main and connecting fibres are cored with slender smooth 
straight styli, and similar spicules, in considerable number, 


1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xviii., 1886, p. 450; Dendy—Proc. Roy. 
‘Soc. Vict., ix: (.s.), 1897, p. 259. 


246 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


are scattered between them. The spicules of the main fibres, 
which are seldom more, and usually much less than ten in 
number in a cross section of the fibre, are sometimes collected 
into a slender compact axial strand, and sometimes spread 
dispersedly ; in the connecting fibres they 
are arranged uniserially or, less fre- 
quently, pauciserially. Acanthostyles are 
of rather rare occurrence; mostly they 
echinate the fibres, but a small proportion 
occur within the fibres and an occasional 
one is met with interstitially. The meshes 
of the reticulation are very variable in size 
and shape; their angles are usually well 
rounded off, and the apertures of the 
smallest meshes are consequently oval in 
outline. The pattern of the skeleton, as 
seen in section, differs to a great extent 
according to the direction in which the 
section has been cut. The minimum de- 
gree of irregularity is shown in sections 
cut perpendicularly to the plane of a 
lamina and in the direction of growth; in 
such sections the repeatedly branching 
main fibres run longitudinally in a very 
irregular manner and are joined by single 
transverse fibres or by interreticulations. 
(of lesser or greater extent) of connecting 
fibres, according as they lie close together 
or farther apart. The meshes of the reti- 
culation are tympanised by filmy mem- 
branes to which the interstitial spicules 
appear to be entirely confined. Possibly 
these membranes are capable of being per- 
ceived only in sections prepared from dry 
specimens, such as the present are. 


Fig. 50—W. conec- Megascleres.— 
tens a, b Styli, show- 


jaguthelextrenies of (i.) Smooth, normally straight, cylin- 


form exhibited by drical styli or less frequently sub- 
these spicules. tylostyli, varying in length from 
Chela. (Toxa not about 130 to 250 p, and in dia- 
figured.) E zi 


meter up to 4 yw. They show a 
barely appreciable degree of differentiation into two: 
orders: those which exceed 200» in length are 
seldom more than 3 and never more than 3.5 im 
diameter, and are usually tornotely pointed ; whilst a 
considerable proportion of those below 180 p in length 
may attain a diameter of 4 #, and commence to, 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 247 


taper to a point at a distance from the distal ex- 
tremity of as much as 15. There is, accordingly, a 
remote possibility that the spicules belong to two 
different categories equivalent to the principal and 
auxiliary spicules of normal Myxillinee ; but inasmuch 
as the two kinds graduate insensibly the one into the 
other, and are promiscuously intermingled in the 
_ Skeleton, whether within the fibres or scattered inter- 
stitially—it is impossible to arrive at any other con- 
clusion than that they are but different forms of a 
single category. 


(i1.) Very minutely spined or rugged acanthostyles, 55 
to 70 in length and at most 4.5 # in diameter. 


Microscleres.— 


(i.) Relatively stout isochele palmate 8 1 long, mod- 
erately abundant in the interstitial membranes. 


(ii.) Rare toxa;! in the few individuals which have been 
observed, the arms are straight, or slightly reflexed 
towards their extremities, are inclined at an angle 
varying from 20° to as much as 90°, and vary in 
length from 4o to 80 pm, and in diameter up to 3 W. 


Loc.-—East coast of Queensland, nine miles east of Fraser 
Island, 24-26 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


In many respects lV’. conectens so closely resembles Clathria 
angulifera, Dendy,2 that there is high probability of a near 
relationship between the two. In the case of the latter it 
would seem that the non-accessory megascleres comprise both 
principal and auxiliary spicules, for according to description, 
they are of two kinds: (a) smooth, straight, gradually sharp- 
pointed styli (up to about 180 x 4.2 4 in size), occurring in the 
fibres; and (b) straight styli or subtylostyli (up to about 250 
X 3.54), occurring in the dermal tufts. The opinion which I 
have expressed that the (non-accessory) megascleres of W. 
conectens belong to a single category, is therefore open to 
question. 

WILSONELLA CURVICHELA, Sp. nov. 
(Platexxxiv.’, fig.°4 > and figs si.) 

Sponge stipitate with erect compressed branches. 
Oscula small, marginal. Surface even. Dermal mem- 
brane distinct, thin. Main skeleton an irregular reticu- 
lation of stout densely echinated fibres; the main fibres 


1 Owing to their rarity these spicules were at first overlooked and were 
thus omitted from the text-figure. 


2 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.). 1896, p. 32. 


248 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


only, with a thin core of skeletal styli. Interstitial 
spicules rave. Megascleres of both kinds (the acantho- 
styles in lesser number) occur sparsely in the dermal 
membrane, together with scattered chele. Megascleres: 
—(i.) Skeletal, smooth substyli, 160 x 4 ; (i.) accessory 
acanthostyli, 96 x 8 wp. Microscleres :—Isochele arcuate 
18 to 27 p long. 


The single specimen, preserved in alcohol, consists of a 
sub-cylindrical stalk (about 80mm. long by 15mm. in dia- 
meter) from which by two dichotomies there arise four erect 
slightly compressed branches. The branches are closely 
appressed and coalescent. Distantly separated oscula, seldom 
more than 1mm. in diameter, occur in an irregular series 
along the edges of the branches. The surface is free from 
inequalities.1 There is a very thin but quite distinct dermal 
membrane. The texture is dense; the 
consistency, firm and fairly tough; the 
colour, yellowish-brown. The total 
height of the specimen is 325 mm. 

a} je 


The main skeleton is an irregular, 
relatively small-meshed reticulation of 


rather stout spongin fibres (sometimes 
exceeding 200 # in diameter) somewhat 
densely echinated by short acantho- 
styles. In general, the area occupied 
; : by the fibres themselves is greater than 
that of the intervening spaces. A small 

a 


proportion of the fibres are provided 

with a slender compact spicular core, 

but except in this respect there is no 

Fig. 51—W. curvi- evident distinction between main and 
chela. a Showing connecting fibres. A notable feature of 


basal d fet B 
styli An al ben the skeleton is the almost entire ab- 


tremity of same. b sence, except in close vicinity to the 
Acanthostyle. c surface, of interstitial scattered megas- 
Chela. cleres. The dermal membrane contains 


scattered megascleres of both kinds (the 
acanthostyles in lesser number) and fairly numerous chele ; 
the last-mentioned, also, are somewhat scarce in the choano- 
somal tissues. 


Megascleres.— 
(i.) The (auxiliary) smooth spicules are sharp-pointed 
cylindrical subtylostyli (or less frequently simple 
styli) with an elongate tylosis which usually tapers 


1 The transverse ridges shown in the figure were produced by an en- 
twining sea-weed. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 249. 


more or less towards its extremity. Quite com- 
monly the basal extremity of the spicule is either 
abruptly or acuminately pointed, and the spicule ac- 
cordingly sometimes passes into an asymmetrical 
oxea. The length varies from 140 to 170 and the 
maximum diameter is 4}. 


(ii.) The (accessory) acanthostyles are sub-conical, with 
moderately large, irregularly scattered, recurved 
spines. They are rarely less than 60 long and 
attain a size of 96 x 8y. 

Microscleres.— 

The chelze (isochele arcuate) vary from about 18 to 27 in 
length ; except for a greater curvature of the shaft in the case: 
of the shorter spicules there is no appreciable difference in 
form between the longest and the shortest. In their earliest 
stage of development they appear as a slender, slightly curved 
rod; the ale are well advanced in development before the 
rudiment of the front palm makes its appearance. At a certain 
stage of their growth many bear a rather close resemblance to. 
the longest of the three chelaee shown in text-figure 52a for 
Wilsonella oxyphila. 


Loc.—Coast of South Australia; (?) fifteen miles south of 
St. Francis Island (‘‘Endeavour.’’) 


WILSONELLA OXYPHILA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxiv., fig. 3; and figs. 52, 52a.) 


Sponge flabellate, simple or proliferous. (?) Oscula 
small, marginal. Surface even, or with faint radiating 
grooves, or areolately pitted. Dermal membrane dis- 
tinct, thin. Main skeleton an irregular reticulation of 
moderately slender, closely echinated fibres, with a 
slender core of skeletal spicules. Interstitial spicules 
scarce. Megascleres of both kinds (the accessory in 
lesser number) are sparsely scattered in the dermal mem- 
brane, together with frequent chele. Megascleres :— 
(i.) Skeletal smooth substyli, 200 x 3 yw; (u.) accessory 
acanthostyli and (occasional) acanthoxea, 80 x 4.5 i. 
Microscleres: —Isochele arcuate, approaching the 
palmate form, 16 to 26 yw long. 


Introductory Remarks.—There are two specimens which I 
assign to this species. In their external appearance there 1s 
nothing that would suggest a specific identity, but they agree 
so perfectly in their spicular characters that one hesitates to 
separate them even as different varieties. Accordingly I have 
thought it best, whilst uniting them under a single name, to: 


! 


| 


250 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
keep their descriptions separate. The specimen which, on 
account of its better preservation, I select as typical of the 
species, is divided longitudinally into two equal portions; one 
portion has been retained in spirits, the other was removed 
and preserved in a dry state. Asa 
result of its drying the latter has 
undergone a remarkable amount of 
shrinkage, being now scarcely more 
than one-half its former size.1 The 
second specimen is both macerated 
and dry. 


Description.— 

(a) Typical Specimen. ‘The speci- 
men, when complete, had the form of 
an oval leaf-shaped plate, with the 
narrower end drawn out into a short 
stalk, and measured 120 mm. in 
height, 90 mm. in greatest breadth 
and 8 to ro mm. in thickness. Both 
surfaces exhibit a number of obscure, 
longitudinal, somewhat  radiately 
disposed grooves which become more 
distinct towards the margin. ‘These 
grooves are apparently due to the 
presence of canals lying immediately 
beneath the thin dermal membrane 
which have caused the latter to 
undergo a slight collapse. Owing to 
the somewhat damaged state of the 

Fig. 52—W. oxyphila. surface, it is impossible to speak with 
Showing variations of the Certainty regarding oscula; it ap- 
opposite extremities of G : 
the smooth megascleres.  PEars that the canals terminate along 

the margin of the plate in small 
circular openings. 


The main skeleton is a reticulation of slender fibres which 
are fairly closely echinated by small acanthostyles. The main 
fibres contain a slender compact spicular core; the connecting 
fibres interreticulate to a slight extent and are destitute of 
axial spicules. Owing to the paleness of the spongin, the 
main fibres, by reason of their axial spicules, stand out rather 
conspicuously in comparison with the connecting fibres, so 
that at first glance the skeleton might appear to be dendritic; 
the false impression is, however, immediately corrected by the 
presence of echinating spicules on the connecting fibres. Both 


1 The piece was subsequently returned to alcohol and expanded again. 
almost to its original size. 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 251 
kinds of megascleres, in very small number, are scattered 
through the ground tissues and dermal membrane. Chelz are 
fairly abundant in the dermal membrane, or at least in some 
portions of it; but are rare in the interior. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) The smooth (auxiliary) spicules show all gradations 
in form between elongately-‘‘headed’’ subtylostyli 
and asymmetrical oxea; 
they are rarely less than 


140 #, and usually between 
160 and 170 } in length, 
whilst their maximum size 
is about 200 x 3 pH. 
(ii.) The spined accessory spi- 

cules are styli and oxea of a 

similar dimensions, — the 

latter occurring in relatively 

small number. The spines 

are small, and_ scattered 

over the whole length of the 

spicule. The maximum size 


is 80 x 5 #; the length is 


rarely less than 50 » and Fig. 52a—W. oayphila. 
seldom more than 70 }. a Chel. b Acanthostyli. 
Microscleres.— 


Isochele of slightly variable shape, ranging in length from 
20 to 26. Asarule, as seen in profile their form approaches 
that of palmate isochele, but the shafe is slightly curved and 
makes a rather wide angle with the sront palm; a small pro- 
portion bear a close resemblance to arcuate isochele. Their 
mode of development, however, indicates that their relation- 
ship is rather with the arcuate type of chela. In their earliest 
developmental stage they appear as a slender, slightly curved 
rod; the rudiments of the ale next make their appearance, ex- 
tending along the shaft at either end for about one-third of its 
length; and finally the front palm is added. In the case of 
quite an appreciable number of the chela—which otherwise 
attain to full proportions and indeed are usually somewhat 
longer than the average—the palm remains relatively small 
and the spicule then often bears a striking resemblance to in- 
completely developed chele of Wilsonella curvichela. The 
normal form is that of the shortest of the three chela shown in 
the adjoining text figure, though the spicule is usually not so 
robust. 


252 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Loc.—Near Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 17 fms. 
(‘‘Endeavour’’). 


(b). W. oxyphila, var.? (Plate xxxiv., fig. 3). 


The different appearance presented by the second specimen 
is partly due to its intense purplish colour, and perhaps partly 
also to its dry macerated condition. The colour difference is 
of little consequence since it probably results from the presence 
of a symbrotic alga similar to that which affects certain other 
Australian species, notably Chalina polychotoma, Carter, 
Arenochalina mirabilis (Lendf.), Whitelegge,! and Echino- 
clathria ramosau, sp. nov. 


In shape (Pl. xxxiv., fig. 3) it is not materially different 
from the typical specimen. It consists of a stipitate flabelli- 
form plate (170 mm. in height and about the same in breadth, 
and 6 to 8mm. thick) to which are added, mainly on one side, 
a few lamelliform outgrowths, joined to it along vertical lines.. 


The washed-out condition of the specimen is most unsatis- 
factory from many points of view for the purpose of full and 
accurate description, but in this case it possesses the ad- 
vantage of permitting the rather characteristic gross structure 
of the skeleton to be readily perceived. I have not been able 
to convince myself that the type specimen, if macerated, would. 
show a similar structure. The surface is everywhere irregu- 
larly covered with shallow, roughly polygonal or rounded 
honeycombcell-like pits on an average 2 mm. in diameter, and 
more or less distinctly arranged in longitudinal series running 
from the base to the margin of the plate. Where the sponge 
is thin, the ‘‘cells’’ may completely perforate it; when the 


1 From an examination of a section which I have prepared of a frag- 
ment of a British Museum specimen labelled ‘ Arenochalina mirabilis: 
Lendenfeld, Torres Straits,’ and a comparison of its skeletal structure 
with that figured by Lendenfeld (Zool. Jahrb., 1387. taf. xxvii., fig. 28). 
I feel sure that this specimen is truly representative of Lendenfeld’s 
species. I find, also, that Whitelegge’s Arenochalina mirabilis, from Port 
Jackson, is closely allied to, if not identical with, the same species. 
Lendenfeld’s description is accordingly wrong in stating that the megas- 
cleres are oxea; they are slightly fusiform subtylostyli with relatively 
large axial canal. Whether the typical 4A. mirabilis possesses chele or 
not I am unable to say, since, in the fragment referred to, owing to its 
washed-out condition, interstitial spicules are entirely absent. However, 
in the Port Jackson sponge there occur scattered anisochele palmate of 
simple form, and, since the close relationship of this sponge to Lenden- 
feld’s is beyond doubt, one can therefore say that the genus Arenochalina 
possesses the spiculation of Mycale, and that it will probably form one of 
the sub-genera into which the latter genus will no doubt ultimately 
be subdivided. The external resemblance of Arenochalina mirabilis to 
Spongelia elegans (c.f.. Whitelegge—Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., pl. x., fig. 7, and 
Lendenfeld—Monogr. Horny Sponges, pl. xxxix., fig. 2) is so striking that 
it almost casts doubt on Lendenfeld’s record of the occurrence of the: 
latter species in the same area as the former, viz., at Broken Bay, New 
South Wales. ‘ 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 253 
sponge is held up before the light, the partition between the 
rows of ‘‘cells’’ appear as ribs traversing the sponge longi- 
tudinally in a slightly radiating fashion. The consistency is 
fairly soft and slightly brittle. 


The fibres are so densely surrounded by pigmented matter 
that the section required to be decolorised in order to bring 
them into view. The colour dissolves out in nitric acid as a 
bright carmine which soon disappears, particularly on warm- 
ing. ‘The skeleton differs from that of the preceding specimen 
in its much greater irregularity, but this is probably more 
apparent than real and due to the fact that the connecting 
fibres—owing to the dry state of the specimens and the conse- 
quent absence of interfibral substance-—are no less conspicuous 
than the connecting fibres. In all other respects the two 
sponges appear to be identical. 


Loc.—Oyster Bay, Tasmania, 20-40 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 
A ES) SY san} 


Assuming the descriptions of Clathria elegantula, Ridley 
and Dendy, and Clathria piniformis, Carter,! to be correct in 
detail, it might be said that WV. oxyphila forms a connecting 
link between them. The three species agree very closely in 
their characters; but oxeote modifications of the megascleres 
have not been mentioned for C elegantula, nor have chelz 
been recorded for C. piniformis. It is, however, quite 
possible that the typical specimen of W. oxyphila may 
prove to belong to Carter’s species, and the varietal specimen, 
to Ridley and Dendy’s. 


GENUS OPHLITASPONGIA, Bowerbank. 


In view of the existence of such a species as Clathria tran- 
siens, sp. nov.—in one of the forms of which, the accessory 
styli are smooth—the definition of Ophlitaspongia, as pro- 
posed by Dendy,? needs amendment so as to restrict the genus 
to species whose echinating and coring spicules (if both be 
present) are similar or, at any rate, not definably different. 
The amendment will probably necessitate the removal of O. 
membranacea, Thiele (vide p. 215), to Clathria; but, so far as 
I know, it affects no other species of the genus. The definition 
requires also to be modified in such a way as to clearly dis- 
tinguish the genus from Echinochalina (q.v.). Ophlitaspongia 
has commonly been spoken of as differing from Clathria in the 


1 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 354; Dendy—Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Vict. (n.s.), vili., 1896, p. 34. 


2 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 36. 


254 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


smoothness of its echinating spicules; in its restricted sense, 
it will be more correct to say of the genus that it differs from 
Clathria in the absence of accessory spicules. The genus is, 
however, a very generalised one and such species as might be 
included in it are capable of derivation from a number of 
different genera. 


Owing to such species as Clathria transiens, Echinochalina 
intermedia, Whitelegge, O. tenuis, Carter, O. tubulosa, sp. n., 
and O. nidificata, Kirkpatrick,! the task of satisfactorily de- 
fining Ophlitaspongia is rendered rather difficult. With the 
exception of O. nidificata (for which almost unquestionably a 
new genus should be established) the species of which I have 
information seem to require some such definition as the follow- 
ing: “‘External form various, but never regularly honey- 
combed. Skeleton a reticulation of usually well-developed 
horny fibre which is cored or echinated, or both cored and 
echinated by smooth basical! styli (sometimes accompanied by 
oxeote modifications). The basical styli, which are typically 
of a single kind, may exhibit some degree of differentiation 
into two kinds, but there is never any definable difference of 
form between those which core and those which echinate, the 
fibres. Monactinal auxiliary spicules, occurring interstitially 
and in the dermal layer, are typically present. Microscleres, if 
present, are isochele palmate and (or) toxa.’’ 


In O. papilla, Bowbk., the type-species, and in O. seriata, 
Bowbk., the fibres are said to be provided only with echinating 
spicules. In the species described in the present paper the 
echinating spicules are relatively few in number and, to 
some extent, accidental in the occurrence; they are, in 
fact, precisely analagous to the spicules (of common 
occurrence in the genus Clathria) which in the case of 
C. partita I have referred to as ‘‘quasi-echinating’’ spi- 
cules. That such spicules are, in some cases at least, 
to be regarded as, in a sense, accidental, is evident from 
the following considerations. (i.) In the species in which 
these occur, the (principal) spicules are not confined to the 
fibres only, but also occur in the ground substance; it is quite 
to be expected, therefore, that some proportion of them 
should be found to occupy an intermediate situation, i.e., 
partly within, and partly projecting from the fibre. (ii.) The 
formation of spicules at the growing-point of the fibre pre- 
cedes their envelopment by spongin, and since these terminal 
spicules are often spread penicillately, it follows that outlying 


1 Kirkpatrick—Nat. Antarctic Exped., iv., 1908, Tetraxonida, p. 25. 
2 Vide pp. 137, 138. 


SBPONGES.—HALLMANN. 


un 


SW 
Fo) 


individuals may sometimes be left only partially included 
‘within the completed fibre. (iii.) Owing to the continued 
growth in stoutness of a fibre, spicules originally lying ex- 
ternally, but in close proximity to it, might secondarily come 
to be surrounded at their basal extremity by the fibre-spongin. 
(iv.) In the superficial regions of the sponge, spicules which 
appear as if echinating, are often nothing more than the 
axial spicules of incipient connecting fibres; this occurs most 
frequently when the connecting fibres are unispicular. (v.) It 
sometimes happens that the development of a connecting fibre 
—say, an unispicular fibre—proves abortive, the fibre then 
appearing as a process from its supporting main fibre; in such 
a case, if the process were very short, its axial spicule would 


appear to echinate the main fibre. 


In the species of Ophlitaspongia described herein, the echi- 
nating spicules appear to arise in one or other of the ways 


andicated. 


Dendy! has remarked that his Siphonochalina bispiculata 


resembles an Ophlitaspongia save in the fact that the spicules 
.are oxea; perhaps this species should be placed in the genus 
Diplodemia, Bowerbank. 


OPHLITASPONGIA CONFRAGOSA, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxv., fig. 2, and fig. 53.) 


Sponge small, delicate; of indeterminate habit; 
probably consisting, in most cases, of compressed up- 
growths arising from a thin encrusting base. Oscula 
indistinguishable, perhaps absent. Skeleton an irregular 
sub-renieroid reticulation of thin pauci- or uni-spicular 
spongin-fibres, with meshes the sides of which are 
usually of not more than a spicule’s length. Quasi- 
echinating spicules are of occasional occurrence. Aux- 
iliavy spicules are scattered interstitially—in some parts, 
sparsely; in others, in dense profusion. Megascleres :— 
(i.) Straight or (seldom) slightly curved principal styli, 
cylindrical throughout the greater portion of their length, 
slightly inflated at the base and gradually tapering to a 
point, attaining a size of 190 x 12 pl; (il.) auxiliary sub- 
tylostyli with a maximum size of 300 x 5.5 #. Micro- 
scleres :—(i.) Palmate isochele 10 yt long; (iti.) bow- 
shaped toxa, 80 x 3 # in maximum size. 


1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vii. (n.s.), 1895, p. 246. 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


The single specimen, preserved in a dry state, is a small 
sponge of indefinite shape growing dispersedly over the fronds 
of a foliaceous calcareous Bryozoan. It consists in part of a 

thin spreading layer closely in- 
vesting the surface of the fronds,. 
and in part of irregular com- 
pressed outgrowths arising 
along their margins. The 
lamellar portions of the sponge 
(which constitute by far the 
greater portion of its bulk) have 
an uneven, irregularly undulat- 
ing surface, and, owing to vary- 


ing rates of growth at different 

points, an irregularly lobed and 

broken margin; they vary from 

b B 1 to 3 mm. in thickness, are 
indefinite in width, and attain, in 

the present instance, a maxi- 

a mum height of 50 mm. Owing 

to incomplete coalescence be- 

tween the marginal lobes as 

growth proceeds, the lamelle 

are frequently fenestrate. There 

are no certain indications of 

oscula. The surface is minutely 

( 


porous. The colour is yellowish- 
grey; the consistency firm, com- 
pressible, slightly brittle; the 
texture, finely fibrous. 


The main skeleton is a web- 
like sub-renieroid irregular re-- 
ticulation of pale slender horny 
fibres with pauciserially or uni- 
serially arranged axial spicules 
(principal styli). The precise 
formation of the skeleton is diffi- 
cult of determination ; apparently 
there is a primary reticulation 
of stouter fibres, the meshes 

Fig. 53—O. contragosa. a of which are occupied by a 
Fe ce Ate: eae second DE Sy interreticulum | of 
‘ mostly unispicular connecting 


fibres. The outlines of the 
stouter fibres are vague, and the arrangement of their spicules. 
is disorderly; they seldom exceed gop in diameter. The 


(usually single) spicules forming the sides of the angular 
meshes of the interreticulum are probably always surrounded. 


SPONGES._HALLMANN. 257 
by a layer of spongin; but this is often so thin as to be indis- 
cernible, and in such cases the spicules sometimes appear as if 
echinating. Quasi-echinating spicules are also of common 
occurrence on the more superficial fibres; these, in some if 
not all cases, mark the starting-points of new fibres. Scattered 
(auxiliary) subtylostyli occur interstitially, in some parts 
sparsely, in other parts in great abundance. 


Megascleres.— 


(i.) Principal styli straight, usually slightly expanded at 
the base, very nearly cylindrical throughout about 
three-fourths of their length and tapering thence to a 
sharp point, ranging in length from about 130 to 
190 zx, and with a maximum diameter of 12 j. 


(ui.) Straight auxiliary subty lostyli or styli, 130 to 300 yp 
in length and 6 # in maximum diameter. 


-Microscleres.— 
(i.) Isochelee palmate, fairly plentiful, 10 long. 


(ii.) Toxa, comparatively scarce, in shape somewhat re- 
sembling the conventional bow of archery; length, 
25 to 80; diameter of the stoutest, 3 p. 


Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, Shoalhaven Bight, 
15-45 fms. (“‘Endeavour’’). 


OPHLITASPONGIA SUBHISPIDA, Carter. 
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1; and fig. 52.) 


1885. Echinoclathria subhispida, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. 
list(S), xVi., 1888, p. 350: 


Echinoclathria gracilis, Carter, Loc. cit., p. 356. 


1896. Ophlitaspongia subhispida, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Vict. (n-s.), viit:, 1896, p. 36. 


Sponge stipitate, with slender usually somewhat flattened 
branches which multiply dichotomously or (occasionally) 
polytomously, and extend, with or without anastomosis, 
in the same or in overlapping planes. Dermal membrane 
absent, or, at any rate, indistinct. Oscula not visible. 
Skeleton a regular scalariform reticulation of strongly 
developed horny fibres; the main fibres contain a discrete 
paucispicular core, the transverse fibres are without con- 
tained spicules. Principal styli are tolerably abundant 
in the ground substances and common as echinating 


Principal styli. b Auxiliary 
tylostylus. c Toxa. 


“ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


spicules. Scarce auxiliary spicules are scattered inter- 
stitially. Megascleres :—(i.) Principal styli, usually more 
or less curved, sub-fusiform, with a slight sub-basal 
waist, varying in length from about 50 (seldom less than 
80) to 155 p, and in diameter up to 5.5 pw; (i.) auxiliary 
tylostyli, straight or in variable manner curved, 100 (or 
less) to 250 pw in length, and rarely as muchas 1.5 ¢ in 
diameter. Microscleres :—Toxa, by no means scarce, 30 
to 80 win length and never more than 1 « in diameter. 


The external form of this 
species has already been suff- 
ciently well described, but no 
adequate account of the skeleton: 
has so far been rendered; also, 
the information concerning the 
spicules is incomplete, and, to 
some extent, misleading. The 
| specimen herein figured measures 

100 mm. in height. The skeleton 
is a very regular reticulation of 
densely horny fibres, which are of 

a b a pale brownish tint and (except in 

proximity to the sponge-surface) 

rarely less than 70 or more than: 
, 100 # in diameter ; the main fibres. 
| contain a meagre wispy core of 
slender styli, the connecting fibres 
are vacant. As seen in median 
longitudinal section of a branch, 
the main fibres run longitudinally 

(in subparallelism, and from 80 to 

120 p apart) with a slight outward 

trend which gradually increases 

to a curvature as the exterior is 
| approached, and arrive at the 
surface at an inclination to it 
varying (in different parts of the 
sponge) from about 45° to nearly 
go°; they are joined at irregular 
intervals, in a scalariform fashion, 
by the short, stout transverse 
fibres. The meshes») off) the 
reticulation have their angles 


ee 


Fig. 54—O. subhispida. a 


rounded off, and are usually elongated in the longitudinal 
direction; they vary in shape from circular to oblong. 
Owing to the absence of a dermal membrane, the free ex- 
tremities of the main fibres give to the surface an appearance 
of hispidity. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 259 


Styli similar to those which core the fibres, 7.e., principal 
styli, occur in moderate number, both as echinating and as 
interstitial spicules; when interstitial, they are for the most 
part disposed parallely to the main fibres. Scattered between 
the fibres also, are a small number of very slender (auxiliary) 
tylostyli. The echinating spicules appear to be most abundant 
on the superficial fibres ; but the majority of those which occur 
in that situation are partly or completely invested by a sheath 
of spongin and are evidently nothing more than the rudiments 
of developing new fibres. According to Carter’s description 
the echinating spicules are of a different kind to those which 
core the fibres—but this is not so; for although the former are 
perhaps, on the average, of smaller size than the latter, yet 
between the two there is absolutely no difference of shape. 
Accordingly, it would be incorrect to suppose that O. sub- 
hispida bears any close. relationship to such a sponge as 
Clathria transita, form (d), (p. 233), in which the echinating 
styli, although quite smooth, are quite distinct from the 
principal spicules. 


Loc.—Port Philip, Victoria (Carter; Dendy; Austr. Mus. 
Cole): 


OPHLITASPONGIA SUBHISPIDA, Carter, VAR. VIMINALIS, 
Lendenfeld. 


(Plate xxxvi., fig. 1, and fig. 55.) 


1888. Thalassodendron viminalis, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges 
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 225. 


1902. Thalassodendron viminalis, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. 
Mus. iv., 5, 1902, p. 214. 


[1g01. Not Thalassodendron viminalis, Whitelegge, Op. cit., 
IV962,, TOOL, p. 87.\| 


My acquaintance with this sponge is limited to a single dry 
specimen (the one described by Whitelegge, and herein figured) 
which in outward form approaches, and in internal characters 
—except in regard to the size and, to some extent, to the 
shape of its spicules—exactly resembles O. subhispida. 
Indeed, the differences between the two are not so great that 
they might not be due to individual variation; but in order to 
establish this point further material is required. 


The description which I have given of the skeleton pattern 
of O. subhispida is here again applicable without qualification. 
and as regards the external features, Whitelegge’s account 
will suffice. The latter author’s description of the skeleton is 
slightly misleading in one respect, inasmuch as it conveys the 


260 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


“ 


impression that the fibres ‘‘which curve gracefully outwards 
and terminate at the surface’’ are branches arising from the 
stouter main fibres of the ‘‘axial plexus’’ (as for example in 
Clathria arcuophora), whereas, as a matter of fact, they 
appear rather to be direct 
continuations of those 
fibres. The description 
also errs in attempting to 
fix precise limits to the 
diameters of the axial, 
superficial and transverse 
fibres. 

The principal styli vary 
in length from about 75 to 
220 p, and in diameter up 
to 8 or (very rarely) 9 y; 
generally speaking, they 
agree in form with those 
of O. subhispida but are 
somewhat peculiar in the 
fact that a _ considerable 
proportion (usually of the 
stouter individuals) are 
wanting in the slight basal 
swelling or knob charac- 
teristic of the latter, and 
thus have the basal ex- 
tremity shaped somewhat 
like the handle of an oar. 
However, I find that this 

peculiarity is also occa- 
sionally exhibited, though 
Fig. 55—Ophlitaspongia subhispida, in a less marked degree, 


var. viminalis. a Principal styli by the spicules of O. sub- 


(selected) showing in varying degree BG . 
the basal peculiarity. b Auxiliary hispida, and is therefore of 


tylostyli. doubtful value as a dis- 
tinctive character of the 
variety. 


The auxiliary spicules are slender, usually curved or flexuous 
tylostyli which seldom exceed 200 7 in length, and appear to 
be never more than 1 in diameter; the longest observed 
measured 240}. In O. subhispida also, it should be noted, 
the auxiliaries are sometimes flexuous. 


The toxa are similar in form to, and (except for a slighter 
stoutness) of the same dimensions, as those of O. subhispida. 


Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, Illawarra (Austr. Mus. 
Colle): 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 261 


OPHLITASPONGIA TENUIS, Carter. 


"(Plate xxxv., fig. 1, and fig..'56-) 


to) 


1885. Echinoclathria tenuis, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.(5), 


Viel GSS Ps 355: 


1886. Phakellia papyracea, Carter, Op. cit. (5), xvili., 1886, 


P= 379: 


1896. Ophlitaspongia tenuis, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 


Willa (Mss >) OGOs paraze 


[Not Clathria tenuis, Hentschel, Fauna Siidwest- 
Australiens, Tetraxonida, ii., 1911, p. 377. | 


[ 1887. (?) Antherochalina tenuispina, Lendenfeld, Zool. 


Jahrb. 1887, p. 780. | 


Sponge flabelliform, thin, stipitate. Surface even. 
Oscula apparently absent. No dermal membrane. 
Skeleton: In young parts of ithe sponge, spongin being 
yet but scantily developed, the skeleton appears as a 
more or less ‘‘venieroid’’ reticulation which, in the mid- 
region of the lamina, is irregularly isodictyal, but which, 
in vicinity to the surface (owing to the presence there 
of outwardly-running paucispicular fibres), becomes 
generally rectangular; usually, also, longitudinally dis- 
posed sheaves of spicules, lying in the mid-region, pro- 
duce an appearance of axial condensation. Later, there 
is developed in the mid-region a dense plexus of stout 
horny fibres which to some extent obscure, and perhaps 
in part ensheath, the spicules of the “‘isodictyal’’ mesh- 
work; with increase of age, also, the lamina thickens, 
the excurrent fibres are correspondingly prolonged, and 
the rectangularly-meshed outer layer is consequently of 
greater width. Auxiliary tylostyli are scattered inter- 
stitially in variable number, generally singly, but also in 
bundles. Quasi-echinaling (principal) styli are, as a rule, 
moderately scarce. Megascleres:—(i.) Curved tapering 
principal styli, typically more or less fusiform and basally 
manubriate or sub-basally constricted, showing signs of 
a slight differentiation into two kinds, ranging in length 
from about 75 to upwards of 240 p, and varying in maxi- 
mum diameter in different specimens from & to 12 y; 
(ii.) auxiliary tylostyli, straight or flexuous, with a length 
of from 160 to upwards of 250 p, and a maximum 
diameter of 3.5 #. Microscleres absent. 


262 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


This species is represented in the Australian Museum col- 
lection by eight specimens, the largest of which measures 


Fig. 56—O. fenuts. 
a Principal styli. b 
Auxiliary tylostylus. 
(From a Port Phillip 
specimen.) 


250 mm. in height by about the same in 
breadth, and varies in thickness from 2 
mm. at the margin, where it is thinnest, 
to a maximum of 5.5 mm. Smaller 
specimens are proportionately thinner. 
The lamina is, frequently, irregularly 
subdivided in a partite manner, and its 
margin is sometimes lobate. In most 
specimens, more or less distinct external 
indications of intermittent growth are 
noticeable; Carter no doubt refers to 
these when he describes the surface (of 
Phakellia papyracea) as ‘‘concentrically 
lineated.”’ 


The skeleton is condensed along 
radiating branched lines, and _ also, 
owing to continued development of 
spongin, greatly increases in density 
with increase of age; accordingly, sec- 
tions taken from different portions of 
the same specimen may differ consider- 
ably in the pattern which they reveal. 
In consequence of the linear condensa- 
tions of the skeleton, the marginal re- 
gion of the sponge lamina, if sufficiently 
thin to be at all translucent, usually 
shows to the naked eye an appearance 
of subparallel venation—-the ‘‘veins’’ 
being, on an average, rather less than 
I mm. apart. These veins are found to 
be due to the presence of abundant 
longitudinally disposed spicules, mostly 
arranged in bundles. 


In the youngest, or marginal portions 
of the sponge, before any readily notice- 
able amount of spongin is developed, 
the skeleton (except in proximity to the 
surface) is an irregular ‘‘renieroid’’ 
reticulation with triangular to polygonal 
meshes, the sides of which are formed, 
as a rule, each of a single spicule 
enveloped in a minimum amount of 
spongin. Towards the surface, how- 


ever, excurrent pauciserial spongin-ensheathed lines of 
somewhat plumosely arranged spicules (secondary fibres) 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 263 
make their appearance, which become more distinct as 
the surface is approached and terminate each in a few pro- 
jecting spicules. In longitudinal section, perpendicular to the 
sponge lamina, these fibres are seen to be arranged pinnately 
with regard to the mid-line of the section; and since they usu- 
ally lie closely, and are then connected by short (mostly 
unispicular) transverse fibres, the skeleton in its superficial 
portions becomes for the most part rectangular in mesh. Thus, 
the pattern of the skeleton changes in passing outwards from 
the mid-plane to the surface, from more or less irregularly 
‘“‘isodictyal’’ to more or less ‘‘scalariform.’’ The isodictyal 
pattern of the mid-region is, however, in most sections, to 
some extent obscured or interrupted by the dense spicular ag- 
gregations constituting the ‘‘veins’’ above referred to. 


In older portions of the sponge, the skeleton presents a quite 
different aspect, owing mainly to the presence, in the mid- 
region of the lamina, of a dense plexus of stout horny fibres. 
These appear to be quite analogous to the primary fibres of 
such species as Clathria arcuophora and C. frondosa, and ac- 
cordingly might be so designated, although they are subse- 
quent in order of formation to those which have been termed 
‘*secondary’’ or excurrent fibres. In contrast with the latter 
fibres, which are pale-coloured, the primary fibres are of a 
deep yellowish tint and are generally aspiculous: as the latter 
fact indicates, they arise, for the greater part at least, inde- 
pendently of the “‘isodictyal’’ spicular meshwork occupying 
the same region. Apparently, they are earliest developed in 
connection with the radial venations above referred to—the 
intermediate belts remaining for some time unaffected; ulti- 
mately, however, the plexus which they form extends in the 
mesial plane continuously. In sections from the marginal 
region, it is seldom that primary fibres are sufficiently 
developed to be distinguished ; but such sections often show, 
in the place of these, a yellowish colouration suggestive of 
diffused spongin. 


The different appearance of the skeleton (as seen in longi- 
tudinal section perpendicular to the lamina) in the older 
portions of the sponge, is due also to the increased width (con- 
sequent upon the growth in thickness of the lamina, and in 
length of the secondary fibres) of the rectangularly-meshed 
superficial layer extending between the mesial or ‘“‘plexal’’ 
region and the surface; and, furthermore, the secondary fibres 
and their connectives are here provided with a well-developed 
sheath of spongin. In the older parts of the sponge, therefore, 
there is nothing in the character of the skeleton to warrant the 
statement (which Dendy has made) that ‘‘The species is in- 
teresting because it shows a structure intermediate betweer 


264 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


the Ectyoninz and the Axinellide, so that it might, with 
almost equal justice, be placed in either group.’’ 


The principal megascleres are slightly differentiated (but are 
not separable) into two kinds as regards size, though not to 
any appreciable extent as regards shape. The larger—which 
are the less numerous—occur chiefly as coring spicules in the 
excurrent or secondary fibres and as longitudinally directed 
interstitial spicules in the mesial region of the sponge. Quasi- 
echinating spicules are most commonly met with in connection 
with the secondary fibres and their connectives ; the frequency 
of their occurrence varies greatly in different specimens, and in 
some they are comparatively rare. The auxiliary megascleres 
(tylostyli) also vary in abundance, though they are never by 
any means scarce: they are, for the most part, scattered singly 
and lie parallel to the fibres; but parallel bundles—chiefly con- 
fined to the mid-region of the lamina and_ longitudinally 
disposed—also occur. 


The spicule characters are as follows :-— 


(i.) The principal megascleres are straight to curved, grad- 
ually tapering; styli, of very variable length in any given 
specimen, and in different specimens differing to some extent 
in regard to their precise form and maximum size. In the 
specimen from which the spicules shown in the text figure 
were drawn, and in a mounted slide prepared from a piece of a 
British Museum specimen labelled Echinoclathria tenuis, they 
almost invariably exhibit a handle-like basal part (suggestive 
of the handle of an oar), about to to 20 in length, which may 
or may not expand slightly at the end of the spicule to form a 
faint basal knob. In some specimens obtained by the ‘‘En- 
deavour,’’ on the other hand, the spicules approach very 
closely in form those of O. inornata, sp. nov. (text-fig. 57), 
and only a small proportion of them are marked by a ‘“‘handle’’ 
which, even so, is usually not well defined. In the first- 
mentioned specimen, in which these spicules are of slenderer 
proportions than in any of the others, they range from about 
70 to 280 (but are very seldom more than 240) » in length, and 
are at most 8 in diameter ; whilst in the last-mentioned speci- 
mens, in which their size is greatest, they range in length from 
80 to 310 and attain a maximum diameter of 12. The 
largest spicules are mostly to be found amongst those which 
project at the surface. Oxeote modifications, which appear 
to be always of lesser than the medium length, are of oc- 
casional occurrence. Usually, amongst the shorter spicules 
(of length below, say, 130 4) there are some with a few (seldom 
more than one or two) spine-like prominences ; these (vestigi- 
ally spined?) spicules appear to occur most frequently in 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 265 


stouter-spiculed specimens, but in any case they are scarce 
and in the first-mentioned two specimens have not been 
observed. 


(ii.) The auxiliary tylostyli are normally straight, but in 
some specimens a considerable proportion, perhaps even a 
majority, are variously flexed. They range in length from less 
than 160 to (usually) slightly more than 300; their greatest 
observed length in any specimen was 350}. 


I have quoted Antherochalina tenuispina, Lendenfeld, as a 
probable synonym of O. tenuis on the evidence of a small 
piece of a British Museum specimen labelled with the name 
and locality (viz., Western Port, Victoria) of Lendenfeld’s 
species. As the fragment conforms in external features with 
Lendenfeld’s description, I have but little doubt that the name 
attached to it is the correct one, and would say, therefore, that 
in respect of its spicular characters A. tenuispina has been 
wrongly described. 


In some features of the skeleton QO. tenuis resembles 
Clathria (?) chartacea, Whitelegge (vide p. 208)—a species 
from which, externally, it appears to be indistinguishable. 


Locs.—Port Philip, 18-20 fms. (Carter; Dendy; Austr. 
Mus. Coll.); forty miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 
30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


OPHLITASPONGIA INORNATA, Sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxvi., fig. 2, and fig. 57:) 


Sponge stipitate, ramose; branches short and crooked, 
mostly confined to one plane, sometimes anastomosing. 
No apparent dermal membrane. Oscula doubtfully 
present. Skeleton: In the older parts of the sponge, the 
axial region of the branches ts occupied by a dense plexus 
of stout, generally aspiculous, horny fibres, by a pro- 
fusion of longitudinally-disposed extrafibral spicules 
(principal styli) arranged in loose bundles and strands, 
and by single spicules which, though generally scattered 
without order, appear in places as if arranged reticulately. 
From the axial region there run outwards and upwards 
to the surface, fibres with divergingly disposed and fre- 

> quently echinating spicules which, at the.extremity of the 
fibre, form a projecting tuft; these fibres are joined by 
transverse and interreticulating paucispicular connecting 
fibres forming with them rectangular and polygonal 


266 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


meshes with sides of a spicule’s length. All the spicules 
afore-mentioned are principal styli; auxiliary tylostyli are 
scattered in moderate number in the ground substance of 
the interior, but become rather abundant in parts of the 
outermost layer. In the youngest portions of the sponge 
the skeleton differs from this mainly in absence of an 
axial fibre-plexus. Megascleres:—(i.) Principal  styli 
curved, subconical to slightly fusiform, usually with a 
slight sub-basal waist and slight basal knob, ranging in 
length from 75 to 220 pt, and in diameter up to 12 p; (ii.) 
straight auxiliary tylostyli, 140 to 240 p in length, 2.5 u 
in maximum diameter. Microscleres absent. 


The single (spirit-preserved) specimen, the form of which 
is sufficiently indicated by the figure (Pl. xxxvi., fig. 2), 
measures 90 mm. in height, inclusive of the stalk. The colour 
is yellowish-grey ; the consistency moderately firm and tough. 
Scattered over the surface at fairly close though irregular 
intervals, are minute rounded openings mostly less than $ mm. 
in diameter. These are scarcely discernible on some parts of 
the surface, very noticeable on others, being most pronounced 
where apparently maceration has occurred; it is therefore 
probable that they are subdermal. No dermal membrane, 
however, is observable; this may be due to imperfect preserva- 
tion, yet the membrane, if originally present, must have been 
very thin. Towards the upper extremity of the branches a few 
larger openings (up to 1 mm. in diameter) occur, which are 
possibly oscula. 


The appearance of the skeleton undergoes a marked change 
with increase of age owing to the formation in the axial region 
of the branches of a dense plexus of horny fibres. In this 
respect the species is quite analogous to O. tenuis, to which 
very probably it is related. The character of the skeleton in 
the older portions of the sponge is so similar in the two 
species, that what has been said in regard thereto in the case 
of O. tenuis is also applicable in the present instance, except- 
ing that here the extrafibral spicules of the axial region are 
more abundant, the reticulation formed by the secondary and 
their connecting fibres is less regular, the coring spicules of the 
fibres are arranged in an axinelloid manner, echinating spi- 
cules are plentiful, and auxiliary megascleres are rather 
scarce. The formation of the axial plexus, however, appears 
to be much longer delayed in the present species, being clearly 
marked only in the stalk and the basal portions of the 
branches. 


In the upper region of the branches, for a considerable por- 
tion of their length, the skeleton is composed chiefly of 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 267 


abundant longitudinally-directed (principal) spicules for the 
most part arranged in close multispicular fibre-like strands, the 
appearance and disposition of which is such that, at first sight, 
they might be mistaken for main skeletal fibres, their resem- 
blance to the latter being 

heightened by the fact that 

the spicules composing them 

are held together by some 

amount of yellowish spon- 

ginous material. In addition < 

to these spicular strands, 

however, though more or 

less concealed by them ex- 

cept towards the surface, 

there is a _ reticulation of 

longitudinal (main) and 

transverse (connecting) slen- 

der horny fibres with pauci- 

serially-arranged coring, 

and frequent  echinating, 

spicules; the _ transverse a a a b 
fibres are usually of not 

more than a spicule’s length. 

Owing to the partial con- 

cealment of the primary 

fibres proper, by the dense 

array of longitudinal spi- 

cules, it is with the strands 

which these spicules form, 

rather than with the main 

fibres, that the transverse 

fibres appear to reticulate. 

Finally, there are many 

irregularly scattered princi- ; 
pal and auxiliary spicules, Fig. 57—O. inornata. a Princi- 
the former in greater abun- pal styli. b Auxiliary tylostylus. 

dance. The general appear- 

ance of the skeleton in this 

region of the sponge, as seen in longitudinal section, is not 
unlike that of O. tenuis as seen in a marginal section parallel 
to the plane of the sponge lamina—the multispicular strands in 
the present case taking the place of the less closely arranged 
“linear condensations”’ or ‘‘venations’’ of the latter species. 


The auxiliary spicules increase in number in the superficial 
layer, and in some parts of it are very abundant; they lie 
generally parallel to the surface. Projecting beyond the sur- 
face at the extremities of the main fibres are tufts of diver- 
gently-arranged principal spicules—the terminal spicules of 


268 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


the fibres; the number of spicules composing such a tuft is, 
however, frequently greater than that in a cross-section of the 
fibre. 


The form and size of the spicules have been given in the 
diagnosis. 

Loc.—Coast of South Australia, fifteen miles south of St. 
Francis Island, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


OPHLITASPONGIA AXINELLOIDES (?), Dendy. 


(Plate xxxvi., fig. 3, and fig. 58.) 


1896. Ophlitaspongia axinelloides, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Vict., vill. (n.s.), 1896, p. 309. 


Sponge erect, lobose, stipitate; the lobes compressed. 
Oscula covered by a membrane. Surface even, with a 
minutely reticulate appearance. Main skeleton composed 
of moderately stout horny fibres forming an irregular to 
subrectangular reticulation with meshes of greatly vary- 
ing size, except superficially, where they are uniformly 
smaller. Main fibres provided with a meagre core of 
loosely arranged (principal) spicules, some of which are 
disposed echinatingly; connecting fibres generally with 
one or a few spicules uniserially arranged. Superficial 
skeleton consisting of closely arranged, outwardly pro- 
jecting tufts of principal spicules. Auxiliary spicules 
(styli) are scattered interstitially in moderate numbers, 
together with less numerous principal spicules, and are 
vather abundant in the oscular membranes where they 
are arranged radiately. Megascleres :—(i.) The principal 
spicules are normally styli, straight, subconical to 
slightly fusiform, but an appreciable proportion (say 1 
in 20) are secondarily diactinal (oxea); their length ranges 
from about So to 135 p, whilst theiy maximum diameter 
(which is rarely attained by individuals longer than 120 }) 
is 11 p; (it.) auxiliary styli, straight, cylindrical, rapidly 
tapering to a sharp point, 115 to 200 p in length, and 
with a maximum diameter of 5 }. 


A single specimen, in the collection of the Australian 
Museum, agrees so well, on the whole, with O. axinelloides, 
as to render it highly probable that its points of difference 
from the specimen described by Dendy are purely individual ; 
accordingly I have refrained from bestowing upon it a 
distinctive name. The specimen (PI. xxxvi., fig. 3), which 
measures 115mm. in height, is incomplete, representing ap- 
parently about one-half of the original, and consists of a single 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 2609 


much compressed lobe, together with the longitudinally bi- 
sected stalk. 


It differs from O. axinelloides as described, chiefly in regard 

to the situation of the 
oscula, in the larger size, 
and lesser abundance in 
the fibres, of the principal 
spicules, and in the much 
greater development of the 
superficial (‘““dermal’’) 
skeleton. 


On casual inspection, 
oscula appear to be ab- 
sent; but along the mar- 
gin and one side of the 
lobe are to be noticed, here 
and there, light-coloured 
rounded spots, 1.5 mm. or 
less in diameter, which 
prove to be _ concealed 
oscula-like openings 
covered only by a thin 
membranous diaphragm 
continuous with the (else- 
where very thin and 
scarcely discernible) der- 
mal membrane. 


the!) s;oscular mem- 
branes’’ contain numerous 
radially disposed horizon- 
tally-lying auxiliary styli, Fig. 58—O. axinelloides _ a Princi- 
which are absent from P2! Styli. b Oxeote Ree of 
other parts of the dermal same. Auxiliary stylus (unlettered). 


layer. A dermal skeleton 

proper can,” therefore, 

hardly be said to be 

present. There is, however, a superficial skeleton of a special 
kind, formed of closely situated tufts of principal spicules ; 
these tufts, to the presence of which is due a minutely reticulate 
appearance of the surface, are borne upon extremely short 
fibres, or rather processes, which arise from the superficial 
transverse fibres. 


In the description of O. axinelloides the fibres are said to be 
about 7oy thick and to be pretty abundantly cored by styli 
about 100 x Sy in size. In the present specimen, the fibres 
may attain a diameter of 100 y#, and are sparsely cored—the 


270 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


spicules being seldom more than, or even as many as, three 
in a cross-section of the fibre; moreover, the spicules (7.e., the 
principal spicules) are, as already indicated in the diagnosis, 
of notably larger size. Similar spicules in moderate number 
also occur interstitially ; and scattered plentifully among them, 
as in O. axinelloides, are longer and slenderer (auxiliary) styl 
of variable size. The range in size of the auxiliary styli can be 
determined with certainty only by measurement of those which 
lie in the ‘‘oscula membranes”’ (from which principal spicules 
are always absent), since the shorter individuals are scarcely, 
it at all, distinguishable from the slenderer principal styl. 


Loc.—-Port Phillip (Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


OPHLITASPONGIA CHALINOIDES, Carter. 
(Fig. 59-) 
1885. Axinella chalinoides, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 
XVI OOS pe sgo: 
1886. Axinella chalinoides, var. cribrosa, Carter, Op. cit., (5), 
Xvill., 1886, p. 358. 

Sponge stipitate, ramose; branches usually somewhat 
compressed, about g mm. in lesser diameter, multiplying 
dichotomously or sometimes polytomously, and occa- 
sionally uniting by anastomosis. Oscula, chiefly in two 
rows on opposite sides of the branches, usually more or 
less concealed by an extension across them of the thin 
dermal membrane. Skeleton composed of well-developed 
horny fibres (60 p in diameter), forming a _ small- 
meshed irregular to subrectangular reticulation. Main 
fibres provided with a meagre core of loosely and some- 
what plumosely arranged small (principal) styli; connect- 
ing fibres with one or a few spicules uniserially arranged. 
The terminal spicules of the main fibres project slightly 
beyond the extremity of the fibre, but there is no special 
development of superficial tufts of spicules as in O. 
axinelloides. Quasi-echinating spicules somewhat scarce. 
Auxiliary spicules (styli) are scattered interstitially in 
considerable number, accompanied by a few principal 
styli; they become more abundant close beneath the 
surface (here lying parallel with the main fibres), and in 
the dermal membrane, where they lie horizontally. 
Megascleres :—(i) Principal styli (rarely oxea) straight, 
cylindrical throughout the greater part of their length, 
and gradually tapering to a sharp point, 75 to 110 pt in 
length, and, in different specimens, from 3 to 5.5 } in 
maximum diameter ; (ii.) auxiliary styli straight or flexed, 
cylindrical to within a short distance of the pointed end, 
120 to 195 # long, and up to 2.5 ¢ in diameter. 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 271 
This species has been written by Dendy! as a possible 

synonym of O. subhispida—though there is little in the des- 

criptions of the two that would suggest 

an identity. However, in the Austra- 

lian Museum collection of Port Phillip 

sponges there are five specimens, in 

external appearance much resembling | 

a Chalina, which—if allowance be made 

for certain differences attributable to 

differences in condition of preservation 

—agree so well with the description of 

Axinella chalinoides, var. cribrosa, that 

I feel no hesitation in identifying them 

as such. These also agree equally well 

with the typical A. chalinoides, save 

that, concerning the latter, auxiliary 

megascleres have not been mentioned ; b 

but these spicules might easily be over- 

looked, and I therefore regard it as 

extremely probable that A. chalinoides 

and its so-called variety are the same. 


melemnansmalainges 


One of the five specimens, which is 
dry and dermally denuded, has com- 
pressed dichotomous’ branches and 
many marginally-situated shallow 
crateriform oscula, each of which forms 
the common orifice of several (usually 
three or four) excurrent canals opening 
into its base. In the remaining speci- _ Fig. 59—O. chal- 
mens, preserved in alcohol, the tnovdes. a Princi- 
branches are either cylindrical or com- ir bes a a 

. ~ : iliary stylus. 

pressed and, owing to rapidly repeated 
dichotomy, sometimes appear to divide 
polytomously; and the oscula which 
are not entirely confined to opposite sides of the branches, 
are more or less concealed from view by a covering membrane 
or diaphragm, continuous with the thin though well-defined 
dermal membrane. The oscula diaphragms may be (ap- 
parently) entire, or may have a small central circular aperture ; 
sometimes, owing probably to collapse, they are depressed 
below the general surface, and are then in a few cases radially 
wrinkled. Immediately beneath the thin transparent dermal 
membrane are numerous subdermal spaces or lacunz, which 
can be seen to lead by rather large circular pores into the in- 
current canals. To these lacunz and pores is due, probably, a 


1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 36. 


272 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 

certain uneven and pitted condition of the surface in the dry 
specimen mentioned above; but when, as in the other speci- 
mens, the dermal membrane is intact, the surface is generally 
free from inequalities. 


With regard to the oscula in the specimens examined by 
him, Carter says concerning A. chalinoides, that they are 
‘‘often accompanied by a stelliform radiation,’’ due to ‘‘col- 
lapse of the dermal sarcode over subjacent excretory canals’’ 
immediately surrounding them; and concerning A. chalinoides, 
var. cribrosa, that they are ‘‘deeply sunk into the tissue and 
rendered stelliform by grooves radiating from them to the 
surface.’’ Although in the case of the present specimens no 
such appearance is exhibited, the facts concerning them to 
which I have referred, render it conceivable that this is due 
merely to difference in condition of preservation. 


The arrangement of the fibres is very similar to that of O. 
axinelloides, but the meshes are of more uniform size. Oxeote 
modifications of the principal megascleres have been observed, 
but they are rare. The slenderer principal megascleres are 
scarcely or not at all distinguishable from the shorter auxiliary 
megascleres. 


Loc.—Port Phillip, Victoria (Carter; Austr. Mus. Coll.). 


OPHLITASPONGIA TUBULOSA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxv., fie. 3, and’ fig. Go.) 


Sponge with the habit and texture of Siphonochalina ; 
sessile, with short erect tubes arranged in panpipe-like 
series. Surface even. Skeleton a tolerably regular reti- 
culation of slender, though tough and dense, horny 
fibres; the main fibres only, are very sparsely cored with 
straight stylote and (very rare) oxeote spicules, cylin- 
drical to within a short distance of the pointed extremity, 
and attaining to a maximum size of 120 x 4 4. Quasi- 
echinating spicules of like kind are of occasional occur- 
vence. Scattered interstitially, though chiefly or entirely 
confined to membranes stretched between the fibres, are 
(relatively) moderately abundant megascleres of perhaps 
two kinds, viz.: (i.) Straight styli (and rare oxea) of 
similar shape to those of the fibres, but usually much 
longer, and somewhat slenderer, with a maximum size of 
220 x 3.5 w; and (ii.) very slender flexuous styli and oxea 
attaining a maximum length of about 260 y. Microscleres 
absent. 


SPONGES.—-HALLMANN. 273 
This species is represented by two dry and washed-out speci- 

mens. The sponge, which is attached by an encrusting basal 

disc, consists of a clustered mass of short erect tubes which 

multiply both by branching and by the upgrowth of new ones 

from the base. Branching takes place, typically, in such a 

way as to give rise to an arrangement of the tubes side by side 

in singie, longer or shorter, series. The component tubes of 

each such series may fuse with each other laterally so as to 

form a plate with the tube-orifices in a single row along its 

upper margin, or they are more or less free from one another 

except at their bases. Anastomosis occurs freely wherever 

tubes of the same or different series come 

into contact. The two specimens are ap- 

proximately equal in size: the slightly 

larger is 75 mm. high and 100 mm. by 65 

mm. broad. The free terminal portions of 

the tubes in no case exceed 20 mm. in 

length, and are 6 to 10 mm. in external, 

and 3 to 5 mm. in internal, diameter. The 

pseudoscula are of the same diameter as 


the otubes anternally.—) ihe itexture: yas 
shown by washed-out specimens, 1s 
similar to that of a Chalinine sponge. As \) 


regards consistency, the sponge is com- 
pressible and elastic, and fairly tough. 
The colour varies, even in different por- 
tions of the same specimen, from brownish- 
yellow to dark-brown. 


The skeleton is a wide-meshed reticula- 
tion of densely horny fibres of a deep 
brownish-yellow colour, of which only the 
main fibres contain a slender core of pauci- 
serially (or sometimes even  uniserially) 
arranged small spicules. The main fibres Fig. 60—O. tubu- 
may (rarely) attain to 80 » in stoutness, joc” a Principal 
but are usually less than 60 yp; the dia- styli—the shorter, 
meter of the connecting fibres varies from intrafibral; the 
10 to about 40 wp. The former are dis- longer, interstitial. 
tinguishable into two categories which pg) UBSUEIS ai 
might be termed, respectively, primary j 
and secondary (or excurrent) main fibres, viz.: (i.) those 
which ramify over the inner surface of the pseudoscular tubes 
and form, with the aid of connecting fibres, a strong, irregu- 
larly-meshed, supporting reticulation; and (ii.) those which, 
arising as branches from the preceding, traverse the tube-wall 
obliquely upwards and outwards to the exterior surface. The 
last-mentioned, or secondary main fibres, rarely branch; but, 


274 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


towards the outer surface, they are supplemented by the inter- 
polation of others which arise from their connecting fibres. 
Their connecting fibres either may be simple, forming direct 
transverse connections between them—in which case the re- 
ticulation is more or less rectangular—or, less frequently, may 
branch and interunite, thus forming between them an interre- 
ticulation, and rendering the pattern of the skeleton irregular. 
The fibres are here and there, at very wide intervals, echinated 
by spicules (similar to those within the fibres) which, as a rule, 
project but slightly beyond the spongin. The meshes of the 
reticulation are tympanized by very thin membranes (visible, 
perhaps, only in washed-out specimens) in which moderately 
abundant slender spicules lie scattered. 


There is no indication, in the present condition of the speci- 
mens, of a dermal membrane or of a dermal skeleton. The 
main fibres terminate abruptly at the surface with their end- 
spicules projecting slightly beyond the spongin. 


Spicules.—Microscleres are absent ; the megascleres are, for 
the purpose of description, separable into three groups :— 
(i.) The spicules of the fibres, straight styli, cylindrical 
to within a short distance of their pointed extremity, 
ranging in length from 80 to about 120 #, and rarely 
slightly more than 4 in diameter; occasionally an 

oxea is found amongst them. 


Straight or but slightly flexed interstitial spicules, 
identical in form with the preceding, but mostly much 
longer, attaining to a length of 220, and not more 
than 3.5 #4 in diameter. Oxeote modifications of these 
occur more frequently than amongst the fibral spi- 
cules but are nevertheless comparatively rare. 


(ii. 


2 


(iii.) Variously curved and flexuous, very slender, intersti- 
tial spicules, about equal in abundance to those of 
the second group, frequently exhibiting oxeote modi- 
fications, seldom exceeding 1.5} in diameter, and of 
very variable length; the longest observed measured 
264 pl. 

The identity in form of the spicules of the first two groups 
and the complete transition between them in the matter of size, 
permit of no other conclusion than that they are but partially 
differentiated derivatives of an originally single spicule-form. 
I regard them as homologous with the principal megascleres 
of other species. Whether the spicules of the third group are 
merely variants of the same, or whether they are represent- 
ative of auxiliary megascleres, I am unable to decide. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 275 


O. tubulosa, regarded as a species of Ophlitaspongia, seems 
to me rather divergent. In a number of respects it bears 
analogies with Siphonochalina bispiculata, Dendy,! and is 
possibly related thereto. 


Loc.—South-east coast of Australia (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


GENUS ECHINOCLATHRIA, Carter. 


External form various; sponge made up of a honey- 
comb-like mass of anastomosing flattened trabeculae. 
Skeleton—except, perhaps, when foreign particules are 
included in excessive abundance—a reticulation of fibres 
usually well provided with spongin. Megascleres of two 
kinds, distinguishable into principal and auxiliary; the 
former are smooth styli, typically occurring in association 
with the fibres as coring or echinating ¢ spicules ; the latter, 
which vary in form from tylotornota to amphistrongyla, 
occur interstitially. Microscleres may be present in the 
form of palmate isochele. 


The above, which is an adaptation of the original diagnosis 
proposed by Ridley and Dendy, is designed so as to secure on 
the one hand the exclusion from the genus of such species as 
FE. glabra, R. and D., and on the other the admission into it 
of the species of Lendenfeld’s genus Aulena.2 The modifica- 
tion of the definition in these respects introduces no innova- 
tion, for Thiele’ has already expressed the probably correct 
opinion (vide p. 288) that E. glabra belongs to his genus 
Echinochalina, and Dendy,‘ by his inclusion in Echinoclathria 
of a species of Aulena has tacitly rejected the latter genus. 


Speaking of Echinoclathria and Aulena in the sense in 
which they would be understood if maintained as separate 
genera, it may be said that although each of the species of 
Aulena departs in several noteworthy respects from those of 
Echinoclathria, yet they possess in common no single charac- 
ter of recognised systematic value by which they may be 
distinguished from the latter, unless it be their habit of includ- 
ing foreign particles in the skeleton. In other words, the 
separation of the two genera depends ultimately upon the 
presence or absence of extraneous skeletal elements. Similarly, 


1 Dendy—Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vii. (n.s), 1895, p. 246. 

2 Lendenfeld—Monograph of the Horny Sponges, 1888, p. 91. 

3 Thiele—Kieselschwamme von Ternate, ii., 1903, p. 962. 

4 Dendy— Echinoclathria arenifera, Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict., 1896, p. 40. 


276 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIO RESULTS. 


Echinoclathria is ultimately separable from Ophlitaspongia 
only by virtue of its characteristic honeycomb-like structure ; 
for although the auxiliary spicules of the former are typically 
quasi-diactinal, yet in E. carteri, as in the species of Ophlita- 
spongia, they are stylote. This structural peculiarity of 
Echinoclathria (and of Aulena) is, however, theoretically of 
questionable generic value, inasmuch as it is probably nothing 
more than the extreme specialisation of a not uncommon mode 
of growth, and is, in fact, actually attained in other genera 
in the case of Plectispa macropora and certain species of 
Echinochalina. Consequently, whether the proposal might be 
to merge Echinoclathria and Aulena in Ophlitaspongia or to 
keep all three genera distinct, no serious objection could in 
either case be raised, but the more reasonable course seems 
to be to regard the series of forms which they embrace as con- 
stituting two genera, with the line of division falling between 
Ophlitaspongia and Echinocluthria rather than between Echi- 
noclathria and Aulena. 


I might here remark that the peculiar genus Allantophora, 
Whitelegge,! which its author regarded as intermediate be- 
tween Ophlitaspongia and Echinoclathria, offers no justifica- 
tion for its retention amongst the Myxillinze, and perhaps had 
better be placed, provisionally, with the Mycaline. In its 
microscleric characters, the genus—which is represented by 
but a single species—stands unique; but of known forms it 
perhaps most nearly approaches the equally peculiar Crambe 
crambe, O. Schmidt.? Apart from a certain amount of 
similarity in the formation of their fibres, an argument in 
favour of a relationship between the two lies in the possibility 
of an homology between the desmoids of Crambe and the 
microstrongyles of Allantophora. I cannot agree with White- 
legge that in A. plicata, the so-called echinating spicules are in 
any way different from those of the fibre-axis. 


ECHINOCLATHRIA FAVUS (Carter), Ridley and Dendy. 
(Fig. 61.) 


1885. Echinoclathria favus, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 
KVijwtOOS, Pseege- 


1887. Echinoclathria favus, Ridley and Dendy, ‘‘Challenger”’ 
Monaxonida, 1887,,p..200, pl: xxxi-) les 4 sna. 


1 Whitelegge—Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1907, p. 505. 
2 Thiele—Arch. f. Naturg., 1899, p. 87. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 277 

Sponge massive or branched, commonly growing upon 
the shell of a Pecten. The superficial lamelle present 
their edges to the exterior, forming cells of irregular, 
often elongate and meandrine, shape; these cells vary in 
width, in any given specimen, from about 2 to 6 mm. 
The main fibres are sparsely cored; the connecting fibres 
are usually aspiculous. Echinating spicules are not 


wholly confined, as is usually the case 
in other species, to the external aspect 
of the superficial connecting fibres. 
Auxiliary spicules moderately abun- 
dant. Megascleres:—(i.) Principal 
styli straight, fusiform, with greatest 
diameter about the middle of their 
length—size, 75-105 x 5 p; (ii.) aux- 
iliary strongyla ranging in length 
from (rarely less than) 135 to 170 1, 
and seldom as much as 1.5 y in dia- 
meter. Microscleres :—Isochele pal- 
mat@, scarce, of extreme tenuity, 8 to 
12.5 jt long. 


Four specimens of this species were 
obtained, all of which encrust the shells of 
living Pectens. They very closely re- 
semble in external appearance the speci- 
men shown in Pl. xxxi., fig. 4, of the 
‘Challenger’? Report. There is nothing 
of importance that I can add to Ridley 
and Dendy’s description except that I 
have found the auxiliary spicules to be 
invariably strongyla. 

Locs.—Bass Strait, off Moncceur Is- 
land, 38 fm. (‘‘Challenger’’); off Devon- 
port, Tasmania (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


ECHINOCLATHRIA RAMOSA, Sp. 


Fig. 61—Z. favus. 
a Principai style. 
b Auxiliary stron- 
gyle. (Chela not 
figured.) 


nov. 


(Blate*xxx:, fig. 3, and fies 62:) 


1go1. Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. 


Mus. ;iVs,)2; 1901; pp. 89, 1x7; 


[Not Plectispa macropora, Lendenfeld, Austr. Mus. 


Cat. Sponges, 1888, p. 226. | 


[Not Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Austr. 


Mus. Mem-, iv., 10, 1907, p. 504. | 


Shrubby substipitate sponges, with short cylindrical or 
but slightly compressed branches (averaging about 10 
mm. in diameter) which multiply dichotomously and 


8 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


to 
NJ 


usually anastomose freely. The superficial lamella 
present their edges to the exterior. The superficial ‘‘cell- 
apertures’’ are polygonal or slightly rounded, averaging 
about 2 mm. in diameter. Main fibres with a pauci- 
spicular core; connecting fibres usually vacant. Echin- 
ating spicules (apparently) confined to the superficial 
fibres. Auxiliary megascleres rather scarce. Mega- 
scleres :—(1.) Principal styli, straight, with a sub-basal 
waist or constriction, usually slightly fusiform, varying 
in size in different specimens from 70-95 x 5 # to go-120 
x & p; (i.) auxiliary strongyla, with a maximum length of 
between 140 and 160 jt, and a maximum diameter of 
between 1.2 and 2 #. Miucroscleres :—Isochele palmate, 
vare (or absent ?). 


Reasons for regarding this species as distinct from Len- 
denfeld’s Plectispa macropora are indicated in the remarks on 
the genus Plectispa. 


It is a low, generally profusely branched and shrubby sponge 
with a much. “aUIR AED iated stalk, the base of which often is 
extended into a disc-like foot; the first-formed branches some- 
times take origin from the disc, and the sponge may then ap- 
pear as if provided with several stalks. The basal portion 
of the sponge, just as are the branches, is formed of reticulat- 
ing lamella. Branching takes place by dichotomy which, as a 
rule, is rapidly repeated. The sponge, as growth proceeds, 
typically assumes the form of a hemispherical cluster of short 
freely anastomosing branches; occasionally, owing to a re- 
duction of the tendency towards rapid branching - the branches 
become more elongated, anastomosis is less frequent and the 
sponge assumes a more erect and arborescent habit. The 
largest of a considerable number of specimens measures 150 
mm. in height and 200 x 130mm. in transverse dimensions. 
The longest unbranched branches met with in any specimen, 
measured 7 mm. in length. (The species recorded as E. 
macro pora bg Whitelegge in his report on the ‘‘Thetis”’ 
sponges, in which the branches sometimes attain a length of 
over 300 mm., and the sponge a height of 500 mm., is E. 
carteri, R. and D.) 


The superficial lamelle do not, as a rule, stand quite per- 
pendicularly to the general surface, but are directed somewhat 
obliquely forwards, i.e., in the direction of growth of the 
branches; their outer edges are usually somewhat jagged. 
The superficial ‘‘cell apertures’? are normally hexagonal, but 
in some specimens, particularly when the branches are com- 
pressed, they show a tendency to become elongated in the 
direction of the branch-axis; they average slightly less than 
2 mm., and rarely exceed 2.5 mm., in diameter. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 27 


Judging from the rather abundant material at my disposal, 
it would seem that decrease in the frequency of branching and 
anastomosis, increase in the length of branches and the as- 
sumption of a more erect habit, the tendency of branches to 
become compressed, of cell-apertures to become elongated, 
and of the external edges of the superficial lamelle to become 
jagged—are concomitant variations. 


The sponge is of fibrous texture, and, in the dry state, 
tough and resilient. Some specimens are of an intense purplish 
colour owing to the presence of a sym- 
biotic alga ; “otherwise the colour of the 
dry sponge varies between yellowish- 
grey and pale brown. 


The skeleton is a compact reticulation 
of slender horny fibres readily distin- 
guishable into main and connecting. 
The main fibres, which run (in approxi- 
mate parallelism) in the direction of 
growth of the lamella, contain a meagre 
core of (principal) styli; at the outer a 
or growing edge of any lamella, their 
terminal spicules form a slightly pro- 
jecting tuft. The connecting fibres to 
some extent interreticulate irregularly 
between the main fibres and are usually 
aspiculous. The echinating — styli, 
which—contrary to the statement of 
Whitelegge—are in no way different 
from those within the fibres, appear to 
be entirely confined to the outer side of Fig. 62—£. ramosa 
the fibres which lie immediately beneath 2 Principal styles. —b 
the lateral surfaces of the lamellae. The “"*!#ary strongyle. 
auxiliary megascleres are strongyla 
not subtylostvli, as previously stated. 


In none of the specimens which I have examined have I been 
able to detect chele. Whitelegge, however, has observed ‘‘in 
well-preserved specimens’’ a few scattered isochele to} in 
length. 


A point worthy of special note is the relatively great varia- 
bility in the maximum size (95 x 5 to 120 x 8) of the principal 
megascleres ; and in reference thereto I might mention that, 
between specimens which showed the opposite extremes in this 
particular, I have been unable to discern any difference what- 
ever in external characters 


Hab.—Coast of New South Wales, in shallow water (Austr. 
Mus. Coll.). 


280 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


ECHINOCLATHRIA ARBOREA, Lendenfeld. 
(Plate cxix:, “hig.'2, and ip. 103°) 
1888. Plectispa arborea, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges Austr. 
Mus., 1888, p. 226. 
[Not Clathria (Plectispa) arborea, Whitelegge, Rec. 
Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 88. | 
1901. Echinoclathria elegans, Whitelegge, Loc. cit., p. 90. 
[Not Plectispa elegans, Lendenfeld, Cat. Sponges 
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 226. | 
Sponge stipitate, arborescent, branching  dichoto- 
mously; branches elongated, cylindrical, averaging 7 
mm. in diameter, seldom anastomosing. The superficial 
cell-apertures are not bounded by lamell@ disposed edge- 
wise to the surface: normally, they are circular or oval 
in outline, and, on the average, are less than 2 mm. in 
width and about the same distance apart; but in some 
specimens the trabecule are rod-shaped, and the structure 
is then no longer cellular, but clathrate. Main fibres 
with a paucispicular core; connecting fibres either with 
uniserially arranged spicules, or vacant. Echinating 
spicules most abundant upon, but not restricted to, the 
superficial fibres. Auxiliary megascleres variable in 
number, sometimes rather scarce. Megascleres (similar 
in form to those of E. ramosa) :—(i.) Principal styli vary- 
ing in maximum size in dijferent specimens from 100 x 
5.5to 120 x 7 p; (ii.) auxiliary strongyles, maximum size, 
135 x 1.3. Chele (apparently) absent. 
Introductory.—I have already pointed out (p. 204) that the 
sponge identified by Whitelegge as Plectispa elegans 1s cer- 
tainly not that species, and have indicated the chief reasons 
for regarding it as identical with Lendenfeld’s Plectispa 
arborea. These reasons perhaps require to be more explicitly 
stated. Concerning Plectispa arborea, Lendf., one can draw 
the conclusion from what Lendenfeld has written, that the 
species is possessed of a structure in some way analogous to 
that which is characteristic of Echinoclathria—and, more par- 
ticularly, of such species as E. ramosa: for the sponge is 
described as ‘‘dendritically ramifying ;’’ and in the diagnosis of 
the genus Plectispa we are told that the sponges belonging 
thereto are ‘‘elegantly reticulate.’’ The account of its spicu- 
lation also, lends support to the opinion that the species 
belongs to Echinoclathria. Consequently, considerable im- 
portance attaches to the statement that the sponge has—an 
unusual feature amongst the species of Echinoclathria—a 
‘‘clearly-defined stem.’’ As to the precise nature of the reticu- 
lar structure of P. arborea, the description omits to inform us: 
the omission, however, affords reason for supposing that the 
external appearance of the sponge is, at any rate, not altogether 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 281 


such as would suggest the term ‘‘honeycomb-like,’’ inasmuch 
as Lendenfeld expressly uses this term, apparently in a dis- 
tinctive way, in connection with another of his three species of 
Plectispa (viz., P. macropora). To sum up, we may say that 
the evidence is greatly in favour of the supposition that P. 
arborea is a species of Echinoclathria, peculiar in the posses- 
sion of a well-defined stem and in the 
lack (owing probably to the manner of 
arrangement of the trabecule) of an 
external appearance resembling that of 
honeycomb. Since it is precisely in 
these respects that the specimens of 
Whitelegge’s Echinoclathria elegans 
are distinguished from the sponges of 
the remaining known species of Echino- 
clathria, it is without hesitation that I 
here further describe them, with the a 


addition of figures, under the name of 
E. arborea, Lendf. 


Description.—In its skeletal char- 
acters generally, including the size and 
form of the spicules, this species shows 
no points of difference from E. ramosa. 
Like the latter, also, it is invariably of 
ramose habit; but the branches are 
relatively fewer and longer, and the 
sponge, therefore, is arborescent—not 
shrub-like. The essential differences . 
between the two species lie in the aan Ae he 

a a Principal styles. b 
character of the stalk and the form and auxiliary strongyle. 
disposition ot the trabecule. 

The stalk is peculiar in the fact that it is structurally dif- 
ferent from the branches—being almost or, sometimes, even 
quite solid; its condition in certain cases, however, indicates 
that the non-trabecular structure is secondary. The foot of the 
stalk usually spreads out into a disc of attachment: in the 
specimen described by Lendenfeld, this would seem to have 
been unusually large—‘‘an extensive basal plate, slightly com- 
pressed, and about 8 mm. thick.”’ 

The trabecule of the branches are normally more or less 
lamellar, but are relatively much stouter than in other species. 
Occasionally, in parts of a specimen, or even throughout an 
entire specimen, they are cylindrical, rod-shaped; and, ac- 
cordingly, in such cases, the structural character typical of 
Echinoclathria is widely departed from. When the trabecule 
are lamellar, those which are situate at the surface of the 
sponge are not disposed edgewise to the exterior, as in other 
species, but are directed tangentially, and form wide 


282 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


“‘borders’’ between perfectly rounded (circular or oval) ‘‘cell- 
apertures :’’ the effect is analogous to that which would be 
produced in a species (like E. rotunda) with large ‘‘cells’’ 
separated by vertical lamellez, if the outer edge of the lamella 
were to expand into a broad horizontal flange, thus concealing 
the lamellae themselves and reducing the size of the ‘‘cell- 
apertures.”’ 

Of the half-dozen specimens in the Australian Museum, the 
largest (shown in PI. xxix., fig. 2) is that which Whitelegge 
(loc. cit.) mistakenly supposed to be the type of Plectispa 
elegans; it measures 230mm. in height, and is thus not so 
tall as the largest of Lendenfeld’s specimens, which measured 
300mm. In the dry state, the sponge varies in colour from 
brownish-grey to dark brown, and is of compressible and 
elastic consistency ; there is some peculiarity in the texture of 
the sponge which produces a ‘‘soft’’ appearance, suggesting 
that of felt. Whitelegge’s statement that the sponge is 
‘rather brittle when dry,”’ is true only of his ‘‘type’’ specimen, 
mentioned above; the brittleness in this case appears to be due 
to decay. Both Lendenfeld and Whitelegge have stated that 
the echinating styli are shorter than those which core the 
fibres; I fail, however, to find any difference between them. 
Also I find that the auxiliary megascleres are invariably 
strongyla—not subtylostyli, as stated by Whitelegge. 


Locs.-—The species is known only from two closely situated 
localities, Port Jackson and Tuggerah Beach. 


ECHINOCLATHRIA ROTUNDA, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxx., fig. 1, and fig. 64.) 


Sponge oval or pear-shaped, unbranched, symmetrical. 
The lamelle throughout are arranged parallely to the 
lines of growth of the sponge, and at the surface, accord- 
ingly, are disposed edgewise to the exterior; in the inner 
region of the sponge they are elongated and so form the 
partition-walls of radially disposed tubes. External ‘‘cell- 
apertures’’ hexagonal or (occasionally) elongate, on the 
average about 4 mm. in width. Skeleton consisting of 
subparallel multi- or pauci-spicular main fibres joined by 
interreticulating uni- and a-spicular connecting fibres. 
Echinating styli plentiful, confined to the outer aspect of 
the fibres. Scattered auxiliary spicules fairly abundant ; 
interstitial principal styli scarce. Megascleres: GQ.) 
Principal styli, straight, with slight sub- basal waist when 
fully grown, subfusiform in younger stages, size 80 to 125 
x 7-5 pW; (ii.) auxiliary amphistrongyla, or occasionally 
subtylostrongyla, size 120 to 170 x 2 4. Microscleres :— 
Slender isochele palmate, moderately abundant, g to 
12 # long. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 282 


This species is represented by two specimens, the larger of 
which is 1oomm. high, 30 mm. in diameter at the base, and 
65mm. in diameter near its upper extremity where it is 
broadest. The lamellae are thin and somewhat parchment-like, 
and, in keeping with the sym- 
metrical shape of the sponge, 
display a marked uniformity ) 
of arrangement, being so dis- 
posed that their planes lie 
parallel to imaginary lines 
radiating upward with an 
outward curvature from the 
sponge-base to the _ free 
periphery. The — superficial 
lamellz enclose between them 
usually hexagonal ‘‘cells,”’ 
averaging 4 mm. in diameter ; Pee hs 5 4 
occasionally, however, owing 
to the incompletion (or non- 
formation) of intervening 
lamella, several adjoining 
‘‘cells’’ may, so to speak, 
run into one. In the interior 
of the sponge the lamelle are ¢ 
relatively long and thus give 
rise to a tubular structure; 
in the outer portions of the 


pe . = apie 

ees ae ee Fig. 64—L£chinoclathria rotunda, 

short an rind a more Open 4 Principal styles. b Auxiliary 

reuculation. strongyles. c Isochela palmata. 
With regard to skeletal 


characters, there is nothing of 
importance which might be added to what has been mentioned 
in the diagnosis, except that the fibres within the lamellze 


1 The regularity of the arrangement of the lamelle in this species 
enables one to perceive more readily than in the other species herein 
described, the mode of growth by which the characteristic Ecihnoclathrian 
structure is attained. The formation of new tissue appears to be con- 
fined chiefly, if not entirely, to the peripheral region of the sponge, an¢ 
proceeds in two ways—(i.) by the outward growth, at their outer edge, 
of the superficial lamelle; and (ii.) by the formation of new lamelle. 
Growth of the first kind increases not only the external dimensions of the 
sponge, but also, owing to the convexity of its surface, the size of the 
superficial “‘cell-apertures.’”’ Outward growth of the edge of any given 
lamella appears to be limited, or, at least, intermittent; and this cessa- 
tion of growth of now one, now another. of the superficial lamelle, results 
in the confluence of adjoining ‘‘cells,’’ and thus is also, indirectly, a cause 
of cell-enlargement. The formation of new lamellze counteracts this in- 
crease in size of the ‘“‘cell apertures;’”’ each lamella arises, as a tongue- 
or strap-shaped process, at or near the outer edge of an older superficial 
lamella—particularly one forming the longer side of an elongated cell— 
and, growing across the cell aperture, forms at first a narrow septum, 
dividing it into two. Thereafter, its further increase of size is effected 
by outward growth along its exterior edge, i.e., in a direction at right 
angles to its earliest direction of growth. 


284 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


appear, not to form a tri-dimensional reticulation, as in the 
preceding species, but, in keeping with the thinness of the 
lamella, to reticulate in a single plane. 


Loc.—South coast of Australia; exact locality unknown 
(‘‘Endeavour’’). 


ECHINOCLATHRIA CARTERI, Ridley and Dendy. 
(Fig. 65.) 


1887. Echinoclathnia cartert, Ridley and Dendy, ‘‘Challenger”’ 
Monaxonida, 1887, ps 11625) Pls xxix. ies. 12s aiaae 
PI exXsci.,, figs. 25, 3a: 


1907. Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. 
Miem.); 1V.,° 10,0897, p. 504: 
[Not Echinoclathria macropora, Whitelegge, Rec. 
Austr. Mus:;iv., 2,(1901, pp.-So, 1175 | 


Sponge (unless young) ramose, probably astipitate and 
basally encrusting; branches cylindrical, growing to a 
considerable length. Lamelle thin; superficial lamelle, 
as a rule, disposed edgewise to the exterior. Superficial 
““cell-apertures’’ rounded or polygonal, 2 to 3 mm. in 
width. Skeleton a very irregular small-meshed reticula- 
tion, apparently in one plane (as in E. rotunda), consist- 
ing of pauci- and wni-spicular (or, rarely, aspicular) 
spongin-fibres, together with a few multispicular fibres 
poor in spongin. The outlines of the fibres are indistinct, 
owing to interstitial membranes, and the pattern of the 
skeleton much obscured by the abundance of irregularly 
scattered (principal and auxiliary) spicules. Echinating 
styli plentiful, almost entirely restricted to the exterior 
aspect of the fibres. Megascleres:—(i.) Principal styli 
straight, subconical when fully grown, slightly fusiform 
in their early stages, 95 to about 150 wu in length, and at 
the most to y in diameter; (ti.) somewhat tornotely 
pointed, cylindrical, auxiliary styli or subtylostyli, rang- 
ing in length from (rarely less than) 120 to 160 yp, and in 
diameter up to 2.5 . Microscleres :—Isochele palmate, 
fairly plentiful, 9 to 15 (usually not more than 13) » long. 


In the Australian Museum are some half-dozen specimens of 
a sponge which I identify as Echinoclathria carteri. These 
agree among themselves, but differ slightly in four respects 
from the original specimens as described. In the latter, the 
‘“‘anastomosing trabecule usually present a flat surface to- 
wards the outside,’’ the maximum size of the principal styli is 
132 x 9}, the auxiliary spicules are basally subtylote and the 
chele attain a length of 15; in the present specimens the 
superficial trabecule (although often disposed obliquely to the 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 285 


surface) present their edges to the exterior, the principal styli 
(although in some instances rarely exceeding 130 in length) 
are in no case less than 145 x 9 }! in 

size, only a very small proportion of the 

auxiliary styli are basally enlarged, and 

the chele are never more than 13 # 

long. 


These specimens were obtained by the 
‘“Thetis’’ Expedition and were recorded 
an inexplicable error—as_ Echino- 
clathria macropora (= FE. ramosa, nom. 
nov.). They differ externally from 
specimens of the latter species in their 
relatively few and elongated branches, 
which in one case reach a length of 400 
mm. Owing to incompleteness, none 
of them affords any clue as to the mode 
of fixation, whether by means of a stalk 
or otherwise. A single small specimen 
(obtained by the ‘‘Endeavour’’) encrust- 
ing, and growing between, the lower 
portions of the branches of a_ horny 
coral, agrees perfectly in skeletal char- 
acters with the “‘Thetis’’ specimens. It 
would appear, therefore, that this 
species, like E. favus, is of variable Fig. 65—£. cartert. 
habit. a Principal style. b 

Auxiliary tornostron- 

Locs.—Neighbourhood of Port Jack-  gyle. c¢ Isochela pal- 

son, 15 to 52 fms. (‘‘Challenger,’’ meta. 

‘‘Thetis’’); Shoalhaven Bight, 15 to 

45 fms. (‘‘Thetis,’’ ‘‘Endeavour’’); south-east Australia, 120 
fms., and Bass Strait, 38 fms. (‘‘Challenger’’). 


ECHINOCLATHRIA GIGANTEA, Lendenfeld. 


1886. Halme gigantea, varr. macropora, intermedia, et 
micropora, Lendenfeld, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales, x., 1886, p. 847. 


1888. Aulena gigantea, varr. macropora, etc., Cat. Sponges 
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 228. 

1889. Aulena gigantea, varr. macropora, etc., Lendenfeld, 
Monograph of the Horny Sponges, 1889, p. 97, pl. 
Witietiosa 3.04, 758, 18, 195 pl. ix.) mes) 2-4. 

igo1. Aulena gigantea, var. micropora, Whitelegge, Rec. 
AUStoaN erty. 2, TOOL, p. O2..anG pe 1LS: 

1907. Aulena gigantea, var. micropora, Whitelegge, Mem. 
Austr. Mus.,.iv., 10, 1907, p. 504. 


286 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


From examination of numerous specimens of this species, 
brought together from many localities, I find that its sub- 
division into three varieties, as proposed by Lendenfeld, cannot 
be maintained. So far as I am able.to judge, the specimens 
being without exception preserved in a dry state, Lendenfeld’s 
very full account of the external and skeletal structure, is 
substantially correct; but it falls short in reference to ‘the 
great variability display ed, not only in the size of the meshes 
formed by the reticulating lamella, but also in the degree of 
dev elopment of the spicules both in point of size and number. 
Thus, to take first the case of the spicules: 


(i.) The styli vary in maximum size in different specimens 
from 70 x 3p to 115 x 7p, their range of length (7.e., the 
difference between the longest and shortest) i in any given speci- 
men being about two- fifths of the length of the longest. The 
greater the size of these spicules, the greater apparently 1s 
their relative abundance; in some specimens in which they are 
of least size, their number is extremely small. In shape they 
are normally very similar to the styli of E. (Aulena) crassa, 
as depicted by Lendenfeld (op. cit., pl. vill., figs. 20, 21), but 
as a rule they are not quite So) abruptly pointed as these: 
always, however, a certain proportion of them approach more 
or less to the conical form represented by Lendenfeld (loc. cit., 
pl. viii., fig. 18) as characteristic for the variety intermedia 
(and presumably, therefore, for the species). In none of the 
specimens that I have examined have I found a preponderance 
of conically-shaped spicules, and I therefore regard Lenden- 
feld’s figures as misleading to the extent that they convey the 
impression of a difference. between FE. gigantea ‘and E. laxa 
in the forms of their styli. 


(ii.) The auxiliary spicules vary in different specimens from 
140 to 195 # in maximum length, and from 2 to 4 in maxi- 
mum diameter. In some specimens they are rather rare; in 
others comparatively abundant: also, their number relatively 
to that of the styli varies greatly. They are, in general, 
stoutest in the case of specimens in which they are most 
abundant, and vice versa; their stoutness, however, varies, to 
some extent at least, independently of their length. A peculiar 
point in connection with these spicules is the fact that whereas 
in some specimens they are almost exclusively tornostyles, in 
others they are almost exclusively amphistrongyles; in this 
respect the species resembles Echinochalina anomala, sp. nov. 
From Lendenfeld’s description one would suppose the 
spicule to be invariably a strongyle; but, as a matter of 
fact, specimens with strongyles appear to be the exception. 
So far I have met with no specimen in which there was any 
approach to equality in number of the two forms of the 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 287 


spicule ; but, as in Echinochalina reticulata (text-fig. 66), there 
usually occur in any specimen transitional forms between the 
tornostyles and strongyles. 


In the three varieties (macropora, intermedia and micropora) 
distinguished by Lendenfeld, the greatest width of the meshes 
enclosed by the reticulating lamella were stated to be 7 mm., 
5 mm. and 3 mm. respectively ; but, as mentioned above, there 
is great variability in this respect, and even in single speci- 
mens I have found the meshes to vary in width so much as 
from 4 to 13 mm. 


Lendenfeld has described in his Monograph two other 
species of Aulena, A. laxa and A. crassa. The sponges of the 
former species, regarded by Lendenfeld as embracing two 
varieties—the types of which, I suppose, are in the British 
Museum—will possibly prove to be merely growth-forms of 
FE. gigantea; according to the original descriptions of the 
species, auxiliary megascleres are absent, but in two Aus- 
tralian Museum specimens which Lendenfeld has identified as 
A. laxa, and which presumably are two of those referred to 
by him under that name in his Catalogue (1888), I find 
scattered auxiliary strongyla. 


Aulena crassa, of which I have examined specimens that 
come from the type-locality (Port Phillip) and agree very well 
with the description, is quite distinct from E. gigantea and 
presumably also from FE. arenifera;! its chief distinguishing 
features are the concealment from external view of its ‘‘cell- 
apertures’’ by a covering membrane, and its brittleness and 
friability in the dry state. Its correct name may be accepted 
for the present as Echinoclathria crassa, Lendenfeld (non 
Carter) ; but the specific name perhaps should be altered, since 
the Holopsamma crassa® of Carter, with which Lendenfeld 
partly identified the species, is evidently more entitled to be 
identified with and to confer its name upon the sponge now 
known as Psammopemma crassum. 


Locs.—The specimens in the Australian Museum Collection 
were collected from various parts of the New South Wales 
coast from Jervis Bay on the south to Sandon Bluffs on the 
north; a number of specimens were obtained by the ‘‘Endea- 
vour’’ at the last-mentioned locality at a depth of 35-40 fms. 
Specimens are very commonly found upon the beaches after 
storms. Lendenfeld records the species also from Port Phillip, 
Victoria, and from Fremantle, Western Australia. 


1 Carter—Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 350; Dendy—Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p 40. 


2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xv., 1884, p. 211. 


288 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS 


ECHINOCHALINA, Thiele (emend). 
1903. Echinochalina, Thiele, Kieselschwamme von Ternate, 
it, 1963. (Pp. GOT: 

Sponge of various habit; in some cases, like Echino- 
clathria, consisting of a honeycomb-like reticulation of 
thin lamella. Skeletona reticulation of horny fibres cored 
by smooth cylindrical spicules—either monactinal or 
quasi-diactinal—and echinated by smooth conoidal styli. 
The former spicules represent the auxiliary, the latter the 
principal, megascleres of other Myxilline: no other kind 
of megasclere is present. Microscleres are typically 
absent. 


The genus Echinochalina was introduced by Thiele for a 
species which he regards as identical with Ophlitaspongia 
australiensis, Ridley. In expressing the opinion that the 
species should be removed from the genus to which Ridley 
assigned it, Thiele says, ‘‘eher scheint sie mir sich an Echino- 
dictyum anzuschliessen, da sie wie diese Gattung Zuge von 
gleichendigen Nadeln enhalt, von denen ungleichendige 

abstehen; wahrend aber bei Echinodictyum die gleichendigen 
Spicula grosse Amphioxe sind, sind es hier schw. ache Amphi- 
strongyle und die abstehenden Style sind hier glatt, bei Echino- 
dictyum stachlig.’’? Topsent is also of the opinion that Echino- 
chalina is related to Echinodictyum, for he says,! “‘I] ne se 
distingue du genre Echinodictyum qu’en ce que les spicules 
qui hérissent les fibres sont de styles lisses, les Echinochalina 
étant, en somme, aux Echinodictyum ce que les Ophlitaspongia 
sont aux Clathria. > Both writers, however, have disregarded 
certain very important differences in the spiculation of the two 
genera, which render it highly improbable that they are in any 
way closely related: as an example of such a difference it may 
be mentioned that, whereas in Ec hinodictyum there are typi- 
caly three kinds of megascleres, there are in Echinochalina 
only two. 

Besides Echinochalina australiensis, Thiele includes in his 
genus Echinoclathria glabra, Ridley and Dendy, and Thalas- 
sodendron digttata, Lendenfeld ; Whitelegge has since added 
a fourth species, Echinochalina reticulata, and two others are 
described in the present paper. Of these E. glabra and E. 
reticulata are of special interest, since both in their honeycomb- 
like external structure and in the forms of their spicules they 
bear so striking a resemblance to species of Echinoclathria 
that their close relationship to the latter seems indisputable. 
One can therefore assert with some confidence concerning 
these two species that they differ from Echinoclathria only in 
the fact that their fibres are cored, not by principal spicules, 


re eae Zool. Exp., Notes et imaene 1904, p. xcili. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 289 


but by auxiliary; and as the remaining species are very ana- 
logous to E. glabra and E. reticulata in point of spiculation, it 
is extremely probable that in their case also, the axial spicules 
of the fibres are auxiliary. The supposed resemblance between 
Echinochalina and Echinodictyum is therefore a fictitious one, 
since in the latter genus it is unquestionably the principal 
spicules which core the fibres. 


ECHINOCHALINA RETICULATA, JVhitelegge. 
(Pit scocs olicmersandpiess OO.) 


Sponge of rounded massive form, consisting of a honey- 
comb-like reticulation of very thin, almost membranous, 
lamelle; the superficial lamelle, as a rule, present their 
edges to the exterior. Superficial ‘‘cell-apertures’’ 
averaging about S mm. in diameter. Skeleton (of each 
lamella) an irregular ‘“‘bi-dimensional’’ reticulation of 
main and connecting fibres. Main fibres with a sparse 
core of slender cylindrical (auxiliary) megascleres varying 
in form from tornotely-pointed subtylostyli to amphistron- 
gyla; connecting fibres vacant: all the fibres abundantly 
echinated by principal styli, conical in shape except for a 
slight sub-basal constriction. Auxiliary megascleres are 
abundantly scattered between the fibres. Megascleres, 
sizes of :—(i.) Principal styli, length 120 to 170 p, maxi- 
mum diameter ro p; (ii.) auxiliary spicules, length 180 to 
230 #, maximum diameter 4 jt. Microscleres absent. 


An examination of the single specimen (the type-specimen, 
preserved in a dry state) which I have seen of this species, 
provides nothing of importance that might be added to the 
original description, except as regards the auxiliary megas- 
cleres. These—which are cylindrical, more or less basally 
expanded (i.e., subtylote), monactinal spicules—are usually 
tornotely pointed ; but in a small proportion of them—between 
which and the preceding are many individuals of intermediate 
character—the distal extremity is rounded off like the end of 
a strongyle. I am unable to support Whitelegge in his 
statement that these strongylotely-ended spicules, which he 
erroneously terms tylota, occur chiefly in the dermal layer; 
rather does it appear to me that they are intermingled with 
the others promiscuously. 


In agreement with the thin membranous character of the 
lamelle, the reticulation of fibres which forms the supporting 
skeleton of any given lamella extends only in two dimensions 
or, in other words, all the fibres composing it are parallel to 
the plane of the lamella. 


As the original figure does not convey a sufficiently clear 
idea of the appearance of the sponge, a further figure on a 


290 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


y \ 
WAVY 


Fig. 66—E£. reticulata. a 
Principal styles. b Auxiliary 
spicules. b/ Showing vari- 
ations of the distal extremity 
of same. 


larger scale is included herein; this 
will the better enable one to per- 
ceive the difference in aspect be- 
tween the typical form of the species 
and that described hereunder which 
for the present I regard as a 
variety. 


Echinochalina reticulata var. (PI. 
SKI Le Nt) 


This variety, represented in the 
collection by five specimens of 
various irregularly massive form 
and comparatively large size—the 
largest specimen measuring 150 
mm. in height, 230 mm. in length, 
and 180 mm. in breadth—is of 
much more compact structure than 
the typical variety, and has spicules 
of smaller size; the lamelle, also, 
appear to be much less regularly 
interwoven than in the latter. 


The meshes enclosed by the 
reticulating lamelle average 4 mm. 
in width, which is only about one- 
half that of the meshes (of) the 
typical variety. The principal styli 
range from 80 to 130 # in length, 
and attain to 8 pw in diameter; the 
auxiliary spicules are 160 to 200 y 
in length, and in diameter not more 


than 3.5 }! 


Locs.—-South-east coast of Australia; east coast of Flinders 
Island; off Devonport (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


ECHINOCHALINA GLABRA, Ridley and Dendy. 


(Rig. 67-) 


1887. Echinoclathria glabra, Ridley and Dendy, ‘‘Challenger’”’ 
Monaxonida, 1887, p. 163, pl. xxix., figs. 11, 11a; 


ply sexi. eer 2s 


#1896. Echinoclathria glabra, Dendy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Wact., 


viii. (n.s.), 1896, 


p- 40. 


[Not Echinochalina glabra, Whitelegge, Austr. Mus. 


Mem., iv., pt. x, 


1907, p- 504. | 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 291 


Sponge of rounded massive form, consisting of a honey- 
comb-like reticulation of thin lamelle@ ; lamell@ interwoven 
in a somewhat irregular manner, and at the surface in- 
differently disposed. ‘‘Cell-apertures,’? 3 to 5 mm. in 
diameter. Skeleton (of each 
lamella) an irregular ‘‘bi- 
dimensional’’ reticulation of 
main and connecting fibres. 

Main fibres with a sparse core 
of (auxiliary) subtylostrongyla ; 
connecting fibres vacant: all 
the fibres rather  plentifully 
echinated by (principal) styli. 
Auxiliary megascleres are 
rather abundantly scattered be- 
tween the fibres. Megascleres: 
—(i.) Principal styli, sub-con- 
ical, slightly fusiform, gen- a a b 
erally with a well-marked sub- 
basal constriction, varying in 
length from about 7o to Tro yt 
or slightly less, and attaining a 
maximum diameter of 6 or 7 #; 
(i7.) auxiliary subtylostrongyla 
or (occasionally) amphistron- 
gyla varying in maximum 
length in different specimens 
from 200 to 220 yt. 


Several specimens which I identify 
as E. glabra, agree in all essential 
respects with Ridley and Dendy’s 


description save that the auxiliary 
megascleres are not tylota, but sub- | 
tylostrongyla and simple strongyla, 

the number of the latter being re- J 


latively very small. In this connec- 

tion, however, the original descrip- _, Fig. 67—Z. glabra. a Prin- 
tion is almost undoubtedly wrong, ees ae, peeextlia sy 
since the spicule, as represented in i. 

Ridley and Dendy’s figure, shows 

an enlargement only at one extremity, the other being simply 
rounded off like that of a strongyle. 


In the two specimens which I have examined, and in a 
mounted section! presented to the Australian Museum by 
Prof. Dendy, the spicules apt: in size; the auxiliary vary in 


1 This section is not, as Whitelegge ee cit.) supposed, a portion of the 
type-specimen, but was cut from a specimen obtained in Port Phillip. 


292 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


length from 160 to (rarely) 205 », and attain a maximum dia- 
meter (rarely) of 4, whilst the principal vary in length from 
75 to 110}, and reach a diameter of 7. In the ‘‘Challenger”’ 
specimen the maximum dimensions of the spicules were 
220 X 3.2 and I10 x 6.3 p, respectively. 


The specimens which Whitelegge, in his report on the 
sponges of the ‘‘Thetis’’ Expedition, recorded as E. glabra, 
prove to belong to a new species described below as R. 
anomala. 


-Locs.—Oft Moncceur Island, Bass Strait, 38 fms. (‘‘Chal- 
lenger’’); Port Phillip (Dendy); forty miles west of Kingston, 
South Australia, 30 fms. (‘‘Endeavour’’). 


ECHINOCHALINA ANOMALA, Sp. nov. 
(Fig. 68.) 


1907. Echinochalina glabra (err., non Ridley and Dendy), 
Whitelegge, Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 10, 1907, p. 507. 


External form massive, rounded. Sponge (in the dry 
macerated condition) somewhat of honeycomb-like struc- 
ture, being formed of very thin membranous lamelle 
which tympanize the (on an average 3 mm. wide) meshes 
of an irregular reticulation of stout (up to 250 u in dia- 
meter) spiculo-spongin fibre; the lamelle are themselves 
crossed only by a few (interreticulating) fibres of lesser 
stoutness. All the fibres are provided with a stout com- 
pact axial strand of (auxiliary) monactinally tapered am- 
phistrongyla and (or) tornostyles, and are echinated— 
fairly abundantly in the case of the stouter fibres—by sub- 
conical (principal) styli, which, as a rule, are disposed 
more or less perpendicularly to them. Abundant auxiliary 
spicules are scattered interstitially, together with a few 
principal spicules. Megascleres, sizes of :—(i.) Principal, 
160 to 200 4 in length, 9 to 10 ¢ in maximum diameter ; 
(ii.) auxiliary, t80 to 240 p in length, and about 5 4 in 
maximum diameter. Microscleres absent. 


Having had the opportunity of examining undoubted ex- 
amples of Echinochalina glabra, I am able to say that the five 
specimens recorded and briefly described as such by White- 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 293 


legge, belong to another and new species, for which, on 
account of its structural peculiarity, I propose the name 
anomala. The fact that the species was mistaken for EF. 
glabra, is sufficient indication of its ex- 

ternal resemblance to species of Echino- 

clathria. Its structure, however, differs 

from that of Echinoclathria (and of Echino- 

chalina glabra) in two readily noticeable 

respects: firstly—along the lines of junc- 

tion of the reticulating lamelle there runs 

(or, to put it in other words, along each of 

their joined edges the lamella are bounded 

by) a very stout strand of spicules thinly 

ensheathed by spongin ; and, secondly—the 

lamella themselves, which are of membran- 

ous thinness, are destitute of any support- 

ing reticulation of main and connecting 

fibres such as is found in the lamella of 4 

Echinoclathria, but are traversed merely by 

a very few irregularly interreticulating 

fibres similar, except in point of stoutness, 

to those which bound them. Consequently, 

in the case of dry macerated (and some- 

what damaged) specimens such as the 

present are, the sponge appears as a loose 

irregular reticulation of stout fibres with 

meshes (which average about 3 mm. in 

width) tympanized by thin membrane. In 

their present condition, indeed, the speci- 

mens might easily pass for washed-out 

examples of some loosely reticulately- 

fibred solid (i.e., not trabecular) sponge—- 

such, for example, as many species of Big 6s Bene: 
Mycale—with extraordinarily well-de- chalina anomala. a 


veloped ‘‘interstitial membranes.”’ Principal style. b 
strongylote aux ili- 
ary spicules. 


or 


Measurement of the spicules in all five 
specimens gave approximately identical 
values, the auxiliary spicules attaining a 
maximum size of 240 x 5 p, and the principal, 200 x 9g p 
(not 160 x 8 yz as stated by Whitelegge). 


Vhe auxiliary spicules are not quite cylindrical, but gradu- 
ally taper from base to apex. At their apical extremity, they 


294 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


«< 


are either tornotely pointed (tornostyles) or strongylotely 
rounded off (amphistrongyles); and, in this connection, it is 
rather remarkable that whereas in four of the specimens these 
spicules are almost exclusively amphistrongyles, in the fifth 
they are almost exclusively tornostyles. The name ‘‘tylota’’ 
used by Whitelegge in reference to the auxiliary spicules is 
quite inapplicable, since in no instance do they show any indi- 
cation of a terminal enlargement, except occasionally at the 
basal extremity; the distal extremity of the tornostyles is 
variously modified in the same way as in FE. reticulata 


(Fig. 66). 


All the specimens are attached, as Whitelegge mentions, to 
the branches of gorgonaceans, hydrocorallines, or bryozoans, 
and also grow over and around these branches so as to en- 
close them. ‘The sponge is without definite shape, but always 
assumes a more or less rounded contour. The largest speci- 
men, which happens to be of compressed form, measures 
110mm. in height, 75mm. in breadth, and 25 mm. in thick- 


ness. 


Loc.—Coast of New South Wales, off Wollongong, 55-56 
fmsemecLihetis”)); 


ECHINOCHALINA INTERMEDIA, Whitelegge. 
(Fig. 69). 


1go1. Thalassodendron viminalis (err., non Lendenfeld, 1888), 
Whitelegge, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 87. 


1902. Echinoclathria intermedia, Whitelegge, Op. cit., iv., 5, 
1902, p. 214. 


Sponge sessile, of clathrate structure and erect massive 
form; composed of reticulating, erect and_ transverse, 
flattened trabecule of various size, 5 to 30 mm. long, 4 
to 20 mm. wide, and 2 to 4 mm. thick. Skeleton an 
irregular reticulation of fibres which are comparatively 
poor in spongin and are mostly provided with a stout, 
often fairly dense, multispicular axial strand of (auxiliary) 
cylindrical tornostyles and (scarce) amphistrongyles; the 
connecting fibres sometimes contain few or no spicules. 
The fibres are echinated, at all angles of inclination, by 
comparatively few conical smooth (principal) styli, Aux- 
iliary spicules are scattered interstitially in moderate 
abundance, together with a few principal spicules. Mega- 
scleres, sizes of :—(i.) Principal, 80 to 150 p in length, 
g # in maximum diameter; (ii.) auxiliary, 140 to 185 win 
length, 4 in maximum diameter. Microscleres absent. 


SPONGES.—_HALLMANN. 295 


The only available example of this 
species is that which Whitelegge has 
described. It is an incomplete dry 
specimen in a very imperfect state of 
preservation, and, as such, accords 
fairly well with Whitelegge’s descrip- 
tion except in regard to spiculation. I 
am unable, however, to confirm the 
statement that numerous small oscula 
are present, and regard the term 
‘‘honeycomb-like,’’ used to describe the 
external structure of the sponge, as 


misleading, since it tends to call to mind ‘ : 

the cellular structure characteristic of 

Echinoclathria. In its present condi- 

tion the specimen shows no semblance 

of a dermal membrane, nor of any 

specialised dermal layer. 
The original account of the spicular 

characters, which is quite misleading, 

must have been based upon some por- 

tion of the specimen in which there were Fig. 69 — Echino- 

fibres of another sponge. chalina intermedia. 

a Principal style. b 

The locality of the specimen is un- Auxiliary torno- 

age strongyle. 


GENUS CLATHRIODENDRON, Lendenfeld. 


1888. Clathriodendron, Lendenfeld, Descr. Cat. Sponges 
Austr. Mus., 1888, p. 215. 


The three species for the reception of which Lendenfeld 
founded this genus, led him to propose for it the following 
definition :—‘‘Desmacidonide with exceedingly large tylo- 
stylote megasclera scattered in the ground substance. The 
spongin-fibres of the supporting skeleton contain only a few 
spicules. Echinating spicules spined styli.’’ In the descrip- 
tion of the species we learn further that the arrangement of the 
fibres is reticular, and that microscleres are absent. The 
character of the spicules suggests that Clathriodendron may 
be related to Raspailia, and, indeed, in his recently described 
R. pavadoxa, a somewhat aberrant species of the latter, 
Hentschel! has found reasonable grounds for supposing the 
two genera to be identical. It transpires, however, that C. 
arbuscula (the first-described of the three species, and, there- 
fore, best entitled to rank as the genotype) whilst exhibiting 


1 Hentschel—Die Fauna Stidwest-Australiens, Tetraxonida, ii., 1911, p. 383. 


296 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


points of resemblance to certain species of Raspailia, possesses 
characters sufficiently distinctive to justify the retention of 
Clathriodendron as an independent genus. As regards the 
two remaining species, I can offer no positive opinion, since in 
the existing collection of the Australian Museum no specimen 
occurs which satisfies the description of either; but, accepting 
Lendenfeld’s statement that C. irregularis is similar, both in 
‘skeleton and spiculations,’’ to C. arbuscula, this one of them 
we may reckon provisionally as likewise belonging to Clathrio- 
dendron. As for the other, C. nigra,! there is reason to sus- 
pect that its description is inaccurate, and that its proper place 
is in the genus Raspailia. 


I have examined well-preserved spirit-specimens? of C. 
arbuscula, and find that the surface of the sponge is perfectly 


1 Included amongst the small pieces of British Museum sponges which 
Prof. Dendy has placed at the disposal of the Australian Museum, is one 
labelled Clathriodendron nigra, Lendenfeld. It is a small portion of a 
slender branch, quite black in colour, and in external attributes, accord- 
ingly harmonises with the species whose name it carries; moreover, its 
identification as such is understood to be due to Lendenfeld himself. One 
is quite at a loss, therefore, on finding that its spicular characters are 
not in accordance with requirements, to decide whether the specimen is 
wrongly named or the species wrongly described. In the description of 
C. nigra, the only spicules mentioned are the tylostyli, “.7 mm. long and 
.017 mm. thick,’’ and the “comparatively very scarce” acanthostyli, ‘.1 
mm. long and .01 mm. thick, with very small spines.” In this reputed 
example of the species, I note, as regards the spicules, the following 
particulars :—The tylostyli attain a maximum size of 2000 x 25 j1, and the 
acanthostyli, which are fairly abundant and are provided with moderate- 
sized spines, have a range in length from 75 to 130 », with a maximum 
stoutness of 12 yp. Large tylostyli project singly beyond the surface of 
the sponge and are surrounded at their point of emergence each by a 
divergent tuft of slightly fusiform styli which vary in length from about 
300 to 380 » and attain a maximum stoutness of 9 ; but are seldom of 
greater size than 345 x 4.5 ji. Finally, slender asymmetrical oxea, 200 to 
380 ». in length and at most 4.5 j1 in diameter, are sparsely scattered in 
the ground substance. Owing to the dry, much-shrunken condition of 
the fragment, I am unable to determine what was the pattern of the 
skelton; but it appears to have been reticular and devoid of any well- 
marked ‘‘axial condensation,’’ resembling in these respects that of 
Clathriodendron and of Raspailia paradoxa, Hentschel. 


2 Although I consider it beyond doubt that these specimens are genuine 
examples (if not the actual type-specimens) of C. arbuscula. 1 think it only 
right to mention—inasmuch as I have to remark the incorrectness, in 
some particulars, of Lendenfeld’s description of the species—that the 
documentary proof of their identity is not complete. The specimens are 
labelled (in Lendenfeld’s handwriting) only with the manuscript name, 
“ Geraospina arbuscula,’ and a reference number; and I find, on consult- 
ing the key-list of Lendenfeld’s manuscript names (vide Whitelegge, Rec. 
Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 64), that. for this particular name (and num- 
ber), no synonym is given. 


I might here mention that the name “ Ceraospina arbuscula”? also occurs 
under number 307 of the key-list, and in this instance is stated to be a 
synonym of Echinonema anchoratum var. ramosa, Lendenfeld. This in- 
formation, however, is wrong, and has led to an error on the part of 
Whitelegge; for the only specimen in the Australian Museum labelled 
“Ceraospina arbuscula, No. 307’—that which Whitelegge (Rec. Austr. 
Mus., iv., ii., 1901, p. 81) has erroneously (and, I must add, not quite 
correctly) described under the name of Hechinonema anchoratum_ var. 
ramosa—proves to be, in point of spiculation, skeleton pattern and sur- 
face conulation, the counterpart of Clathriodendron arbuscula, It differs 
to some extent from the other specimens of this species, however, in 
habit and texture, and so may be another species; but since it is of 
small size and is preserved in a dry state, the probability is that these 
differences are due merely to differences of age and state of preservation. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 207 


glabrous, there being an entire absence of the dermal brushes 
of spicules so characteristic of Raspailia, and, indeed, an 
absence of any dermally situated spicules whatsoever. The 
skeleton is a well-defined, moderately small-meshed, reticula- 
tion of horny fibres, and is without any trace of an ‘‘axial 
condensation.’’ The main or longitudinal fibres, which lie 
rather widely apart, are sparsely cored with long tylostyles, 
whilst the connecting fibres are without axial spicules; both 
main and connecting fibres are fairly plentifully echinated by 
acanthostyles. Tylostyli, exceeding in number those within 
the fibres, occur also interstitially, disposed in approximate 
parallelism with the main fibres; and further, there are scat- 
tered between the fibres, though somewhat rare in their occur- 
rence, slender asymmetrical oxea (auxiliary spicules) which lie 
either singly or in contiguous parallel pairs. The tylostyli, 
which are usually more or less curved, are rarely less than 
500 # long, and may reach a length of 1 mm.; the stoutest of 
them have a diameter of 16 to 20 pw. The largest acantho- 
styles measure about 110 x 8 yw; and the oxea, which are 
commonly between 270 and 320 yp in length and rarely more 
than 4.5 # in diameter, attain a maximum size of 410 x 5.5 #. 


In external features the specimens are in close accord with 
the original description. Lendenfeld’s statement, however, 
that the “‘sponge has the shape of a tree,’’ is rather vague, 
and perhaps does not convey a correct idea of its habit of 
growth. The actual appearance of the sponge is exceedingly 
like that of the specimen which Lendenfeld! has figured as 
Clathrissa arbuscula, but which, as I have already ventured 
to assert, does really represent an example of the present 
species. 


Having examined a slide of Carter’s Dictyocylindrus cac- 
ticutis,2 presented to the Australian Museum by Prof. Dendy, 
I] am in a position to say that this is also a species of Clathrio- 
dendron, and that it approaches fairly closely both in the size 
and form of its spicules to C. arbuscula, with which it agrees 
also in habit of growth and in having a conulose surface. The 
maximum dimensions of the spicules prove to be as follows :— 
Tylostyli, 975 x 16 #; acanthostyli, 120 x 10 pW; oxea, 320 x 
3 4. The last-mentioned spicules appear to be extremely rare. 


1 Lendenfeld—Loce. cit., pl. v., fig. 2. 

2 Carter—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi., 1885, p. 354; Dendy—Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 48. Vide also, Dendy —Rept. Pearl Oyster 
Fisheries, Gulf of Manaar, etc., 1905, p. 176. 


298 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


I1I.—APPENDIX. 


Below is given a list of synonyms, as far as I have been 
able to establish them, of the species of Ectyonine described 
by Lendenfeld in his ‘‘Catalogue of the Sponges in the Aus- 
tralian Museum’’ (pp. 214-227), and of the species wrongly 
identified with (some of) these by Whitelegge. The names 
are listed in the order in which they appear in the Catalogue, 
Lendenfeld’s species being indicated by the letter ‘‘L,’’? White- 
legge’s by the letter ‘“W;”’ along with the synonym of each 
is a reference to the page herein on which the species is dealt 
with. Species of which I have seen no specimens are marked 
by an asterisk. 


Myxilla.— 
M. jacksoniana, L. Lissodendoryx jacksoniana, L.! 


Clathriodendron.— 
C. arbuscula, L. Clathriodendron arbuscula, L. 295). 


(p. 
*C. irregularis, L. ? Clathriodendron irregularis, L. (p. 296). 


Cynisra,.L. ? Raspailia nigra, L. (p. 296). 
Clathrissa.— 

C. arbuscula, L. Clathrissa arbuscula, L. (p. 146). 

*C. elegans, L. ? Clathrissa elegans, L. (p. 146). 

C. pumila, L. Crella incrustans, Carter, var. pumila, L. 

(p. 168). 

C. pumila, var. rubra, L. CG. inerustans, Carter, var: 


rubra, L. (p. 170). 


Echinonema.— 

*EH. anchoratum, var. ramosa, L. ? Wilsonella ramosa, L. 
(p. 243). 

*E. anchoratum, var. ramosa, W. Clathriodendron arbu- 


scula, L. (p. 296). 


? Wilsonella dura, L., non 
Whitlg. (p. 243). 


1 An examination of the type-specimen of Myzxilla jacksoniana has 
shown that the chele are of the arcuate type, and that the species, 
therefore, belongs to Lissodendorya. 


SPONGES.—HALLMANN. 299 


FE. anchoratum, var. dura, W. Clathria (?) indurata, 

sp. nov.2 

*E. anchoratum, var. lamellosa, L.  ? Wailsonella lamellosa, 
L. (p. 243). 

E. anchoratum, var. lamellosa, W. Clathria spicata, sp. 

nov. (p. 210). 

E. levis, L. (and W.) Crella incrustans, Carter, var. 


levis, eo. (pen16a)). 


E. rubra, L. (and W.) Crella incrustans, Carter, var. 
levis, L. (p. 164). 


Clathria.— 
*C. macropora, L. ? Wilsonella macropora, L. (p. 240). 


C. macropora, W. Crella incrustans, Carter, var. arenaced, 
Garter (p. vom): 


C. pyramida, L. Wilsonella pyramida, L. (p. 240). 
“Os australise le ? Wilsonella australis, L. (p. 239). 


C. australis, W.  Crella incrustans, Carter, var. arenacea, 
Carter (p. 16%): 


Thalassodendron.— 


ol avotiata, le. ? Echinochalina digitata, L. (p. 288). 
he typica. LL. ? Wilsonella typica, L. (p. 203) 
T. typica, W. Echinodictyum elegans, L. (p. 203). 
T. rubens, var. dura, L. Clathria rubens, L. (p. 219). 


1 For the sponge which Whitelegge (Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 2, 1901, p. 81) 
mistook for Lendenfeld’s Echinonema achoratum var. dura, I now pro- 
pose the name Clathria indwrata. Whitelegge’s description is substan- 
tially correct except in regard to the dimensions of the spicules. His 
use of the term ‘“honeycomb-like,” in reference to the external conforma- 
tion of the sponge, however, is inappropriate; and the statement that 
“the texture is... minutely porous throughout” is correct only so far 
as it applies to the surface, which is minutely porous over its entire 
entent. As a matter of fact, the texture (of dry specimens) is particularly 
dense and compact; and the consistency, in consequence, is unusually 
firm and hard. The available specimens (three in number) are destitute 
of any traces of a specialised dermal skeleton; but the information which 
they afford in this particular is unreliable, since their preservation is 
imperfect; and it is possible, therefore, that the species may prove to 
belong to Rhaphidophlus. Indeed, it is to be noted that in certain of its 
spicular characters, more particularly in regard to its auxiliary mega- 
scleres, it exhibits points of resemblance to Rhaphidophlus_ typicus; but 
toxa are absent, and the chele are of only a single kind. Thus, the 
auxiliary spicules (subtylostyli) are pretty abundant; they exhibit a very 
considerable range in length; the shortest of them—which are very 
slender—are curved; and a fair proportion are provided, upon their extreme 
basal end, with a minute spination; also, the acanthostyles, the spines of 
which are moderately large, show a tendency towards a reduction of their 
spination over the sub-basal portion of their length. The principal 
spicules are without special features, being more or less curved, subconical 
styli. The dimensions of the megascleres, taking into account their range 
in length and maximum stoutness, are as follows:—Principal, 120 to 200 
x 13 yp; accessory, 55 to 70 x 7.5 71; auxiliary, 95 to 220 x 5.5 »). The greatest 
length of the chele is 12 7. The “‘ill-defined and hair-like spicules men- 
tioned in Whitelegge’s description as being present in small number in 
the ground substance, were no doubt some of the very slenderest of the 
auxiliary spicules. 


300 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


T. rubens, var. dura, W. Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, L. 
(p. 179). 

T. rubens, var. lamella, L. (and W.) Rhaphidophlus pauci- 
spinus, (pp. 179, 219). 

T. paucispinus, L. (and W). Rhaphidophlus paucispinus 
(p. 179): 

T. brevispina, L. (and W.) Rh. typicus, Carter, var. brevi- 
Spins, 12) (ps 292): 

T. viminalis, L. (and W.) O phlitaspongia subhis pida, 
Carter, var. viminalis, L. (p. 259). 


Plectispa.— 

*Pelegaus, L: ? Echinoclathria elegans, L. (p. 204) 
P. elegans, W. Echinoclathria arborea, L. (p. 280). 
Pearbored, ls. Echinoclathria arborea, L. (p. 280). 
P. arborea, W. Clathria multipes, sp. nov. (p. 211). 

“Peamacropora, LL. ? IVilsonella macropora (bis.), L. 

(p: 205) 
P. macropora, W. Echinoclathria ramosa, sp. nov. 
(p. 278). 

Clathriopsamma.— 
C. lobosa, L. (and W.) Wilsonella australiensis, Carter, 
(p. 239). 


C. reticulata, L. Rhaphidophlus reticulatus, L. (p. 177). 


* r" al 3 
il a »d Woy 
; 
LJ 
im ‘ 
= 
i 
j 
=. 
a 
1 Z 
y’ . 
v 
‘ 
Ps ‘ 
7 ' 
> 
By, 
; 
. 
' ‘ 
i 
} 
ma) 
. 
f * a 
ic. Ll 7 . 
i j * =)! 
3 { i 
a : : 


to 


o>) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI- 


Spirastrella poculoides, sp. nov.; x 7/10. 

The specimen, which has been longitudinally bi- 
sected, is viewed from the inner surface. 
Spirastrella alcyonioides, sp. nov.; X 3/5- 
Spirastrella montiformis, sp. nov.; x 5/6. 

The surface markings are traces left by an en- 
crusting Cornulariid Alcyonarian. 


X XI. 


PLATE 


‘ENDEAVOUR.”’ 


RESUETS 


LOO 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


Fig. 


bo 


Ow 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE OG: 


Latrunculia conulosa, sp. nov. ; natural size. 


Paracordyla lignea, gen. et sp. nov.; x 2/3. 
The specimen, which has been longitudinally bi- 
sected, is viewed from the inner surface. 


Polymastia craticia, sp. nov. ; x 3/8. 


LOOT RE SUMRS: = NDE AW OWIR: 7? PLATE XXII. 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


ie 


bo 


(oS) 


EXPLANATION ‘OB (PLADE TXT 


Echinodictyum elegans, Lendenfeld; x 1/3. 
Crella incrustans, Carter, var. digitata, var. nov., 
encrusting a bivalve; viewed from the side; x 1/2. 
Crella incrustans, var. arenacea, Carter; x 4/9. 
Showing the irregularity of form assumed by the 
shallow-water New South Wales representatives of 
the species; the dermal encrustation is almost en- 
tirely denuded ; the surface-grooves are less apparent 
in the figure than in the specimen itself. 


ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXIII. 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. 


A 


Fig. 1. Crella incrustans, var. perramosa, var. nov. ; X 1/3. 


PLATE XXIV. 


“ENDEAVOUR.” 


RESULTS 


ZOOM: 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. 


Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, Lendenfeld; x 1/2. 


I 
Fig. 2. Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, Lendenfeld, var. multi- 
porus, Whitelegge; x 2/7. 


ZOOL] RESUS, “ENDEAVOUR.” REATE xoxaVe 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. 


Fig. 1. Rhaphidophlus paucispinus, Lendenfeld; x 1/3. 


ZOOL. RESULES “ENDEAVOUR. ? PLATE XXVI. 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


” - , 
7 ‘ Ty _ Nips 
vt a “ 
ei . 
a 
/ 
f ‘ 4 
% + 
(a s 
’ 
+ 
’ 
' 
‘ 
t 
‘ 
® 
' 
: j ' 
‘ 
, 4 a 
Ve ! 
bi 
f * 
, 
‘ 2 “y 
‘ = 
i 
d - 
s 
” 
+ 
t 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. 


Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. 


MOVa ss X99) 56 


stellifer, var. 


BATE XGxavill: 


AVOUR.”’ 


SE NDE 


SWIES 


ZO Ose 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


as 
i 
\ 
More 
j 


re 


be) hau ii 7 © _— sober wri 
ss Sout ‘ 


* ras 
i 
ae 
f 
i ti 
' si 
“ ‘x 
- 2 
7) ud 
oA 
' 
, i= tok 
' 
. 
" 
; 
. se 
4 
¥ 
~ 
i 
( 
i 
oi t es 
| 
is ra iv t 
é 
2 es ; 


2 pea A re a We 


to 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII 


Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. obesus, 
NOV. 5 x 5/8: 
Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. geminus, 
MOV 5 KTH 22 
Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. proximus, 
NOV. 563% H/2. 
Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. proximus, 
NOV. 5 X¢E/2: 


Var. 


Var- 


Var- 


Var. 


ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.” PLATE XXVIII. 


H. BARNES, JUNB., Photo. 


ae Or ~y a 
See ee) ee Ge, 
me hs be ee i j 
peur eae? ; ‘ i 
: 
. 
$ D 
= b 
j i - 
‘ 
. 
J il 2 
i 
. 
! . 
‘ ‘ : 
W \ 
’ 
A 
i 
z 
{ t 
D 
7 | 
A 
iT oes . 
Ny 7 
te y 
Lely Ga Ser attrias, ee ne = i cei, ae. te ian 
7 i“ ah &-ge S Let : eines f ; a 5. Bs, : 
iad : veut 
\ P note M + 
. 4 ; 4 
' : ve : ; 
> . S , Pa 
_ z OPP cet. ee . t 7-2 ai i 19 . UY an 
‘ : . a eo} &. § 
, oy » tas, oh 
~ oa c : ; f ; Wp ee esa J 
wh ait PTC ea Tyee, > RUA iy eel eng enn <ty { 6 _ 
vor 


: a as i 
: P 4 Mie ay 
4: 7 > Pe 7 ) : F - ‘ oa i 79 A! : : 
i * ; ) MP A: |g 
> 65 ¢ Pt 33 8 a - Ai 
% 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. 


Rhaphidophlus typicus, Carter, var. anchoratus, 


Carter; x 3/3: 


Fig. 1. 
Echinoclathria arborea, Lendenfeld; x 1/2. 


LS) 


Fig. 


LOOLS (RESULELS JE NDEAV OUR PLATE XXIX. 


. st ia a 
= a Sorel as bee Tes > A 
Ol 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


j Was me coli J < 
4 y a” py oath 
ia er 44) 


tute 


e¢ <8 7 oy -s 
a - ( 
d ‘ ¢ - 
7 ee - 
i - 
~* 
z 
~ 
- res 
s 

e 

= 

. 

. 

=<) 

j 
( 
f ‘ 

a ‘ 
ar 
' 
fs ‘ 7 j 
. - e 
+ 
€ ‘ 
U 
" ‘ 

i " , 

o 

> 

i= 

¢ 
iy ‘ 
4 


~ 


Se reas 


" 


TPise ees | 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. 


Bigs <i: Echinoclathria rotunda, sp. nov. ; X 2/3. 
Fig. 2. Echinochalina reticulata, Whitelegge; x 4/5. 
Fig. 3. Echinoclathria ramosa, sp. nov. ; X 3/5: 


XXX. 


PLATE 


“ENDEAVOUR.”’ 


RESULES 


LOOM 


HH. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


1 ta a a " 
if si) a} v a 1 eS 
i , r a 4 5 
: F 4 , { , Z 6 
, x < 
- 1 r 
"a f na 
\ ' " 
i .. 
i iy 
‘ d ! r 
1 Ly 
’ . 
i 4 ‘ 
* 
i 
‘ 
: i 
bs 
” 
rs" 
j v 
* “* 
ni ‘ 
; ‘ 
i 
a ’ 
‘ 
-_ 
' 
i i 
‘ 
! ” ar 
4 
z) “ 
‘ 
a 5 
, ‘ 
7 « 


rit 


EXPLANATION “OF PLATES OOS. 


Fig. 1. Echinochalina reticulata, Whitelegge, var. ; x 3/7. 
Fig. 2. Clathria costifera, sp. nov.; x 4/9. 


XXXI. 


PLATE 


NDEAVOUR.”’ 


‘oh 


SUERS 


RE 


FA OKOIES 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


: ‘i ne . z : 4 7 


is y a ‘ 1 
4 s Me 
t : 5 4 2 
| 
\ 
i 
i 
i 
> 
‘ ‘ 
, - 
‘ 
; S 
- 
’ 
j 
a f 
i 
\ 
: 1 
* 
4 - 
j 
a 
A 
id 4 i 
= a 
ms 
; a . ,; : i 
oe on i en a 
ry 7 <I , i “be 
co < . x _ i ae | 
J all t ! 
; xm 7 ; Tae ss ‘ae ‘ i “u 
; Tot . Ne 
*¢€= ra se aW os <" ae i iy ; Y 
é 2 j 
* 7 


: ‘ ay | 5 ice Le : 
hh ; ae au eh ens _ 7h 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE, XXxaT: 


Fig. 1. Clathria rubens, Lendenfeld; x 2/7. 
Hig. 2: Wilsonella conectens, sp. nov.; x 5/8. 
Fig. 3. Clathria partita, sp. nov. ; x 1/3. 


XXXII. 


PEATE 


NDEAVOUR.”’’ 


CE 


RESUEDS 


AA OKONES 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo 


ery 
“gs: 
+ 
* 


ro 


= Le 


* 


i bed | ay, t 
Re chy 22 ra 
Hh hier 


mn 
rare ri z 


Fig. 


5 


Fig. 
Fig. 


Fig. 


> 


& W Nb 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. 


Clathria transiens, sp. nov., typical form; x 2/3. 
Clathria transiens, form (b); x 3/5. 

Clathria transiens, form (c); x 3/5. 

Clathria caelata, sp. nov.; x 2/3. 


XXXII. 


PLATE 


“ENDEAVOUR.”’ 


ZOOL. RESULTS 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


eel 
==) 
= 


Vo 


ico) 


go dQ oq 


Poles) 


= 


EXPLANATION’ OF--PEATE XOXXciy- 


Ophlitaspongia subhispida, Carter, var. viminalis, 
Lendenfeld; x 1/2. 


Clathria transiens, form (d); x 3/4. 
Wilsonella oxyphila, sp. nov.; ? var.; x 1/2. 
Wilsonella-curvichela, sp. nov. ; x 5/13. 


ZOOL RESUELS “ENDEAVOUR? PLATE XXXI\ 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV. 


Ophlitaspongia tenuis, Carter; x 3/5. 
Ophlitaspongia confragosa, sp. nov.; x 2/3. 
Ophlitaspongia tubulosa, sp. nov. ; x 3/5. 


ZOOL  RESUERS “ENDEAVOUR: PLATE XXXV. 


¥ 


2 
et 
- 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


xe 


Fig. 


Fig. 
Fig. 


to 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI. 


Ophlitaspongia subhispida, Carter; x 9/10. 
Ophlitaspongia inornata, sp. nov. ; x 8/9. 

The specimen is encrusted with a Cornulariid 
Alcyonarian. 
Ophlitaspongia axinelloides, Dendy; x 7/9. 


ZOOL. RESULTS “ENDEAVOUR.”’ PLATE XXXVI. 


H. BARNES, JUNR., Photo. 


IV. A new species of Asymmetron from the Great 
Australian Bight, South Australia. 


JANET W. RAFF, B.Sc., 
GOVERNMENT RESEARCH SCHOLAR, 


Biological Laboratory, Melbourne University. 


Plate XXXVII. 


A NEW SPECIES OF ASYMMETRON. 
].—INTRODUCTION. 


The Commonwealth F.1I.S. ‘‘Endeavour,’’ whilst conducting 
its operations along the southern coast of Australia, secured 
specimens of the well-known Asymmetron bassanum, and also 
of another species of the same genus which, on examination, 
proves to be a new one. The Department of Trade and Cus- 
toms, to whom the material secured by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ 
belongs placed these specimens in the hands of Professor W. 
Baldwin Spencer for identification and description, and at his 
request I have undertaken the work. 


Asymmetron bassanum is not uncommonly met with at 
depths of about twenty fathoms off the Victorian coast in Bass 
Strait and in Western Port in four fathoms. Specimens were 
secured by the ‘‘Endeavour’’ on the east side of Flinders 
Island, to the south of St. Francis Island in the Australian 
Bight, and also off Shoalhaven on the New South Wales 
coast. It has not hitherto been met with to the west of Bass 
Strait. 

The new species was dredged at a depth of thirty-five 
fathoms on the south side of St. Francis Island in the Aus- 
tralian Bight in company with 4. bassanum, from which it, 
however, is quite distinct. In the following account a des- 
cription is given of its more important features. 


1].—DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES. 
ASYMMETRON AUSTRALIS, sp. now. 
(Plate xxxvu., figs. 1-7.) 


The average length of twelve specimens is 26 mm.; the 
average number of myotomes, 55; the average myotome 
formulat + 38,.9, 13. 


The rostral fin is slightly raised above the dorsal fin, and is 
rounded anteriorly. The anterior end of the notochord is 
inclined a little upwards in the rostral fin (Pl. xxxvii., fig. 1). 


There are 25-33 oral cirri bearing sense papilla, arranged 
in a single series and united together by a web. They are 
disposed at about equal intervals to the right and left of a 
median ventral one, as shown in PI. xxxvii., figs. 3, 4 and 5. 
The web is continuous all along, and is highest in the mid- 
ventral portion, becoming lower anteriorly on each side. In 
Pl. xxxvii., fig. 6, there is a small basal portion only, in the 
mid line, but this, I think, must be the result either of injury 
or arrest of growth, for new tentacles do not develop in between 


304 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 
other tentacles. As regards this point, Willey! writes :—‘‘It 
is important to note that the buccal skeleton grows at each 
end only, and that fresh elements are not for med interstitially. 
In the adult the median cirri are smaller than the others; and 
one would at first naturally suppose that these were the 
youngest, and that this was the point at which fresh cirri 
would be formed; as a matter of fact, however, the small size 
of the median ventral cirri of the adult is deceptive, for they 
are the oldest cirri, and new ones are only added at the free 
extremities, right and left, of the buccal skeleton.’’ Therefore 
I think the hoods with the tentacles arranged as in Pl. xxxvii., 
figs. 6 and 7, are also of the ordinary type, having a median 
unpaired tentacle. 

The oval sphincter is situated in a line with the angle of the 
sixth myotome, and has about fifteen velar tentacles. 


The ventral fin has chambers and fin rays. I have not been 
able to determine whether the rays are single or double. 


The dorsal fin is about one-thirteenth the vertical height of 
the body, and the fin rays stop behind about the 49th mvotome. 


The vight metapleur is continuous behind with the median 
ventral fin, the left stops immediately behind the atriopore. 
There are two post-atrioporal ceca, the right continuing 
much further back than the left and reaching almost to the 


anus. 
The gonads are arranged ina es series on the right side 
and vary in number from 17-22. An important point noted 


is the presence of the gastrula stz age of the egg. In examining 
the specimens I found several of the ova in this stage, but 
they are not preserved well enough for a good microscopical 
examination. 

The above characters would place the species in the same 
subdivision of the genus Asymmetron as that in which we pre- 
viously placed A. bassanum.? 

In length, number of myotomes and myotome formula, and 
the number of oral cirri, Asymmetron australis agrees very 
closely with Heteropleuron hedleyi, found in Torres Strait, 
and described by Professor W. A. Haswell.5 The rostral fin, 
however, differs in being raised above the level of the dorsal 
fin and in being more expanded; the dorsal fin rays extend 
further back, and ventral fin rays are present. In the descrip- 
tion of H. hedleyi there is no mention of the post-atrioporal 
region of the atrial cavity, nor of the oral hood excepting the 
number of oral cirri. 


1 Willey—Quart. Jour. Micro. Sci., xa 1891, p. 914, 


2 Morris & Raff—Notes on the Structure of Asymmetron bassanwn—Proc.. 
Roy. Soc. Vict., xxii. (n.s.), Pt. I., 1909, p. 88 
3 Haswell—Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1, 1908, p. 33, fig. 1. 


ASYMMETRON.—RAFF. 305 
Enumerating the species previously found in the Austral- 
asian seas, it will be seen that hitherto only one has been found 
along the south coast of Australia, viz., 4. bassanum. The 
following is a list of the Australasian species and their distribu- 
tion, as set out by Mr. W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc.,1 with the 
addition of Professor Haswell’s new species :— 
Branchiostoma belcheri, Gray.— 
Borneo, Singapore, Torres Strait, Maldive Islands and 
Ceylon. 
Asymmetron bassanum, Giunther.— 
Bass Strait, and as far north as Port Jackson. 
A. hectori, Benham.— 
East oe of North Island of New Zealand. 


A. cultellum, Peters.— 


Torres Strait, north-east coast of Australia, Thursday 
Island and Ceylon. 


A. lucayanum, Andrews.— 
Bahamas, Louisiade Archipelago, Maldive Islands, 
Zanzibar and Vorres Strait (Haswell). 


Heteropleuron hedleyi, Haswell.— 
Torres Strait. 


As the species described differs entirely from A. bassanum, 
the only other species from the southern coast, it may be worth 
while to here note the difference in general external appearance 
between the two (PI. xxxvii., fig. 2). Roughly speaking, we 
can say that in A. bassanum ‘the widest portion of the body is 
at about its middle third, and from here it tapers gradually 
towards both ends. In A. australis, however, it appears 
widest at about the second quarter from its anterior end, and 
tapers gradually from here towards the posterior end and only 
very little towards the anterior end. Thus the anterior half of 
the animal is much wider than the posterior, whereas in 4A. 
bassanum the anterior and posterior halves are fairly equal. 
This seems to be a most striking difference between the two 
species. In addition, the smaller size of this species, and also 
the absence of the incomplete ring of pigment always found in 
A. bassanum, may be noted as further differences seen easily 
with the naked eye. 


In comparing the oral hoods of the two species, an im- 
portant difference is seen between them. As was noted above, 
the most median ventral oral cirrus in A. australis is unpaired. 
In A. bassanum the arrangement of the mid-ventral portion 


1 Tattersall—Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., xvii., p. 293. 


206 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


varies very much in the different specimens examined, for here 
there may be either a median pair of tentacles or a median 
unpaired one. I have to thank Miss Ethel Summons, Mel- 
bourne University, for first drawing my attention to the paired 
arrangement. In Pl. xxxvil, figs. 8 to 15, I have represented 
the bases of the oral cartilages. in the mid-ventral portion of 
the hood of eight different specimens, and it will be seen by 
them that there is a great amount of variation here. Pi 
xxxvil., figs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 show no median unpaired ten- 
tacle, but a distinct median pair, while in Pl. xxxvil., figs. 13, 
14, 15 there is a median unpaired one. In Pl. xxxvil., fig. 16, 
the margin of the oral hood with the cirri cartilages 1s repre- 
sented, and it will be seen that the basal portions of the 
cartilages of the median pair are smaller than the others and 
are inclined at a different angle to the margin of the hood, and 
so are clearly distinguishable. The two ventral cirri repre- 
sented in Pl. xxxvii., fig. 12, are not so clearly paired as in 
the others 


In referring to the literature on the subject I can find no- 
thing very definite. In 1895, Miss J. W. Kirkaldy,! giving 
the characteristic features of the Family Branchiostomide, 
says:—'‘A preoral muscular hood is developed in front of the 
mouth, provided along its circular margin with numerous 
tentacles, supported by a cartilaginoid skeleton; there is one 
median unpaired tentacle in the median ventral line, and from 
ten to twenty (according to age and species) on either side.”’ 


In 1876, Peters? described Epigonichthys cultellum as 
having ten to twelve pairs of oral cirri, and figuring the under 
Surface of the anterior end draws the cirri showing clearly that 
there is no median cirrus, but he does not state definitely the 
presence of a median ventral pair. Miss Kirkaldy, however, 
in her paper, describes this species as having forty-one to 
forty-three oral cirri, thus giving it a median tentacle. 


Then, again, Mr. J. D. F. Gilchrist® gives the number of 
oral cirri in Branchiostoma capense as thirty- =Sixiiuiealleneelite 
as is generally taken to be the case, the cirri are paired on the 
two pide of the hood (with the exception of the median ven- 
tral one), i.e., if the number of cirri is the same on the two 
sides, this would not allow of a median cirrus being present 
in this species. It is thus evident there is some uncertainty as 
to the exact arrangement of the cirri and that a structure 
previously described as characteristic of the Family Branch- 
iostomide is actually subject to variation within the limits of 
a single species. 


1 i W. anid ouart rou Micro. Sci., xxxvii. (n.s.), 1895, p. 309. 
2 Peters—Monat. K. Preuss. Akad., 1870. 
3 Gilehrist—Marine Investigation in South Africa, ii., 1904, p. 111. 


4 . 
: ‘ 
; A 
v 
1 
Br 
¥ 
- ec, 

“4 f a ; 
7 8 A 
it 
Mi ' 
i . 

¥ ' 
' 
' 

i 
j as 

bi 4 
F 7 4 . ii 
t 4 J ~~ 
' 
= i 


‘ ' 
rt . ‘alas , i 
4 (A . 
a] c 
hi / %, 
o ; ‘ 
i ‘ ji i fi 
| sj ‘ aie, | a hy ae 
= } bd t 
i i 
, & yi ‘ 
{ 1 ne. u 7 : = 
oS ey : ‘ 
r ‘ » 
i 
ph } 
a oie 1S i ” 
¥ nh 
@ "es hk 
- . i h ; 
¥ , ; 
r 
4 / 
BD: 
i ye 
iar ‘ ’ 
fe: bo 


on Ai. aan -. 
peer 3.0 a os ‘a 


EXPLANATION ‘OF PEATE XXXVI: 


In all figures— 


AX. CART. ~~ — Axial cartilage 

B. (CART. = Basal cartilage. 

Ba ee = Dorsal fin chambers. 
D.F-.R. = Dorsal fin rays. 

M.P. CART. = Median paired cartilages. 
N.C. = Nerve cord. 

N.T. = Notochord. 

R.F. = | Rostral fin: 


Fig. 1.—Anterior end of A. australis showing rostral fin and 
notochord slightly raised. Drawn with the camera 
lucida. 


Fig. 2.—-Outlines of A. bassanum and A. australis to show 
proportional widths. Drawn with the camera 
Ineida. )Nat,isizes: 


Figs. 3, 4 and 5.—Bases of the cartilages of the mid-ventral 
portion of the oral hood in three different specimens 
of 4. australis to show median ventral unpaired 
tentacle. 


Figs. 6 and 7.—The same in two other specimens with the 
median ventral unpaired tentacle stunted. 


Figs. 8 to 12.—Bases of the cartilages of the mid-ventral 

portion of the oral hood in five different specimens 

of 4. bassanum to show median paired tentacles. 

Figs. 13, 14 and 15.—Bases of the cartilages of the mid- 
ventral portion of the oral hood in three other speci- 
mens of 4d. bassanum showing median unpaired 
tentacle. 


Fig. 16.—Cartilages of oral cirri of 4. bassanum showing 
position of the median ventral pair. 


(ENON EU |S) BN UC Ee rd LM eV LOH noes | ENA DOO. OVAL 


ie 


} scm $V | 
By B CART. 4 / 
SS 
M. P. CART SQ) 


J. W. RAFF, del 


16 15 


=_ r > =: 
= - 
: : - ; ht es A. ae 
ca, | + 
H er 
alll 
b= 
» 
aa * 
t = I 
. 
{ 


V. Report on a sample of G/obigertna Ooze trom 
fathoms, East of T‘asmania. 


BY 


F. CHAPMAN, A.LS. 


PALHONTOLOGIST TO THK NATIONAL MUSEUM, 
Melbourne. 


Li22 


- i 
< Me a f 
: 
\ 
Ps 
a] 
4 
* 
j ‘ 
) 
N 
| 
ad 
U 
ey 
‘ 
* 

_ i q } ' > ; 
] » ‘ ' "i i 3 " : 
- ap ( ’ _ of 
ci ve 


a) ek ’ 


5 So! ao! « ~ i TRG Ax) Gy sy 7 a 


GLOBIGERINA OOZE.—CHAPMAN. 2 


V.—REPORT ON SAMPLE OF GLOBIGERINA OOZE. 


Date, 13th July, 1909. Position, 42:17) S:,, P46.51 (E- 
Depth, 1122 fathoms (bottom sample). 


Details.—Globigerina Ooze. Colour, pale green, with a 
slight greenish tinge. 


CARBONATE OF LIME. 


PER- . San ~ : r 
CENTAGE. FORAMINIFERA, OTHER ORGANISMS, 

79 Chiefly Globigeringe and Kchinoid spines, rare; 
Pulvinuline. Tue Yextu- | Ostracodes, rare (for 
larids present are chiefly | species see list); Alcyon- 
hyaline forms. arian spicules, frequent ; 
(For species see list). | Coccoliths, abundant. 

| 
Sse 
RESIDUE. 
boucace. | SILICIOUS ORGANISMS. | FINE WASHINGS. 
| 7 ery a | 

21 | Sponge-spicules, abun- | Fine mineral particles, 

dant; Radiolarians, rare; of a greenish colour. 


Arenaceous Foraminifera, 
moderately common, as 
_ Haplophragmium, Reo- 
| phax, Technitella. 

| | 


NOTE ON THE SAMPLE. 


This is a fairly typical Globigerina ooze, with a large per- 
centage of residue insoluble in HCl, owing to the abundance 
of silicious sponge-remains. This occurrence of sponge- 
spicules would naturally lead one to conclude that some of the 
arenaceous foraminifera which form their tests of these 
silicious needles would be present, and in this we are not 
disappointed. Both Technitella and Marsipella occur here, 
and the locality is new for both genera. Technitella legumen 
was previously recorded off Sydney and near Kerguelen Island. 
T. raphanus is an exceedingly rare form, having been hitherto 
obtained from only one locality, viz., off Kandavu, Fiji 


210 “ENDEAVOUR” SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


Islands. The nearest locality to that from which the present 
sounding was taken hitherto recorded for Marsipella cylin- 
drica, curiously enough, is also Kandavu. The family Milio- 
lide is represented by the deep-water variety of Biloculina 
depressa and a few minute forms of Miliolina. Yhe family 
Textulariida is much in evidence, chiefly represented by 
the genera Bulimina and Bolivina. Some starved forms of 
Nodosaria and some typical Uvigerine are the only members 
of the Lagéenide. Globigerina is well represented and com- 
petes closely in numbers with Pulvinulina. A few other rota- 
line genera beside the last-named are found, some of very 
great interest. The foraminiferal fauna of this sample is 
fairly rich in species, and contains some apparently new 
varieties, and will repay an exhaustive research. 

The Ostracoda are not common, but are, nevertheless, of 
especial importance. Writhe producta and Cytheropteron 
abyssorum are both deep-water forms; the latter being a very 
rare species, and recorded by Dr. Brady from one *‘Chal- 
lenger’’ station only, viz., No. 161, to the west of Tasmania 
at 2600 fathoms. Cythere lepralioides is a South Atlantic 
form occurring here for the first time. 


List OF FORAMINIFERA IN ABOVE SAMPLE, FROM 1122 
FATHOMS. 
Biloculina depressa, d’Orb., var. murrhyna, Schw. 
Miliolina tricarinata, d’Orb., sp. 
Sigmoilina schlumbergeri, A. Silv. 
Technitella legumen, Norman. 
a raphanus, Brady. 
Marsipella cylindrica, Brady. 
Rhizammina indivisa, Brady. 
Reophax fusiformis, Will., sp. 

A dentaliniformis, Brady. 
Haplophragmium canariense, d’Orb., sp. 
Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orb. 

Bulimina inflata, Seg. 

ee aculeata, d’Orb. 
Bifarina limbata, Brady, sp. 
Bolivina textilarioides, Reuss. 

a beyricht, Reuss. 
pygmea, Brady. 

Re obsoleta, Eley. 
? Pleurostomella alternans, Schw. 

Cassidulina murrhyna, Schw., sp. 


51, 


GLOBIGERINA OOZE.—CHAPMAN. 


Lagena lagenoides, Will., sp. 
Ah levigata, Reuss, sp. 
5 quadricostulata, Reuss. 
Nodosaria aff. proxima, Silv. 
Pe mucronota, Neug. sp. 
Uvigerina aculeata, d’Orb. 
m3 pygmea, d’Orb. 


+ angulosa, Will. 
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. 
fs triloba, Reuss. 
a dubia, Egger. 
ei rubra, d’Orb. 
5 equilateralis, Brady. 
im inflata, d’Orb. 


Orbulina universa, d’Orb. 

Pullenia spheroides, d’Orb., sp. 
Spheroidina bulloides, d’Orb. 
Patellina corrugata, Will. 
Truncatulina ungeriana, d’Orb., sp. 


3 culter, Parker & Jones. 
si lobatula, W. & J., sp. 
a humiis, Brady. 

Pulvinulina canariensis, d’Orb., sp. 
fe crassa, d’Orb., sp. 
patagomca, d’Orb., sp. 
* exigua, Brady. 


- truncatulinoides, d’Orb., sp. 
Rotalia soldaniu, d’Orb., sp. 
Nonionina umbilicatula, Mont., sp. 
pompilioides, F. & M., sp. 


bo] 


List OF OSTRACODA. 


Cythere scabrocuneata, G. S. Brady. 
i lepralioides, G. S. Brady. 

Krithe producta, G. S. Brady. 

Xestoleberis nana, G. S. Brady. 


” 


Cytheropleron abyssorum, G. S. Brady. 


sp. nov., aff. X. setigera, G. S. Brady. 


ed = ¢ ~~  o- 
mel: : \ $i ° 
ot) 
2 F ; 
‘ * foe ae 7 phe ; 
. - Coe i) 
‘ " - : ‘ , 
» int 'oee F 
* ’ ; * a, 
rf 7 he 
—* e®.. ‘ 4 . 
7 . 
” wes ; it 
bo Sad ¥ i‘. 
‘ae ‘os 
ws a i 
Po ae 
3 > oe 43 
oe ‘ can 
aes , ~- us 
* 5 
a ¥ ‘ 
e A 
oS 
_ a at 
‘ . 
ua mA 
+ all : 
J 
F a @ : ; 
’ H 
+ “2 d Y 
oT 
a 
i 
7” a va 
= ‘ U ; ; 
» : 
5 € 
. ~ 
. 2 
. ‘ 4 4 , 
* . . r) ry a 
° ‘ 
{ 
r . 
‘ = , 
i 
‘ . 
, ‘a 
iJ i mst 
| oN ' a 
{ 
~ . ij A | y . rr 
\ 
- 5 , 
| a oe rn ee %y 
e ’ a a) 
ee Cd | 
7 s : LD *) +5 ea is eer 
’ ae 


PRT CM Ve RM ly fh 


; ae if Wiis ib =) a 


’ ; 7 ’ . 7% sis -" a int s ho Dein Aas a 
a : + an : co ial ube ¢ ae pedo 


Be Ba: iy}? fy ae) i 
ae hie eS pies oo 2 


Bee aie” aun as 


INDEX. 


A 
PAGE 
ABASASSIS, Sp. . 58 
abdominals, Hippocampus 29, 30 
abyssorum, CYTHEROPTERON 


310, 311 

AGANTHIAS megalops 9 
ACANTHOCHITES crocodilus 92 
acanthodes, CLATHRIA ee wig 
acanthopleura, EPITONIUM 93 
ACARNUS, sp, : 143, 145 
tenuis... Je .. 148 
tortilis 568 ... 148 
ACHELIDERMA, Sp. --- 138, 145 
ACROPERNA scapha... soo 
AGTAEON retusus --- 50g. ED 


ACTINOBOLUS godeffroy? ..- 98 
aculeata, BULIMINA 

aculeata, UVIGERINA 
aequilateralis, GLOBIGERINA 311 


AmroBaTus australis a ks) 
affinis, AUSTROBERYX ob 43 
affinis, BrERYx “40, 43 
affinis, HOPLOPTERYX Fen oe 
affinis, PEMPHERIS ... . 45 
AGBELAS, Sp. --- 139, 146 
agrestis, DRILLIA  ..- sco 
alata, CLATHRIA soo BY) 
alba, Mi1rROMORPHA rare OA! 
albida, MYODORA .-. ae OL 
albosutura, HUNATICINA .-- 94 
albovittata, TRIPHORA son 
alcyonioides, SPIRASTRELLA 
124, 241 
ALLANTOPHORA plicata 276 
Gils see nap sca. CAND 
allporti, CALLANTHIAS —.-- 51 
allporti, CALLIOSTOMA — --- 92 
allporti, MARGINELLA fb Oe 
alta, CUSPIDARIA ..- 91 


alternans, PEMGROSTOMELLA 310 
altilabra, MARGINELLA  .-- 94 


ALVANIA olivacea ... Peel Oi7 

salebrosa OS 
amabilis, Soe CoeMLOPaIS 151 
amabilis, VENBRICARDIA ... 91 


PAGE 
AMBASSIS gymmnocephalus ... 58 
ramsayt se Be BU 
AMPHIASTRELLA, Sp. ... 145 
AMPHILECTUS ceratosus 244 
Spots an 143, 144 
AMPHITHALAMUS eS 
mus , POS 
bicolor 106 
capricorneus... 106 
columnius .-- = 106 
costatus .. 93, 104, 106 
dubitabilis 106 
flamnveus 106 
flindersir 106 
frauenfeldi 106 
frenchiensis ... ye eLOG 
incidatus ae LOT 
inclusus = OS 
jacksont ss 105, 107 
kershawt nae eee LO 
olivaceus ane re LOR 
pellucidus joo ONS 
petterdr ace 105, 107 
pulvillus aes LO 
pyramidatus... 98, 107 
rubicundus ... bon LOZ 
salebrosus los 
scrobiculator... 105, 108 
See cod Sao ee Oo 
subfuscus ... e108 
tasmanicus ..- a 108 
woodst Zia sos KOs! 
anale, SCYLLIUM .. ae 3 
analis, SoviiownINus a8 3 
anchoratum, HCHINONEMA 
152, 185, 189 
anchoratum, var. dura, 
EcHINONEMA 299 
anchoratum, var. lamellosa, 
Ecutnonama 210, 299 
anchoratum, var. ramosa, 
ECHINONEMA 298 
anchoratus (var.), typtcus, 
RHAPHIDOPHLUS 185, 
194, 196 


ANCILLA petterdi ... we 1Od 


5] 


314 


“* ENDEAVOUR ’ 


PAGE 
anemone, CONUS 112 
ANEROCHALINA mirabilis 252 
angasi, GAFRARIUM 06S 
angasi, 'TRIPHORA ... seo, 
angulata, CITHNA ... fen OO 
angulifera, CLATHRIA 24.7 
angulosa, UVIGBRINA 311 
annulata, LiotiaA ... re 92 
annilata, Rissoa 106 
ANOGRAMMA, sp. ... san 


unomalu, ECHINOCHALINA 
286, 292 


anomalus, APOGONOPS OO 
ANTHEROCHALINA tenwis- 
pina 261 
ANTHIAS extensus ... OS 
pleurotenia ... coo eABO) 
pulchellus ... Soe 1540) 
Sp ees sis OW) 
antiaustralis, CHLAMYS 91, 96 
antiaustralis, PaorEn ae 96 
antipodum, CLUPRA sone ali 
APOGONOPS anomalus ae 55 
Si0se) sures ate cos O13) 
approvina, RIssoa ... 105 
approvimus, AMPHITHALA- 
MUS 25 105 
aquila, MyLIoBaTIs ties 15 
aquila, RAJA oor ene g ts) 
arachis, CYLICHNA ... St 95 
arborea, CLATHRIA (PLECTISPA) 
204, 280 
arborea, ECHINOCLATHRIA 
280, 3800 


arborea, PLECTISPA 208, 280, 300 
arboresceus, MyxILLAa 148 


arbuscula, CLATHIODENDRON 
147, 295, 298 


arbuscula, CLATHRISSA 146, 158 
297, 298 

arbuscula, CRELLA ... 151 
ARCA pistachia Sa ae OL 
arctica, SAXICAVA ... oa 92 
arcuata, LEPTOBASIS sn 43 
arcuophora, CLATHRIA 211, 228 
234, 260, 263 

arenacea, CRELLA... 157 


arenacea (var.), incrustans, 
CRELLA OTeeloes 
160, 299 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAGE 
arenacea, PLUMOHALICHON- 

DRIA re neo 1Ks{0) 
arenifera, ECHINOCLATHRIA 287 
arenosa, PHOLADOMYA Bee gpI 
arenosum, ECHINODICTYUM 

139, 142 
ARGENTINA elongata Zag 1 dls} 
ARGYROTHECA, sp. ... bon, AEE 
armatus, CHATODON mie 54 
armatus, ENOPLOSUS aoe 54 
armillata, 'TRIPHORA om 93 
ARTEMISINA, sp. : vant, LAO 
asperrimus, CHLAMYS OO 
ASYMMETRON australis... 303 

bassanum 308, 304. 

cultellum 305 

hectort 305 

lucayanum soo | BOB 

Sd ace a .. BOA 
atelodes, CYNOSCION OS 
atelodus, OTOLITHUS Bae 63 
ATHERINA dannevigi tee = wot 

hepsetoides ... son 

hepsetus, ‘ia soo 
microstoma ... sel SOS 

Sipser aco Soo 
ATHIAS rasor ao 500 = es 
atkinsoni, CUNA a8 Sil 
atkinsoni, CYLICHNA Be OF 
atkinsoni, PYRENE ... ce 20 
atkinsoni, SCHISMOPE Man Oe 
atkinsoni, TURRITELLA ... 93 
atun, SCOMBER a 80 
atun, THYRSITES ... 80 


AULENA crassa 286, 287 
gigantea, var. macro- 


pora 285 

lava 287 

Sine | Se Ris oan KS 
AULOPUS purpurissatus ... 22 
AULOSPONGUS sp. 145 


australiensis, HCHINOCHALINA 


288 
australiensis, OPHLITA- 

SPONGIA Stoe ae4sts} 

australiensis, WILSONELLA 
239, 300 
australis, AETOBATUS ste 15 
australis, CAPROS ... Sab Asif 
australis, CAPULUS 109 
australis, CISTELLA,,. 114 


PAGE 


160, 197, 
239, 299 


australis, CLATHRIA 


australis, COCLORHYNCHUS 38 
australis, CYTYUS 86, 87 
australis, GALEUS 9 
australis, LHPIDOLEPRUS 38 
australis, MACRURUS 38 
australis, MUR#NICHTHYS 20 
australis, MyLIOBATIS 15 
australis, PATELLA... 109 


australis platet, CALLANTHIAS 51 
australis, PLUMOHALICHON- 


DRIA 160, 165 
australis, RAIA 10 
australis, RAJA 10 
australis, RINGICULA 1138 
australis, SCISSURELLA ... 92 
australis, TRACHICHTHYS ... 40 
australis, VENERICARDIA .... 97 
australis, WILSONELLA  ... 299 
australis, ZnuS ee 82 
austrina, LIMHA .... sei, ROL: 
AUSTROBERYX affinis 43 

gerrardi Al 
lineatus 43 
Sis ease : 39 
aviaerata, PYRENE ... 95 


INDEX. 


axicostata, MITROMORPHA... 94 
AXINELLA chalinoides 270 
chalinoides var. 
cribrosa 270 
Sp. 152 
symbiotica 237 


axinelloides, OPHLITASPONGIA 
188, 268, 272 


B 
badia, Rissoa 107 
badia, Rissoa (ScROBS) 107 
balantium, CLIo 95 
barbata, MopIoLARIA 91 
barbatus, PHysicuLuUs 38 
barbatus, PSEUDOPHYCIS 38 
BARLEEIA subfusca... 108 


bassanum, ASYMMETRON 3038, 304 
bassensis, CLUPEA (Romo- 


LOBUS) fe. 16 
bassensis, SILLAGO ... 60, 61, 62 
bassiana, ONOBA 108 
bassi, LIMA ... = aioe OL 
bathentoma, DAPHNELLA ... 94 


315 


PAGE 
BATHYARGA perversidens ... 91 
BATzELLA, sp. 143, 144. 
beachportensis, NUCULA 91 
beachportensis, PYRENE 95 
beddomei, POLINICES 94 
beddomei, Rissoa 106 
belcheri, BRANCHIOSTOMA B05 
BERyYX affinis 40, 43 
decadactylus... .. 40 
gerrardi 40, 41 
lineatus 40 
Bie ane ei 1 
beyrichi, BOLIVINA ... sao OHIO) 
bicolor, AMPHITHALAMUS ... 106 
bicolor, Rissoa 106 
BIFARINnA limbata S50, cs! k0) 
bilamellatum, ECHINODIC- 

TYUM 175 
bilineata, SERIOLELLA 36 
bilineatus, PEPTONEMUS 36 
BILoOcuLIna depressa 310 


bimaculata, VENERICARDIA 91, 98 


biplicata, MARGINELLA 94 
bispiculata, SIPHONOCHINA 
255, 275 
bispinosa, CLATHRIA 211 
bispinosus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 
177, 215 
_bivaricata, TYPHIs... 95 
bizonarius, CHILODACTYLUS 64 
Boulvina beyrichi ... 310 
obsoleta 310 
pygmea 310 
Semen aes sue 310 
textilarioides 310 
bostockii, SILLAGO ... 60, 63 
bractea, Myrtma 92, 99 
brama, NEPTONEMUS 34 
brama, SERIOLELLA 34. 
BRAMICHTHYS, sp. 80 
woodwardr ...80, 81 
BRANCHIOSTOMA belcheri ... 3805 
capense : 306 
braziert, CRYPTOPORA 95 
brazieri, MyRTmA Save 99 
breviceps, MURZNICHTHYS... 20 


brevispina, 'THALASSODENDRON 
179, 185, 1938, 202, 300 
brevispinus (var.), typicus, 
RHAPHIDOPHLUS 
185, 193, 300 


316 “ENDEAVOUR” 
PAGE 

breviusculus, PSEUDOPHYCIS 38 
BuuimMina aculeata... soo i) 
inflata ASG aco HL 

Vite one soo | GIO) 
bulimoides, LIMACINA Sete 15) 
bullata, Lima ae Joa. 
bulloides, GLOBIGERINA ... 311 
bulloides, SPpHHROIDINA ... 311 
burrws, SILLAGO ... ae 62 

C 


cacticutis, DicryoCcyLINDRUS 297 
celata, CLATHRIA 139, 212, 217 


CAESIOPERCA extensa OS 
lepidoptera ... 50, 54 
yasor ... bee one 50 
SO dec ‘as OO 

cespitosa, PLUMOHALICHON- 

DRIA aan soo 4) 
CALLANTHIAS allporti eee oll! 

plater... See ee 51 
plater qustralis wat 51 
CALLIOSTOMA allportr 500 
columnariun sop | 
legrandi 505 son 
meyerr 5k soo | 
retiarwny ... ase 92 
callorynchus, CALLORHYN- 

CHUS sat a 16 
calopora, CLAVTHRIA sop HL 
calva, PHENACOLEPAS soo) 
calva, PYRENE = OO 
calyculata, Myrinicarpra... 92 
calyptra, CAPULUS . ELLOS 


CALYPTRAEA calyptraeformis 93 
calyptraeformis, CALYPTRAEA 93 


calyptra, PATELLA ... soo IO) 
CAMPAGES furcifera ee let 
jaffaensis 95, 114 
Sees oSc see LAs 
canariense, HAPLOPHRAGMIUM 
310 
conariensis, PULVINULINA... 311 
cana, TRIPHORA ... sco 83 
CANCELLARIA pergradata ... 94 
capense, BRANCHIOSTOMA ... 306 
capricorneus, AMPHITHALA- 
MUS nee LOG 
CAPROS australis... Si 
CaAPULUS australis ... eee LOS, 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


CAPULUS calyptra 
daniel 
devotus 
Si. Soe 

CARANX declivis 
georgianus 
platessa : 

CaRpita (ACTINOBOLUS) 

godeffroyi ... 
quoyi... 
racutt 
raoult 
rosulenta 

CaRDIUM pulchellum 


carponemus, CHILODACTYLUS 66 
carponemus, DACTYLOSPARUS 66 


CARPONEMUS, sp. 
carteri, EcHINOCLATHRIA 


2 

CASSIDULINA muirrhyna 
cavata, TEREBRATULINA 
CAVOLINA inflexa 

trispinosa 

virgula oes 
CENTRACION philippi 
CENTRISCOPS humerosus 

Sps- ee: 
CENTRISCUS Foumter osus 

scolopax : 
CEPHALOSCYLLIUM isabellan 

laticeps 

sabella 


CERATOPSIS, sp. 
ceratosus, AMPHILECTUS 
CERBARIS, sp. 
CERITHIOPSIS dannevigi 
geniculosus 


132 
244. 
146 


"93, 109 


93, 110 


cervicornis, RHAPHIDOPHLUS' 177 


CESTRACION guleatus 
CHBTODON armatus 
CHALINA polychotoma 
CHALININE sp. : 
chalinoides, AXINELLA 


54 
252 
221 
270 


chalinoides, OPHLITASPONGIA 27 


CHANDA gymnocephalus 58 
ramsayt ; 58 
chartacea, CLATHRIA 141, 
208, 265 

CHEILOBRANCHUS rufus 18 
CHEILODACTYLUS gibbosus,.. 64 
sp. 65 


vittatus 
CHILOBRANCHUS rufus 
CHILODACTYLUS bizonarius 
carponemus ... 
macropterus ... 
vizonarius 
CHIMERA ogilbyi 
CHIONRE despecta 
gallinula 
mesodesma 


PAGE 
65 

18 
64 
66 
66 
64 

15 
100 
100 


‘92, 100 


striatissima ... : 92 
CHLAMYS antiaustralis ion 96 
asperrimus 96 
radiatus 96 
CHLOROPHTHALMUS 
nigripinnis 22 
CHONDROPSIS, sp. 173 
CHROMIS chromis 56 75 
hypsilepis aT 3, 74 
immaculatus... 74 
CHTHAMALOPTERYX 
melbournensis ste 63 
ciliata, SILLAGO 59, 61, 62 
cimex, TURBO 105 
cinereus, HEPTANCHUS 2 
cinereus, NOTIDANUS 2 
cinereus, SQUALUS ... 2 
(CINGULA) Rissoa + rineragia 107 
cirratus, PRISTIOPHORUS ... 9 
curratus, PRISTIS 9 
CIRSONELLA weldii ... 92 
CISTELLA australis ... 114 
SPs) = ack: 114 
CITHNA angulata 93 
CLATHIODENDRON ay Raoeeuibe 147 
clathrata, CLATHRIA 205, 215 
clathrata, CLATHRIA 
(THNACIA) 187 
clathrata, MicRocIona 209 
clathrata, TENACIA.. peli) 
clathratum, Ecuinopicryum 144 
CLATHRIA acanthodes Madi 
alata ... 239 
angulifera .. 247 
arcuophora ... 211, 228 
234, 260, 263 
australis 160, 197, 
239, 299 
bispinosa 211 
celata 212, 217 
callata 139 


{NDEX. 


317 
PAGE 
calopora ae nog, aul 
chartacea 141, 208, 265 
clathrata 205, 215 
coppingeri 215 
costifera 215 
decumbens 239 
diechinata so alll 
dura i: 239, 242 
elegantula 241 
favosa son lta) 
frondosa 237, 263 
imperfecta. w. 242 
inanchorata ... 206, 215 
indica 242 
indurata son AY 
jugosa 177, 187 
macropora 16], 165, 
240, 299 
mollis 141, 207, 243 
multipes 300 
multipora 178 
myxilloides .. 242 
partita 223, 254 
pellicula 208 
prniformis : 241 
(PLEcrispa) < ar ner eu 
204, 280 


pyramida 239, 297 


(RHAPHIDOPHLUS) 
spiculosa ... aon welletel 
rubens 179, 2038, 218. 


224. 299 


Sp. 186, 138, 145, 175, 

205, 288 

spicata 210, 215, 226, 299 

striata ‘ sou, wlll 

(Tenacta) clathrata 187 

tenebrata 211 

tenuifibra a doo) sell 

transiens 205, 226, 254 

transita fe s.. 209 

typica .. 185, 196 208 
CLATHRIODENDRON arbuscula 

295, 298 

irregularis 296, 298 

nigra ... 296, 298 

Gis. 206 ape 145, 295 

CLATHRIOPSAMMA lobosa 239, 300 

reticulata 177, 300 

sp. 175, 237 


’ 


318 “RNDEAVOUR’ 


PAGE 


CLATHRISSA arbuscula 146, 151, 
152, 158, 297, 298 


elegans 5 146, 298 
pumila 146, 168, 298 
pumila var. rubra 170, 298 
sp. 138, 142, 145, 146, 
152, 165 
Cuio balantium wae as {OD 
pyramidata... ste PE 
CLIONA, Sp. ... oe 5650 
CLIONOPSIS platei ... soon pelle) 
Go S06 ide soo 
clopetaria, PLOCAMIA .. =145 
(CLUPANODON) CLUPEA neopil- 
cChardus  ... bat 17 
CLUPEA antipodum... soa epi 
(CLUPANODON) neopil- 
chardus ... ae 7 
(PomMoLoBus) bassen- 
SUS) -- BAG fe 16 
Sajax ... Sse Oe ales} 
sprattus is gaa KG) 
coccinea, lOTROCHOTA non les} 
CoccuLina tasmanica coe, 
C@LORHYNCHUS australis... 38 
mortont Bae ave 38 
SOs, — Bae seis Rae 1 
collare, PARASCYLLIUM © ... a 
colonensis, FORCEPIA 142, 143 
columnaria, MARGINELLA... 94 
columnaria, RISSOA pee OG: 


columnariwn, CALLIOSTOMA 92 
columnarius, AMPHITHAL- 


AMUS... a 106 
columnarius, PHILINE ee (95 
comma, CUNA =ee ee 91 
commensalis, YORSIA sf. 149 
compressa, CONDYLOCARDIA 92 
compressa, PEMPHERIS 45, 47 
compressa, PSBUDOCLATHRIA 245 
concentrica, CUNA ... bem eo) | 
concentrica, CYRILLA nae 91 
CONDYLOCARDIA compressa 92 


conectens, WILSONELLA 244, 245 
confragosa, OPHLITASPONGIA 255 


CONGERMURANA habenata 18 
CONGROMURANA longicauda 19 
Cona@Rus habenatus Boe 18 
conspicillatus, CORYTHROICH- 
THYS aa cee 


conulosa, LATRUNCULIA ... 126 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAGE 
conulosum, STYLOSTICHON... 148 
CONUS anemone Sat Bee val} 
converus fen Bon. LILY 
superstes ‘ise 94, 111 
converus, CONUS... et Lb) 
coppingeri, CLATHRIA meee iliey 
CORALLIOPHILA lischkeana 95 
coralliophilus, RHAPHI- 
DOPHLUS ... Seem LINE 
CorBIS percostata ... 92, 99 
Site" ade Ses “a2 99 
CORIARIUS semiradiatus ... 92 
CORNULUM sp. ae 1 LAS 
corolla, PUNCTURELLA oO 
corrugata, PATBLLINA poet eeallal 
CoRYTHROICHTHYS conspicil- 
latus atic LAU 27 
intestinalis ... ae 26 
margaritifer aero) 
phillipi Wes ccc, 
waitei ae sean) 24h 
costatus, AMPHITHALAMUS 93, 
104, 106 
costifera, CLATHRIA seo Allis 
cowl, GIBBULA aE eae LOR 
CRAMBE crambe aoe sq ea 
crassa, AULENA Lab Stn CAST 
crassa, ECHINOCLATHRIA ... 287 
crassa, HCHINOCLATHRIA 
(AULENA) ... 286 
crassa, HOLOPSAMMA wap PASH 
crassa, PULVINULINA ero lal 
CRASSATELLITES probleema 91 
producta nee eel 
crassum, PSAMMOPEMMA ... 287 
craticia, POLYMASTIA eae an 4!) 
cratitius, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 
177, 187 
crebristriata, NACELLA ... 93 
CRELLA arbuscula ... Sean Lua 
arenacea 157 


incrustans 151, 152, 156 
incrustans var. arenacea 
158, 160, 197, 299 
incrustans var. digitata 
153, 156, 159 
uncrustans var. levis 153, 
164, 299 
incrustans var. mam- 
millata ... oeelG2 


PAGE 

incrustans Var. perra- 
mosa 153, 159 

unerustans var. punila 
153, 168, 298 

incrustans var. rubra 
153, 170, 298 
levis sos dliasy/ 
pumila var. rubr cas Keg) 
sp. 138, 146, 152 

cribrosa (var.), chalinoides, 
AXINELLA.. ; 270 
crocodilus, ACANTHOCHITES 92 
cruciatus, RAJA 14 
cruciatus, UROLOPHUS 14 
CRYPTOPORA brazieri 95 
cultellum, ASYMMETRON 3805 
cultellum, HPIGONICHTHYS... 3806 
culter, TRUNCATULINA SIL 
cumingti, DIVARICELLA 92 
cumingii, MBGASELLA 95 
CuNA atkinsoni 91 
comma 91 
concentrica 91 
delta 91 
hamata 91 
obliquissimea ... 91 
curvichela, WILSONELLA 238, 
247, 251 
CUSPIDARIA alta 91 
cuvieri, LABRICHTHYS : 76 
CYAMIOMACTRA mactroides 92 
CYAMON, sp.. ; 145 
cyanogenys, LABRIC) HTHYS. 76 
cyanogenys, Pseupotasrus 76 
CYCLOPECTEN favus... OL 
cyclostoma, Rissoa.., 106, 108 
CYCLOSTREMA denselamin- 

atum 92 
homalon 92 
jafiaensis 92 
CYLICHNA arachis 95 
atkinsoni 95 
cylindrica, MARCIPELLA 310 
Cymatium kampylum 94, 
oleariwm G4 
CyNoscion atelodus 63 
CYPSILURUS speculiger 30 
CYRILLA concentrica, 91 
CYTHERE lepralioides 311 
scabrocuneata 311 


319 


INDEX. 

PAGE 

CYTHEROPTERON abyssorum 
310, 311 
CyTTuUS austrahs ... ..86, 87 
nove-zelandie 85 

D 
DAcTYLOSPARUS carponemus 66 
macropterus ... 66 
Se, 506 So ee OO 
danieli, CAPULUS zs 109 
Danita telebathia... 92, 102 
CUNT ae LO? 
dannevigi, ADHERIN NA 0 31 
dannevigi, CERITHIOPSIS 93, 109 
DAPHNELLA bathentoma 94 
fenestrata ... 508 94 
legrandi S00 WS 
triseriata 94 
decadactylus, BERYx 40 
DECAPTERUS, sp. 79 
declivis, CARANX 79 
declivis, TRACHURUS oo wD 
decorata, MAVHILDA 93, 110 
decrosa, PRONUCULA 91 
decumbens, CLATHRIA 239 
delecta, RINGICULA... LS 
delicata, VENERICARDIA 91 
deléa, CUNA ... 91 
dermiasa. PUNCTURELLA ‘92, 101 
DENDORICELLA, Spee 144, 145 
denselaminatum, CYcLos- 

TREMA 92 
denselineata, LIoTia 92 
denseplicuta, DR1ILLIA 94 
dentaliniformis, REOPHAX... 310 
DENTALIUM lubricatum ... 95 

thetidis Sey JIS} 
denticulatus, OPTONURUS... 38 
depressa, BILOCULINA 310 
DESMACIDONIDA, sp. .. 146 
DESMACIDON, sp. 143, 144 
despecta, CHIONE 100 
devotus, CAPULUS 93 
DIALa twmnida LOT, 
DicryocyLINDRUS cacticutis 297 
diechinata, CLATHRIA 211 
diemenensis, RISSOA 107 
digitata, ECHINOCHALINA... 299 
digitata (var.), incrustans 

CRELLA 158, 156, 159 


’ 


320 ‘ ENDEAVOUR ” 


PAGE 


digitata, 'THALASSODENDRON 
202, 288, 299 


dilecta, DRILLIA ... nee (OA 
dilecta, VENERICARDIA Aap 92 
DIPLODEMIA, sp. ... ZOO 
disjuncta, TRIPHORA esl 93 
DIVARICELLA cumingii .... 92 
diversiancorata, MyxiLua... 144 
dobula, SERIOLELLA ee tl 
DRAGMATYLE, sp. ... 138, 145 
DRILLIA agrestis... ay 94 
denseplicata ... Ree ee 
dilecta es Joe O4. 
dulcis... sais me, OA 
hectorquia ... ee Ot 
hedleyi are seo OM 
jaffaensis —... eee hoa: 
lacteola Bae oe 94 
sawed... ane 5a 94. 
tricarinata ... tay 94. 
trophonoides... oz, OA 
woodsi rer Mer 9A 
dubia, GLOBIGERINA son lll 
dubitabilis, AMPHITHALAMUS 106 
dubitabilis, Rissoa ... LOG 
duleis, DRILLIA mils Ee 94 
dura var. anchoratiwn, 
ECHINONEMA ... 299 


dura, CLATHRIA 239, 242 
dura (var.), rwbens, 'THALAS- 


SODENDRON 178, 202, 

218, 299 

dura, WILSONELLA ... seo) As! 
H 


ECHINOCHALINA anomala 
286, 292 


australiensis... Soo sks: 
digitata SoC sao | SY) 
glabra 5a8 206, 292 
wtermedia 254, 286, 294 
reticulata ... 287, 289 


sp. 142, 146, 206, 253, 288 
ECHINOCLATHRIA arborea 


280, 300 
GNENAT CTC eer 28 
(AULENA) crassa... 286 
cartert 276, 278, 284 
crassa ae 287 


elegans CoO 280, 3800 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAGE 
fuvus ... i 276, 285 
gigantea ace ZOO 
glabra 275, 288, 290 
gracilis 3 Ol 
laces Soe ee Z8O 
WUACVOPOra 55 itis 284 


ranvosa 204, 252, 277, 


280, 285, 300 


rotunda 282 
subhispida ... ee eo 
tenwis 261, 264 


EcHINODICTYUM arenosum 
139, 142 


bilamellatum goa hehe 
clathratum ... tee BSA 
elegans 171, 299 
(KALYKENTERON) elegans 
208 
ridleyi ia 141, 151 
Ss occ 145, 237, 288 
spongiosum 142, 151 


ECHINONEMA anchoratum 
152, 185, 189 
anchoratum var. dura 299 
anchoratum var. lanel- 


losa Ses 210, 299 
anchoratum var. 
ramosa aa sa) 6298 
flabelliformis Hecre tsts) 
incrustans  ... 154, 155 
levis 161, 164, 165, 299 
pectiniformis 185, 19-4 
pumila ase soe Al(ats) 
rubra 161, 164, 165, 299 
SD eee a0it coo 5) 
typicun es 185, 188 
echinonematissima, WILSON- 
ELLA ... Sie cae. ete 
EcTorRIsMA granulata cat 91 
Ecryoporyx, sp. 136, 138, 145 
EcryoOMYXILLA, sp.... 136, 145 
EcryoNninaé, sp. ; sean -9Is) 
ECTYONOPSIS, sp. ... ony LAG 
elegans, CLATHRISSA 146, 298 


elegans, HCHINOCLATHRIA 
280, 800 
elegans, EcHinopicryum 171, 299 
elegans, HCHINODICTYUM 
(K ALYKENTERON) 203 
elegans, KALYKENTERON ... 171 
elegans, PLECTISPA 208, 280, 800 


elegantula, CLATHRIA ee eel 
elevatus, HisviopTERUS ... 67 
elevatus, MACRORHAM- 


PHOSUS Boe ade 23 
elevatus, GANCLISTIUS nao LeU 
elkingtoni, Na'rica ... 94, 110 
elongata, ARGENTINA Room ates, 
elongata, PaMPHERIS sou 47 
elongatus, 'VRACHICHTHYS .., 40, 
E MARGINULA supe rba aii 92 
EMMELICHTHYS nitidus ... 66 
emphysema, MELONANCHORA 112 
ENOPLOSUS arnuttys a a4 
ensicula, POROLEDA Sar 91 
epallava, TRIPHORA En) 98 
ephippiwm, LABRIGHTHYS ... 76 
EPIGONICHTHYS culle!lum... 306 
HPIGRUS ischnus ... sae 93 
HPINEPHELUS septemfuscia- 

EDS ane onG 49 
EprroniumM ac anthopleur a. 93 

valida Sue ic 93 
erectus, LIMOPSIS ... Bore 
erectus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS ... 177 
ericia, VERTICORDIA 91, 96 
ESPERIOPSIS, sp. ... wn 148 
EucHELUS tasinanicus Seer OP 
eucosmos, LiMopsIs... Darren ts} 
EuLima munita ... oe LELO 

tasmanica ... 5 LOS 
EUNATICINA albosutura ... 94 
exigua, IANTHINA ... foe 498 
exigua, PULVINULINA so) 2 eli 
Exoce@rus speculiger spo. 0) 
EXONAUTES speculiger sho oi) 
extensa, CASIOPERCA oer 538 
extensus, ANTHIAS ... Sey a 

1 

faber, Zeus ... =o: a60 82 
farnelli, HistTroprerus at 72 
fasciatus, SOLENOGNATHUS 27, 28 
favosa, CLATHRIA ... Pa 86 
favosus var. typicus, Rua- 

PHIDOPHLUS 186, 201 
favus, CYCLOPECTEN eee ll 
favus, ECHINOCLATHRIA 276, 285 
fenestrata, DAPHNELLA ... 94 
ferrugineum, PARASCYLLIUM a 


filifer, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 177, 187 


321 


PAGE 

jilifer var. spinifera, RHA- 
PHIDOPHLUS son alfsiy/ 
filosa, Rissoa S00 ... 104 
jimbriata, PHILOBRYA noth all 
FISSURISEPTA, Sp. ... “6, 6 LOI 
jistulatus, FUSIFER... son. tet 
flubellata, PHAKELLIA Sone RC 
flabelliformis, ECHINONEMA = 185 
flamia, Rissoa he sso | LOG 
flammea, Rissoa  ... son, KOs: 
flammea, SABANHA... ee elOG 
flanuneus, AMPHITHALAMUS 106 
flava, VERMICULARIA ae 93 
flexuosa, 'THYASIRA... was 92 


flindersi, MARGINELLA  ... 94 
flindersti, AMPHITHALAMUS 106 


flindersii, RIssoina... Pe OG 
FoRCEPIA colonensis 142, 143 
Si 608 143, 145, 150 
forsteri, SCOMBRESOX idee 180) 
frauenfeldi, AMPHITHALAMUS 
106 
fraueifeldi, Rissoa LOG 
Jreuchiensis, AMPHITH- 

ALAMUS ... v7, LOG 
frenchiensis, RIssoa woe LO6 
Jroudosa, CLATHRIA 237, 263 
fugitiva, LEprorHyRa 92, 102 


Julgurata, MARGINELLA 94, 110 
fumarium, PUNCTURELLA 


92, 100, 101 


furcifera, CAMPAGES snot AE 
FUuSIFER fistulatus ... Soo BY) 
Spx | kes poo 142, 145 
fusiformis, RHOPHAX 506 BIO) 
G 
gabrieli, MARGINELLA one Oe 
GAFRARIUM angasi... S00, | 
galeatus, CESTRACION 306 3 
guleatus, GYROPLEURODUS 3 
galerita, PUNCTURELLA ... 101 
GALEUS australis... ; 9 
gallinago, MacroRHAMPHOSUS 23 
gallinula, CHIONE .., Sag 110.0) 
GASTEROSTEUS punctatus ... 36 
gatlifi, MANGELIA ... o. §«=©6 DL 
GAUDRYINA pupoides poe «33! (0) 
geminus (var.) typrcus, Rwa- 
PHIDOPHLUS 185, 191 


gemmegens, 'RIPHORA US 


’ 


322 ‘“HNDEAVOUR’ 


PAGE 
geniculosus, CERITHIOPSIS 93,110 
georgianus, CARANX ee) Oo 
gerrardi, AUSTROBERYX ... 41 
gerrardi, BERYX ... 40, 41 
GERRES melbowrnensis ae ae 
gertrudis, Rissoina soa 
gibbosus, CHEILODACTYLUS 64: 
GIBBULA covi ae soa LOL 

ocellina ae 92, 101 
tiberiana ve LOW 
(T'rocuus) glyptus ... 102 


gigantea, HCHINOCLATHRIA 285 
gigantea var. macropora, 


AULENA ae 285 
gigantea var. macropora, 

HaLME .... sae ASD 
GILBERTIA senvicincta Boo Oy 
glabra, Be ese ee 206, 

275, 288, 290, 292 

glauca, PRIONACE ... aoe i) 
glaucus, SQUALUS ... nue 9 
GLOBIGERINA eguilateralis 311 
bulloides a 306 ull 
dubia... ae soo. . Bll 
inflata wnt aoe LN 

ooze ... ie ee OO) 
rubra... nee Sy oll 

De: “ae ont 309, 310 
triloba ace “er oul 
glomerosa, ONOBA ... 108 
gloria-maris, Monocenrrris 44. 
GLYCYMERIS pectinoides ... 91 
tenwicostatus aoe 5 el 
GLYPHISODON, sp. ... sone) O15) 


glyptus, TROCHUS (GIBBULA) 102 
godeffroyi, CARDITA (ACTINO- 


BOLUS)... sen 
GONIISTIUS vittatus OD 
ViZzONariUs  ... pe 64: 
GONIOCIDARIS tubaria soe LO) 
graciliformis, HipPOCAMPUS 29 
gracilis, HCHINOCLATHRIA 257 | 
gracilis, SILLAGO,.. 60, 62 
grandis, LovELLA ... ee 38 


granvfera, TRIPHORA : 
granulata, EororisMA =... 91 
gravida, PLUMOHALICHON- 

DRIA 3 soo JUGS) 


. 


GRAYELLA, sp. 500 . 142 
guithert, Microrynoren.a 143 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAG 
gymnocephalus, AMBASSIS... 58 
gymnocephalus, CHANDA ... 58 
gynnotus, MuRNICHTHYS 20 
GYROPLEURODUS galeatus ... 3 

H 

habenata, CONGERMURA[NA 18 
habenatus, CONGRUS ae 18 

HAtMe gigantea var. 
macropora eEZSO 
hamata, CuNA ae aie 91 
HAMIGERA, sp. Ke ee 145 
HAPLOPHRAGMIUM canariense 3810 
sp. ue si saa, - @h0)9) 
hardwickii, SoLEGNATHUS... 28 
harrissoni, PUNCTURELLA... 101 
hectorguia, DRILLIA ose, QA 
hectori, ASYMMBTRON sto GA0}5) 
hedleyi, Drinuta... Bee) oe 
hedleyi, HerTHROPLEURON ... 304 
hedleyt, SOLHTELLINA aoe or 
HeLcIoNntiscus illabratus ... 98 
HELiasres hypsilepsis base, aif) 
immaculatus... sce on 
HEMIPLEUROTOMA mayi ... 95 
hemipsila, PUNCTURELLA ... 101 
HeEMIscyLiium variolatum U 
hepsetoides, ATHHRINA ane 32 
hepsetus, ATHERINA Ae 
HE&PTANCHUS cinereus oe 2 
indicus ae ae 2 
HEPTRANCHIAS indicus... 2 
perlo ... bos wad 2 
HETEROCLATHRIA, sp. 141, 145 
HTrERODON’US philippi ... 2 
HETEROPLEURON hedleyi ... 304 
hilwm, MANGILIA ... soee OA 
Hippocampus abdominalis 29,30 
graciliformis pop) 
Hipponyx, sp. : Te LO9 
HistioprEervs elevatus ... 67 
farnelli os sen = oH 
labiosus ane ee te 
recurvirostris Seamed 
HISTODERMA, sp. ... OAS 
HistODERMELLA, sp. 142, 148, 
145 
HOLOPSAMMA crassa SG. ZASih 
HO.Loress sevlineatus OO 
HoLoTHURIA, sp. ... iss eel 


homaton, CYCLOSTREMA .,. 92 


PAGE 
Hom@opicrya, sp.... 144. 
HopLopreryx «ffinis 43 

lewesiensis 40 

SVs 0c 400 40 
Hopbosretuus mediterraneus 40 
sp. ae ae 40 
hulliana, RiIssoa 93, 108 
humerosus, CANTRISCUS 24 
hunvilis, TRUNCATULINA ... 311 
HYMENANCORA, sp. 137, 138, 
145, 147 

HyMERAPHIA, sp. 1387, 138, 145, 
208 

HYMERHABDIA, Sp. ... .. 146 
HyMeErrocHora, sp. 136, 187, 145 
HYPOPLECTRODES senicincta 50 
hypsilepis, CHROMIS 73, 74 


hypsilepis, H®LIASTES goo. hs 


Hypsipors microlepis 75 
Hypsypors microlepis 75 

sp. 75 

I 

IANTHINA exviqgua a eS 
illabratus, HELCIONISCUS ... 92 
imbrex, RISSOA 103 
IMBRICARIA porphyria 95 
immaculatus, CHROMIS 74. 
immaculatus, HELIAS'TES 74: 
unvperfecta, CLATHRIA .. 242 
inanchorata, CLATHRIA 206, 215 
incerta, LIoTA 92 
incidata, SABAN@MA... 107 
incidatus, AMPHITHALAMUS 107 
inclusus, AMPHI'THALAMUS 105 
incompleta, RISSOA ... 93 


incrustans Var. arenacea, 
CRELLA 158, 160, 197, 
299 
incrustans, CRELLA 151, 152, 156 
incrustans var. digitata, 


CRELLA 1538, 156, 159 
incrustans var. levis, 

CRELLA 153, 164, 299 
incrustans var. maminilata, 

CRELLA 162 
tnerustans Var. perraiiosa, 

CRELLA 153, 159 
incrustans, PLUMOHALICHON- 

DRIA ste LO 


INDEX. 


323 


PAGE 


incrustans var. pumila, 


CRELLA 1538, 168, 298 
licrustans var. rubra, 
CRELLA 153, 170, 298 
tidica, CLATHRIA 242 
undicus, HEPTANCHUS 5G 2 
indicus, HBPTRANCHIAS ... 2 
indiscreta, MARGINELLA 94 
indivisa, RHIZAMMINA 310 
indurata, CLATHRIA 299 
inflata, BULIMINA 310 
inflata, GLOBIGERINA 311 
inflata, Limacina 95 
inflera, CAVOLINA 5 33) 
mmfrequens, PARAMYXILLA... 141 
inornata, OPHLITASPONGIA 
264, 265 
insignis, RIGHARDSONIA 72 
integra, 'TURQUETIA 92 


intermedia, ECHINOCHALINA 
254, 294 
intermedia, ECHINOCLATHRIA 


286, 294 
intermedius, TRACHICHTHYS 40 
intestinalis, CORY THROICH- 

THYS eae awe 0 
intestinalis, SYNGNATHUS... 26 
IoPHON, sp. ... 136, 145 
LorROCHOTA coccinea oe was 

sp. 136, 142, 144, 145 


irregularis, CLATHRIODEN- 


DRON 296, 298 

isabella, CBPHALOSCYLLIUM 6 
isabella, SQUALUS ... aes 6 
ischnus, HPIGRUS 93 
ISOSILLAGO maculata 60 
punctata sca 9) 

sp. 59, 60 


J 


jucksoni, AMPHITHALAMUS 
105, 107 
jacksonvana, LISSODENDORYX 298 


jucksoniana, MyXILLA 298 
jacksoniensis, MACTRA 92 
juffuensis, CAMPAGES 95, 114. 
juffaensis, CYCLOSTREMA 92 
jufiaensis, DRILLIA... . 94 
jujfaensis, MAGASBELLA goo flute! 
jafiaensis, PYRENE ... 500 


324 ‘6 BNDEAVOUR ”” 


PAGE 
japonicus, SCOMBER 80 
jogosa, CLATHRIA Wil Wsitf 
jowbini, MAGELLANIA 114: 


K 


(KALYKENTERON) ECHINODIC- 


TYUM eleguns 208 
elegans 171 
silex Nzalt 
sp. hee 173 
kampylum, CYMATIUM G4. 
kershawi, AMPHITHALAMUS ~~ 107 
kershawi, RISSOINA... 107 
kesteveni, PUNCTURELLA 101 
kingensis, MANGILIA 94 
klunzingeri, PEMPHERIS 47 
KRiTHE producta 310, 311 
KRAUSSINA tasmanica 95 
L 
labiosa, MAccULLOCHIA 2 
labiosus, HisTriopTERUS 72 
LABRICHTHYS cwviert 67 
cyanogenys ... Sfapie (lO 
ephippiun ... oe aio) 
mortont au Poe eee 
psittacula ... aod 
rubicunda ... pate ai 
vestita eae WG 
LABRUS psittaculus... Boo ee hall 
(LauroGa) psittucula 77 
lacteola, DRILLIA 94, 
levigata, LAGENA 311 
levis, HCHINONEMA... 165 
Laagena levigata 311 
lagenoides . dil 
quadricostuluta 311 
lagenoides, LAGENA... : 311 


lamella (var.) rubens, THALAS- 
SODENDRON 178, 218, 
lamellosa (var.) anchoratum, 


ECHINONEMA 210, 289 
lamellosa (var.) rubens, THA- 

LASSODENDRON 178 
lamellosa, WILSONELLA 299 


laticeps, CEPHALOSCYLLIUM 6 
laticeps, SCYLLIUM... 6 
LATRUNCULIA conulosa 126 
lava, AULENA : Ce ol 
lawa, ECHINOCLATHRIA  ... 286 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


| PAGE 

| Leva meliacea : 91 
legrandi, CALLIOSTOMA 92 
legrandi, DAPHNELLA ae 94. 
legqumen, TECHNITELLA 309, 310 

| LEPIDOLEPRUS australis 38 

| lepidoptera, CHSIOPERCA 50, 54 

| lepralioides, CyTHERE 310, 311 
LEPTOBASIS arcuatau sce 1415} 

Spiene . 148, 145 
LEPTOSIA, sp. 137, 188, 145 

| Leproruyra fugitiva 92, 102 

| rosea ... 92 
levis, CRELLA = 157 
levis, ECHINONEMA... 161, 164, 

165, 299 

| levis (var.) incrustans, 

CRELLA 153, 164, 299 
lewesiensis, HoPLOPTERYX ... 40 
lewini, SPHYRNA 9 
lewini, ZYGHNA 9 

| lignea, PARACORDYLA 132 

| Laima bassi .. 91 

bullata 91 
LIMACINA bulimoides 95 
inflata Gd 
LIMA austrina 91 
murrayr SL 
parvula 91 
LIMOPSIS erectus 91 
ewcosmos 91 
tenisoni 9] 
linea, Mopiona 91 
lineatus, AUSTROBERYX 43 
lineatus, BERYX 40 
lineatus, PEMPHERIS 45 
Liora annulata 92 
denselineata 92 
incerta na 92 
lischkeana, CORALLIOPHILA 95 
LIsSODENDORYX jacksoniana 298 


sp. 136, 138, 145 
stipitata 244 
liturata, MARGINELLA itl 
lobatula, ''RUNCATULINA ... 311 
lobosa, CLATHRIOPSAMMA 
239, 300 
lockyeri, Rissoa 93, 103 
loddere, MARGINELLA . 94 
longicauda, CONGROMURHNA 19 
Loves grandis eS 
lubricatum, DENTALIUM ... 95 


INDEX. 325 
PAGE PAGE 
LuCAPINELLA nigrita ae 92 | marguritacea, TRIGONIA ... 91 
lucayanum, ASYMMETRON... 305 | margaritifer, CORYVHROICH- 
THYS ce jos 48) 
M MARGINELLA allporti ... 94 
| altilabra Mais a 94. 
Maccunnocutia labiosa 25) biplicata Bi ie od 
San yas aoe sae UE | columnaria ... sas OA 
macleayi, TRACHICHTHYS ... 44 flinderst ee : 94. 
macrolepis, PEMPHERIS ... 45 fulgurata ... 94, 110 
macropora, CLATHRIA 161, 165 | gabrieli oe ae OA 
240,259 | indiscreta  ... Re 94. 
macropora, HCHINOCLATHRIA liturata She ee Lt 
277, 284 loddere 16 ae 94. 
muacropora, ECHINOCLATHRIA microscopica ... ay) a OA 
(PLECTISPA ) soo AQHA | multiplicata ... son eel 
macropora (var.) gigantea, ovulum oe on Om 
AULENA ... soo ise | pulchella oe Sey ua 
macropora (var.) gigantea, | sagittata ae roe elit: 
HALME ... ace Ash) | stanislaus ... soa) EE 
macropora, PLECTISPA 242,276 | SHULL Once ae soo ed 
Dili. sm, BOO) | vercor. wee (OA: 
macropora, WILSONELLA marmorata, NeosiLago =s- 60 
299, 800 MARMORATUS, sp. ... oe 6 
macropterus, CHILODACTYLUS 66 MARSIPELLA ee le =e oO 
macropterus, DACTYLOSPARUS 66 Ss. ade 0 soa 018) 
macropterus, MURHENICHTHYS 21 MatvrHinpa econ oH IK) 
MACRORHAMPHOSUS elevalus 23 mayi, HEMIPLEUROTOMA ... 95 
gallinago —... Soe eer 433 mayt, MYRTBA ae goo 
scolopax a son mayi, ODOSTOMIA ... oe 
sp. poe ace 1 mediolevis, TURRITELLA ... 93 
Macrurus austr Abe. ae 38 mediterraneus, HOPLOSTE- 
Mactra jacksoniensis ; 92 THUS Sd eA) 
mactroides, Cyamiomacrra 92 megalops, ACANTHIUS sac 9 
maculata, ISOSULLAGO soo (XG) megalops, SQUALUS.. 5 9 
maculata, SILLAGO .. 59, 61 MEGATEBENNUS conc Ciena 92 
maculatum, SCYLLIUM vse 3 melbournensis, CHTHAMALOP- 
Macunsocuia labiosa sae ie TERYX ae ee eeiGs 
Sp oe see oo 72 melbournensis, GERRES  ... 68 
MADREPORA, sp. -» 212 MELONANCHORA emphysema 142 
MAGASELLA jiffwensis Boe = A Spirent Sta 4s 
Sp. + : . 114 membranacea, OPHLITAS- 
MAGELLANIA joubini saan PONGIA ... 215, 253 
mamamillata (var.) inerustais, meridionalis, RinaicuLa 95, 112 
_ CRELLA ... ee lG2 MnEsApos, sp. oA Lesine 
mamiillata, PLUMOHALI- ; S = ane 92. 100 
coon 155 mesodesma, CEOS Ki 92, 106 
MANGELIA gatliffi ae er 94 mesodesmut, VENUS ... cols 100 
hulwint seamen. 94 meyeri, CALLIOSTOMA =... 92 
kingensis pe ee OA. nricra, SYRNOLA sts a BOS 
spica ... ae 94 Microcionajelathrata Seen AOS) 
maorianus, PLEURODON 91, 96 scubidu 142, 150, 151 


” 


326 ‘¢ ENDEAVOUR 


PAGE 
MICROCIONA, sp. 138, 145, 208 

(Microctona) STYLOTEL- 
LOPSIS scabida 151 

microcionides, PLUMOHALI- 
CHONDRIA 146 
microlepis, HypSyPOPs 75 
microscopica, MARGINELLA 94. 
microstoma, ATHERINA 32 
microstoma, THNIOMEMBRAS — 32 
MicroryLoreLLa giintheri 148 
Snort 142, 145 
miliacea, LEDA 91 
MILIOLINA, sp, 310 
tricarinata aon @xK0) 
mirabilis, ANEROCHALINA... 2052 
Mirra retrocurvata 95 
scalariformis a 95 
stadialis 95, 112 
tasmanica 952, 
Mirromorpnua alba 94, 
avicostata... ae 94. 
pallidula 95 
paucilirata 95 
paula... 95 
solida... 95 
MoptIo0.a linea 91 
Mopt10.uaria barbata Sep Ow 
mollis, CLATHRIA 141, 207, 243 
Moni.Lea oleacea 92, 161 
philippensis ... a 
MOonocentRIS glorta-maris 44. 
montiformis, SPIRASTELLA 119 
mortoni, C@LORHYNCHUS ... 38 
mortoni, LABRICHTHYS aa 
moseleyi, SCOLOPES... 132 
mucronota, NODOSARIA Sl 
miilleri, PEMPHERIS 47 
multipes, CLATHRIA 300 
multipes, PLECTISPA .. 204 
multiplieata, MARGINELLA 94 
multipora, CLATHRIA 178 
multipora (var.) pawcipinus, 

RHAPHIDOPHLUS 
178, 184 

multiradiata, PEMPHERIS 
45, 47 
multiradiatus, PEMPHERIS 45 
munitau, HULIMA 110 
MuR2NICHTHYS australis... 20 
breviceps... 20 
gymnotus, ... 20 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAGE 
macropterus ... 21 
tusmaniensis 19 
murrayt, Lima 91 
nurrhyna, CASSIDULINA 310 
My iopatis aquila 15 
australis 15 
niewhofi 15 
niewhofir 15 
Son ese 15 
Myopora albida xo 
Myrrma bractea 92, 99 
brazieri 99 
may ue 99 
MyTInicaRDIA ealyc alate 500 
MyxXI“ua arborescens 148 
diversiancorata 144 
jacksoniana 298 
pedunculata .. 144 
sp. 136, 138, 145, 221 
mywilloides, CLATHRIA 242 
N 
Nace na crebristriata 93 
nana, XESTOLEBERIS 3lt 
NARCINE tasmaniensis a 14 
Navrica elkingtoni 94, 110 
sticta... See 94 
nebulosa, ZENOPSIS ... 83 
nebulosus, ZEUS 83 
neopilchardus, CLUPEA 

(CLUPANODON) 17/ 
NEOSILLAGO marmorata 60 
NEProngemMuSs bilineatus 36 

brama 34 
trevale ; Pray: 
neptunt, PLUMOHALICHON- 

DRIA 146 
nidificata, OPHEITASPONGIA. 254 
niewhofi, MYLIOBATIS 15 
niewhofi, RAJA 15 
niewhofii, MYLIOBATIS 15 
nigra, CLATHRIODENDRON 

aes 298 
nigra, RASPAILIA 298 
nigripinnis, CHLOROPHTHAL- 

MUS 22 
nigrita, LUCAPINELLA 92 
nitida, RAJA... 10 
nitida, RINGICULA 113 
nitidus, HMMELICHTHYS 66 


INDEX. 327 
PAGE | PAGE 
Noposaria mucronota 311 |  oscitans, PHILINE ... won eh) 
proxima 311 | OsrRacoDa, sp. 311 
Sp. . 310) | OvToLITHUS atelodus Lae 63 
nodosa, VERMICULARIA 93 ovulum, MARGINELLA Be 94. 
(Nopuxvs) Rissoa pellucida 107 ovyphila, WILSONELLA = 244, 249 
NONIONINA pompilioides 311 | P 
umbilicatula... 311 | 
NovipaNwus cinereus 2 | pallidula, MrivRoMorRPHa... 95 
NOTOTHENIIDA, sp. 60 palmatus, PHysicuLus ... 38 
nove-zelandiec, CyTTUS 85 papilla, OPHLITASPONGIA ... 254 
nove-zelandie, ZBUS 85 |  papillosa, SPIRASTRELLA 126 
novapostrema, TRIPHORA 93 papyracea, PHAKELLIA 261 
Nucuta beachportensis 91 PARACORDYLA lignea 25 BY 
obliqua 91 Sp. ane cee 1315 132 
nudipinnis, PristiopHorus 10 paradova, RASPAILIA 295 
PARAMYXILLA infrequens 141 
O jie eae ae LAD 
PARASCYLLIUM collare ste if 
obesus (var.) typicus, Rua- | ferrugineum ... he 7 
PHIDOPHLUS 196 | variolatum ... ‘S 7 
obliqua, NUCULA ol PARATRACHICHTHYS trailli 44. 
obliquissima, CUNA... 91 partita, CLATHRIA 223, 254 
obsoleta, BOLIVINA ... so DUO parvula, LIMHA ... Oil 
ocellina, GIBBULA 92, 101 patagonica, Punvinunina... 311 
ODOSTOMIA mayi 93 | PaTELua australis ... 109 
ogilbyi, CHIMHRA Bool) calyptra 109 
oleacea, MONILEFA ... 92, 101 PAYTELLINA corrugata Sulit 
olearium, CYMATIUM 94. paucilirata, MivROMORPHA 95 
olivacea, ALVANIA ... goa OY paucispina, 'lHALASSODEN- 
olivaceus, AMPHITHALAMUS 107 DRON 202 
ONOBA bassiana 108 paucispinus var. multipora, 
glomerosa 108 RHAPHIDOPHLUS 178, 184 
00ze, GLOBIGERINA... 309 paucispinus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 
OPHLITASPONGIA austra- 176, 195, 203, 300 
liensis as aa 74shs} paucispinus, THALASSODEN- 
avinelloides 188, 268, 272 DRON oe 178, 300 
chalinoides 270 paula, MIrTROMORPHA sca 
confragosa «ee ZOD Pecren antiaustralis soa) 
inornata 264, 265 Cie Bene ob wie L0G 
membranacea 215, 2538 pectinata, PHILOBRYA sone Aly od 
nidificata .., .-. 204 pectiniformis, ECHINONEMA 
papilla aie seey 1204: 185, 194 
seriata ares .. «204 pectinoides, GLYCYMERIS ... 91 
Spe ea 138, 203, 253 pedunculata, MyxILLa 144 
subhispida 257, 259, 271 pellicula, CLATHRIA 208 
subhispida var. vimi- pellucida, Rissoa (Noputus) 107 
nalis .-. 800 naliucidus, AMPHITHALAMUS§ 107 
tenuis... Bee 254, 261 PEMPHERIS affinis ... bt HO 
tubulosa oe 254, 272 compressu 45, 47 
OpronuRwus denticulatus 38 elongata rer geo AT 
ORBULINA universa... 311 klunzingert ... pene mA, 


328 ‘© ENDEAVOUR ”” 
PAGE 
lineatus — teks 45 
macrolepis ... .. 45 
mitlleri me ube 47 
multiradiata 45, 14.7 
mulliradiatus + 47 
Unwind Hes a 48 
PENTACEROPSIS recwirviros- 
thus... Ate abe Wl 
percostata, CORBIS ... 92, 99 
pergradata, CANCELLARIA,... 94 
perlo, HpPrRANCHIAS 2 
9 


perlo, SQUALUS aoe 

perranvosa (var.) incrustans, 

CRELLA 58, 159 

perversidens, BArHYARCA ... 91 
petterdi, AMPHITHALAMUS 

105, 107 

petterdi, ANCILLA ... ee 93 


petterdi, Rissoa soe OY 
pfeifieri, 'TRIPHORA... Bt 93 
PHAKELLIA flabellata sco | 
papyracen 261 
ventilabrume ... So 
PHENACOLEPAS calva et 193 
PHILINE columnarius noc. ON 
oscitans se eo OS 
philippensis, MONILEA so OH 
philippi, CENTRACION 63 2 
philippi, HETERODONTUS ... 2 
philippi, SQUALUS ; 2 
phillipi, CORYTHROICHTHYS 26 
phillipi, SYNGNATHUS ates 26 
PHILOBRYA fimbriata ioe SOL 
pectinata ... Boo wl 
PHOLADOMYA arenosa fee will 
Puysicuuus barbatus gop 
palmatus ... 535)» ahs} 
Sp. Ae Hes to 1 
piniformis, CLATHRIA .. 241 
PISANIA schoutanica re 95 
pistachia, ARCA oor 91 
platei var. australis, CALLAN- 
THIAS he on. Oil 
platei, CALLANTHIAS seen” AOU 
platei, CLIONOPSIS ... ee li22 
platessa, CARANX ... sasSts«) 
PLECTISPA arborea 208, 280, 300 
(PLecTIsPA) CLATHRIA 
arborea 204, 280 
ECHINOCLATHRIA 


macropord... . 204 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAGE 
PuEcTIsPa elegans 208, 280, 300 
macropora 208, 242, 276, 


277, 281, 300 


multipes : 204 
Sp. wee 3 Sop . 21083 
PLECTROPOMA susuki Bee tS) 
plena, PLOCAMIA . 144 
PLEURODON maorianus 91, 96 
PLEUROSTOMELLA alternans 310 
plewrotenia, ANTHIAS seg 0) 
plicata, ALLANTOPHORA 276 
plicilaminatus, TROPHON ... 95 
PLOCAMIA aes 145 
plena ... .. 144 
SiO ae eyes 144, 145, 146 
PLOCAMIOPSIS, sp. 145 
PLUMOHALICHONDRIA 
arenacea 160 
australis 165, 160 
cespitosa 149 
gravida 139 
ucrustans 152 


mammillata sce» GS) 
microcionides 146 
neptunt Wat ... 146 
Sp. a 138, 142, 146 
POCILLON, sp. 136, 145 
poculoides, SPIRAS'TELLA 122 
Pouinices beddonei Ve 94. 
polychotoma, CHALINA 252 
PoLyMASTIA craticia ace = 29 
(PomoLosus) CLupHa bassensis 16 


pompilioides, NONIONINA 311 
POROLEDA ensicula... oc Oil 
poresa, SERIOLELLA Se 8h 
porphyria, IMBRICARIA .... 95 
PRIONACE glauca... ne 9 
PRIOPIS ransayi... eo 
PRISTIOPHORUS cirratus ... 9 
nudipinnis nae oe LO 
PRISTIS cirratus  ... 9 
probleema, CRASSATELLITES- Ol 
producta, CRASSATELLITES... 91 
producta, KritHE 310,311 
PRONUCULA decorosa foaet soil 
PROSOPLISMUS recurvirostris 72 
prowima, NoposaRta BLL 
prowimus (var.) typicus, RHa- 
PHIDOPHLUS 185, 190 
PSAMMOPEMMA crassum 287 
PSEUDOAMBASSIS ramsayi ... 57 


PAGH 

PSEUDOCLATHRIA compressa 245 
Sp. 142, 143, 146 
PsHUDOLABRUS cyanogenys 76 
psittaculus 77 
vestitus Ul 
PsEUDOPHYCIS bar batus 38 
breviusculus ... 38 
psittacula, LABRICHTHYS 77 


psittacula, Laprus (‘lauroaa) 77 
psittaculus, LABRUS 717 
psittaculus, PSEUDOLABRUS Ud 
pulchella, MARGINELLA Tali 
pulchella, Rissoa 107 
pulchellum, CARDIUM 92 
pulchellus, ANTHIAS 50 
pulchra, SCHISMOPE > 6 
PULLENIA spheroides ee woul 
pulvillus, AMPHITHALAMUS — 107 
pulvillus, Risso soa. LO zy 
PULVINULINA canariensis... 3811 

crassa 311 

extgua 311 

patagonica Soo Selal 

Spe wei. 809, 310 

tr wncatulinoides 311 
PULVINULINA, sp. 809 
pumila, CLATHRISSA 146, 168, 298 
pumila, ECHINONEMA 168 


pumila (var.) iierustans, 


CRELLA 153, 168, 298 

pumila (var.) rubra, CLATH- 
RISSA 170, 298 
pumila (var.) rubra, CRELLA 169 
punctata, [ISOSILLAGO 59 
punctata, SERIOLELLA 36 
punctata, SILLAGO ce 160 
punctatus, GASTEROSTEUS... 36 
PuNCrURELLA corolla 101 
demissa i 92, 101 
Fumariun 92, 100, 101 
galerita 101 
harrissont 101 
hemipsila 101 
kesteveni a 101 
pupoides, GUADRYINA 310 
purpurea, Rissoa 108 
purpurissatus, AULOPUS 22 
pygmea, BOLIVINA... 310 
pygmea, UVIGERINA S09 alll 
pyramida, CLATHRIA 239, 299 


pyramida, WILSONELLA ,,, 299 


INDEX. 


329 


PAGE 
pyramidata, CLio 95 
pyramidatus, AMPHITHALA- 

MUS ree 93, 107 
pyramidatus, SCROBS 107 
PYRENE atkinsoni 95 

aviaerata 95 
beachportensis 95 
calva ... 95 
jauffaensis 95 
PYVHEAS, sp, 152 
Q 
quadrata, 'TURRITELLA 93 
quadricostulata, LAGENA 311 
quoyi, CARDITA 97 
R 
racuti, CARDITA 98 
radiatus, CHLAMYS... 96 
Rata australis 10 
Rasa aquila... 15 
australis 10 
cruciatus 14 
niewhofi 15 
nitida 10 
waitir 12 
ramosa (var.) anchoratum, 

ECHINONEMA 298 

ramosa, HCHINOCLATHRIA 204, 


252, 277, 280, 285, 300 


ranosa, RASPAILIA... 144 
ranvosa, WILSONELLA 298 
ramsayi, AMBASSIS ... 57 
ramsayi, CHANDA 58 
ramsayi, PRIOPIS 57 
ramsayi, PseUDOAMBASBIS.. 57 
yaoull, CARDITA nae 98 
raphanus, 'UECHNITELLA 809, 310 
rasor, ANTHIAS 53 
rasor, CHSIOPERGA ... a 50 
rasov, SERRANUS... Sr 53 
RASPAILIA nigra 298 

paradoxa 295 

ranvosa, 144 

Sp. 139, 144, 295 

tenwis 144 
recurvatus, TROPHON 95 
recurvirostris, Hisrioprerus 71 
recurvirostris, PENTACEROPSIS 71 
recurvirostiis, PROSOPLIMUS 72 


336 ‘¢ ENDEAVOUR ” 


PAGE 

regina, 'TRIPHORA ... aoe 93 
REopHAX dentaliniformis ... 310 
fusiformis ... sco ult) 

sp. n06 --. 309 
retiarium, CALLIOSTOMA ... 92 


reticulata, CLATHRIOPSAMMA 

177, 300 
reticulata, ECHINOCHALINA 

287, 289 
reticulatus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 

176, 300 
retrocurvata, Mirra ae 95 
retusus, ACTAEON ... sists 95 
RHAPHIDOPHLUS bispinosus 

177, 215 


cervicormis ... perma LT, 
(RHAPHIDOPHLUS) CLATHRIA 
spiculosa ... sacameliie 
RHAPHIDOPHLUS corallio- 
philus 2p S05 Wei 
cratitius Wits Sia 
erectus a Ba rath 
TOP oor Weftie, itty 


filifer, var. spinifera 187 

paucispnus 176, 178, 195, 
203, 300 

paucispinus, var. mul- 


tipora set poe db eaSs 
paucispinus, var. mul- 
tiporus ... bee SA 
reticulatus 176, 300 
ridleyt Se sco Lltsi7/ 
seriatus sok wader eal, 
Spo ener 145, 175, 205 
spinifer ser Beonan ect 
topsenti ad a escesee LNTAL 
ty pica ied eee arcs 
typicus oe Foeme Lihat 
184, 185 
typicus, var. anchor- 
atus 185, 194, 196 
typicus, var. brevis- 
pinus 185, 198, 300 


typicus, var. favosus 

186, 201 
typicus. var. geminus 

185, 191 
typicus, var. obesus 

186, 196 
typicus, var. provimus 

185, 190 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAGE 


typicus, var. stellifer 
186, 199, 235 


RHINA squatina —... en) PALO 
RHIZAMMINA indivisa Sea) BLO) 
rhomboidea, VERTICORDIA... 97 
rhyllensis, RISSOINA ewe 
RICHARDSONIA insignis... 72 


sp. Bae 500 coo 72 
ridleyi, EcH1iNopicryumM 141, 151 
ridleyi, RHAPHIDOPHLUS ... 187 


RINGICULA australis see LS 
delecta ae see lds 
meridionalis ... 95, 112 
nitida aise we, elas 
semrmsculpla ... 95, 118 

Rissoa annulata ... =. 06 
aupprowima ... - 05 
badia sats Sons Oe 
beddomet ast 25, VLOG 
bicolor ae _eelOG 
(CINGULA) rubicunda 107 
columnaria ... oe LOG 
cyclostoma ... 106, 108 
diemenensis ... foo, Ale 
dubitabilis ... ee LOG 
filosa ... oe yoo LOS 
flania see “3% LOG 
flammea a LOG 
frauenfeldi ... aoe LOG 
frenchiensis ... 06 
hulliana sce 93, 103 
inbrex ae soo IOS 
incompleta ... inp OB 
lockyeri a 93, 103 
(NopuLus) pellucida 107 
petterdi Ae me LOT 
pulchella ae pace LO 
pulvillus miele eee LOM 
purpurea... ee LOS 
(Scross) badia sco ORE 
(Scross) scrobiculator 108 
sophie 300 fe LOG 
sp. ae sate ... 104 
verconiand ... 93, 104 
woodsi Ba ee OS8 

RIssoina flindersii ... LOG 
gertrudis ae stn 98 
kershawi re son Oe 
rhyllensis ... Bore ete 
tasmanica ... ih ee 


tumida ee: aLOd 


INDEX. 331 
PAGE PAGE 
robusta, SILLAGO ... =e » 60 ScHuETrTEHA scalaripinnis 80, 81 
robustus, SOLEGNATHUS.... 28 Sie ance te BL 
rosea, LEPTOTHYRA... Pe a Oe SCISSURELLA pishrolin soe ee 
rosulenta, CARDITA ... aoe 97 SCOLECENCHELYS, sp, us 21 
rosulenta, VENERICARDIA 92, 97 scolopax, CENTRISCUS 24 
RovaLia soldanii... sop GLA scolopax, MacrorHAaMPHosu s 23 
rotunda, ECHINOCLATHRIA 282 SCOLOPES moseley? ... son JG 
rubens, CLATHRIA 179, 203, 218, Spe) se: ae eo ay 
224, 299 SCOMBER atwun at Shas 80 
rubens var. dura, THALASSO- japonicus... 80 
DENDRON 178, 202, SCOMBRESOX forsteri 5a 30 
218, 299 scrobiculator, AMPHITHALA- 

rubens var. lamella, THALAS- MUS ... en Oo 1Os 
SODENDRON 178, 218, 300 scrobiculator, Rissoa (Scross) 108 
rubens var. lamellosa, THAL- Scross pyramidatus see LOW 
ASSODENDRON.....__ 178 (Scross) Rissoa badia .... 107 

rubens, THALASSODENDRON 218 (Scross) Rissoa serobicu- 
rubicunda, LABRICHTHYS ... 717 lator ~ eo OS 
rubicunda, Rissoa (CINGULA) 107 SPs —: oo LOS 
rubicundus, AMPHITHALAMUS 107 ScyYLIORHINUS Bennie 3 
rubra, HCHINONEMA 161, 164, 299 sp. 3 
rubra, GLOBIGERINA soo ola vincents 4. 
rubra (var.) incrustans, ScyLiium anale 3 
CRELLA 1538, 170, 298 laticeps 6 
rubra (var.) pumila, CLATH- maculatunr 3 
RISSA 170, 298 vincenti 4. 
rubra (var.) pumila, CRELLA 169 segmentatus, 'TROPHON 95 
rufus, CHILOBRANCHUS ... 18 semicincta, GILBERTIA 50 
semicinctau, HyPOPLECTRODES 50 
S semiradiatus, CORIARIUS 92 
semisculpta, RINGIcULA 95, 118 
SABANHA flammeu ... ae LOG septemfasciatus, HPINEPHELUS 49 
incidata 30e LOT seriata, OPHLITASPONGIA ... 254 
sabella, CEPHALOSCYLLIUM 6 seriatus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS... 177 
sagittata, MARGINELLA ... 111 SERIOLELLA bilineata see 
sajaz, CLUPHA ae Heer ly bramu aac Saks, tae 
salebrosa, ALVANIA.. soo U@s} dobula oe pee PST 
salebrosus, AMPHITHALAMUS 108 porosa se eh oi 
sawed, DRILLIA wis ne OM punctata oF SSO 
SAXICAVA arctica ... se 92 Sp. se Pe ae 1 
scabida, MicRocIona 142, 150 trevale ae oa 
seabida, STYLOTELLOPSIS SERRANUS raso7r ‘ sae 53 
(Microciona) ... 151 setigera, XESTOLEBERIS ... 311 
scabrocuneata, CYTHERE ... 311 setosa, VERTICORDIA 91, 97 
scalariformis, Mirra ae | 95 sexlineatus, HOLoTES ce OO 
scalaripiinis, SCHUBTTA 80, 81 sexlineatus, TERAPON ce 66 
scupha, ARCOPERNA aie OL SIGMOILINA schlumbergeri... 310 
SCHISMOPE atkinsoni on Oe, sihama, SILLAGO ,,.. aoe 60 
pulchra aa 5. silea, KALYKENTERON Ban 2 defill 
schlunbergeri, Si@Mo1LINA 310 SILLAGO bussensis 60, 61, 62 
schoutanica, PISANIA 05 bostockii ae 60, 63 


332 ‘‘ PNDEAVOUR ” 
PAGE 
burrus 23 noo OY 
ciliata OO G1 GZ 
gracilis : 60, 62 
maculata PHe 59, 61 
punctata Hes san SO) 
robusta Boe Boe K0L) 
sihama su son ——«(830) 
Sp. a0 nine ane 59 
terrm@-regine... 5 
SIPHONOCHINA bispic eae 275 
smithiana, TURRITELLA ... 938 
soldanti, ROTALIA ... soa LIL 
SOLEGNATHUS fasciatus 27, 28 
hardwickiu... soo nes) 
robustus sats ba 28 
spinosissimus 27, 28 
SOLETELLINA hedleyr son 
solida, MITROMORPHA sen 
sophie, Rissoa ne eeELOG 
SPANIOPLON, sp... .. = 145 
speculiger, CYPSILURUS  ... 30 
speculiger, Hxoc@7rus eS) 
speculiger, EXONAUTES  ... 30 
spheroides, PULLENIA ong til 
SPHM#RORDINA bulloides... 31] 
SPHYRNA lewini.... 2 9 
spica, MANGILIA.... one oe 
spica, TRIPHORA ... 93 
spictata, CLATHRIA 210, 215, 226, 
229 

spiculosa, CLATHRIA (RHA- 
PHIDOPHLUS) ... 177 

spinifera (var.) filifer, RuapH- 

IDOPHLUS ... sso Listy 
spinifer, RHAPHIDOPHLUS... 177 
spinosissimus, SOLEGNATHUS 27, 
28 

spinosissinus, SOLENOGNA- 
THUS eee 27 

SPIRASTRELLA aleyonioides 
124, 241 
montiformis ... aso LI, 
papillosa —... son WAG 
poculoides... jan 12} 
SI verre oe jag LE) 
tentorioides ... soa PS 
vagabunda ... se 122 

spongiosum, ECHINODICTYUM 

142, 151 
sprattus, CLUPEA ... fee uAlG 
squatina, KHINA ... aco |= LO 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


squatina, SQUALUS 
SQUATINA squatina... 
SQUALUS cinereus 
glaweus 
isabella 
perlo 
philippi 
megalops 
squatina 
stadialis Mirra E 
stanislaws, MARGINELLA 


927 


ONNDOW < 


10 
112 
94. 


stellifer (var.) typicus, RHAPH- 


IDOPHLUS 
sticta, NATICA : 
stilla, MARGINELLA... 


186, 199, 235 


94. 
94. 


STIPHONOCHALINA bispiculata 255 


stipitata, LissENDENDORYX 244 
striata, CLATHRIA 211 
striatissima, CHIONE apo, 
STYLOSTICHON conulosum... 148 
ins. 08s 188, 141, 145 
STYLOTELLOPSIS amabilis... 151 
(Microciona) eae 151 
sp. , 146, 150 
subdiluta, TELLINA.. x 92 
SUBEROTELITES, sp. 146, 208 
subfusca, BARLEEIA oe ls} 
subfuscus, AMPHITHALAMUS 108 
subhispida, ECHINOCLATHRIA 257 

subhispida, OPHLITASPONGIA 
257, 259, 271 

subhispida var. viminalis, 
OPHLITASPONGIA 3800 
superba, HMARGINULA 92 
superstes, CONUS 94, 111 
susuki, PLECTROPOMA 49 
symbiotica, AXINELLA 237 
SYNAGROPS, sp. 55 
SYNGNATHUS intestinalis 26 
phillipi 26 
SYRINGELLA, sp. 145 
SYRNOLA micra 93 
ay 

'THNIOMEMBRAS microstoma 32 
sp. ae 32 
tasmanica, COCCULINA 93 
tasmanica, HuLIMA 108 
tasmanica, KRAUSSINA cee oh 
tasmanica, Mirra ... 95, 112 
tasmanica, RisSOINA <a) aS 


INDEX. 333 
PAGE PAGE 
tasmanica, TRIPHORA e 93 topsenti, RHAPHIDOPHLUS... 177 
tasmanicus, AMPHITHALAMUS 108 tortilis, ACARNUS ... re AS 
tasmunicus, RUCHELUS se 92 TRACHICHTHYS australis .. 40 
tasmaniensis, MuRNICH- elongatus con S66 40 
THYS ... se aan 19 intermedius ... aan 40 
tasmaniensis, NARCINE we 14 macleayi Ke .. | A4 
(Tauroaa) Lasrus psittacula 77 Gite ape ane ea AO 
TECHNITELLA legunen 309, 310 trailli ie ee 
raphanus ... 309, 310 TRACHURUS declivis Bae pate) 
EE eee ae ... 809 TRACHYA, sp. ie: pape sy 
'TEDANTA, sp. oc 138, 145 TRACHYCLADUS, s See pac, ley 
telebathia, DANILIA 92, 102 trailli, PARATRACHICHTAYS 44, 
TELLINA subdiluta ... sos ~~ 92 trail, TRACHICHTHYS van 44, 
Tenacta clathrata ... son. beth transiens, CLATHRIA 205, 226, 
(TENACIA) CLATHRIA clath- 254. 
rata NAP sor hse transita, CLATHRIA,.. 259 
Sis go aes soe trevale, NEPTONEMUS ape wanieh: 
tenebrata, CLATHRIA sae. AU trevale, SERIOLELLA oe 34 
tenisoni, LIMOPSIS ... * 91 tricarinata, DRinLIA oy O4. 
tentoriordes, SPIRASTELLA.. 122 tricarinata, MILIOLINA .... 310 
Piecstavis: GLACyMERIS: 9] TRIDACNA, sp. : Atos 98 
tenuifibra, CLATHRIA eee 2 colo tridentuta, V ENERICARDIA. . 98 
tenuis, ACARNUS ee AS TRIGONIA mar garitacea  ... 9] 
tenwis, ECHINOCLATHRIA 261, 264: TRIKENTRION, sp. ... ... 14d. 
tenwis, OPHLITASPONGIA 254, 261 triloba, GLOBIGERINA wo -Siill 
tenuispina, ANTHEROCHALINA 26] TRIPHORA alboviltata mh 93 
tenwis, RASPAILIA ... we «= 144 angast san ate 93 
TRRAPON sevlineatus ie 66 armillata a mee 938 
TEREBRATULINA cavatu ... 95 CONG Re Abd 93 
terre-reginw, SILLAGO con kOe disjuncta ... oS 
TETHYSPIRA, Sp. ... bee OMA, epallaxa 8p oS 
textilarioides, BoLIVINA ... 310 gemmegens ... ae 93 
'THALASSODENDRON brevispina granifera ... edie = iho! 
179, 185, 198, 202, 300 novapostrena ae 93 
digitata 202, 288, 299 pleiffert BE Pea 095 
paucisprrus 178, 202, 300 regina aa ee 93 
rubens ae 218 spica ... ee Le 93 
rubens var. dura 178, 204, tasmanica ... = 93 
218, 299 triseriata, DAPHNELLA 5 94. 
rubens var. laniella 178, trispinosa, CAVOLINA 95 
218, 300 TROCHUS (GIBBULA) glyptus 102 
rubens var. lamellosa 178 trophonoides, DRILLIA a 49 
fib soe = son | AO TROPHON plicilaminatus ... 95 
ty pica 171, 202, 242 recurvatus ... A 95 
viminalis 202, 259, 294, seqmentatus ... as 95 
300 TRUNCATULINA culter som ua 
thetidis, DmNTALIUM 95, 113 humilis eae Ae eyo 
THYASIRA flewuosa ... te 92 lobatula ake eee pulal 
THYRSITES atun .... mS 80 ungerniana  ... ie Sill 
tiberiana, GIBULA ... soa ICG truncatulinoides, Punvinu- 
tinei, DANILIA +58 ..- 102 LINA wt eee oy lal 


334 ““ENDEAVOUR” 
PAGE 
tubaria, GONIOCIDARIS 110 


tubulosa, OPHLITASPONGIA 

254, 272 
tumida, DIALA 107 
tuwmida, RISSOINA ... soa. ON 


TURBO cimew 105 
TURCICULA, sp. 102 
TURQUETIA titegra... oe 
TURRITELLA atkinsont oe aoe 
mediolevis  ... ae 0S 
quadrata ... sco) ) 
smithiana ... sob 
TYLOSIGMA, sp. 146 
TypuHis bivaricata ... eae ee 


185, 196, 208 
2038 


typica, CLAVHRIA 

typica, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 

typica, THALASSODENDRON 
171, 202, 242, 299 


typica, W1ILSONELLA soo PAS 

typicum, EcuinonEMA — 185, 188 

typicus var. anchoratus, Rua- 
PHIDOPHLUS 185, 


194, 196 
typicus var. brevispinus, RHA- 


PHIDOPHLUS 185, 
193, 800 
typicus var. favosus, RHAPHI- 
DOPHLUS 186, 201 
typicus var. geminus, RHAPHI- 
DOPHLUS 185, 191 
typicus var. obesus, RHAPHI- 
DOPHLUS ... 186, 196 
typicus var. prowimus, RHA- 
PHIDOPHLUS 185, 190 


typicus, RHAPHIDOPHLUS 176, 184 
typicus var. stellifer, RHAPHI- 


DOPHLUS'7 186, 199, 235 

U 
umobilicatula, NONIONINA ,.. 3811 
ungeriana, TRUNCATULINA 311 
universa, ORBULINA _ Bilal 
unwini, PEMPHERIS aS 
UROLOPHUS cruciatus ie 14 
UvIGERINA aculeata 311 
angulosa 311 
pygmea ee oll 
Ho 6 bar coe sop CHI) 

V 
vagabunda, SPIRASTRELLA 122 
valida, EPIVONIUM ... ate) 


SCIENTIFIC RESULTS. 


PAGE 
variolatum, H&MISCYLLIUM ... 7 
variolatum, PARASCYSLLIUM 7 
VENERICARDIA amabilis ... 91 
australis ae ack 98 
bumaculata 91, 98 
delicala nae igs 91 
dilecta ae ve 92 
rosulenta 92, 97 
tridentata ... ae 98 
ventilabrum, PHAKELLIA 185 
VENUS mesodesma ... LOO 
vercot, MARGINELLA 94, 95 
verconiana, RISSsoaA ... 93, 104 
VERMICULARIA flava Se ean ots 
nodosa aoe BS 93 
VERVTICORDIA ericia 91, 96 
rhomboidea ... en 97 
setosa ee 91, 97 
vestita, LABRICHTHYS te AG 
vestitus, PSEUDOLABRUS ... 7 
viminalis (var.) subhispida, 
OPHLITASPONGIA... 3800 
vinuinalis, ''HALASSODEN- 
DRON 202, 259, 294 
vincenti, SCYLIORHINUS... 4 
vincenti, SCYLLIUM ae 4 
virgula, CAVOLINA Pie Ns 
vitlatus, CHEILODAC'TYLUS 65 
vittatus, GONIITIUS... nae 63 
vizonarius, CHILODACTYLUS 64. 
vizonarius, GONIISTIUS ep 64. 
WwW 
waitei, CORYTHROICHTHYS 27 
waitii, Raga noe ae 12 
weldii, CIRSONELLA wee 92 


WILSONBLLA australiensis 
239, 300 


australis san, 299 
conectens F 244, 245 
curvichelu 238, 247, 251 
dana ... ‘ 298 
echinonematissima ... 243 
lamellosa ... 299 
macropora 299, 300 
oxyphila 244, 249 
pyranida 299 
ramosa ane ne. wags 
Sp. 136, 189, 142, 152, 

189, 205, 237 
typica 299 


INDEX. 335 


PAGE PAGE 

woodsi, AMPHITHALAMUS ... 1O8 | Z, 

woodsi, DRILLIA A eee Arey | 

woodsi, Rissoa a -- 108 | Zancuisrius elevatus Dery clei 
woodwardi, BRAMICHTHYS 80, 81 | sp. a oy 1, 67 
X ZENOPSIS nebulosa ... OB 
me Gide” ese ee SO 
XESTOLEBERIS ana Bes 3] 1 Vnus wustrales A ae 82 
setigera tee Seo 311 | faber 82 
a treme ots --- S11 | nebulosus ... don 188 
Ye | nove-zelundie joe 8) 
YVESIA commensalis Say) ek ZYGmNA lewini ape os 9 


Wy 

ee 
% 
ie 


oa 


Pie ies Be 
Cia 


* 


othe: 
“3 


bale 


Tetat! 


t, 
. 


siete 
a 


tf 


t 


$33 
yates: 
> 
: ts Hee 
oa 


sft 
ht 


oh 
tetera ste 


fat 


se 

beh 
tite 
tehiele: 
vie > 


c ‘2 


pis <8 267s a) 
Nubieha dy bysady Muda tte) 


Pyke 


hy Betty on 


reve! 
itie 
’ 


i 


feat 


+1 


etat 


f 


*, 


t 
‘3 


be 
3. 


> 


43 


} 


f 


ate? at eye 


epee 


sts 


th 


Otte 
4 


© ee e8 
et 
Mb fe ie ty 
te — ee tee ry 
See 


+. 

6 

+ 
om 


) 
7 
-* 

eee 


0h i he 


Tea 
alate? 


Meter tis 
i* * ‘ ' 
atte 


leletett 
i Tee 


* 
at 
Tete i 


T. 
¥? 
tit 


- 


4 


ae 
sists 


> 
> 


-) 


: 
t 
; 


Pies 


+ 


t 


> t 


“: 
ze 


2 
s 


a 
ht le ene 


, 
. 
. 


. 
‘